Products and Projects Status Report _______________________________________________________________________________ Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Dwight Alexander, Phone:408-594-1051, Email:dwight.alexander@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Handbook, Seventh Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: The 2012 NESC(R) Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has interpreted the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 90 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Seventh Edition includes provisions for loading on warm island utility installations located between 25 degrees North and 25 degrees South latitudes and revised minimum approach distance requirements based upon recent research. Abstract: Available August 1st 2011. The 2012 NESC(R) Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has interpreted the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 90 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Seventh Edition includes provisions for loading on warm island utility installations located between 25 degrees North and 25 degrees South latitudes and revised minimum approach distance requirements based upon recent research. Pre-order your NESC Handbook today. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 2010 Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: In the new IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary application, the first IEEE Standard application, professional experts and students alike will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE wireless standards terms and definitions—not found in any other single source. There are over 3,200 terms and definitions with complete source citations on this application. You will be able to search for definitions by Standard Number or Alphabetically. The search function automatically identifies terms when you start typing into the search field. Wireless technology, like many other technical fields, has its own set of jargon and acronyms. Many times, these acronyms are used simply to reduce the effort required to describe concepts. the goal of this application is to provide meaning for the acro¬nyms and jargon used in the wireless industry with a par¬ticular emphasis on commercial systems. Technology areas that are addressed in the application include: ad hoc networks, broadband wireless access (BWA), coexistence, integrity/confidentiality, interference, low-rate wireless personal area networks (LR-WPAN), media independent handover, mobile broadband wireless access, mobility, quality of service (QoS), RF/microwave exposure assessment, SAR measurements, vehicular mobility, wireless access, wireless communications, wireless local area networks (WLANs), wireless metropolitan area networks (WMANs), wireless networks security, wireless personal area networks (WPANs), as well as wireless regional area networks (WRANs). You can get this application by going to the www.apple.com, or click on the link below. http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ieee-standards-wireless- dictionary/id410304754?mt=8 Abstract: In the new IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary application, the first IEEE Standard application, professional experts and students alike will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE wireless standards terms and definitions—not found in any other single source. There are over 3,200 terms and definitions with complete source citations on this application. You will be able to search for definitions by Standard Number or Alphabetically. The search function automatically identifies terms when you start typing into the search field. You can get this application by going to the www.apple.com, or copying and pasting the link below to your browser. http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ieee-standards-wireless- dictionary/id410304754?mt=8 Key Words: Wireless dictionary, terms, itunes, low-rate PAN, Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Nuclear Power Engineering Active Standards – VuSpec CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2009 **This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection and Homeland Security Project Scope: This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection, and Homeland Security-A virtual library on a CD. It contains a glossary of about 1,3444 terms, indexes, internet resources, and full PDF/HTML search features capabilities. No installation required. Abstract: This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection, and Homeland Security-A virtual library on a CD. It contains a glossary of about 1,3444 terms, indexes, internet resources, and full PDF/HTML search features capabilities. No installation required. Key Words: Nuclear Engineering Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Essentials Collection (VuSpec) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2009 **The CDROM collection also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features such as: navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary; index of keywords guiding you to the right standard; and full-text search modes. Project Scope: The Software & System Engineering Essentials VuSpec integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content that is ideal for students, intro professionals, and practitioners. In addition to the PDF standards, this collection includes the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). Abstract: The Software & System Engineering Essentials VuSpec integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content that is ideal for students, intro professionals, and practitioners. In addition to the PDF standards, this collection includes the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). Key Words: Software & Systems , terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions, dictionary, acquisition, architectural design, assessment, audit, management, management, implementation, management, infrastructure, integration, life cycle model Sponsor: IEEE Title: Preprint Proposals for the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 2009 Project Scope: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP). Abstract: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP). Key Words: Preprint proposals, National Electrical Safety Code, NESC , C2, communications, safety; communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety Sponsor: IEEE Title: Instrument Transformers (IEEE C57.13 Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2009 **Includes the following: C57.13-2008, C57.13.1-2006, C57.13.3-2005, C57.13.5-2003 & C57.13.6-2005 Project Scope: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are covered, taking into consideration certain safety features, for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim is to provide a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Safety precautions are also addressed. Accuracy classes for metering service are provided. The test code covers measurement and calculation of ratio and phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements, polarity determination, resistance measurements, short-time characteristics, temperature rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit voltage of current transformers. Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are covered, taking into consideration certain safety features, for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim is to provide a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Safety precautions are also addressed. Accuracy classes for metering service are provided. The test code covers measurement and calculation of ratio and phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements, polarity determination, resistance measurements, short-time characteristics, temperature rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit voltage of current transformers. Key Words: C57.13-2008, C57.13.1-2006, C57.13.3-2005, C57.13.5-2003, C57.13.6- 2005, accuracy, current transformer, instrument transformer, primary winding, rated secondary voltage, routine tests, secondary winding, type tests, voltage transformer Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009 Project Scope: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Project Purpose: The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. Abstract: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Key Words: Power Systems Relaying Collection, VuSpec, protective relaying, relay, system, electric, power, apparatus, power system transients, power distribution testing Title: IEEE Electric Machinery Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 2009 **Exclusive VuSpec bonus features include a point-and-click browser interface providing a full-text search, a glossary of terms and an index of keywords to guide you to the correct standard. Project Scope: Electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the-job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This VuSpec collection contains 26 Active IEEE standards, Guides and Recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms... More of electric or mechanical energy. Specific topics include: Synchronous machines / Induction machines / DC and Permanent Magnet machines / / Motor generator sets -Rotating frequency changers / Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers / Magneto-hydrodynamic energy conversion ducts / Insulation, magnetic, conductor, and super conductor materials as used in electrical machinery / Linear Electric Machinery / Power Electronic controls for electric machinery / Effects of power electronic controls on electric machine components. Abstract: Electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the-job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This VuSpec collection contains 26 Active IEEE standards, Guides and Recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms... More of electric or mechanical energy. Specific topics include: Synchronous machines / Induction machines / DC and Permanent Magnet machines / / Motor generator sets -Rotating frequency changers / Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers / Magneto-hydrodynamic energy conversion ducts / Insulation, magnetic, conductor, and super conductor materials as used in electrical machinery / Linear Electric Machinery / Power Electronic controls for electric machinery / Effects of power electronic controls on electric machine components. Key Words: IEEE Electric Machinery Collection, VuSpec, Synchronous machines, Induction machines, DC and Permanent Magnet machines, Motor generator sets, Rotating frequency changers, Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers, Magneto-hydrodynamic, Insulation Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009 **The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. Project Scope: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Abstract: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Key Words: Power Systems Relaying Collection, VuSpec, protective relaying, relay, system, electric, power, apparatus, power system transients, power distribution testing Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Health Informatics Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009 Project Scope: Enabling safe, high-quality health care delivery, IEEE Health Informatics Medical Devices Communication Standards provide the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a way that is suitable for a clinical environment. This family of standards provides real-time plug-and-play interoperability and facilitates the efficient exchange of vital signs and medical device data acquired at the point-of-care.Grouped into three categories, these standards support: Semantic interoperability, which focuses on terminologies, data models, and data sets for specific device modalities, such as, ventilators, patient vital signs monitors, and infusion pumps / Application interoperability, which identifies a set of general services that can be used by all systems to discover, configure, and exchange data across a connection, and Lower layer transport technologies. Health informatics and medical devices communication standards help advance the development and application of healthcare by securing the creation and transmission of electronic healthcare information. Abstract: Enabling safe, high-quality health care delivery, IEEE Health Informatics Medical Devices Communication Standards provide the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a way that is suitable for a clinical environment. This family of standards provides real-time plug-and-play interoperability and facilitates the efficient exchange of vital signs and medical device data acquired at the point-of-care.Grouped into three categories, these standards support: Semantic interoperability, which focuses on terminologies, data models, and data sets for specific device modalities, such as, ventilators, patient vital signs monitors, and infusion pumps / Application interoperability, which identifies a set of general services that can be used by all systems to discover, configure, and exchange data across a connection, and Lower layer transport technologies. Health informatics and medical devices communication standards help advance the development and application of healthcare by securing the creation and transmission of electronic healthcare information. Key Words: data transport, IT, medical, PoC, radio frequency, RF, shared network infrastructure, Wi-Fi, fidelity, medical telemetry system, wireless wide area network, WLAN, WMAN, WMTS, WPAN, WWAN, personal health devices, thermometer, glucose meter, equipment Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards Collection 2008 CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2008 Project Scope: Includes active IEEE Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF format. Abstract: Includes active IEEE Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF format. Key Words: power distribution, regulating transformers Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Nuclear Power Engineering Collection: VuSpec (Including Historical Standards) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2008 Project Scope: Includes Over 45 Active or Classic IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary Look Up Over 500 Terms and their Official Definitions Derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Links Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society and ESRC to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow. • New! Fill-in Online Checklists Use the new interactive PDF version of IEEE Std 1023(TM)-2004 to fill in the Screening and Design Review Checklists from your workstation. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Abstract: Includes Over 45 Active or Classic IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary Look Up Over 500 Terms and their Official Definitions Derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Links Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society and ESRC to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow. • New! Fill-in Online Checklists Use the new interactive PDF version of IEEE Std 1023(TM)-2004 to fill in the Screening and Design Review Checklists from your workstation. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Key Words: nuclear science, designing, installing electric pipe heating control, Nuclear Power , Generating Stations, turbine, Class 1E power systems, Preamplifiers, Amplifiers, Ionizing Radiation generators, Containment Structures , gamma rays, Nuclear Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection (VuSpec ) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2008 **For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or Distributors. Project Scope: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD- ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. Abstract: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. Key Words: terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions, dictionary, acquisition, agreement, architectural design, assessment, audit, configuration management, decision management, development, disposal, enabling system, implementation, information man Title: IEEE 400 - Shielded Power Cable Systems - Set on CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2008 Abstract: This CD-ROM set includes: 400-2001, 400.1-2007, 400.2-2004 & 400.3-2006 Key Words: 400-2001, 400.1-2007, 400.2-2004 & 400.3-2006, alternating-polarity dc-biased ac voltage, dissipation factor testing, field test, high-voltage dc testing Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 1394-2008 Set (CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 06, 2008 **This CD-ROM contains: IEEE 1394-2008, IEEE 1394.1-2004 & IEEE 1394.3-2003 (High-Performance Serial Bus) Project Scope: IEEE 1394-2008 incorporates the contents of IEEE 1394-1995 as revised by IEEE 1394a-2000, IEEE 1394b-2002, and IEEE 1394c-2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected and several new features have been added as per Annex Q.12. IEEE 1394.1-2004: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. IEEE 1394.3-2003: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and pla y) binding, and connection management. Abstract: IEEE 1394-2008 incorporates the contents of IEEE 1394-1995 as revised by IEEE 1394a-2000, IEEE 1394b-2002, and IEEE 1394c- 2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected and several new features have been added as per Annex Q.12. IEEE 1394.1- 2004: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. IEEE 1394.3-2003: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and pla y) binding, and connection management. Key Words: 1394-2008, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, POF, UTP computers, CSR architecture, connect, peer-to-peer, SBP-2, transport protocol, 1394.3, 1394.1 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: All Area Networks (All IEEE 802) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2007 Key Words: Organizationally Unique Identifier, OUI, 48-bit universal LAN MAC address, token bus, token ring, protocol identifiers, LAN, MAN, WAN, service access points, 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG, data processing, information interchange, telecommunications, network interconnection, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, data transmission, physical layer, access, user network accesses, AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures, data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE 802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust security network, RSN, security, security association, TKIP, WEP Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Electric Machinery Standards (PDF on CD-ROM Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Hydroelectric Power Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2007 Abstract: This economical CD-ROM presents the basic collection of IEEE Standards sponsored by the Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee of the IEEE Power Engineering Society's Energy Development & Power Generation Committee. It also includes a brief Foreword by the IEEE Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee describing the intent and application of the standards collection, as well as a Bibliography of recommended reference papers. Format: PDF and text files on CD-ROM for all computers (e.g., Windows, Mac, UNIX). Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Key Words: design, hydro, hydroelectric, power, water power Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE): IEEE 1609 Standards Series (CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 14, 2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Hydroelectric Power (VuSpec Edition; CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2007 Abstract: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional electrical engineers, manufacturers, consulting firms, government institutions, utilities, and owners of existing or new hydroelectric power facilities. It includes the complete collection of IEEE Standards sponsored by the Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee of the IEEE Power Engineering Society's Energy Development & Power Generation Committee, as well as two related standards and four essential archived standards. It also includes a hyperlinked Foreword by the IEEE Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee describing the intent and application of the standards collection, as well as a Bibliography of over 85 recommended reference papers, with eight (8) of the most essential papers included (a $280 value). You'll discover numerous referenced works written about machine design, control features, plant layouts, and unique applications such as underground powerhouses and pumped storage projects. Format: HTML and PDF files on VuSpec CD-ROM designed for Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, or newer; individual PDF and HTML files are also viewable on all computers (e.g., Windows, MacOS, UNIX). Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE): IEEE 1609 Standards Series Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 2007 **Includes the following standards in PDF file format: IEEE Std 1609.1- 2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Resource Manager; IEEE Std 1609.2-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Security Services for Applications and Management Messages; IEEE Std 1609.3-2007, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Networking Services; IEEE Std 1609.4-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Multi-channel Operation Project Scope: A WAVE system is a radio communications system intended to provide seamless, interoperable services to transportation. These services include those recognized by the US National Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Architecture and many others contemplated by the automotive and transportation infrastructure industries. These services include vehicle-to-roadside as well as vehicle-to-vehicle communications. WAVE Networking Services provides data delivery services between WAVE devices, and management services to all layers. The overall WAVE architecture includes IEEE Std 1609.1T, IEEE Std 1609.2T, IEEE Std 1609.3T, IEEE Std 1609.4T, and IEEE P802.11pT. The IEEE 1609 Family of Standards for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) defines the architecture, communications model, management structure, security mechanisms, and physical access for wireless communications in the vehicular environment. The primary architectural components defined by these standards are the On Board Unit (OBU), Road Side Unit (RSU) and WAVE interface. These standards also define how applications that utilize WAVE will function in the WAVE environment, based on the management activities defined in IEEE Std 1609.1, the security protocols defined in IEEE Std 1609.2, and the network-layer protocol defined in IEEE Std 1609.3. Lastly, they provide extensions to the physical channel access defined in IEEE Std 802.11 to support IEEE Std 1609.4. This family of standards should be used by transportation, automotive, and traffic engineers involved with the design, specification, implementation, and testing of WAVE devices. Network engineers, hardware engineers, and application designers supporting the U.S. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration (VII) Initiative will use these standards as they define the system architecture and as the basis for the interface design of the OBU and RSU devices. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration application designers will use the standards to provide the basis Abstract: A WAVE system is a radio communications system intended to provide seamless, interoperable services to transportation. These services include those recognized by the US National Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Architecture and many others contemplated by the automotive and transportation infrastructure industries. These services include vehicle-to-roadside as well as vehicle-to-vehicle communications. WAVE Networking Services provides data delivery services between WAVE devices, and management services to all layers. The overall WAVE architecture includes IEEE Std 1609.1T, IEEE Std 1609.2T, IEEE Std 1609.3T, IEEE Std 1609.4T, and IEEE P802.11pT. The IEEE 1609 Family of Standards for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) defines the architecture, communications model, management structure, security mechanisms, and physical access for wireless communications in the vehicular environment. The primary architectural components defined by these standards are the On Board Unit (OBU), Road Side Unit (RSU) and WAVE interface. These standards also define how applications that utilize WAVE will function in the WAVE environment, based on the management activities defined in IEEE Std 1609.1, the security protocols defined in IEEE Std 1609.2, and the network-layer protocol defined in IEEE Std 1609.3. Lastly, they provide extensions to the physical channel access defined in IEEE Std 802.11 to support IEEE Std 1609.4. This family of standards should be used by transportation, automotive, and traffic engineers involved with the design, specification, implementation, and testing of WAVE devices. Network engineers, hardware engineers, and application designers supporting the U.S. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration (VII) Initiative will use these standards as they define the system architecture and as the basis for the interface design of the OBU and RSU devices. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration application designers will use the standards to provide the basis Key Words: OBU, onboard unit, Provider Service Identifier, PSID, roadside unit, RSU, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments, WSM; DSRC, resource manager Sponsor: IEEE Title: Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards VuSpec Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2007 **Title Page / Overview of IEEE EMC Standards / History of EMC Regulatory Bodies / Disclaimer / About VuSpec / License Agreement / IEEE EMC Standards: / IEEE Std 139-1988, Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed on User's Premises / IEEE Std 187-2003 IEEE Standard for Measurement Methods of Emissions from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Frequency Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz / IEEE Std 211-1997, Revision of IEEE Std 211-1990, IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation/ IEEE Std 213-1987, Revision of supersedes ANSI/IEEE Std 213-1961 and IEEE Std 214-196,1 IEEE Standard Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power Lines/ IEEE Std 299- 2006, Revision of IEEE Std 299-1997, IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures/ IEEE Std 377-1980, IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Spurious Emission from Land- Mobile Communication Transmitters/ IEEE Std 430-1986, Revision of ANSI / IEEE Std 430-1976, IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations/ IEEE Std 469-1988, Revision of IEEE Std 469-1977, IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of Distribution Transformers/ IEEE Std 475-2000, Revision of IEEE Std 475-1983, IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors 300 MHz to 40 GHz / IEEE Std 644-1994, Revision of IEEE Std 644-1987, IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields From AC Power Lines / IEEE Std 776-1992, Revision of IEEE Std 776-1987, IEEE Recommended Practice for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines / IEEE Std 1140- 1994, IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic Field Project Scope: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional engineers looking for best practices and techniques covering the compatibility of the electromagnetic effects of systems with both themselves and their intended operating environments. It includes standards, measurement techniques, test procedures, instrumentation, equipment and systems characteristics, interference control techniques and components, educational tutorials, computational analysis, and spectrum management. This unique CD-ROM for Windows computers includes an exclusive hyperlinked Overview from world-renowned EMC expert, Donald Heirman. You will be guided to the right standard available today and will discover what future standards are being developed and why. Major details involved in developing IEEE EMC Standards from the first one on record in 1950 to the ones that have launched new technologies are presented. Single- user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Abstract: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional engineers looking for best practices and techniques covering the compatibility of the electromagnetic effects of systems with both themselves and their intended operating environments. It includes standards, measurement techniques, test procedures, instrumentation, equipment and systems characteristics, interference control techniques and components, educational tutorials, computational analysis, and spectrum management. This unique CD-ROM for Windows computers includes an exclusive hyperlinked Overview from world-renowned EMC expert, Donald Heirman. You will be guided to the right standard available today and will discover what future standards are being developed and why. Major details involved in developing IEEE EMC Standards from the first one on record in 1950 to the ones that have launched new technologies are presented. Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Key Words: above deck; absorber; absorber performance; absorbing clamp; absorption (radio-wave propagation); absorption loss; ac electric field strength meter; accessibility; accessible test location; accreditation; accuracy; accuracy of measurement; action level Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Edition & VuSpec Set (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2007 **For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or Distributors. Project Scope: 2007 NESC bundled with 2007 NESC Special Edition VuSpec CD-ROM: 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC VuSpec CD-ROM: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Abstract: 2007 NESC bundled with 2007 NESC Special Edition VuSpec CD-ROM: 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC VuSpec CD-ROM: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) VuSpec (CD- ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2007 **Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables rated through 500 kV. - Includes calculations of the temperature rise and load capability of cable systems. - Software for Microsoft Windows 95, 98, NT 4, 2000, or XP. - Installation Instructions - Software includes search features, electronic index, and navigation controls; convenient time-saving PDF search also available. - Includes the 3,176-page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) Project Scope: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheats. Why flip through over 3,000 pages when you don't have to. Searchable PDF and convenient software help you perform your cable ampacity work with ease. This standard shall be used in conjunction with the following references: AEIC CS4-93, Specifications for Impregnated- Paper-Insulated Low and Medium Pressure Self-Contained Liquid-Filled Cable. AEIC G 1-68, Guide for Application of AEIC Maximum Insulation Temperatures at the Conductor for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cables. ICEA P-45-482 (1979), Short Circuit Performance of Metallic Shielding and Sheaths. IEC 287 (1982), Calculation of the Continuous Current Rating of Cables (100% load factor). IEEE Std 738-1993, IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors (ANSI). NEMA WCSO-1988/ICEA P-S3- 426, Ampacities, 15-69 kV 1/c Power Cable Including Effect of Shield Losses (Solid Dielectrics). Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheats. Why flip through over 3,000 pages when you don't have to. Searchable PDF and convenient software help you perform your cable ampacity work with ease. This standard shall be used in conjunction with the following references: AEIC CS4-93, Specifications for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Low and Medium Pressure Self-Contained Liquid-Filled Cable. AEIC G 1-68, Guide for Application of AEIC Maximum Insulation Temperatures at the Conductor for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cables. ICEA P-45-482 (1979), Short Circuit Performance of Metallic Shielding and Sheaths. IEC 287 (1982), Calculation of the Continuous Current Rating of Cables (100% load factor). IEEE Std 738-1993, IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors (ANSI). NEMA WCSO-1988/ICEA P-S3-426, Ampacities, 15-69 kV 1/c Power Cable Including Effect of Shield Losses (Solid Dielectrics). Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume II: Computers & Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume I: Critical Infrastructure Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: The IEEE Color Books Industrial Power Pack Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE VuSpec: 2007 Electronic Design Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Abstract: If you are an electronic design automation engineer, architect, verification engineer, or you are responsible for managing a design team or conducting research, then this IEEE Standards VuSpec CD is for you. And, because of its value-driven price and wide range of easy-to-use features, the new 2007 IEEE Design Automation VuSpec also is a must have item for embedded software developers, analysts, marketing & sales professionals, and students who want to get up to speed on the full library or international EDA Standards. VuSpec starts automatically and runs inside your familiar web browser with Adobe Acrobat. VuSpec is your very own EDA web portal on a portable CD you can use anywhere. Semiconductors, wired or wireless communication systems, electronics, medical test equipment, and the entire EDA software industry itself rely on these recognized standards covering Logic, Design, Simulation, RTL & Formal Verification, IP/Cores, ALF, ASIC, IC, PSL, Verilog, and VHDL. VuSpec even covers new methods and best practices for the functional verification language 'e' as well as SystemC and SystemVerilog. IEEE VuSpec searches through all these standards, leading you where you need to be, instantly! Also includes an easy point-and- click navigator, glossary of over 600 official EDA terms with citations back to their referenced standards, bonus links, and a convenient index of nearly 300 keywords to guide you to the proper source. Key Words: 93/217/RVD, 93/218/RVD, ABV, Accellera Property Specification Language, Accellera PSL, Air Force Rome Laboratory, Air Force Wright Patterson Laboratory, ALF, ALF libraries, ALF-based ASIC, Application- specific, Army, Asia-Pacific, ASIC, ASIC Council, ASIC macrocell, ASIC Modeling Specification, Assertion-based, Axis System, behavioral, BIT, block, Block-diagrams, BOOLEAN, British Ministry of Defense, Brunel University, CAD, Cadence, Cadence Design Systems, cell, Cisco, Concurrency, COTS, Customer Service, Cygwin, DASC, Datatype, DCL, Defense, Department of Defense, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE HANDBOOK, derate, Design Automation, DIDs, DoD, DPCS, DPI, DSM, E-based IP, EDA, Eiffel, electrical, Electronic Design Automation, Esterel, European CAD Standardization Initiative, European ESPRIT Project 8370 ESIP, F30602-93-C-0209, F33615-96-C-1908, FDIS 93/212/FDIS Report, FDIS 93/213/FDIS Report, Feedback Form, File- manipulation, FireFox, Floorplanners, Fluidic, format, functional, Functional Verification Language, Gate Ensemble to Verilog-XL, gate-level, GDA Technologies, Government, Hardware simulation, HDL, HILO-2, I/O, IBM, IBM Corporation, IC, IEC 62142, IEC/IEEE 61691-1-1, IEC/PAS 62050, IEEE, IEEE 1076, IEEE 1076.4 TAG, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual, IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages, IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages, IEEE Std 1076, IEEE Std 1076.1-1999, IEEE Std 1076.2-1996, IEEE Std 1076.3-1997, IEEE Std 1076.6-1999, IEEE Std 1076.6-2004, IEEE Std 1076- 1993, IEEE Std 1076-2002, IEEE Std 1164-1993, IEEE Std 1364-1995, IEEE Std 1364-2001, IEEE Std 1364-2005, IEEE Std 1603-2003, IEEE VHDL93, IEEE VuSpec, Infrastructure, integrated circuit, Intel, Internet Explorer, Interoperability, Interval Temporal Logic, Java, JEITA, language, Language Reference Manual, layout, library, LICENSE AGREEMENT, Lockheed Martin, LRM, LSI Logic VHDL behavioral, LTL, Machine-readable, Macrocell, Maintainability, MATH_COMPLEX, MATH_REAL, Mentor Graphics Memory Table Model, Metalogical, Methodology, Microelectronics, MIL-HDBK-454, Mixed- language, modeling, Modula, Multi-language, Nonsynthesizable VHDL, OMF, OMI, OMI-compliant, Open Model Forum, Open Model Interface, Open SystemC Initiative, Open Verilog International, Orthogonality, OSCI, OVI, OVI/VI, Pascal, PATHPULSE, PDEF, PDF, Perl, Personal VGUI, physical, Physical Design Exchange Format, PLI, PLI/VPI, power, Power Calculation System, Programming Language Interface, Prototyping, PSL, PS-TSC, Rambus, Rapid Prototyping of Application-Specific Signal Processors, RASSP, Rational Rose, RFPs, ROMs, RTC, RTL, SDF, SDF 1497, Self-extensibility, SI2, Signal, signal integrity, SIGNED, Silicon Integration Initiative, Simulation, Simulator/model interoperability, SKEW, Specifications, SPEF, SPF, SSIG, ST Microelectronics, Standard Delay Format, Standard Parasitic Exchange Format, Standard Parasitic Format, Standardized ASIC, Standards, STARC, Synopsys, Synthesis, Synthesizability, Synthesizable, Synthesizable register-transfer, Synthesizable RTL, SystemC, System-on-chip, SystemVerilog, SystemVerilog 3.1a, SystemVerilog®, technology, Testbench, Testbench language, Texas Instruments, Time-to-market, timing, Trademark, Tutorial/help, UML, Unified Hardware Design, UNSIGNED, US Army Industrial Engineering Activity, US Army Materiel Command’s Engineering Design Handbook Program, User-definable, V&V, Vendor-independent API, Verification Language, Verilog, Verilog 1364, Verilog compiler/simulator, Verilog HDL, Verilog language, Verilog PLI, Verilog Procedural Interface, Verilog®, Verilog® Hardware Description Language, Verilog® HDL-based RTL, Verisity, Veritime, Versatile Graphical User Interface, VGUI, VGUI tool, Vgui.exe tool, Vgui.ini, VGUI-2, Vguimspc.exe, Vguitut.htm, VHDL, VHDL DID, VHDL language, VHDL library, VHDL Register Transfer Level, VHDL register-transfer, VHDL RTL, VHDL Synthesis Interoperability Working Group, VHDL tool, VHDL®, VHDL-AMS, VHPI, VHSIC, VHSIC Hardware Description Language, VITAL, VITAL ASIC, VITAL_Memory, VLSI, VPI, VSIA, VuSpec, VuSpec Series, Waveform, Waveform file formats, WAVES, Well-structured language, Workgroups, Working, XML, XML-based file format, Y2K, Year 2000 Test Methods, Yoav Hollander Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electric Safety Code - PDF Single User Professional Edition : VuSpec (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2006 Project Scope: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Abstract: Choose to view the 2007 NESC in our new Flash interface or a point-and-click HTML format. Also, includes the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format (unlocked). With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electric Safety Code - PDF Single User Standard Edition: VuSpec (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Project Scope: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Abstract: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Key Words: communications industry safety, construction of communication lines, construction of electric supply lines, electrical safety, electric supply stations, electric utility stations, high-voltage safety, operation of communications systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives 1914-1972 - Single User - Limited Edition: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2006 Project Scope: Single-User License Edition. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914- 1972) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into PDF format, Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface, Convenient searchable bookmarks, Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information, DVD jewel case for increased portability. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is subject to the single-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM. Abstract: Single-User License Edition. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into PDF format, Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface, Convenient searchable bookmarks, Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information, DVD jewel case for increased portability. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is subject to the single-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM. Key Words: IEEE C2 , NESC , VuSpec Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2005 **Supercedes 2004 version, SE95082. Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Electronic Design Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: Medical Device Communications: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Summary: 9 Active Standards— A complete collection of IEEE Medical Device Communications standards. Portable VuSpec CD-ROM— Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home. Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately— No installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts automatically in your favorite web browser. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search, Linking, and Navigation Features— Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Medical Device/Health Informatics Glossary of Terms— Over 300 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official standards. Remarks: Featuring the IEEE 1073™ and ISO/IEEE 11073 families of standards Key Words: Main Menu with links to free software Title Page with product links Foreword from the Chair General Information About IEEE Standards, About VuSpec™, and Product Feedback Form Single-User License Agreement Summary pages allowing you to search on the table of contents, introduction, abstract, and keywords for each standard IEEE Std 1073-1996 Overview and Framework IEEE Std 1073.3.1-1994 Transport Profile-Connection Mode IEEE Std 1073.3.1a™-2000 Amend. 1: Corrections/Clarifications IEEE Std 1073.4.1™, (2000 Edition) Phys. Layer Interface-Cable Connected ISO/IEEE 11073-10101:2004(E) Health informatics-Point-of-care medical device communication-Part 10101: Nomenclature ISO/IEEE 11073-10201:2004(E) Part 10201: Domain information model ISO/IEEE 11073-20101:2004(E) Part 20101: App. profiles-Base std ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004(E) Part 30200: Transp- Cable connected ISO/IEEE 11073-30300:2004(E) Part 30300: Transp-nfrared wireless Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Wireless Dictionary Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2005 Technical Contact: Jennifer Longman, Phone:732-562-6355, Email:j.longman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Purpose: Part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Series, this is a quick- access, pocket guide of commonly used wireless terms. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Incident and Traffic Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering and Technology Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005 Abstract: Summary: • Includes Over 100 Standards! You get a complete collection of active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices, as well as essential Withdrawn Standards in full text search-ready PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts automatically in your Web Browser with Free Adobe® Reader® • Powerful Search Features Search on abstracts, keywords, an entire standard, or across multiple standards • Glossary Look Up Over 1,300 terms and their official definitions derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index Locate the standard you need fast, from a List of Keywords that automatically finds matching topics as you type a search word! • Links Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering and Nuclear Plasma Society to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Defense Standards: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005 Abstract: This CD contains all active and withdrawn standards adopted by the U.S. Department of Defense, as indicated online in the DOD ASSIST database (http://assist.daps.dla.mil/online/start/). Multiple revisions of the same standard may exist, indicated by the standard year in the designation. The U.S. Department of Defense ASSIST database is the official source of DoD specifications and standards. ASSIST-Online includes more than documents. Users also have direct access to related DoD databases including DSP standardization projects (SD-4), standardization points-of-contact (SD-1), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), MilSpec Reform management data, and HAZMAT/ODC data. Using powerful search and hyperlink features in ASSIST-Online, users may transparently locate and view diverse standardization data across each of these integrated systems. IEEE Standards are NOT included online in ASSIST. This CD was designed to give a single user, access to all of the IEEE Standards with full search capabilities. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: IEEE Energy Standards CD Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Local, Metropolitan and Wireless Area Networks: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: The ultimate in convenience. All IEEE 802(R) LAN, MAN, and Wireless standards available at your fingertips. Also includes 2 exclusive bonus consolidated standards in PDF: 802.3 2005 Consolidation, and 802.11 2005 Consolidation Nearly 50 Active Standards—A complete collection of the enormously popular IEEE 802® standards. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search, Link, HTML, PDF, and Navigation Features—Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Glossary of Terms—Over 1,750 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official standards. Portable VuSpec CD-ROM—Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home. Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately—No installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts automatically in your favorite web browser. Information and Diagrams—The 802® Family of Standards; History; The Standards Process; Committee Organization; Get Involved! Access to Information; What's Next... Abstract: The ultimate in convenience. All IEEE 802(R) LAN, MAN, and Wireless standards available at your fingertips. Also includes 2 exclusive bonus consolidated standards in PDF: 802.3 2005 Consolidation, and 802.11 2005 Consolidation Nearly 50 Active Standards—A complete collection of the enormously popular IEEE 802® standards. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search, Link, HTML, PDF, and Navigation Features—Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Glossary of Terms—Over 1,750 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official standards. Portable VuSpec CD- ROM—Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home. Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately—No installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts automatically in your favorite web browser. Information and Diagrams—The 802® Family of Standards; History; The Standards Process; Committee Organization; Get Involved! Access to Information; What's Next... Key Words: 802.11, 802.3, 802, wireless, ethernet, LAN/MAN, network Sponsor: IEEE Title: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Single-User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Electric Machinery (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Wireless LAN: 2004 Value Pack (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2003 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Low-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE High-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 24, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: Handbook to IEEE Standard 45: A Guide to Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 Wireless Communication Standards and Study Guide Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Stationary Batteries (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Multi-User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004 Publication type: Collection Abstract: ***Multi-User License Edition*** Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: o 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into PDF format o Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface o Convenient searchable bookmarks o Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information o DVD jewel case for increased portability SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is subject to the multi-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM. Key Words: IEEE C2 , NESC , Vu Spec Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2004 Project Scope: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and 66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5 – 43.5 GHz. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and 66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5 – 43.5 GHz. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: coexistence , fixed broadband wireless access (FBWA) , interference , local multipoint distribution service (LMDS) , millimeter waves , multichannel multipoint distribution service (MMDS) , microwaves , multipoint (MP) , point-to-multipoint (PMP) , radio Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). Featuring the NESC+2007 Preprint Proposals for 2007 Edition of the National Safety Code: VuSpec (C2-2007) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2004 Project Scope: Utilities, Consultants, Designers, Engineers, and Non-Engineers alike will welcome this exciting new easy-to-use VuSpec(TM) edition of the official NESC® featuring a preview of the 2007 NESC®. FEATURES: » The Complete Current Edition of the NESC® and the Complete 2007 NESC® Preprint Change Proposals in a New Easy-to-Use HTML Format. » Internet-Enabled CD- ROM Goes With You Anywhere: Works with or without optional internet access. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources for electrical engineers including the Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. Notice to Customers: The 10% discount hyperlinks on this product to non-IEEE referenced standards, available for a limited time only, have expired. This product still works completely and users still have 100% of the 2002 NESC and preprint change proposals for the 2007 NESC. . » Starts Immediately! No installation or login required. » Powerful New Search, Linking, and Navigation Features! No more thumbing through pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Includes time-saving links to the proposed changes for the 2007 NESC®. » Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Abstract: Utilities, Consultants, Designers, Engineers, and Non-Engineers alike will welcome this exciting new easy-to-use VuSpec(TM) edition of the official NESC® featuring a preview of the 2007 NESC®. FEATURES: » The Complete Current Edition of the NESC® and the Complete 2007 NESC® Preprint Change Proposals in a New Easy-to-Use HTML Format. » Internet-Enabled CD-ROM Goes With You Anywhere: Works with or without optional internet access. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources for electrical engineers including the Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. Notice to Customers: The 10% discount hyperlinks on this product to non-IEEE referenced standards, available for a limited time only, have expired. This product still works completely and users still have 100% of the 2002 NESC and preprint change proposals for the 2007 NESC. . » Starts Immediately! No installation or login required. » Powerful New Search, Linking, and Navigation Features! No more thumbing through pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Includes time-saving links to the proposed changes for the 2007 NESC®. » Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Key Words: NESC Preprint Proposals, NESC Change Proposals, C2-2002, C2-2007 , Vu Spec Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection, Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Collection, Special Condition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Substation-- Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses- - Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection Set: Power Substations and Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses-- Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 100, The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms, Seventh Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: Handbook to IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: Eighth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations 1997-1999 (PDF ONLY) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: An IEEE Guide—How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth™ Spec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2000 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Implementing the IEEE Software Engineering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2000 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume One: Customer and Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Two: Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Three: Products Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Four: Resources and Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: ISO/IEC 15068-2 : 1999 (1387.2-1995), Information technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) system administration—Part 2: Software administration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information. Key Words: data processing , open systems , operating system , packaging , portable application , POSIX , software , system administration , utilities , ISO/IEC 15068 , ISO/IEC 15068-2 Title: VHDL Tutorial Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook—A Designer's Companion Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1999 Publication type: Standards Press Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Preprint- 1999 Proposals Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Title: Test Technology Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 1997 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards 1997 Operations Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Electric Machinery Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 1997 Publication type: Collection Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 1997 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Collection of NESC® Interpretations (1943 through 1997) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Key Words: NESC Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 1996 **Published and distributed in October 1996. Revision of IEEE Standards Style Manual, August 1992. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Preferred editorial style for the preparation of proposed IEEE Standards is established. Many of the frequently asked questions about writing drafts are answered. The optional and required contents of drafts are described, and instructions on submitting drafts for IEEE Standards Board approval and publication are provided. This manual is not intended to be a guide to the procedural development of standards. Key Words: style Title: PASC WWW Interpretations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1996 **These interpretations can be found online at the following address: http://stdsbbs.ieee.org/products/interp/index.html#available Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic & Letter Symbols and Reference Designations Collection - 1996 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1996 Publication type: Collection Title: Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **By Howard W. Johnson. Product number is SP1095. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: Fast Ethernet is the newest and fastest addition to the IEEE Ethernet family of local area network (LAN) standards. An extension to Ethernet, Fast Ethernet provides interoperable service at both 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s. With the growing popularity of Fast Ethernet, users need a resource that specifically addresses Fast Ethernet product architectures and products and where the technology is headed--Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network is that resource. A Prentice-Hall publication, this book goes beyond an overview of Fast Ethernet, it equips you with the information you need to query vendors about their products so you can avoid costly installation mistakes. It helps you with your strategic planning by providing details about future developments of the technology. What's more, the point-by-point network comparisons will show you which networks fit which applications. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatibility Collection - 1996 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 29, 1996 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Interest in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) design and measurement has been rapidly increasing over the past several years. Meeting mandatory and voluntary EMC requirements has become an important consideration in planning of new products and in the early stages of product design. IEEE EMC standards give designers and manufacturers, procuring agencies and regulating agencies guidance in selection and development of appropriate requirements. Containing 32 industry recognized EMC standards, this collection addresses measurement techniques, methods of test-site characterization and specifications for instrumentation. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: NESC® Handbook, Fourth Edition A Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: A Discussion of the Grounding Rules, General Rules, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 3rd (1920) through 1997 Editions of the National Electrical Safety Code, American National Standard C2. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3: Repeater Functions and System Design Topology Considerations for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Local Area Networks (LANs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Prepared by The IEEE 802.3 System Topology Technical Advisory Group of the LAN/MAN Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society. Product number is SP100. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: An indispensable resource for system installers and subsystem component developers, IEEE's Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3 provides essential background material required to understand the basic functioning of the CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection) packet network. With an exclusive focus on the ISO/IEC (International Organization of Standardization and the International Electrotechnical Commission) 8802-3 10 Mb/s CSMA/CD network, this informative tutorial addresses two vital parameters that determine the constraints on network timing-network acquisition time and maximum framelength. It explains the role of the repeater and its significance in the definition of maximum network size. Moreover, it includes a propagation budget table together with an example of all elements that delay the propagation of a transmitted signal in a CSMA/CD network. Key Words: 802.3 tutorial Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Companion - 1995 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses Standards Collection (C37) - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This all-inclusive volume is the single source of IEEE and ANSI switchgear and substation standards covering circuit breakers, switchgear assemblies, switches, fuses, reclosures and sectionalizers and related substation aspects of equipment. The 99 standards contained in this thorough collection provide for the safe and reliable application of electrical systems' switchgear and substation operation and maintenance. Key Words: C37 collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Surge Protection Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 21 IEEE standards for surge protective devices. These industry accepted standards cover product testing, product classification and application guides. It is the single source of standards related to the implementation and testing of surge protective devices. What's more, it contains extensive information on neutral grounding. Key Words: surge protection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Collection(C57) - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: The 1995 edition of this popular collection contains 64 of the most current IEEE and ANSI standards on power distribution and regulating transformers. These ensure safe and reliable electric power service to consumers worldwide. Topics covered include Class 1E transformers, oil-immersed transformers, overhead-type distribution transformers, underground type three-phase distribution transformers and sealed dry-type transformers. Key Words: C57 collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Protective Relaying Systems Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This edition contains 21 of the latest standards and guides for protective relaying systems. Topics covered include relays and relay systems with electric apparatus, protective relaying for utility-consumer interconnections, ground protection, network transformers, field testing and more. Key Words: protective, relaying systems Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Tentative Interim Amendments 93-1,93-2, and Errata to the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Power Capacitor Standards Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The continuing growth of electrical power systems has increased the need for and use of power capacitors in transmission and distribution systems. This compilation of two bibliographies and five of the most current guides and standards provides a valuable reference tool for those involved in the design, manufacturer, testing and application of power capacitors. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Pole Line Hardware Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Covering requirements for ground rods, lag screws, crossarm braces and cable racks, this collection contains 14 of the most current standards used in overhead and underground line construction today. Key Words: pole line, hardware Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Roadway Lighting Equipment Collection (C136) - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1994 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection is comprised of 17 essential standards for roadway lighting used throughout industry today. They cover specifications for performance and interchangeability of roadway lighting system equipment, specifically luminaries, photoelectric controls, support brackets and poles. Key Words: roadway lighting Title: Open Systems Handbook: A Guide to Building Open Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994 **By James Isaak, Kevin Lewis, Kate Thompson, and Richard Straub The product number is SP117 Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This publication focuses on the information and processes needed to make strategic decisions about open systems, while providing a thorough overview of open systems and the work being done to achieve them. What's more, this handbook provides expert guidance on how to apply IT standards and specifications for application portability and interoperability. This publication takes an objective, standards-oriented perspective, concentrating on functionality to obtain business objectives rather than product approaches. Moreover, it offers the most current status of international accepted industry IT standards and specifications for open systems and contains a detailed glossary of OS and standards-related terminology. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Transmission Line Construction Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Containing 5 of the most current IEEE standards guides for assembly and installation of transmission line structures used throughout the power industry today, this collection addresses the different phases of line construction from the installation of foundations through the stringing of overhead conductors. Key Words: transmission line, construction Sponsor: IEEE Title: High-Performance I/O Bus Architecture: A Handbook for IEEE Futurebus+ Profile B Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994 **Product number (book alone) is SP109. Also available with IEEE Stds 892.2 and 896.2a - SP1093. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This handbook is a design guide for developers of the IEEE Futurebus+ modules as specified by the following IEEE Futurebus+ standards: •IEEE Std 896.1-1991 •IEEE Std 896.2-1991 •IEEE Std 896.3-1993 The purpose of this handbook is to provide a reference to many of the concepts, rules, and guidelines that are necessary to understand and to follow so that interoperability of Futurebus+ systems and modules is ensured. Included are engineering details about system architecture, hardware interface, and board layout. Module designers, system intergrators, and original equipment manufacturers should find this handbook useful. Key Words: 896.2, 896.2a, futurebus+, high-performance, I/O Architecture, Profile B Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Fifth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1993- 1995 Interpretations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 21, 1994 **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply station, overhead electric supply, communication lines, underground electric supply, clearances to electric supply, strength requirement for electric supply, communication structures Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Stationary Battery Collection - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Because stationary batteries play such a vital role of providing reliable backup and emergency power, their design, installation and maintenance must be reliable and sound. The best way to make sound design decisions and to maximize service expected from an installed battery system is to comply with the most current standards used throughout industry today, IEEE stationary battery standards. Containing 10 standards, this collection includes the complete set of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery standards used in the planning, design and maintenance of today's battery installations. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Fourth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations, 1991-1993 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1993 **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply stations, overhead electric supply lines, overhead communication lines, underground electric supply lines, underground communication lines, clearances to electric supply, clearances to communication lines, strength Title: Sourcebook on Lead-Acid Batteries Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Product number is SP75. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This highly useful sourcebook contains a wealth of information on lead-acid batteries in one complete volume, including: Leading-edge IEEE transactions papers, informative IEEE conference papers and detailed abstracts of IEEE Lead-Acid Stationary Battery standards. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electricity Metering Collection (C12) - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: IEEE's electricity metering standards provide today's utilities, manufacturers and regulatory bodies worldwide with specific on-the-job information needed to install, measure and test electricity meters. This collection contains 14 current standards on watt-hour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, auxiliary devices and much more. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Engineering in Safety, Maintenance and Operation of Lines Collection (ESMOL) - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This edition contains 9 standards and guides for engineering in safety, maintenance and operation of lines. Topics addressed include energized power lines, transmission line conductors, in-service maintenance and electrical testing of live-line tools and the protective grounding of power lines. Key Words: ESMOL, safety, maintenance Sponsor: IEEE Title: Atlas Training Manual: A Handbook to IEEE C/Atlas Std 716 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: The ATLAS Training Manual provides a detailed perspective on IEEE Std 716-1989 (C/ATLAS). This training manual is only specific to IEEE Std 716-1989, not to IEEE Std 716-1995. It conveys a simplified building block approach to the standard, so that the knowledgeable user and novice alike can confidently implement the language's various test applications. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Petroleum and Chemical Applications Collection - 1992 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1992 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 10 standards and recommended practices for the petroleum and chemical industry. Topics covered include induction and auxiliary motors, electric submersible and insulated cables and safety practices. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Science Collection - 1991 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 1991 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This volume is a collection of 24 IEEE and ANSI standards on nuclear science. These standards cover test procedures, specifications, calibration and utilization for nuclear instruments and detectors used in industrial and laboratory applications. Key Words: nuclear science Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Collection - 1990 edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 1990 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection contains 61 IEEE and ANSI standards used throughout the nuclear industry. Topics covered include criteria and requirements for the electrical systems of nuclear power generating stations, methods and procedures of reliability engineering, recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control, recommended practices for the application of software configuration plans to nuclear power generating stations and much more. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Archive Collection - 1990 Editon Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 1990 Publication type: Collection Abstract: In the nuclear industry archival documents have a unique significance. They are often referred to in day-to-day activities, primarily because each nuclear power generating station owner has committed to a specific issue of a document in its license application. To meet this industry need, IEEE developed the Nuclear Power Archive Standards Collection. This volume contains 51 archive or historical nuclear power standards still referred to in the nuclear industry today. The standards included in this collection are not available as single documents. Key Words: nuclear power, archive Title: A Practical Introduction to the New Logic Symbols - Second Edition by Ian Kampel Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Product number is SP1094. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This publication offers guidance on the preparation of logic diagrams and their interpretation. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1993 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219- 1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.3 Systems Networking Guide: How to Optimize Your Network Using the ISO/IEC 8802-3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 28, 1995 Publication type: Standards Press Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Title: CE Mark: The New European Legislation for Products: Featuring EMC, Low Voltage & Machinery Directives Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This is a subscription product that includes the CE Mark Book, 6 newsletters & one supplement book (Sept/Oct). Publication type: Standards Press Sponsor: IEEE Title: VHDL Interactive Tutorial: A CD-ROM Learning Tool for IEEE Std 1076 VHDL Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This product is available for use in Microsoft Windows® (3.1 and '95), Macintosh®, Sun® OS and Sun Solaris® environments. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unigue product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL - not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible tool for VHDL product development and users. Key Words: VHDL, interactive, tutorial, CD ROM Title: Electric Metering Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Substations Collection-1998 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Switchgear Collection-1998 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Collection, 1998 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: On-Line IEEE Standards (OLIS)—IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Medical Devices Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Electronics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Insulation Coordination Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Antennas and Propagation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electron Devices Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Magnetics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Static Power Converters Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Circuits and Systems Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Cement Industry Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electricity Metering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Dielectrics and Insulation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electrical Insulation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Aerospace Electronics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Instrumentation and Measurement Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Pole Line Hardware Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Roadway Lighting Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Sponsor: IEEE Title: Full Set of IEEE Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Lan/Man Security Package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Token Ring Access Package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Token-Passing Bus Access Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: NEC Set 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: NEC 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: IEC Multilingual Dictionary of Electricity, Electronics and Telecommunications 1992 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This volume is the North American version of Volume 2 which is distributed in the United States and Canada by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Terms and definitions in English with equivalent terms in French, Russian, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Polish and Swedish. International reference that defines over 15,000 terms. Key Words: IEC, multilingual, dictionary Sponsor: IEEE Title: Switchgear Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Surge Protective Devices Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Transmission and Distribution Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Substations Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Title: Protective Relaying Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Energy Development/Power Generation Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Insulated Conductors Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Electric Machinery Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Portable Applications (POSIX) Standards Subscriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Design Automation Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Communications Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. IMPORTANT NOTE: To expedite service, a signed license agreement must be returned to the IEEE prior to access being granted. To expedite your order, complete and return a signed license agreement in conjunction with your order. You can retrieve this license agreement at: http://standards.ieee.org/catalog/olis/licenses/ip.pdf. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Bus Architecture Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: LAN/MAN Plus Drafts Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Software Engineering Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) on CD- Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2007 **Includes the 3,176 page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheaats. Key Words: ampacity, cable, conductors, dielectric, extruded, insulation, laminar, power, software Sponsor: IEEE Title: All-Inclusive Telecommunications Standards Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Exclusive option to Enterprise subscribers! The IEEE's All Inclusive standards package, an internet-based subscription delivered via IEEE Standards Online, provides access worldwide to the most current IEEE standards. IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Standards are available for download in PDF format. Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Color Book Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 2007 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: INCLUDES THE ENTIRE COLOR BOOK STANDARDS SERIES: IEEE Red Book (IEEE STD 141-1993), IEEE Green Book (IEEE STD 142-1991), IEEE Gray Book (IEEE STD 241-1990), IEEE Buff Book (IEEE STD 242-2001), IEEE Brown Book (IEEE STD 399-1997), IEEE Orange Book (IEEE STD 446-1995), IEEE Gold Book (IEEE STD 493-2007), IEEE Violet Book (IEEE Std 551-2006), IEEE White Book (IEEE STD 602-2007), IEEE Bronze Book (IEEE STD 739-1995), IEEE Yellow Book (IEEE STD 902-1998), IEEE Blue Book (IEEE STD 1015-2006), IEEE Emerald Book (IEEE STD 1100-2005). Replaces the previous set - STDPT95566. Abstract: INCLUDES THE ENTIRE COLOR BOOK STANDARDS SERIES: IEEE Red Book (IEEE STD 141-1993), IEEE Green Book (IEEE STD 142-1991), IEEE Gray Book (IEEE STD 241-1990), IEEE Buff Book (IEEE STD 242-2001), IEEE Brown Book (IEEE STD 399-1997), IEEE Orange Book (IEEE STD 446-1995), IEEE Gold Book (IEEE STD 493-2007), IEEE Violet Book (IEEE Std 551-2006), IEEE White Book (IEEE STD 602- 2007), IEEE Bronze Book (IEEE STD 739-1995), IEEE Yellow Book (IEEE STD 902-1998), IEEE Blue Book (IEEE STD 1015-2006), IEEE Emerald Book (IEEE STD 1100-2005). Replaces the previous set - STDPT95566. Key Words: Color Book, Color Books, IEEE Red Book, IEEE STD 141-1993, IEEE Green Book, IEEE STD 142-1991, IEEE Gray Book, IEEE STD 241-1990, IEEE Buff Book, IEEE STD 242-2001, IEEE Brown Book, IEEE STD 399-1997, IEEE Orange Book, IEEE STD 446-1995, IEEE Gold Book, Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: 2007 Stationary Batteries VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2006 **Replaces SE135 Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the Stationary Batteries family Project Scope: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that runs inside your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing, manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing, maintaining, testing, or operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications, including generating stations, substations, energy storage, industrial control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting, telecommunications, portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies. Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other types of batteries. Abstract: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that runs inside your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing, manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing, maintaining, testing, or operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications, including generating stations, substations, energy storage, industrial control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting, telecommunications, portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies.Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other types of batteries. Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the Stationary Batteries family (also includes photovoltaics, portable computers, and cell phones). SINGLE-USER LICENSE. System Requirements: Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or newer. Adobe Reader 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access and Adobe Shockwave Player. Key Words: abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead-Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel- cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel- cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb- acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self-discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test-discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve- regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead- acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead- Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel-cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel-cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb-acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self- discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test- discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead-acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface Sponsor: IEEE Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2003 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Wireless Media: A Guide to the IEEE 802.15.3 Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2004 Project Scope: Wireless Multimedia covers three main areas: Applications: Typical applications that would benefit from using 802.15.3 devices for wireless connectivity, including specific examples of how the unique properties of 802.15.3 compliant devices enable new applications. Implementation: Summary of the 802.15.3 standard, highlighting special areas that are key to a successful implementation. Examples are included for implementers who are developing compliant devices. -Justification: Discussion and reasoning that went into developing the standard, including background information that details what types of implementations were anticipated when the standard was developed and key details for those deciding what architectures are ideal for developing 802.15.3 products. Title: Implementation Guide to 1512's Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2004 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Preprint Proposal for Revision of the 2002 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: NESC(R) PreprintAvailable on Sept. 1, 2004 Key Words: C2-2002, NESC Preprint Proposals, NESC Change Proposals, C2-2007 Preprint Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electric Safety Code (NESC) CD Plus Pack Featuring the NESC + Preprint Proposals for the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer's Companion, Second Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2005 Title: 802.3 Ethernet & the First Mile Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2006 Abstract: On September 7, 2004, the Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) standard, formally known as IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004, was published to the world. The publication of the standard marked the culmination of four years of effort by industry leaders and innovators to address the broadband subscriber access network market and its challenges. More importantly, the publication of EFM introduced a suite of native Ethernet broadband technology, which as a set marked yet another successful extension of Ethernet into a new market and definitively answered the ques¬tion of “what broadband technology best suites my needs” with a set of Ethernet technologies that mirrored their sister traditional Ethernet technologies in price, simplicity and profitability. The IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document is an outstanding resource for someone who wants to build equipment that is compatible with the EFM standard. Ethernet in the First Mile: Access for Everyone brings the standard to life. The authors explain the basic principles behind the standard, presenting the trade-offs that led to the standardization of the specific technologies, and providing a guide to help readers navigate through the formal prose. The authors of this book led the 802.3ah project and now present the evolution of the standard along with thier perspective on the various technologies. This book starts by introducing the Ethernet standards committee, its long and successful history, its language and nomenclature, along with its structure and decision making process. The authors then re-enact the business and technol¬ogy evolution that set the stage for a successful launch of EFM by introducing readers to the preceding and competing technologies that failed to capture the hearts of the consumer and the backing of the industry leaders. Next the EFM standard is introduced by giving an overview of its massive scope and various technology tracks, after which each chapter explains the technical, economic and marketing aspects of the choices made in the EFM Task Force and written into the IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document. The technology discussion is complimented with a practical introduction and discussion of interoperability and testing: things that providers, consumers, builders and suppliers of EFM should be acutely aware of. Finally, a few chapters are devoted to the business cases and considerations associated with deploying EFM. Insights are presented of the leading proponents who helped define the standard along with the parameters and issues that will guide readers to the EFM technology that is best suited to address their needs. Sponsor: IEEE Title: How to Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: IEEE Guide for Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. Sponsor: IEEE Title: WirelessMAN: Inside the IEEE 802.16 Standard for Wirelss Metropolitan Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006 Abstract: The objective of this book is to provide a detailed overview of the IEEE 802.16 standard for fixed broadband wireless and to include detailed descriptions of the 802.16 Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) operation, with emphasis on the design and the technology behind the standards. This book explains why certain design choices were made and how the recent technological developments, realworld experience and the lessons learned from previous projects were used throughout the 802.16 standards development process to make critical trade-offs. In addition, the chronological development of 802.16 MAC and PHY amendments to the standards and the rationale behind those projects are explained. This book also provides a summary of ongoing projects, related standards, and possible future extensions to IEEE 802.16. The optional and mandatory parts of the 802.16 Standards are clearly indentified and explained thoughout the book wherever applicable. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code VuSpec CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Project Scope: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards 2010 Collection VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: At about $11 per standard, this new powerful collection contains over 130 IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Power Systems Relay. You can search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. Made up of 64 Switchgear standards, 34 Substation standards, 35 Relaying standards, this powerful new and improved IEEE VuSpec contains an Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features and an online glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. It also Includes related bonus material, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions. This VuSpec is a portable CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows (limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others) Abstract: At about $11 per standard, this new powerful collection contains over 130 IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Power Systems Relay. You can search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. Made up of 64 Switchgear standards, 34 Substation standards, 35 Relaying standards, this powerful new and improved IEEE VuSpec contains an Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features and an online glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. It also Includes related bonus material, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions. Key Words: swichgear, substation, fuses, power system relay, circuit breakers Sponsor: IEEE Title: Health Informatics/Medical Device Communications Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Nuclear Engineering Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Industrial and Commercial Facilities Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Vehicular Technology Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Power Transformers (Distribution and Regulating) Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power System Relay Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2007 Abstract: These standard cover all types of relays, including protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, syncronizing and auxiliary. Specific topics include: -Applications -Design -Construction -Operation -Transmission -Generation -Distribution -Utilization Key Words: power, relays Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Power Substation Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2007 Abstract: These standards cover all types of substations, including switching stations, transformer stations, and generating station switchyards. Specific topics include: - Automatic/supervisory control systems; - Data acquired within substations; - Single line wiring diagrams; - Insulation coordination; - Gas-insulated and open bus designs; - Structural arrangements; - D.C. stations; - Environmental and Safety Concerns; - Clearances; - Substation Grounding; - Substation Capacitor Banks; - Substation Seismic Design. Key Words: power, substations Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Standards, VuSpec Edition (formerly known as ANSI C37) VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2007 Abstract: New for 2007-2008. Imagine having immediate access to, and easily searching through, all 140 standards. For the first time on VuSpec CD, IEEE offers you this complete collection of all Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay standards. Search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. - Over 140 IEEE Standards. A Complete Collection of all IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Relay Standards. Includes 70 Switchgear standards, 35 Substation standards, 30 Relaying standards, and a handful of key referenced standards from other areas. -Powerful New and Improved IEEE VuSpec Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features -New Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Online Glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. -Portable VuSpec CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows (limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others) -Includes related bonus material on disc, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions. -Ships in your own CD Storage case. Key Words: assemblies, C37, circuit, circuits, circuit breakers, fuses, power, relay systems, relaying, relays, substations, switchgear, vuspec Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society Title: IEEE VuSpec: Surge Protective Devices (VuSpec CD) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2007 Key Words: limitations, ratings, tests, backup protection, breaker-failure relaying, bus protection, electric service, non-utility generation, protective relays, transformer protection, utility-consumer interconnection, silicon-carbide, surge arresters, AC, Power Circuits, discharge current, discharge voltage, duty-cycle voltage rating, lightning protection, maximum continuous operating voltage, MCOV, metal-oxide surge arrester, MOSA, surge arrester, valve arrester, harmonics, noise, power system disturbance, surge- protective device (SPD), swell, voltage sag, voltage surge Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: IEEE Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards (PDF on CD-Rom) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2007 Abstract: Contains nearly forty (40) essential active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices listed below for Electromagnetic Compatibility. PDF file format on CD-ROM provides easy full text searching on a single standard or on all standards at the same time. Format: PDF on CD-ROM for all computers (e.g., Windows, Mac, UNIX). Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: IEEE Electromagnitc Compatibility Standards (VuSpec Edition;CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2007 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Testing, Instrumentation & Measurement, and Metric Practice Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: 1584-2000 & 1584A-2004 ArcFlash Set (CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: - For 1584-2002: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. - For 1584A-2004: Amendment to 1584-2002. This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. Key Words: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: The IEEE Color Books - Complete Standards Series :VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Supersedes previous set CD-ROM product (STDVU118) Project Scope: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series VuSpec CD-ROM incorporates the 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color Books standards series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990 (R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001, IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995 (R2000), IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std 493-1997, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book / IEEE Std 739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1100-1999, IEEE Emerald Book --- REMARKS: Supersedes previous set CD-ROM product (STDVU118) Abstract: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series VuSpec CD-ROM incorporates the 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color Books standards series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990 (R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001, IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995 (R2000), IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std 493-1997, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book / IEEE Std 739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015- 2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1100-1999, IEEE Emerald Book --- Key Words: Color Books, 141-1993 Red Book, 142-2007 Green Book, 241-1990 Gray Book, 242-2001 Buff Book, 399-1997 Brown Book, 446 -1995 Orange Book, 551- 2006 Violet Book, 493-1997 Gold Book, 602-2007 White Book, 739-1995 Bronze Book, 902-1998 Yellow Book,1015-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Substations Collection:VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2010 Publication type: Collection Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure, Power generation protection, circuit breakers, availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability, grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Substations Standards Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2010 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Online ordering not available. Please contact IEEE for a custom quote for your organization at standards-subscriptions- sales@ieee.org IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt to sign up for email notifciation to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. Standards are available for download in PDF format. The standards available in this online subscription package can be viewed at http://www.ieee.org/web/publications/subscriptions/prod/standards_overview.html Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure, Power generation protection, circuit breakers, availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability, grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Systems and Software Engineering with Applications, & Standards Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2010 **This set consists of Systems and Software Engineering with Applications Handbook, IEEE Std 982.1-2005 and IEEE Std 1633-2 Publication type: Collection Project Scope: Handbook Description: This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. In this book the reader will learn how to quantitatively analyze the performance, reliability, maintainability and availability of software in relation to the total system and to use standards as part of the solution. Furthermore, the reader will learn how to evaluate and mitigate the risk of deploying software-based systems and how to apply many models dealing with the optimization of systems. The book has numerous quantitative examples to help understand interpret model results. This book can be used as a first year graduate course in systems/software engineering; an on-the-job reference for systems and software engineers; and a reference for quantitative models in systems and software engineering. 982.1-2005 Abstract: A Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability for assessing and predicting the reliability, maintainability, and availability of any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical software systems. 1633-2008 Abstract: The methods for assessing and predicting the reliability of software, based on a lifecycle approach to software reliability engineering, are prescribed in this recommended practice. It provides information necessary for the application of software reliability (SR) measurement to a project, lays a foundation for building consistent methods, and establishes the basic principle for collecting the data needed to assess and predict the reliability of software. The recommended practice prescribes how any user can participate in SR assessments and predictions. Abstract: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of Software. Key Words: 982.1-2005, 1633-2008, software reliability, availability, dependability, maintainability Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Arc Flash Hazard Standards Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2010 Publication type: Collection Project Scope: This subscription includes standards that provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment Abstract: This subscription includes standards provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Key Words: Arc Flash, Arc Flash, Arc-Flash, Arc Flash Hazard Calculations, 1584 Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Esaleta Corbin, Phone:732-562-3821, Email:e.corbin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants internet-based access to IEEE NESC, including new, or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt to sign up for email notification to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. This subscription covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. It also consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Abstract: This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants internet-based access to IEEE NESC, including new, or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt to sign up for email notification to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. This subscription covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. It also consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Key Words: National Electrical Safety Code, NESC, C2 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Foundations for Smart Grid Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2010 **Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: IEEE standards guide smart grid technology and innovation. IEEE standards are used around the globe to help grow business opportunities, maximize research efforts, generate public trust, build order in the marketplace and enhance safety. With an unparalleled collection of standards in diverse technology fields—including over 20 IEEE standards named in the NIST Framework and Roadmap for Smart Grid Interoperability Standards—IEEE can help you lead the way in smart grid technology with key foundational research. IEEE Foundations for Smart Grid increases the bottom line...- Get substantial savings over purchasing individual standards; - Boost your research team’s knowledge with instant information access; - Find essential standards and all related standards in seconds; - Get instant updates and automatic e-mail alerts regarding new standards and drafts. Key Words: Smart Grid Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Modeling and Simulation [M&S] High Level Architecture [HLA] (IEEE 1516- 2010 Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: : The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Abstract: : The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: 1516-2010, 1516.1-2010, 1516.2-2010, 1516.3-2003, 1516.4-2007, architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules runtime infrastructure Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuits & Fuses - 2010 Standards Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm) Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are also Built In. Project Purpose: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm) Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are also Built In. Abstract: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm) Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are also Built In. Key Words: switchgear, switch, switches, dielectric test, calibration, circuit breakers, circuit, voltage, TRV, frequency, short-circuit, mechanical endurance, short-line fault, switching, high-voltage, generators, testing, inductive load switching, overvoltages, low-voltage, shunt reactor switching, small inductive currents, inductive load switching, overvoltages, shunt reactor switching, small inductive currents, asymmetrical current, effects analysis (FMEA), failure modes, effects, and criticality analysis (FMECA), auxiliary, fuses, ac, transformer, load current-carrying, metering, outdoor, protection, stationary, cable connections, short-time withstand, control wiring, dc switchgear, dc traction power switchgear, substation, , metal-clad (MC) switchgear, metal- enclosed (ME), metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI) switchgear, ground and test (G&T) devices, locking/interlocking, terminal, benchboard, bus, solar, temperature, power, current, distribution-class, distribution, current- limiting, single pole air, , time-current-characteristics, TCC, "dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser, submersible, standard operating duty Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Transmission and Distribution Standards Collection: Vuspec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 06, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Includes over 57 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre- Sorted Keywords • Convenient Internet Links are Built In Abstract: This new and updated Power Transmission and Distribution Standards collection includes over 57 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Convenient Internet Links are Built In Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®): The Archives (1973-2007) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM - Single User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 08, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2007, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Abstract: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2007, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety, C2- 1973; C2-1977; C2-1981; C2-1984, C2-1987, C2-1990, C2-1993, C2-1997, C2- 2002, C2-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Developers Toolkit: Templates, Examples, and Official Standards Terms on CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Project Scope: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219-1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219- 1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Key Words: VuSpec, software, SWEBOK, verification, validation, life cycle process, life cycle reuse Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) Handbook, 2011 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: The NEC has changed and staying up-to-code is essential! Make sure you're informed with the single most valuable tool for NEC users -- the 2011 NEC Handbook from NFPA. This is your hands-on source for the practical solutions and Code rationale you need to comply with the new NEC, avoid violations, and keep installations on time and on budget. The 2011 NEC Handbook is loaded with one-of-a-kind features: • Full 2011 NEC text -- no other electrical reference has it! • Expert commentary with coverage of changes in the 2011 NEC's requirements, including new rules focused on workplace safety • First-time commentary for new articles addressing green technologies, alternate energy, high-voltage installations, and other emerging issues • 500+ full-color photos and illustrations such as schematics, floor plans, and cross-sectional graphics not in the Code • For the first time, vertical rules alert you to Code additions, and change dots signal deletions -- exactly like in the NEC. • Commentary is shaded in blue so it's easily distinguished from mandatory provisions. Abstract: The NEC has changed and staying up-to-code is essential! Make sure you're informed with the single most valuable tool for NEC users -- the 2011 NEC Handbook from NFPA. This is your hands-on source for the practical solutions and Code rationale you need to comply with the new NEC, avoid violations, and keep installations on time and on budget. The 2011 NEC Handbook is loaded with one-of-a-kind features: • Full 2011 NEC text -- no other electrical reference has it! • Expert commentary with coverage of changes in the 2011 NEC's requirements, including new rules focused on workplace safety • First-time commentary for new articles addressing green technologies, alternate energy, high-voltage installations, and other emerging issues • 500+ full-color photos and illustrations such as schematics, floor plans, and cross-sectional graphics not in the Code • For the first time, vertical rules alert you to Code additions, and change dots signal deletions -- exactly like in the NEC. • Commentary is shaded in blue so it's easily distinguished from mandatory provisions. Key Words: NEC, 70E, NESC, Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) Softbound, 2011 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Adopted in all 50 states, NFPA 70®: National Electrical Code has saved untold lives with comprehensive requirements for electrical wiring and equipment. When the Code advances to incorporate new technologies, you can’t afford to fall behind! You need the 2011 NEC to safeguard people and property, and avoid violations. Major changes in the 2011 NEC meet consumer demand for alternate energy, green technologies, and IT equipment: • New Article 694 has first-time requirements for small wind electric systems. • Revised Article 625 includes updates on safe battery charging for plug-in hybrid vehicles that reduce the risk of explosion. • Revised Article 705 covers interconnecting generators, windmills, and solar and fuel cells with other power supplies. • New Article 840 addresses the increased demand for broadband communications systems with requirements for wireless, routers, and wireless disconnects. Abstract: Adopted in all 50 states, NFPA 70®: National Electrical Code has saved untold lives with comprehensive requirements for electrical wiring and equipment. When the Code advances to incorporate new technologies, you can’t afford to fall behind! You need the 2011 NEC to safeguard people and property, and avoid violations. Major changes in the 2011 NEC meet consumer demand for alternate energy, green technologies, and IT equipment: • New Article 694 has first-time requirements for small wind electric systems. • Revised Article 625 includes updates on safe battery charging for plug-in hybrid vehicles that reduce the risk of explosion. • Revised Article 705 covers interconnecting generators, windmills, and solar and fuel cells with other power supplies. • New Article 840 addresses the increased demand for broadband communications systems with requirements for wireless, routers, and wireless disconnects. Key Words: NEC, 70E, NESC, NFPA Title: 1999 National Electric Code(R) (NEC) Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Project Scope: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NECs. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NECs. Title: IEEE Standards Dictionary: Glossary of Terms & Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2008 Abstract: In the newly updated IEEE Standards Dictionary, professional experts and students alike will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE standards terms and definitions—not found in any other single source. Key Words: Dictionary, Standards Terms, Electrical, Electronic, IEEE 100, Vocabulary, Terminology, Definitions Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11 Wireless LAN Standards Series and Designer's Companion Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: The IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer’s Companion, Second Edition is for the system network architects, hardware engineers and software engineers at the heart of this second stage in the evolution of 802.11 wireless LANs and for those designers that will take 802.11 to the next stage. Abstract: The IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer’s Companion, Second Edition is for the system network architects, hardware engineers and software engineers at the heart of this second stage in the evolution of 802.11 wireless LANs and for those designers that will take 802.11 to the next stage. Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code and Handbook and VuSpec Set (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2007 Project Scope: Includes the following: 2007 NESC: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. / The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. / 2007 VuSpec NESC CD-ROM Abstract: Includes the following: 2007 NESC: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. / The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. / 2007 VuSpec NESC CD-ROM Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection VuSpec CD-ROM and Road Map to Software Engineering Book Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 27, 2008 Project Scope: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection – VuSpec CD-ROM: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. / The Road Map to Software Engineering: A Standards-Based Guide (Paperback): Organizes relevant IEEE software and systems standards using two frameworks: the SWEBOK Guide's topical knowledge areas and the widely used IEEE/EIA 12207 standard. This useful guide is endorsed and recommended by the Software and Systems Engineering Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society for both practitioners and students. Abstract: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection – VuSpec CD-ROM: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. / The Road Map to Software Engineering: A Standards-Based Guide (Paperback): Organizes relevant IEEE software and systems standards using two frameworks: the SWEBOK Guide's topical knowledge areas and the widely used IEEE/EIA 12207 standard. This useful guide is endorsed and recommended by the Software and Systems Engineering Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society for both practitioners and students. Key Words: architectural design, configuration management, enabling system, infrastructure, life cycle, process reference model, quality management, stakeholder requirements, life cycle process standard, software integration activity, reuse library interoperability Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: This set is sold as Hardcover and Softcover and includes the National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set This is not available as in PDF format Abstract: This set is sold as Hardcover and Softcover and includes the National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set This is not available as in PDF format Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Edition & Handbook Set (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2007 Project Scope: Publication Date: 1 August 2006 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC Handbook: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. Abstract: Publication Date: 1 August 2006 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC Handbook: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of ele Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code & Handbook Set (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (NEC 2008) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2008 Project Scope: SUMMARY (for NEC 2008): Revisions in the 2008 NFPA 70: National Electrical Code boost public safety, emergency preparedness, Code usability, and worker protection. SUMMARY (for NEC 2008 Handbook The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Abstract: SUMMARY (for NEC 2008): Revisions in the 2008 NFPA 70: National Electrical Code boost public safety, emergency preparedness, Code usability, and worker protection. SUMMARY (for NEC 2008 Handbook The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Key Words: NEC, National Electric Code Handbook, electrical safety Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Systems and Software Engineering with Applications, & Standards Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2010 Project Scope: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of Software. Abstract: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of Software. Key Words: 982.1-2005, 1633-2008, software reliability, availability, dependability, maintainability Sponsor: IEEE Title: An IEEE Guide: How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: "... may be the best single resource for Bluetooth Technologists. There is no quicker way to answer your nagging questions about the Bluetooth spec. . . it’s a valuable work that comes highly recommended for all levels of computer networking users.” Ian C. Gifford, Director of Standards, Tyco Electronics Unlike other books on the market that provide an overview of the Bluetooth technology, How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec goes further. It tells you how to actually read the 1600+ page, two volume specification that is comprised of multiple sections—in an easy-to-read style—and provides insight into the order or sequence in which you should read the spec’s sections. How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec is specifically designed to streamline the process of finding information about the Bluetooth technology. The book provides helpful hints about the spec so you have a fuller understanding of the technology and how it impacts you. Based on what you will be doing with the Bluetooth spec or your role in implementing the spec, it helps answer the question, “What do I really have to read and understand ” Abstract: "... may be the best single resource for Bluetooth Technologists. There is no quicker way to answer your nagging questions about the Bluetooth spec. . . it’s a valuable work that comes highly recommended for all levels of computer networking users.” Ian C. Gifford, Director of Standards, Tyco Electronics Unlike other books on the market that provide an overview of the Bluetooth technology, How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec goes further. It tells you how to actually read the 1600+ page, two volume specification that is comprised of multiple sections—in an easy-to-read style—and provides insight into the order or sequence in which you should read the spec’s sections. How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec is specifically designed to streamline the process of finding information about the Bluetooth technology. The book provides helpful hints about the spec so you have a fuller understanding of the technology and how it impacts you. Based on what you will be doing with the Bluetooth spec or your role in implementing the spec, it helps answer the question, “What do I really have to read and understand ” Sponsor: IEEE Title: Advanced Power Quality Analysis - IEEE Emerald Book Self-Study Course + Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Emerald Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam. Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Emerald Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam. Key Words: IEEE Std 1100 , Sponsor: IEEE Title: Guide to the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Covers such topics as: the need for the standards, issues related to information sharing, table top exercises, and how to incorporate the standards into existing communication systems. It also includes implementation guidelines and case studies on the equipment, software and policy changes agencies have made to enhance interaction among 1512 standard users. This guide is freely available at: http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/scc32/imwg/guide.pdf Abstract: Covers such topics as: the need for the standards, issues related to information sharing, table top exercises, and how to incorporate the standards into existing communication systems. It also includes implementation guidelines and case studies on the equipment, software and policy changes agencies have made to enhance interaction among 1512 standard users. This guide is freely available at: http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/scc32/imwg/guide.pdf Sponsor: IEEE Title: How To Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. This Guide is available in PDF only. A two-year license is available that allows the reproduction and distribution in print and electronic formats for $950.00. For a license agreement, contact: http://standards.ieee.org/standardspress/contact_staff.html Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. This Guide is available in PDF only. A two-year license is available that allows the reproduction and distribution in print and electronic formats for $950.00. For a license agreement, contact: http://standards.ieee.org/standardspress/contact_staff.html Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code Handbook (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Use the only comprehensive "road map" to the 2005 NEC®! Designing, installing, or inspecting today's complex electrical systems and equipment requires a thorough understanding of 2005 NEC requirements and their intent. When you need Code direction, the 2005 NEC Handbook is the most valuable source of facts and commentary combined! Based on the questions from the field, the NEC Handbook provides you with: - Color-coded solutions, examples, and answers to frequently asked questions about NEC use. Commentary is written by electrical professionals closely involved with Code development. - The complete 2005 NEC text and visuals. You won't need to flip back to your Code to apply requirements. - Over 500 illustrations and photos including full-color graphics. Handbook users say the graphics are especially useful for discussing installation requirements with building owners, subcontractors, and inspectors. Now featuring first-time commentary on all-new articles and recently added provisions! From cover to cover, the Handbook features revised commentary that brings you up-to-speed with the 2005 benchmark in electrical safety. For example, it explains the new NEC article governing control panels, and enhances your understanding of the changing provisions for GFCI and AFCI protection. Abstract: Use the only comprehensive "road map" to the 2005 NEC®! Designing, installing, or inspecting today's complex electrical systems and equipment requires a thorough understanding of 2005 NEC requirements and their intent. When you need Code direction, the 2005 NEC Handbook is the most valuable source of facts and commentary combined! Based on the questions from the field, the NEC Handbook provides you with: - Color-coded solutions, examples, and answers to frequently asked questions about NEC use. Commentary is written by electrical professionals closely involved with Code development. - The complete 2005 NEC text and visuals. You won't need to flip back to your Code to apply requirements. - Over 500 illustrations and photos including full- color graphics. Handbook users say the graphics are especially useful for discussing installation requirements with building owners, subcontractors, and inspectors. Now featuring first-time commentary on all-new articles and recently added provisions! From cover to cover, the Handbook features revised commentary that brings you up-to-speed with the 2005 benchmark in electrical safety. For example, it explains the new NEC article governing control panels, and enhances your understanding of the changing provisions for GFCI and AFCI protection. Sponsor: IEEE Title: NEC 2005 Pocket Guide to Electrical Installations Volume 1: Residential Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Save hours of reference time making homes electrically fire safe! Take this NEC Pocket Guide along. Electrical distribution equipment is among the leading causes of home fires. Do more to safeguard installations in single- and multiple-family dwellings by keeping the most- referenced 2005 NEC rules at your fingertips! NFPA's updated Pocket Guide to Residential Installations organizes Code requirements exactly the way they're encountered during a typical installation. You'll quickly access the latest provisions for: * General installations * Branch circuits, feeder, and service calculations * Overcurrent protection * Grounding * Switches * Plus scores of other applications You'll also find tips on constructing more efficient installations. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Abstract: Save hours of reference time making homes electrically fire safe! Take this NEC Pocket Guide along. Electrical distribution equipment is among the leading causes of home fires. Do more to safeguard installations in single- and multiple- family dwellings by keeping the most-referenced 2005 NEC rules at your fingertips! NFPA's updated Pocket Guide to Residential Installations organizes Code requirements exactly the way they're encountered during a typical installation. You'll quickly access the latest provisions for: * General installations * Branch circuits, feeder, and service calculations * Overcurrent protection * Grounding * Switches * Plus scores of other applications You'll also find tips on constructing more efficient installations. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Sponsor: IEEE Title: NEC 2005 Pocket Guide to Electrical Installations Volume 2: Commercial and Industrial Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Reduce the risk of errors on electrical jobs in commercial occupancies. Check this updated NEC® Pocket Guide on every job! Work faster, more efficiently, and make sure you're in compliance with the 2005 NEC. NEC Pocket Guide to Commercial and Industrial Installations reflects major Code updates and new provisions impacting industrial occupancies. Whether you're working in offices or industrial plants, you can check your work against key portions of the 2005 NEC, such as requirements for the correct installation of: * Services * Boxes and enclosures * Cables * Generators * Transformers * Emergency systems In addition to the latest Code rules, the Pocket Guide is loaded with reference tables you'll turn to every day. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Abstract: Reduce the risk of errors on electrical jobs in commercial occupancies. Check this updated NEC® Pocket Guide on every job! Work faster, more efficiently, and make sure you're in compliance with the 2005 NEC. NEC Pocket Guide to Commercial and Industrial Installations reflects major Code updates and new provisions impacting industrial occupancies. Whether you're working in offices or industrial plants, you can check your work against key portions of the 2005 NEC, such as requirements for the correct installation of: * Services * Boxes and enclosures * Cables * Generators * Transformers * Emergency systems In addition to the latest Code rules, the Pocket Guide is loaded with reference tables you'll turn to every day. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Sponsor: IEEE Title: NFPA 70E Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2004 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Abstract: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC Sponsor: IEEE Title: NFPA 70E Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2004 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Abstract: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code Handbook (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (NEC 2008) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2008 Project Scope: The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Also available :National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (STDPT95716) & NEC/NEC Handbook Set (STDPT95717) Abstract: The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Also available :National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (STDPT95716) & NEC/NEC Handbook Set (STDPT95717) Key Words: NEC, National Electric Code Handbook, electrical safety, Sponsor: IEEE Title: Tutorial on Hardware and Software Reliability, Maintainability and Availability Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2008 Project Scope: Computer systems, whether hardware or software, are subject to failure. Precisely, what is a failure. It is defined as: The inability of a system or system component to perform a required function within specified limits. A failure may be produced when a fault is encountered and a loss of the expected service to the user results [IEEE/AIAA P1633]. This brings us to the question of what is a fault. A fault is defect in the hardware or computer code that can be the cause of one or more failures. Software- based systems have become the dominant player in the computer systems world. Since it is imperative that computer systems operate reliably, considering the criticality of software, particularly in safety critical systems, the IEEE and AIAA commissioned the development of the Recommended Practice on Software Reliability. This tutorial serves as a companion document with the purpose of elaborating on key software reliability process practices in more detail than can be specified in the Recommended Practice. However, since other subjects like maintainability and availability are also covered, the tutorial can be used as a stand-alone document. While the focus of the Recommended Practice is software reliability, software and hardware do not operate in a vacuum. Therefore, both software and hardware are addressed in this tutorial in an integrated fashion. The narrative of the tutorial is augmented with illustrative solved problems. The recommended practice [IEEE P1633] is a composite of models and tools and describes the "what and how" of software reliability engineering. It is important for an organization to have a disciplined process if it is to produce high reliability software. This process uses a life cycle approach to software reliability that takes into account the risk to reliability due to requirements changes. A requirements change may induce ambiguity and uncertainty in the development process that cause errors in implementing the changes. Abstract: Computer systems, whether hardware or software, are subject to failure. Precisely, what is a failure. It is defined as: The inability of a system or system component to perform a required function within specified limits. A failure may be produced when a fault is encountered and a loss of the expected service to the user results [IEEE/AIAA P1633]. This brings us to the question of what is a fault. A fault is defect in the hardware or computer code that can be the cause of one or more failures. Software- based systems have become the dominant player in the computer systems world. Since it is imperative that computer systems operate reliably, considering the criticality of software, particularly in safety critical systems, the IEEE and AIAA commissioned the development of the Recommended Practice on Software Reliability. This tutorial serves as a companion document with the purpose of elaborating on key software reliability process practices in more detail than can be specified in the Recommended Practice. However, since other subjects like maintainability and availability are also covered, the tutorial can be used as a stand-alone document. While the focus of the Recommended Practice is software reliability, software and hardware do not operate in a vacuum. Therefore, both software and hardware are addressed in this tutorial in an integrated fashion. The narrative of the tutorial is augmented with illustrative solved problems. The recommended practice [IEEE P1633] is a composite of models and tools and describes the "what and how" of software reliability engineering. It is important for an organization to have a disciplined process if it is to produce high reliability software. This process uses a life cycle approach to software reliability that takes into account the risk to reliability due to requirements changes. A requirements change may induce ambiguity and uncertainty in the development process that cause errors in implementing the changes. Key Words: Software, Hardware, Reliability, computer systems, parallel systems, computer system maintenance and availability, software reliability models Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code Handbook 2007 (C2-2007 NESC) - David J. Marne Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2009 Project Scope: A Hands-on Guide to the 2007 NESC that Clarifies Code Rules for You to Achieve Full Compliance! McGraw-Hill's National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook delivers a rule-by-rule annotation of the NESC that clarifies the often confusing Code text and allows you to perform your work confidently and safely. Designed for use with the Code itself, this expert resource guides readers through safety rules for the installation, operation, and maintenance of electrical supply stations and equipment, and also for overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. Abstract: A Hands-on Guide to the 2007 NESC that Clarifies Code Rules for You to Achieve Full Compliance! McGraw-Hill's National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook delivers a rule-by-rule annotation of the NESC that clarifies the often confusing Code text and allows you to perform your work confidently and safely. Designed for use with the Code itself, this expert resource guides readers through safety rules for the installation, operation, and maintenance of electrical supply stations and equipment, and also for overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. Key Words: National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook, C2-2007, NESC-20007, code rules, electrical safety, overhead lines, Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Quality in Electrical Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2009 Project Scope: This book Identifies and Solves Key Electric-Power-Quality Problems and Ensure Reliable Power Delivery to All Customers. "Power Quality in Electrical Systems" equips you with the latest engineering techniques for providing power quality to all customers, and includes vital information on manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities. Based on an IEEE Professional Education course, the book is a practice-oriented engineering tutorial for solving key electric-power-quality problems. This skills- building resource is designed to improve job performance by taking you step- by-step through voltage distortion…harmonic current sources…power capacitors…corrections for power-quality problems …switched-mode power supplies…uninterruptible power supplies…standby power systems…power-quality measurements…and more. Filled with 100 detailed illustrations, Power Quality in Electrical Systems enables you to (a) Spot and correct key electric- power-quality problems (b) Achieve full compliance with IEEE standards (c) Examine switched-mode power supplies, rectifiers, and other loads that produce interference (d) Catch up on the latest standby power systems (e) Get vital information on power quality for manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities (f) Explore power-quality case studies with problems and worked solutions Abstract: This book Identifies and Solves Key Electric-Power-Quality Problems and Ensure Reliable Power Delivery to All Customers. "Power Quality in Electrical Systems" equips you with the latest engineering techniques for providing power quality to all customers, and includes vital information on manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities. Based on an IEEE Professional Education course, the book is a practice-oriented engineering tutorial for solving key electric-power-quality problems. This skills-building resource is designed to improve job performance by taking you step-by-step through voltage distortion…harmonic current sources…power capacitors…corrections for power-quality problems …switched-mode power supplies…uninterruptible power supplies…standby power systems…power-quality measurements…and more. Filled with 100 detailed illustrations, Power Quality in Electrical Systems enables you to (a) Spot and correct key electric-power-quality problems (b) Achieve full compliance with IEEE standards (c) Examine switched-mode power supplies, rectifiers, and other loads that produce interference (d) Catch up on the latest standby power systems (e) Get vital information on power quality for manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities (f) Explore power-quality case studies with problems and worked solutions Key Words: Power Quality in Electrical Systems, data processing, healthcare facilities, voltage distortion, harmonic current sources, power capacitors, Standby power systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2009 Project Scope: The "Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems" offers you a comprehensive safety regimen, based on the fundamental characteristics of low-voltage electrical systems. Fully explaining the grounding and bonding of low-voltage systems as they relate to article 250 of the National Electrical Code®, this essential safety tool provides an analytical approach to accident control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. The occurrence of accidents in low-voltage (under 1kV) systems is much higher statistically than in higher voltage systems, driving an increasing number of academic and training courses in grounding and other safety techniques in low voltage. This book, designed for working electricians, electrical engineers, and students, takes the fundamentals of low-voltage system behavior and maps that theory to a series of practical safety steps that can be taken in working with these systems. Detailing and explicating the grounding and bonding of low voltage systems, and tying them to the application of article 250 of the National Electrical Code, the book provides an analytical approach to hazard control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. Current IEEE and IEC standards are referenced throughout. Abstract: The "Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems" offers you a comprehensive safety regimen, based on the fundamental characteristics of low-voltage electrical systems. Fully explaining the grounding and bonding of low-voltage systems as they relate to article 250 of the National Electrical Code®, this essential safety tool provides an analytical approach to accident control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. The occurrence of accidents in low-voltage (under 1kV) systems is much higher statistically than in higher voltage systems, driving an increasing number of academic and training courses in grounding and other safety techniques in low voltage. This book, designed for working electricians, electrical engineers, and students, takes the fundamentals of low-voltage system behavior and maps that theory to a series of practical safety steps that can be taken in working with these systems. Detailing and explicating the grounding and bonding of low voltage systems, and tying them to the application of article 250 of the National Electrical Code, the book provides an analytical approach to hazard control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. Current IEEE and IEC standards are referenced throughout. Key Words: Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems, National Electrical Code Sponsor: IEEE Title: CE Marking for Telecommunications: A Handbook to the Telecommunication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: This publication provides clear insight into the requirements of the European Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (TTE Directive) and its affect on the US exporter and manufacturer. The reader will gain insights into the certification process, approval procedure, CE Marking, trade factors, liability issues as well as numerous useful addresses for future reference as you follow the steps to ready your product for export. Plus, it explores the history, scope, and relation with other directives including Low Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the complete TTE directive. Abstract: This publication provides clear insight into the requirements of the European Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (TTE Directive) and its affect on the US exporter and manufacturer. The reader will gain insights into the certification process, approval procedure, CE Marking, trade factors, liability issues as well as numerous useful addresses for future reference as you follow the steps to ready your product for export. Plus, it explores the history, scope, and relation with other directives including Low Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the complete TTE directive. Key Words: CE Marking, Electromagnetic Compatibility, TTE directive, low voltage, telecommunications, equipment Sponsor: IEEE Title: Fault Calculations in Industrial/Commercial Power Systems - IEEE Red Book Self-Study Course Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Key Words: 141-1993, Red Book Sponsor: IEEE Title: Advanced Power Quality Analysis - IEEE Emerald Book Self-Study Course Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Key Words: 1100-2005, Emerald Book Sponsor: IEEE Title: How To Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2006 Project Scope: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. Key Words: Lightning, AC power, communication circuits, surge protectors Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 2008 **For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or Distributors. Project Scope: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219-1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219- 1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Key Words: C37 Collection, Switchgear, Substations, Relays, Circuit Breaker, Fuse Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 1547 - Electric Power Systems - Set on CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2008 Project Scope: This CD-ROM set includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007 Abstract: This CD-ROM set includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007 Key Words: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007, certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation Sponsor: IEEE Title: Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service: An Engineering Perspective Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2009 Project Scope: This book is part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Networks Series. This book describes Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service enhancements. Those enhancements enable the support of real-time applications such as voice and video. The scope of the book includes: - Overview of QoS mechanisms and architectures. - WLAN QoS mechanisms and relationship to QoS general architectures. - Performance analysis and case studies. WLAN QoS planning and engineering are challenging tasks to both network operators and end users. This book is an attempt to satisfy the need for better understanding of WLAN QoS features as well as the related engineering challenges. The reader will be able to understand WLAN QoS mechanisms and features in a simple and clear way beyond that obtained by just reading standard documents. The reader of the book should be able to understand: - WLAN QoS basic operation. How WLAN QoS is related to other QoS architectures especially IP QoS, and the related interworking issues. - How to tackle WLAN QoS main issues including admission control, scheduling, and buffer management. How to engineer a WLAN-based network to support QoS-based applications. Abstract: This book is part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Networks Series. This book describes Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service enhancements. Those enhancements enable the support of real-time applications such as voice and video. The scope of the book includes: - Overview of QoS mechanisms and architectures. - WLAN QoS mechanisms and relationship to QoS general architectures. - Performance analysis and case studies. WLAN QoS planning and engineering are challenging tasks to both network operators and end users. This book is an attempt to satisfy the need for better understanding of WLAN QoS features as well as the related engineering challenges. The reader will be able to understand WLAN QoS mechanisms and features in a simple and clear way beyond that obtained by just reading standard documents. The reader of the book should be able to understand: - WLAN QoS basic operation. How WLAN QoS is related to other QoS architectures especially IP QoS, and the related interworking issues. - How to tackle WLAN QoS main issues including admission control, scheduling, and buffer management. How to engineer a WLAN-based network to support QoS-based applications. Key Words: Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service, WLAN QoS , QoS- based applications Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Summary: • Includes Over 45 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society to Stay Informed; Visit the T&D Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow Remarks: CD - HTML/PDF/FLASH Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 4.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access (required to view online resources). Abstract: Summary: • Includes Over 45 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on- screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society to Stay Informed; Visit the T&D Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow Remarks: CD - HTML/PDF/FLASH Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Microsoft®Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe Reader 4.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access (required to view online resources). Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 1547-2011 Series CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: The 1547 series of interconnection standards is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards development. The 1547 standard focuses on the technical specifications for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR), including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The 1547.1 standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE 1547 ™. The 1547.2 standard provides technical background and application details to support the understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. The guide facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and their associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547-2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. The 1547.3 standard is intended to facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and transactions Abstract: The 1547 series of interconnection standards is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards development. This CD-ROM includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 1547.2-2008 and 1547.3-2007. The 1547 standard focuses on the technical specifications for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR), including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The 1547.1 standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE 1547 ™. The 1547.2 standard provides technical background and application details to support the understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. The guide facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and their associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547- 2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. The 1547.3 standard is intended to facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and transactions Key Words: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005, 1547.2-2008 & 1547.3-2007, certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation, storage energy storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid harmonics IEEE induction machines inverters interconnection requirements and specifications islanding microturbines monitoring and control paralleling power converters, networks, quality photovoltaic power systems point of common coupling public utility commissions reclosing coordination regulations rule making, federal, national, regional, state standards synchronous machines testing utilities wind energy systems Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2012 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) and Handbook Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: 2012 NESC: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2012 NESC Handbook: The 2012 NESC® Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. Abstract: PRE-ORDER NOW! Available 1 August 2011. 2012 NESC: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2012 NESC Handbook: The 2012 NESC® Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Title: National Electrical Code(r) (NEC(r)) Softbound and Handbook Set, 2011 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: • 2011 NEC Softbound, the bestselling format for electrical contractors and installers. Hundreds of revisions in the 2011 NEC include groundbreaking changes that broaden the Code's scope to cover alternate energy sources, green technologies, IT systems, and high voltage installations. The portable NEC Softbound puts the latest requirements within reach 24/7 -- in the office and on the job site. (Softbound) • 2011 NEC Handbook. Loaded with one-of-a-kind features, this is your reliable source for practical solutions and Code rationale. Only the NEC Handbook has the full 2011 NEC text, expert commentary on NEC use including new applications, and real-world examples from the field. 500+ full-color visuals include schematics, floor plans, flow charts, and photos that depict application of requirements. (Hardbound) Abstract: This Set consists of 2011 NEC Softbound and 2011 NEC Handbook • 2011 NEC Softbound, the bestselling format for electrical contractors and installers. Hundreds of revisions in the 2011 NEC include groundbreaking changes that broaden the Code's scope to cover alternate energy sources, green technologies, IT systems, and high voltage installations. The portable NEC Softbound puts the latest requirements within reach 24/7 -- in the office and on the job site. (Softbound) • 2011 NEC Handbook. Loaded with one- of-a-kind features, this is your reliable source for practical solutions and Code rationale. Only the NEC Handbook has the full 2011 NEC text, expert commentary on NEC use including new applications, and real-world examples from the field. 500+ full-color visuals include schematics, floor plans, flow charts, and photos that depict application of requirements. (Hardbound) Sponsor: IEEE Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4, Third Edition Status: New Standard Project Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Esaleta Corbin, Phone:732-562-3821, Email:e.corbin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: IEEE 802.15.4 was developed to address low-cost and low-power design to enable applications in the fields of industrial, agricultural, vehicular, residential, and medical sensors and actuators. This book offers the reader an insider's view of the standard. Features include an overview of the standard, the motivation and vision behind it, background on the technology, technical features and components, application scenarios, and material not covered in the standard related to the network layer functionality for applications. The book also focuses on implementation and system design considerations, including an analysis of system-level, real- world issues that will be important for prospective implementers to consider. Project Purpose: The Third Edition of Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 now includes detailed information from the revised IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard, including amendment IEEE 802.15.4b. Abstract: The Third Edition of Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 now includes detailed information from the revised IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard, including amendment IEEE 802.15.4b. Presented in a concise and easy to read format by experts intimately involved in the development and writing of the standard, this guide is a valuable resource to the standard for those interested in the field of "simple" wireless connectivity. IEEE 802.15.4 was developed to address low-cost and low-power design to enable applications in the fields of industrial, agricultural, vehicular, residential, and medical sensors and actuators. This book offers the reader an insider's view of the standard. Features include an overview of the standard, the motivation and vision behind it, background on the technology, technical features and components, application scenarios, and material not covered in the standard related to the network layer functionality for applications. The book also focuses on implementation and system design considerations, including an analysis of system-level, real-world issues that will be important for prospective implementers to consider. Low-Rate Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 is a MUST READ for anyone who wants to fully understand the inner-workings and possibilities of the IEEE 802.15.4 standard. Key Words: Software, Hardware, Reliability, computer systems, parallel systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Sixth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1994- 1996 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code® as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2 Key Words: electric supply, supply stations, overhead electric, electric supply, communication lines, supply lines, undergroun electric, underground lines, clearances, strength requirement Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Operations Manual - 1995 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1995 Status: Superseded Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electric Machinery Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Abstract: IEEE electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the- job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This collection contains 24 current standards and recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms of electric or mechanical energy. Key Words: electric machinery Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: stye Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® Preprint 1997 Proposals Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Abstract: With the rising costs associated with software development and maintenance today, reduced costs and increased efficiency have become two key factors for programmers and engineers developing software solutions. The best way to maximize software development investments is to comply with the most current software engineering standards mandated by industry today, IEEE software engineering standards. Now, all the widely used IEEE software engineering standards are included in the 1994 edition of the Software Engineering Standards Collection. This edition contains 26 of the most up-to-date standards, covering software terminology, software design descriptions, user documentation and software maintenance. Title: Electric Machinery Collection Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: Supplement to IEEE Standards Collection Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses C37 1993 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection 1993 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection C37 1993 Edition-Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Style Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board ByLaws - 1992 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Third Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®,1991- 1993 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric, supply, stations, overhead, communication, lines, underground, clearances Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic and Letter Symbols and Reference Designation Collection — 1992 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Key Words: graphic, letter, symbol Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatability Collection -1992 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Key Words: electromagnetic, compatibility Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standard Board Operations Manual - 1992 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations, 1991-1993 Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply, overhead, communication lines, underground, clearances, strength, requirements Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1991- 1993 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Vince Condello, Phone:201-836-3214 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Style Manual - 1991 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Summer 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: C62 Complete 1990 Edition: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Manual - 1990 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: 1990 Annual Activities Report Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems - Complete1989 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Safety, Maintenance, and Operation of Lines (ESMOL): Fall 1990 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards Collection, Spring 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Abstracts/Index Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: 1989 Annual Activities Report Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: Posix International Style Guide Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1984-1987 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1981-1984 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1978-1980 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1961-1977 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE-IPCEA Power Cable Ampacities Status: Superseded **Revised as IEEE Std 835 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Logic Symbols and Diagrams Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Electrical and Electronics Graphic Symbols and Reference Designations Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations 1988-1990, Inclusive Status: Superseded **A companion to NESC Interpretations 1961-1977, 1978-1980, 1981-1984, and 1984-1987 inclusive Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: elec supply stations, overhd elec supply, communications lines, undergd elec supply, clearances , strength requiremts Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Fall 1990 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: CAMAC Instrumentation and Interface Standards Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Preprint 1993 Proposals Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: NESC Handbook: Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code—Second Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Standards Press Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems, Spring 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: NESC Interpretation - 5th edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Designation: - Title: NESC Archives 1973-2000 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006 Abstract: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973- 2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety Designation: 1-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice - General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electrical Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001 **Supersedes 1-1986 (R1992). Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:410-245-8473, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Change title to a recommended practice, revise table 1, add a table to part IV, coordinate the revisions of IEEE 1, 98, and 99 for consistency, review terms and definitions for harmonization with IEC85 and IEC 505-1, revise Foreward. Project Purpose: To make the title consistent with the text. To include all temperature indexes for materials and temperature classes for insulation systems. To harmonize with IEC 85 and 505-1. Abstract: " This recommended practice is intended to serve in the preparation of standards that areprincipally concerned with the thermal endurance of EIM and simple combinations of suchmaterials, with the establishment of limiting temperatures of EIS, and with the provision of generalprinciples for thermal classification of EIS. " Key Words: IEEE 1 Designation: 1-1986 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Designation: 100 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on CD-Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 1997 **An enhanced version of the IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms. Publication type: Electronic Product Designation: 100-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: The IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Sixth Edition Status: Superseded **This standard is one of a number of information technology dictionaries being developed by standards organizations accredited by the American National Standards Institute. This dictionary was developed under the sponsorship of voluntary standards organizations, using a consensus-based process. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Terms defined in the approved IEEE standards issued by all IEEE standards-generating bodies and accredited standards committees. Additional technical terms already present in the current edition of the dictionary. Acronyms and abbreviations deemed useful to IEEE members. Abstracts of IEEE standards. Project Purpose: To collect the definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations from IEEE standards and combine them into one authoritative document. Designation: 100-1992 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: The New IEEE Standards Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1993 Abstract: Over 30,000 terms and definitions that have been standardized by IEEE are included. Over 10,000 new and revised terms have been added since 1988. New edition includes abstracts of IEEE standards. Includes extensive acronym and abbreviation section. Key Words: dictionary, electrical, electronics, terms, Terminology Designation: 100-1988 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms - Fourth Edition Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1988 Designation: 1000-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Backplane Interface: STEbus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: Tim Elsmore **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which employs a system that counts all events above a low- energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a system utilizing multiple counting windows. Key Words: ste, bus, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1001-1988 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: IEEE Guide for Interfacing Dispersed Storage and Generation Facilities with Electric Utility Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989 Abstract: The purpose of this IEEE guide is to alert electric utilities, manufacturers of dispersed storage and generation (DSG) equipment, consultants, contractors and DSG owners, and operators to the engineering concerns inherent in operating dispersed generators in parallel with utility systems; to describe proper interface construction techniques and operating procedures for those generators; to emphasize safety aspects involved; and to call attention to possible DSG impact on utility customers. Key Words: DSG, dispersed storage and generation, dispersed generators, utility systems, interface construction, safety Designation: 1002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: The taxonomy will contain a scheme to organize, classify, and relate standards guidelines and recommended practices used in software engineering. The taxonomy will provide recommendations reflecting current state-of-the-art in the application of engineering principles to classification, evolution, and evaluation of Software Engineering Standards. Project Purpose: To make changes to harmonize the standard with existing Software Engineering Standards and update information in appendices on how to apply standard. Designation: 1002-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1987 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The form and content of a software engineering standards taxonomy is described. Applicability is not restricted by software application, size, complexity, critically, or hardware environment. The taxonomy applies to standards (from the related disciplines of engineering management, systems engineering, computer hardware engineering, computer science, and information science) with which a software engineer would be reasonably acquainted and is application independent. The various types of software engineering standards, their functional and external relationships, and the role of various functions participating in the software life cycle are described. The taxonomy can be used in planning the development or evaluation of standards for an organization and could serve as a basis for classifying a set of standards or for organizing a standards manual. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: taxonomy, software, engineering Designation: 1003.0-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide to the POSIX(R) Open System Environment (OSE) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: May 02, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1995 Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: POSIX, architecture, open, LAN, networks, open system environment, profiles, OSE, application portability, application interoperability Designation: 1003.0 Int'l Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Technical Report—Guide to POSIX® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1003.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1003.1-2004 Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1003.1-200x defines a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. It is intended to be used by both applications developers and system implementors. IEEE Std 1003.1-200x comprises four major components (each in an associated volume): 1. General terms, concepts, and interfaces common to all volumes of IEEE Std 1003.1- 200x, including utility conventions and C-language header definitions, are included in the Base Definitions volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 2. Definitions for system service functions and subroutines, language-specific system services for the C programming language, function issues, including portability, error handling, and error recovery, are included in the System Interfaces volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 3. Definitions for a standard source code-level interface to command interpretation services (a "shell") and common utility programs for application programs are included in the Shell and Utilities volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 4. Extended rationale that did not fit well into the rest of the document structure, containing historical information concerning the contents of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x and why features were included or discarded by the standard developers, is included in the Rationale (Informative) volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. The following areas are outside of the scope of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x: * Graphics interfaces * Database management system interfaces * Record I/O considerations * Object or binary code portability * System configuration and resource availability IEEE Std 1003.1-200x describes the external characteristics and facilities that are of importance to applications developers, rather than the internal construction techniques employed to achieve these capabilities. Special emphasis is placed on those functions and facilities that are needed in a wide variety of commercial applications. The facilities provided in IEEE Std 1003.1-200x are drawn from the following base documents: * IEEE Std 1003.1™, 2004 Edition (POSIX-1) (incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1™-2001, 1003.1™-2001/Cor 1-2002 and 1003.1™-2001/Cor 2-2004) * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 1 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 2 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 3 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 4 * ISO/IEC 9899:1999, Programming Languages - C. Project Purpose: The basic goal was to promote portability of application programs across UNIX system environments by developing a clear, consistent, and unambiguous standard for the interface specification of a portable operating system based on the UNIX system documentation. POSIX.1-2008 codifies the common,existing definition of the UNIX system. Abstract: This standard is simultaneously ISO/IEC 9945, IEEE Std 1003.1, and forms the core of the Single Unix Specification, Version 3. This 2004 edition includes IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004 incorporated into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (the base document). The two Corrigenda address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These changes are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the base documents that were incorporated into the IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, which is the single common revision to IEEE Std 1003.1-1996, IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, ISO/IEC 9945- 1:1996, ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, and the Base Specifications of The Open Group Single UNIX® Specification, Version 2. Key Words: 1003.1-2008, application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system,built- in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism, input/output (I/O), job control, network, portable operating system interface (POSIX®), parent, shell, stream, string, synchronous, system, thread, X/Open System Interface (XSI) Designation: 1003.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for IEEE Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2008. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 14, 2002 Project Scope: 1003.1-1990 and its supplements + 1003.2-1992 plus its supplements + SUSv2 XSH5 + XCU5 + XBD5 + Portability Considerations from 1003.1/1003.2 plus additional rationale and notes from 1003.1 and 1003.2 + amendments to 1003.1/.2 - legacy features - obsolescent features + XNS5.2 & resolutions passed by OGTGnet concerning the included sections of XNS + issues raised by IEEE/ISO Interps against .1/.2 and resolutions passed by OGTGbase concerning the included sections of SUSv2 + harmonization of options vs. feature groups + resolution of XCU text marked OF,OP,PI and UN (on a case by case basis). See the long scope for further detailed information. Project Purpose: Provide a single standard addressing the needs of users of all the documents being revised and supported by as much of the overall industry as possible. Address problems discovered during the lifetimes of the current documents. The current standards are approaching ten years or more in age; and this is the promised revision, whose scope is being expanded by including accepted practice based on the contents of the Single UNIX Specification. Abstract: 2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of theoriginal Base documents. Key Words: "application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system, built-in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism" Designation: 1003.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Superseded **Sold as ISO/IEC 9945-1. Revision of 1003.1-1988. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1991 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Key Words: POSIX, System Application, Portable Operating , C Language Designation: 1003.1-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 22, 1988, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1989 Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 are presented. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer, environments Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 2002 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Technical Corrigendum Number 1 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2008. This corrigendum was made available as ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology-Portable Operating System Interfase (Posix)- Technical Corrigendum 1 Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This technical corrigendum addresses issues raised in defect reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: a. They are in the scope of the approved standard. b. They contain no new APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non-function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. c. They address contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related problems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigenda is to address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. Abstract: Remarks: This product is only available a PDF, and is not available for sale by resellers. Key Words: IEEE 1003.1 , IEEE 1003.1-2001 , IEEE 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 , IEEE 1003.1/Cor 1 Tentative Publication Date: 30 May 2003 Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Technical Corrigendum Number 2 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2008. Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This technical corrigendum will address issues raised in defect reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: (a). They are in the scope of the approved standard. (b). They contain no new APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non- function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. (c). They address contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related problems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigendum is to address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1- 2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1 and will be the second such technical corrigendum. Abstract: Technical Corrigendum 2 addresses problems discovered since the approval of the 2003 edition of The Open Group Base Specifications, Issue 6, IEEE Std 1003.1, and ISO/IEC 9945. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the original Base documents. Key Words: application program interface (API) , argument , asynchronous , basic regular expression (BRE) , batch job , batch system , built-in utility , byte , child , command language interpreter , CPU , extended regular expression (ERE) , FIFO , file access cont Designation: P1003.1-2008/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial errors made during the preparation of 1003.1-2008 latest version, which covers Portable Operating System Interfaces. This corrigendum includes the corrections made in the errata. Project Purpose: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial errors made during the preparation of 1003.1-2008, latest version, which covers Portable Operating System Interfaces. Designation: 1003.1.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1e Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (October 1994 Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 11, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: computer, computer environment, interfaces, interpretations, portable operating, system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (March 1994 Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994 **1003.1/2003.1/INT, March 1994 Edition Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1 -1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)- Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1 -1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX- Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: POSIX, testing, test methods Designation: 1003.1/I-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments (IEEE Std 1003.1-1988) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 08, 1992 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1 -1988 are presented. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer, environments Designation: 1003.10-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology POSIX(R)-Based Supercomputing Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Abstract: This standard is related to the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It specifies the set of standards and the requirements needed for portability of supercomputing applications, users, and system administrators. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: AEP, application portability, batch, portable application, profile, queue, resource, supercomputer, supercomputing, user portability Designation: 1003.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Operating Systems Title: POSIX based Transaction Processing Applications Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Elliot Brebner, Phone:612/473-1772 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1003.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1g Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.13-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile (AEP) - POSIX Realtime and Embedded Application Support Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 10, 2004 **Supersedes 1003.13-1999. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for embedded and realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profile definitions are expected: a large one for full- function realtime systems, a small one for embedded control systems, and one or more profiles of intermediate size. It will also update the existing profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile PSE51 may be simplified, and PSE53 made slightly larger. Interpretation requests regarding 1003.13-1998 received up to the time of the first 1003.13 revision ballot will be considered as input to this work. The Ada bindings to POSIX (the IEEE 1003.5-series standards) plus P1003.26 (should it be approved before the first 1003.13 Revision ballot), will also be profiled. Note: The above scope is identical to the original 1003.13 scope, except that the original "an intermediate realtime system definitions" becomes "and one or more intermediate realtime system definitions", and the word "embedded" is added. In fact, 1003.13-1998 has four profiles, and is being cited for embedded applications in addition to the traditional realtime applications. The scope of P1003.13a and P1003.13b have also been included above, edited to reflect the revision of 1003.1, and P1003.26 has been added. The 1003.5-series standards are already profiled in 1003.13-1998, and are now explicitly mentioned. Scope from Previous PARs - Original 1003.13-1998 scope (PAR approved 9 December 1997): "The project will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime systems definition."; Scope of Proposed Project [P1003.13a, January 1994]: "This work will extend the POSIX P1003.13 interfaces to include the interfaces of P1003.4d (formerly P1003.4b) and "P1003.4d" (nickname, real name to be supplied when assigned)."; Scope of Proposed Project [P1003.13b, 19 July 2000]: "This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles. It will also update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this work." Project Purpose: With approval of P1003.1 (the 1003.1 Revision) expected in 2001, the basis upon which the existing (1003.13-1998) and planned (P1003.13a, P1003.13b) profiles depended has changed, and all old and new APIs being profiled are to be found in what will likely become IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. There is substantial embedded/realtime-kernel industry experience with various non-standard variants of all the proposed profiles and their underlying interfaces. Multiple RTOS and RT/Embedded Linux vendors are now claiming compliance (if not conformance) to various 1003.13- 1998 profiles. The purpose of 1003.13, and now of the 1003.13 Revision, is to unify this area. Note: The above purpose is semantically identical to the original purpose, except that the original list of IEEE 1003-series standards to be profiled has been replaced by their sole successor, 1003.1- 2001, and the 1003.5-series standards (Ada bindings to POSIX) and P1003.26 (Device Control) have been added. These changes also have the effect of including the purpose of both P1003.13a and P1003.13b. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.13-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyStandardized Application Environment Profile (AEP)POSIX(R) Realtime and Embedded Application Support" Key Words: "AEP, application portability, data processing environment, embedded, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX profiles, realtime, realtime application environments" Designation: 1003.13-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile - POSIX(R) Realtime Application Support Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.13-2003. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime application utilizing the POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime system definition. Project Purpose: With the completion of balloting of P1003.4 system interfaces for realtime and other applications, it is critical to define a coherent grouping of the options to allow realtime users to specify target sets for acquisition. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standardized profiles for open systems. It defines environment profiles for portable realtime applications. Designation: 1003.13a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile - POSIX(R) Embedded Realtime Application Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide additional POSIX profiles that address the embedded realtime Ada application environment. The new profiles will address functionality, options defined in POSIX 5b and 5q, implementation defined features, and undefined behavior. Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime Ada application programs with smaller subsets of POSIX features. The new profiles will define a set of functions and options so the operating system and application programs can meet timing and sizing requirements. Designation: 1003.13b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology-Standardized Application Environment Profile-POSIX Realtime Application Support (AEP)-Amendment of Extended Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles.] It will also update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this work. Project Purpose: The 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q standards were not approved at the time 1003.13 was in progress. However, 1003.1d and 1003.1j are now approved, and 1003.1a and 1003.1q are expected to be approved in the very near future. Therefore, it is time to fold their services into the 1003.13 profiles. In addition, recent implementation experience has indicated ways in which the original four profiles can be streamlined. Designation: 1003.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Standardized Profile - POSIX Multiprocessor Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The standard will define an Application Environment Profile for multiprocessor application environments. The profile will be based on the relevant P1003.x standards required for applications within POSIX environments on multiprocessor computer systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to (a) develop an IEEE standard AEP for multiprocessor application environments, (b) cooperate with other P1003 working groups to include required extensions to support applications portability across multiprocessors, and (c) submit additional PARs when needed to cover extensions to POSIX for multiprocessor applications environments. Designation: 1003.15 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX®) - Batch Environment Amendments Status: Changed Designation **Formerly P1003.17. Changed Designation to 1003.2d. Project Scope: This standard will define utilities, library routines, system administration interfaces, and application level protocol to provide a network queuing and batch system in a POSIX environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to extend POSIX to provide a network queuing and batch system. These extensions include the following: 1. Utilities for the submission and management of the requests. 2. System administration interface for the creation, management, and authorization of the network queuing and batch processing system. 3. Library routines for application access to utilities and the queue and request database. 4. Application level protocol. 5. Portability of applications, user and system administrators. Designation: 1003.15a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.2d Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.17 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX)—Part 1: Directory Services Application Programming Interface Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1224.2. Project Scope: 1. The standard will define an application programming interface to a directory service, including but not necessarily limited to X.500 functionality. The standard will provide language-independent specification and C-Language binding. 2. The standard will specify related name space(s), with naming rules and schema, that are supported by POSIX systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a standard interface supporting the development of applications that use directory services. The interface will support access to X.500 services and perhaps other directory services. Designation: 1003.18 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Standardized Profile-- POSIX Interactive Systems Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Designation: 1003.1a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - [C Language] Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will provide a vehicle for moving forward some now stable work. The proposed amendments to 1003.1 will add interfaces for application portability, particularly in the areas of •Symbolic Links • File tree walkin • UID and GID manipulation •Environment Manipulation •Add interfaces and definitions previously published in 1003.2, but that more properly belong in 1003.1 •Removal of definitions that more properly belong in 1003.2 •Removal of support for "common usage" C language, and requiring ISO 9899 C instead. The standard will also include any technical corrigenda resolved during the interpretation process on 1003.1-1990, identified by October 31, 1995. Project Purpose: To add several well established interfaces to the 1003.1-1990 standard. Designation: 1003.1b-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C language] Status: Superseded **Approval included redesignation (formerly P1003.4). Available as ISO/IEC 9945-1. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. Key Words: POSIX, real time, extensions, LAN, API, data processing, information interchange, open systems, realtime, computer interface, System configuration computer , Portable application, Operating system, C programming language, Application portability Designation: 1003.1c-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment 2: Threads Extension (C Language) Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. (Formerly 1003.4a.) History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Designation: 1003.1d-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 4: Additional Realtime Extensions [C Language] Status: Superseded **formerly 1003.4b. Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This work activity will extend the system interfaces defined by 1003.1 (as amended by 1003.1b, 1003.1c, and 1003.1i) to include the following additional facilities required by realtime applications: an efficient process creation mechanism, additional realtime scheduling policies, interfaces for execution time monitoring, interfaces for interacting with special devices, interfaces for improving I/O performance, and timeouts for blocking functions. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: A strong need exists to extend the POSIX interfaces to provide more complete realtime functions. The existing interfaces of POSIX when including the 1003.1b and 1003.1c extensions, provide the base functions to support the portability of applications with realtime requirements. Examples of needed extensions are additional realtime scheduling policies such as deadline, an interface to allow the solution of the priority inversion problem of existing synchronization mechanisms, possible additional synchronization mechanisms, and address the issue of portability at the device driver interface. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user inter-faces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for spawning a process, timeouts for blocking services, sporadic server scheduling, execution time clocks andtimers, and advisory information for file management. This standard is stated in terms of its Cbinding. Key Words: "API, application portability, C (programming language), data processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, realtime" Designation: 1003.1e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment n: Protection, Audit and Control Interfaces [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.1 for security related functional requirements and system interfaces in the areas of accountability, extended discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities. Project Purpose: Providing P1003.1 developers with the option of using interfaces to implement portable applications with security features, and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability, discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities (privilege) to existing P1003.1 interfaces. Designation: 1003.1f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 1: Network-Transparent File Access Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **formerly P1003.8 Technical Contact: Jason Zions, Phone:970-204-9900, Email:jazz@softway.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Project Scope: The Standard will: •Extend (or modify), as necessary, the syntax and semantics of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other relevant 1003 Standards into a networked environment, consonant with current and future mechanisms which provide a corresponding network service, and •Define administrative interfaces uniquely required to support such extension (or modification). Project Purpose: The Standard is to both extend and circumscribe IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other interfaces in such a way as to enable portable applications to be written without regard to the location of files they manipulate, whether local or remote. In addition, certain aspects of system administration would pertain solely to managing and controlling the mechanisms which would support network-transparent file access; interfaces are needed to permit management and control functions to be performed portably. Designation: 1003.1g-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment 6: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a programatic interface for network process-to-process communication. Project Purpose: To provide a programatic interface that allows a portable application to communicate with another entity in a network such that the application may be independent of the underlying protocols. Furthermore, access to protocol-specific features will be made available in a protocol- independent framework. Designation: 1003.1h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) Part 1: System API Extensions - Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language] Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to P1003.25 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for fault management. This work will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX API specifications. The Fault Management extensions to the POSIX specification will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, re-configuration for component isolation, fault recovery, error-logging, notification, and dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the collection and distribution of error information to analyse the errors at the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the application to diagnose and specify corrective actions the scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality which are in common practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by application programs. These underlying services may support detection, logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation; classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and recovery. Designation: 1003.1i-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment: Technical Corrigenda to Realtime Extension [C Language] Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Designation: 1003.1j-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 5: Advanced Realtime Extensions [C Language] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide 'C' language bindings for additional realtime functions for Typed Memory, Absolute Nanosleep, Barrier Synchronization, Reader/Writer Lock, Monotonic Clock, and Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends. Project Purpose: To amend P1003.1 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with realtime and specialized hardware control requirements. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for synchronization, memory management, time management, and thread management. This standard is stated interms of its C language binding. Key Words: "API, application portability, C(programming language), data processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, system configuration computer interface" Designation: 1003.1k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System API Supplement - Removable Media Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will refine the behavior as open(), close(), read(), and write() as they pertain to removable serial media. Adds new API's appropriate to serial media including positioning and statusing. This work may expand the list of errors to include those pertaining explicitly to removable media. This work is based upon existing common practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this work is to standardize the set of API's to position serial removable media and the current behavior of the commonly used I/O functions. Designation: 1003.1m Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment x: Checkpoint/Restart Interface [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will define optional APIs for Checkpointing a process or processes and subsequently restarting that process or processes. The Checkpoint/Restart extensions to the Posix specifications will be comprised of optional APIs for checkpoint setup, checkpoint create, checkpoint restart, and checkpoint remove. These underlying services may support corrective actions for system and application recovery for long running process or processes. A process or set of processes can checkpoint system memory state and execution context to a normal file. This saved information can be used to recover to an earlier state the application process or processes memory state and execution context. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow protable access to underlying recovery services by application programs. These APIs will benefit users of long running applications which run days or weeks which would otherwise be impossible to restart in the event of a system failure or realtime users doing data collection in a time constrained environment. Designation: 1003.1n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment n: Technical Corrigenda to Threads Extension [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: This work will make technical corrections to the IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, as amended by IEEE Stds. 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and 1003.1i-1995. Project Purpose: This work will correct the interfaces to remedy clashes detected when 1003.1c was merged and 1003.i is merged into 1003.1b-1993, as well as some items discovered by early implementors of 1003.1b-1993 and 1003.1c-1995. Designation: 1003.1p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment x: Resource Limit Interfaces [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Insert interfaces to control usage of the following system resources, CPU time, Bytes of memory, number of processes, bytes for a single file, bytes in various file types (e.g. coredump and temporary), maximum number of CPUs, maximum total IOs, and number of open files for application programs. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 1003.1-1990 in the area of resource limits. Designation: 1003.1q-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Portable Operating Systems Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 7: Tracing [C Language] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 22, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Trace management. The APIs are for the handling of event data to satisfy both Realtime and Fault Tolerance software applications. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functions which are in common practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying trace managment, services by application programs. These underlying services provide access to stream of event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware, application and/or kernel. Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying trace management services by application programs. These underlying services provide access to streams of event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware, either from the application or the operating system. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding. Key Words: "API, application portability, data processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, tracing, instrumented operating system, instrumented application, trace control, trace analysis, real time, serviceability" Designation: 1003.1r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface - Amendment xx: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Petr Janecek, Phone:+44-181-893-3694, Email:petr@janecek.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Removal of technical differences between the approved IEEE 1003.1g standard and the specification of the current industry practice as defined in Networking Services (XNS) Issue 5; X/Open CAE Specification C523; ISBN 1-85912-165-9 Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1g so that it is aligned with current industry practice as reflected in the definition of the Single UNIX published by X/Open. Designation: 1003.1s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment s: Synchronized Clock (C Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide a 'C' language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1-1996 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with requirements for a synchronized clock. Designation: 1003.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993 Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX)ÑPart 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: shell, utility, API, portability, data, processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, user Designation: 1003.2 Int-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Interpretations, December Edition, IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating systems interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.2.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.2c Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.2/INT-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX)ÑPart 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.20 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.5b Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.21 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Language Independent) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: A language-independent application program interface specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous and asynchronous interactions, and the use of timeouts. Project Purpose: Real-time distributed Systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The working group will develop an interface to meet these, and related needs. Designation: 1003.22 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide to the POSIX(R) Open Systems Environment--A Security Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: A framework structuring security within Distributed Systems based upon ECMA-Security in Open Systems - A Security Framework, TR/46. Project Purpose: To provide a focus for the definition and placement of security services around which implementations and API standards activities may coordinate. To specify the types of APIs required to support the security services defined in the framework. To identify existing implementations and their relative maturity as potential base specifications for API standards and to identify those areas with no existing, or immature, industry practice which require development effort. To provide a tool to help integrators of secure systems to understand and structure security services within a distributed system. To provide a supplement to the definition of security currently included within P1003.0. It is expected that this guide will eventually be incorporated within, or referenced by, later issues of P1003.0. Designation: 1003.23-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Guide for Developing User Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To describe a process for developing user Open Environment (OSE) profiles, as opposed to standardized profiles. The guide shall include a framework for documenting user requirements, related information technology services, a transition plan, conformance testing and consideration planning considerations, and examples of user organization OSE profiles. Project Purpose: To provide process guidelines for user organizations to develop and use OSE profiles which support their operational requirements. Benefits include: Provide a starting point for developing user OSE profile; assist development of transition plans; encourage effective use of standards and standardized profiles. Abstract: This guide presents an overview of User Organization Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles and their application. It is intended to assist users, planners, and implementers in developing User Organization OSE Profiles that address the operational requirements of the organization; related information technology services; and the standards, standards options, and interim solutions that will meet those requirements. The guide also includes conformance testing and transition planning considerations as well as examples of user organization OSE profiles. Key Words: "application portability,application interoperability,open system environment,User Organization OSE Profile" Designation: 1003.24 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (C Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Myers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: A C-language binding application program interface for interprocess is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. The functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, connection management, and a lightweight directory services interface. Project Purpose: Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The WG will develop an interface to meet the unique needs of communications in real-time systems. Designation: 1003.25 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Event Logging [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This work is undertaken to provide a portable API for the purpose of event logging. This interface is to provide for the registration of events to be logged, logging of an event, event notification and event extraction from the current system log or an archived system log. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to fault rcovery. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality in common practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide an interface for event logging that can better support the development of reliable systems. The underlying event logging service is to support detection and logging of error conditions for fault diagnosis. Designation: 1003.25 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language] Status: Superseded **Revised PAR for P1003.1h - now a stand-alone document. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Fault Management. This work will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX specifications. The Fault Management extension to the POSIX specifications will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, reconfiguration for component isolation, fault recovery, error logging, notification, and dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the collection and distribution of error information to analyze the errors at the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the application to diagnose and specify corrective actions. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality which are in common practice. Change: This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by application programs. These underlying services may support detection, logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation; classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and recovery. Designation: 1003.26-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2004 Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This work will define an application program interface to device drivers. The interface will be modeled on the traditional ioctl() function, but will have enhancements designed to address issues such as "type safety" and reentrancy. Project Purpose: Realtime systems often contain numerous special devices, many of which are accessed through device drivers. The purpose of this project is to define an interface to these device drivers. This will benefit both users and writers of device drivers by providing a uniform model of communication between application software and device drivers. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.26-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]" Key Words: API, application portability, C (programming language), data processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, device drivers Designation: P1003.27 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Information technology - POSIX(R) C++ Language Interfaces - Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard develops a binding to the APIs described in IEEE Standard 1003.1, POSIX, expressed in terms of the ISO C++ language and extends parts of the ISO C++ language standard library (ISO 14882) in their relationship with POSIX APIs. This standard is limited to the functionality described in the base standard in terms of the C language, and does not cover any of the Shell and utilities section. This standard may include interfaces and additional requirements on the POSIX C binding to assist with conflict resolution between the POSIX C binding and the ISO C++ language. Where there are existing ISO C++ interfaces that overlap with this scope the intent is for this standard to extend those interfaces rather than to provide alternatives. C++ binding will be provided only where they offer additional benefits to C++ programs over the C binding. This standard will produce a "thin" binding; the intent is to not re-specify the underlying behavior of the interfaces, but solely to specify these interfaces in a different source language. Project Purpose: This standard provides a method to allow portable C++ applications to make use of the POSIX standard interfaces Designation: 1003.2a-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities, User Portability Extension Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-2. Key Words: API, application, portability, data, processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, shell, utilities, user Designation: 1003.2b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **revision of 1003.2 Technical Contact: Donald Cragun, Phone:650-786-5310, Email:don.cragun@eng.sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: Amend IEEE 1003.2-1992, as supplemented by IEEE Std 1003.2a-1992 to produce a common standard with ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993. Resolve some international comments on ISO/IEC DIS 9945-2 and 9945-2/DAM 1 (P1003.2 and P1003.2a). Resolve issues resulting from requests for interpretations of the original IEEE 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents. Improve the clarity, accuracy and precision of the language in the original 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents correcting deficiencies found in implementing systgems, test suites, or applications bvased on the doecuments. Incorporate interfaces associated with new facilities produced by the P1003.1a project, such as symbolic links. Assume responsibility for definition fo file interchange and archiving formats from P1003.1. This would involve movement of the current section 10 in IEEE Std 1003.1-1996 and the proposed new format from P1003.1a to the clause in P1003.2 that describes the "par" utility. Project Purpose: The process for resolving comments at the international level and the inevitable interpretation difficulties that surface only after a standard is approved and being implemented require thatn an amendment be scheduled to accommodate them. The majority of the work is anticipated to be corrective and clarifying in nature, avoiding widespread adoption of new facilities proposed to the P1003.2 working group at this time. Designation: 1003.2c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities--Amendment n: Protection and Control Utilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.6.2. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.2 for security related utilities in the areas of extended discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities. Project Purpose: Providing P1003.2 developers with the option of using utilities to implement portable shell applications with security features, and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability, discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities (privilege) to existing P1003.2 utilities. Designation: 1003.2d-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities--Amendment 1: Batch Environment Status: Superseded **Formerly 1003.15a. Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995 Abstract: RSuperseded by 1003.1-2001. This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It is a supplement to IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, which defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex data manipulation. This supplement defines the user interface to a distributed batch queuing environment and includes application environments. Key Words: batch, batch extensions, distributed batch, queuing Designation: 1003.2e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Removable Serial Media Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Insert the definition of the mt utility into POSIX.2. This utility includes functionality to control and position serial media and to determine the status of the device. Project Purpose: urpose of this work is to extend the POSIX.2 document by standardizing the mt utility. Designation: 1003.3-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC Std 13210:1994. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard defines the general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards. This standard is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods. Key Words: measuring, test, methods, assertion, base assertion, assertion test, extended assertion, test method, test result code, POSIX Conformance Test Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document, Conditional feature Designation: 1003.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—System Interfaces Status: Changed Designation **changed to P2003.1 Designation: 1003.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX®—Shell and Utilities Interfaces Status: Changed Designation **Redesignated 2003.2. Designation: 1003.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1b Designation: 1003.4a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1c Designation: 1003.4b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1d Designation: 1003.5-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Superseded **This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998 Designation: 1003.5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 07, 1993 Project Scope: To provide an ISO Ada language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990). Abstract: It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions to the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ISO 8652:1987 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX). Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language- specific services for Ada, and system databases are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system. The emphasis in POSIX is on application programs, so the interfaces in this document are not sufficient to implement an Ada compilation system or a POSIX shell, nor is this standard meant to be sufficient for real-time applications. Key Words: Ada, API, operating system, portable application, POSIX, POSIX language bindings, Open systems, Computer language bindings, Application portability Designation: 1003.5 Int-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1003.5-1992/INT, October 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces, interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX Designation: 1003.5/INT-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992 March 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 24, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces, interpretations , portable operating system interface, POSIX Designation: 1003.5a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology -- POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces -- Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.5 Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1003.5b-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 1: Realtime Extensions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.20. Includes IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. Superseded by 1003.5, 1999 Edition. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997 Project Scope: To provide an Ada binding to the realtime POSIX standards. Project Purpose: To provide capabilities so that a realtime application program, written in the Ada programming language can employ POSIX realtime extensions, and can operate identically on all conforming POSIX/Ada/Realtime environments. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652: 1987 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1: 1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993, IEEE Std 1003.1c-1995, and IEEE Std 1003.1I-1995. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services for Ada, system databases, synchronization, memory management, execution scheduling, clocks and timers, and message passing are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: realtime extensions, ADA, API, application portability, computer language bindings, open systems, operating systems, portable application, POSIX, POSIX language bindings, realtime, thread Designation: 1003.5c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - POSIX Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 14519:2001(E) This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: This document is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the applications program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Draft Std 1003.1g. This standard covers the Detailed Network Interface (DNI) for the X/Open Transport Interface (XTI) and BSD sockets. Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an Ada language binding for POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide such a standard. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX ®series of standards or applications and user inter-faces to open systems.It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API).This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada)and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1996)(POSIX)as amended by IEEE P1003.1g/D6.6.Terminology and general requirements,process primitives,the process environment,files and directories,input and output primaries,device-and class- specific unctions,language- specific services or Ada,system databases,synchronization,memory management,execution scheduling,clocks and timers,message passing,task management,the XTI and socket detailed network inter-faces,event management,network support functions,and protocol- specific mappings are covered It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be proviced by the Ada. Designation: 1003.5d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces - Binding for Protocol Independent Interfaces - Sockets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: This document will develop an ADA language binding to the sockets portion of the POSIX.1g-199x standard. Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an ADA language for POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide such a standard for sockets. Designation: 1003.5f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Ada Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: An Ada language binding application program interface specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous and asynchronour interactionsk and the use of timeouts. Project Purpose: Real-Time distributed systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The WG will develop an interface to meet these, and related, needs. Designation: 1003.5g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Ada Language Interrfaces - Part 1: Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment g: Realtime Extension Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide Ada interfaces to support embedded realtime application programs. The interface will include interfaces defined in existing C Amendment PARs. Additional interfaces shall address program loading, semaphores as event notification, and succeed/fail services. 1003.5g will also identify new options for the existing 1003.5b interfaces and new interfaces added by this amendment. Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime application programs with advanced features currently not defined in 1003.5b. The defined functionality will address security, performance, fault tolerance, and size constrains to allow the embedded realtime application to achieve deterministic results. Designation: 1003.5h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment h: Synchronized Clock Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide an Ada language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.5b-1996 with Ada binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with requirements for a synchronized clock. Designation: 1003.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Security Interface Standards for POSIX® Status: Changed Designation **Redesignated 1003.1e and 1003.2c. Key Words: POSIX, security, interface, networks, LAN Designation: 1003.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.1 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.4 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.2 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.3 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1f Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.9-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard for InformationTechnology - POSIX(R) FORTRAN 77 Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1993 Project Scope: To provide an ISO FORTAN language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990), using the common subset between FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90, plus the use of longer (Fortran 90) identifier names. Abstract: This standard provides a standardized interface for accessing the system services of ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1- 1990, also know as POSIX.1), and support routines to access constructs not directly accessible with FORTRAN 77. This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ANSI X3.9-1978 and POSIX.1, and a standardized definition of language-specific services. The goal is to provide standardized interfaces to the POSIX.1 system services via a FORTRAN 77 language interface. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, the FORTRAN 77 language library, and system databases are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: interfaces, POSIX, System interfaces, FORTRAN 77, Application portability, interoperability Designation: 10038-1993 Title: ISO/IEC 10038-1993: Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1D-1990, 802.1i-1992, and 802.5m-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy. The Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined. Source-Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT Bridge are specified. Key Words: "data processing,information interchange,local area networks,metropolitan area networks,fibre distributed data interface - FDDI -,mode of data transmission ,network interconnection ,models,source routing,Source-Routing Transparent - SRT - Bridge" Designation: 1004-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Planar Transmission Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. It has been recognized that a standard was needed for planar transmission lines, which are an important transmission medium in hybrid and monolithic circuits. The purpose of this standard is to provide a uniform basis of understanding, communication, and definition to benefit those engaged in the use and design of planar transmission lines. The standard provides definitions of the planar transmission line configurations and also their physical and electrical characteristics. Key Words: planar transmission, hybrid circuits, monolithic circuits Designation: 1005-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Floating Gate Semiconductor Arrays Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate memory arrays, specifically, UV erasable EPROM, byte rewritable E2PROMs, and block rewritable “flash” EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on retention, endurance, and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardness to ionizing radiation. Key Words: array, Nonvolatile memory, Floating gate Designation: 1005-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard for Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Floating Gate Memory Arrays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999 Project Scope: Modify the present FGA standard to include floating gate "flash" EEPROM's that use Fowler-Nordheim tunneling and/or hot electron injection programming techniques. Hot electron injection EPROM's are included for completeness. Project Purpose: Flash EEPROM technology is not currently included in the standard, but is a rapidly growing technology in terms of use. This amendment defines terms used in this technology, explains its operation and limitation. It is intended to assist users in selecting, specifying, using and testing Floating Gate Memory Arrays. Abstract: This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate memory arrays, specifically, UV erasable EPROM, byte rewritable E 2 PROMs, and block rewritableflash EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on retention, endurance,and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardness to ionizing radiation. Key Words: "disturb,endurance,E2EPROM,EEPROM,EPROM,floating gate memories,nonvolatile memory,radiation hardness,reliability,retention,testing" Designation: 1006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1007 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: Standard for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Digital Telecommunications Circuits and Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bernard E Worne, Phone:919-460-4546, Email:worneb@ttc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: The preparation of a standard providing the specifications for measuring the performance of digital systems and equipment operating at all levels of the digital hierarchy between DSO (64 kbit/s) and STS3 (155.520 Mbit/s). Project Purpose: The proposed standard is to establish the functional and performance requirements for equipment to measure the characteristics of digital telecommunications systems including all digital equipment and transmission media between the two. Designation: 1007-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Pulse-Code Modulation (PCM) Telecommunications Circuits and Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1992 Abstract: Test equipment requirements and methods for testing the transmission characteristics of PCM telecommunications equipment, circuits, and systems are set forth. The requirements are intended for certification, installation, pre-service, out-of-service operational, and in-service operational tests of the PCM transmission facilities. The PCM equipment that may be tested includes primary multiplex equipment containing analog-digital conversion devices, digital multiplex equipment, digital links, and digital sections. This standard is limited to testing at the analog interfaces of the primary multiplex equipment and the digital interfaces at DS1, DS1C, DS2, and DS3 levels of the North American digital hierarchy. Synchronous multiplex equipment and equipment offering other than 64 kb/s coded voiceband channels are not covered in this standard, nor is signaling parameter measurement. Key Words: "analog-digital devices,digital multiplex equipment,digital links,digital sections,multiplex equipment,PCM telecommunications equipment,transmission characteristics" Designation: 1008-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Unit Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Abstract: An integrated approach to systematic and documented unit testing is defined. It uses unit design and unit implementation information, in addition to unit requirements, to determine the completeness of the testing. The testing process described composed of a hierarchy of phases, activities, and tasks and defines a minimum set of tasks for each activity. The standard can be applied to the unit testing of any digital computer software or firmware and to the testing of both newly developed and modified units. The software engineering concepts and testing assumption on which this standard approach is based and guidance and resource information to assist with the implementation and usage of the standard unit testing approach are provided in appendixes. Key Words: unit, Software testing Designation: 1009 Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society Title: Perf Eval Spch Recognizers/Guidelines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Janet Baker, Phone:(617) 965-5200 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983 Designation: 101-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Thermal Life Test Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Statistical analyses of data from thermally accelerated aging tests are described. The basis and use of statistical calculations are explained. Data analysis, estimation of the relationship between life and temperature, and the comparison between two sets of data are covered. Key Words: statistical, analysis, thermal, life, test Designation: 1010-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006 Technical Contact: John Yale, Phone:509-661-4051, Email:john.yale@chelanpud.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: This guide describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, and requirements for centralized and off-site control. Where specific values are given for control parameters, they should be considered as typical. This document does not address civil and structural details of hydroelectric power plants unless required for the understanding of certain control and monitoring functions. Also excluded is a detailed discussion of protective relaying systems, high-voltage switchyards, and navigational and flood control facilities associated with a hydroelectric plant. Hydroelectric applications of variable frequency operation and high-voltage generation are not covered in this guide due to the specialized nature of these applications. Project Purpose: This guide serves as a reference document for practicing engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system configurations, and control modes. Implementation of the concepts described in this guide is covered in companion IEEE guides for control of hydroelectric power plants listed in Clause 2. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1010-1987 This guide is to serve as a reference document for practicing engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system configurations, and control modes. It describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control. Key Words: automation, control systems, hydroelectric, unit controls Designation: 1010-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Donald R McCabe, Phone:303-741-7476 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1010-2006 Abstract: The control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants are described. Typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control, and trends in control systems are included. The various categories that affect the levels of control for a plant, namely, location, mode, and supervision, are described. Block diagrams and descriptions of the control and monitoring requirements for major plant systems and equipment are given. Control sequencing of generating and pumped storage units, centralized control, and off-site control are covered. The information is directed toward practicing engineers in the field of power plant design who have a basic knowledge of hydroelectric facilities. Key Words: plants, Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: 1011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1012-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:roger.fujii@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project does not change from the original scope of the standard. Software V&V is an technical discipline of the systems engineering process. IEEE Std 1012-1986 was a product standard defining the contents of the Software V&V Plan. IEEE Std 1012-1998 was a process standard defining the verification and validation processes in terms of specific activities and tasks. This proposed project will retain the standard as a process standard and will revise and update the definition of the activities and tasks to be consistent with industry usage. The updates are contained to selected sections and the project is scheduled to complete its work in a year with balloting in early 2004. Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct duplication detected during its usage over the past 5 years, make all references consistent with revised standards (IEEE and ISO), and incorporate user changes detected during operational use of the standard. Abstract: Software verification and validation (V&V) processes determine whether the development products of a given activity conform to the requirements of that activity and whether the software satisfies its intended use and user needs. Software V&V life cycle process requirements are specified for different software integrity levels. The scope of V&V processes encompasses software-based systems, computer software, hardware, and interfaces. This standard applies to software being developed, maintained, or reused [legacy, commercial off-the shelf (COTS), non-developmental items]. The term software also includes firmware, microcode, and documentation. Software V&V processes include analysis, evaluation, review, inspection, assessment, and testing of software products. Key Words: I V & V, software integrity level, software life cycle, V & V, validation, verification Designation: P1012 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Verification and Validation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:roger.fujii@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the verification and validation processes that are applied to system, software, and hardware development throughout the system life cycle including acquisition, supply, development, operations, maintenance, and retirement. This standard applies to system, software, and hardware being acquired, developed, maintained, or reused. Software includes firmware, microcode, and documentation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to: o Establish a common framework of V&V processes, activities, and tasks in support of all system, software, and hardware life cycle processes o Define the V&V tasks, required inputs, and required outputs in each life cycle process o Identify the minimum V&V tasks corresponding to a four-level system/software integrity scheme o Define the content of the System and Software Verification and Validation Plan Designation: 1012-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Expand the scope of the standard to include the use of software integrity levels as applied to software V&V, minimum V&V activities and tasks associated with each integrity level, V&V of reusable software, definition of independent V&V and V&V metrics. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document, incorporate essons learned during field experience of users, and clarify definition of V&V processes. Key Words: "software integrity,software life cycle processes,verification and validation" Designation: 1012-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Plans Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987 Abstract: Uniform and minimum requirements for the format and content of software verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are provided for both critical and noncritical software. For critical software, specific minimum verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are defined. Optional V&V tasks to be used to tailor SVVPs as appropriate for the particular V&V effort are suggested. An overview of V&V is given, and life-cycle V&V, software V&V reporting, and V&V administrative procedures are covered. Key Words: validation, Software verification Designation: 1012a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation - Content Map to IEEE 12207.1 Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software V&V plans as defined in 1012 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace contenct between submect documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Abstract: The relationship between the two sets of requirements on plans for verification and validation of software, found in IEEE Std 1012-1998 and IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997, is explained so that users may produce documents that comply with both standards. Key Words: "life cycle data plans, qualification test, verification and validation" Designation: 1013-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2007 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries in stand-alone PV systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing batteries for hybrid and grid-connected PV systems is beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with standalone PV installations are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing examples are given for various representative system applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size, and weather, are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial stand-alone PV systems. Abstract: A method for determining the energy-capacity requirements (sizing) of both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrial stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems is described. Sizing batteries for hybrid or grid-connected PV systems is beyond the scope of this document. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: battery capacity, battery requirements, lead-acid batteries, photovoltaic (PV), photovoltaic power systems, sizing, sizing lead-acid batteries, solar, stand-alone Designation: 1013-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with photovoltaic (PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and considerations of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Sizing examples are given for various representative system applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size, and weather, are beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system signers in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Abstract: A method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrial photovoltaic (PV)systems is described.Installation,maintenance,safety,testing procedures,and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document.Recom- mended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: "photovoltaic power systems,sizing lead-acid battery" Designation: 1013-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1013-2000. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 1013-2000. Methods for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are described. The purpose of this document is to assist system designers in sizing batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: Battery sizing, lead, acid, batteries, photovoltaics, Acid-Lead Batteries, Bond Determination, Battery reserve, Photovoltaic power systems, Lead-acid batteries Designation: 1014-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1988 Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Abstract: A high-performance backplane bus for use in microcomputer systems that employ single or multiple microprocessors is specified. It is based on the VMEbus specification, released by the VME Manufacturers' Group in August of 1982. The bus includes four subbuses: data transfer bus, priority interrupt bus, arbitration bus, and utility bus. The data transfer bus supports 8-, 16-, and 32-bit transfers over a non-multiplexed 32-bit data and address highway. The transfer protocols are asynchronous and fully handshaken. The priority interrupt bus provides real-time interrupt services to the system. The allocation of bus mastership is performed by the arbitration bus, which allows to implement round robin and prioritized arbitration algorithms. The utility bus provides the system with power-up and power-down synchronization. The mechanical specifications of boards, backplanes, subracks, and enclosures are based on IEC 297 specification, also know as the Euroboard form factor. Key Words: versatile, backplane, bus, VME, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1014 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for 32/64-bit Versatile Backplane Bus VMEbus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1014.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Futurebus+(R)/VME64 Bridge Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. The logical protocol layer for bridging between a Futurebus+ system and a VME64 system in a tightly coupled fashion is defined. Transferring of both data and events is specified. The physical layer is not defined in this standard. Implementors are free to define and use the Bridge in the manner that best fits the application for optimum performance, functionality, and cost trade-offs. The Bridge provides for software transparency such that, at the application level, software is not aware of accesses that reach across a Bridge into the modules of another bus. Key Words: Bus Bridge, Futurebus+, VMEbus, VME64 Designation: 1015-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides information for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are given for coordinating combinations of line-side and loadside devices. Acceptance testing and maintenance guidelines are provided so that reliable operation can be verified and maintained. This recommended practice does not cover the selection and application of circuit breakers such as marine circuit breakers and definite purpose circuit breakers. Project Purpose: Std 1015 provides information for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This project is intended to update information provided based on updates of codes and standards and on product revisions. It will also add information included in the project scope in item 6. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1015-1997. Also included in the revised Color Book Set Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices. Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulatedcase circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing, Blue Book Designation: 1015-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Blue Book Technical Contact: Keith R Cooper, Phone:724-733-2395, Email:cmbengrg@nb.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997 Project Scope: To develop a publication that represents standard practice in the US for applying low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers uses for industrial and commercial power systems. This guide does not cover circuit breakers such as ground fault interrupters, marine, definite putpose, supplementary and DC circuit breakers. Project Purpose: To assist engineers in the proper application and selection of low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers used in industrial and commercial power systems. This guide will help the application engineer specify the circuit breaker type, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance testing and maintenance, applying circuit breakers at different locations, and protecting specific components. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1015-2006 Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices. Key Words: circuit breaker, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulated-case circuit breaker, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protective device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing Designation: 1015-2006/Cor 1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 22, 2007 Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: To implement technical omission/errors to 1015-2006. Project Purpose: To insert table 1 in annex 7a and to fix technical errors. Abstract: To correct technical omission/errors to IEEE Std 1015™-2006 Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulated-case circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing Designation: 1016-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Systems Design--Software Design Descriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1016-1998 Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes software designs and establishes the information content and organization of a software design description (SDD). An SDD is a representation of a software design to be used for recording design information and communicating that design information to key design stakeholders. This standard is intended for use in design situations in which an explicit SDD is to be prepared. These situations include traditional software construction activities, when design leads to code, and “reverse engineering” situations when a design description is recovered from an existing implementation. This standard can be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on digital computers. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. This standard can be applied to the description of high-level and detailed designs. This standard does not prescribe specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance. This standard does not require the use of any particular design languages, but establishes requirements on the selection of design languages for use in an SDD. This standard can be applied to the preparation of SDDs captured as paper documents, automated databases, software development tools, or other media. Project Purpose: This standard specifies requirements on the information content and organization of SDDs. The standard specifies requirements for the selection of design languages to be used for SDD, and requirements for documenting design viewpoints to be used in organizing an SDD. Abstract: This standard describes software designs and establishes the information content and organization of a software design description (SDD). An SDD is a representation of a software design to be used for recording design information and communicating that design information to key design stakeholders. This standard is intended for use in design situations in which an explicit software design description is to be prepared. These situations include traditional software construction activities, when design leads to code, and reverse engineering situations when a design description is recovered from an existing implementation. This standard can be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on digital computers. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. This standard can be applied to the description of high-level and detailed designs. This standard does not prescribe specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance. This standard does not require the use of any particular design languages, but establishes requirements on the selection of design languages for use in an SDD. This standard can be applied to the preparation of SDDs captured as paper documents, automated databases, software development tools or other media. Key Words: 1016-2009, design concern, design subject, design view, design viewpoint, diagram, software design, software design description Designation: 1016-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1016-2009. Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1998 Project Scope: This is a Recommended Practice for describing software designs. It produces the necessary information content and recommended organization for a Software Design Description. A software design description is a representation of a software system that is used as medium for communicating software design information. The practice may be applied to commercial, scientific or military software which runs on any digital computer. Applicability is not restricted by the size of the the software. This practice is not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance. It is assumed that the quality of design information and changes to the design description will be managed by other project activities. Finally, this document does not support and is not limited to any particular description techniques. It may be applied to proper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of description. In addition it will also establish a correlation between the content of software design descriptions as defined in 1016 and the content of such documents as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The necessary information content and recommendations for an organization for Software Design Descriptions (SDDs) are described. An SDD is a representation of a software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design information. This recommended practice is applicable to paper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of description. Key Words: "software design,software design description,software life cycle process" Designation: 1016-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1987 Abstract: The necessary information content and recommended organization for a software design description are specified. A software design description is a representation of a software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design information. The recommendations, which may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any digital computer, are not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance, or to any particular descriptive technique. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. Key Words: software, design, descriptions, Software development Designation: 1016 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology-Systems Design-Software Design Descriptions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: 1. Raise Std 1016 from a Recommended Practice to a full Standard; 2. Harmonize with chapter 3 of the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK); 3. Eliminate any conflicts with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0- 1996; 4. Harmonize with IEEE Std 1320.1-1998 (IDEF0) and IEEE Std 1320.2- 1998 (IDEF1X); 5. Address Component-Based Design Project Purpose: The standard is intended for those in technical and managerial positions who prepare and use Software Design Descriptions. It will guide a designer in the selection, organization, and presentation of design information. It will help standards developers ensure that a design description is complete, concise, and well organized. The revision is intended to upgrade the recommended practice to a full standard, harmonize the standard with current versions of IEEE standards as well as the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge. The intent is also to address open issues with the existing standard. Designation: 1016.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide to Software Design Descriptions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The application of design methods and design documentation recommended in IEEE Std 1016-1987 is described. Several common design methods are used to illustrate the application of IEEE Std 1016-1987, thus making the concepts of that standard more concrete. The information in this guide may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any computer. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. Key Words: Software design process, Design view, Design method, Design entity Designation: 1016.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide to Software Design Descriptions Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1016.1 Key Words: LAN, software, design, descriptions, networks Designation: 1017-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase). Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1991 Procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase) and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Key Words: conductors, cable ampacity, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable Designation: P1017 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010 Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure applies to cable systems rated up to 8 kV (phase to phase). Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for field testing of electric submersible pump cable. Abstract: Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Designation: 1017-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985 Abstract: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. It applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V. It is intended to apply only to this special purpose cable. Key Words: pump, submersible, cable, field, test Designation: 1017-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985 Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this special- purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: conductors, Cable ampacity Designation: 1018-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three- phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The three major cables by components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM) insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1991 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene– propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, ethylene–propylene diene monomer (EPDM) jacket or lead sheath, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 140 ºC (284 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of 204 ºC (400 ºF) for EPDM jacket or lead sheath cable. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly, cable construction, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable Designation: P1018 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-- Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three- phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The four major cables components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM) insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for specifying electric submersible pump cable with Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (EST) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, barrier(optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Designation: 1018-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985 Abstract: This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil-well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice shall be rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 257 F (125 C). Use of cable above rated temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings. Key Words: submersiblle, pump, cable, ethylene, rubber Designation: 1018-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1985. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: In this standard minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284°F. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: dc hi-pot test methods, Test voltages, Test equipment Designation: 1019-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1991 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with polypropylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 96 ºC (205 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of –10 ºC (14 ºF). Conductors, insulation, assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly cable construction, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable, testing Designation: P1019 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-- Polypropylene Insulation Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for specifying ESP cable with Polypropylene Insulation. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205 degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered. Designation: 1019-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1985 Abstract: This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice should be rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 167 F (75 C). Use of cable above rated temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. The cable defined herein is not recommended for installation below a temperature of 14 F (-10 C). Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings. Key Words: submersible, pump, cable, polypropolyne, insulation Designation: 1019-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1985. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1019-2004 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205 degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: testing, Cable construction, Ampacity ratings Designation: 101A-1974 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Title: Calculation of Regression Line Status: Superseded **incorporated into IEEE 101-1987 Key Words: 101A Designation: 1020-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Small Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 28, 1988 Technical Contact: Edward T Voelker, Phone:781-401-2455, Email:edward_voelker@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: May 17, 1989 Abstract: Descriptive material intended to assist in the planning for design, development, and operation of small hydroelectric power plant control systems is presented. The controlled electrical and mechanical systems and equipment as well as the control systems are covered. The aim, which is basically tutorial, is to provide a working knowledge of the terminology used in this field and an understanding of the principles of operation of hydroelectric generating units. The control requirements are addressed from an electrical standpoint. For completeness, salient civil features of small hydroelectric projects, are mentioned and equipment protection and operation are discussed. Key Words: Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: P1020 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) hydroelectric power plants . Project Purpose: The document will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 1020 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small hydroelectric power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA). Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to address significant technology changes impacting small hydro plant control issues that have occurred since this guide was originally prepared and to harmonize guidelines contained in this document with two subsequent companion documents,IEEE P1010(D7,June 2002) and IEEE 1249-1996. Abstract: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small hydroelectric power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA). Designation: 1021-1988 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interconnection of Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn standard. Guidelines and operating procedures necessary to connect and operate a small wind energy conversion system (SWECS) user, owner, or installer with interface in parallel with an electric utility system are provided for the user, owner, or installer of the SWECS. The interface between the wind system and the utility and the factors relating to equipment protection, power quality, and the safety of operating personnel and the general public are addressed. Installation approval procedures are covered. Key Words: wind, energy, conversion, interconnedtion, utility Designation: 1022 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Acousto-Optic Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Dr. David L Hecht, Phone:415-494-4218 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983 Key Words: acousto, optic, acoustic, devices Designation: 1023-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Hamilton Fish, Phone:315-685-9106, Email:emcinc@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This project upgrades the existing guide to a recommended practice for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: This project revised the existing document to: Reflect current industry practices; Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE standards; Add technical guidance or references; and, Amend document type in accordance with IEEE guidelines. This document provides guidance to management and engineering personnel for the development of integrated programs for applying human factors engineering to the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1023-1988 This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to systems and equipment that have significant human interfaces in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Key Words: control room design, ergonomics, human engineering, human error, human factors, nuclear power, nuclear facilities, task analysis, validation, verification Designation: 1023-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 09, 1989 Abstract: Superseded. Guidance is provided to management and engineers who wish to develop an integrated program for the application of human factors engineering (HFE) in the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations. The standard covers the program organization and applicability, the plant design aspects to consider, the HFE methodologies that may be used, and a typical program plan for the application of HFE. It is applicable to new facilities or modifications to existing facilities. Key Words: Nuclear power generation, Human factors Designation: 1024 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (suspension type) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The specification covers the requirements for dead-end suspension composite insulators used on overhead distribution lines operating at nominal voltages up to and including 69kV. The dead-end insulator horizontally supports the line conductor. The suspension insulator vertically supports the line conductor. Both are subjected to tensile and torsional loads. The specification deals with composite insulators havine a core with metal end fittings and a housing and sheds. The core has resin impregnated glass fibers. The housing and sheds consist of elastomers. The metal end fittings are aluminum, steel, or iron. Project Purpose: This revision is being done in view of the technical advances and service experience in the area of non-ceramic distribution suspension insulators. Designation: 1024-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (Suspension Type) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 26, 1989 Abstract: The IEEE recommended practice covers distribution suspension type composite insulators made from a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings that are used in the distribution of electric energy. The recommendation contains several design tests that are unique to composite insulators. Section 8.1 makes reference to tests on the materials used in the construction of the insulators and Section 8.2 contains a test for mechanical load carrying capability under power arc. Key Words: insulators, polymeric, distribution Designation: 1025-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Concrete Pole Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Administratively withdrawn as overage by ANSI on 6/18/2010. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Good practice that will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed concrete pole structures for overhead transmission lines is presented. Construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor stringing operation are covered. Some aspects of construction related to other materials use in concrete pole structures are covered, but the treatment is not complete. The guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures Key Words: installation, poles, assembly and erection, concrete pole structures, transmission structures Designation: 1026-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Methods for Determination of Compatibility of Materials With Conductive Polymeric Insulation Shields and Jackets Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996 Project Scope: To establish a guide for the evaluation of accessories, components or materials and their effectgs on the semi-conducting system of a cable. Project Purpose: To provide guidance in the form of evaluation procedures for normally known materials such as tapes, sealing compounds, cleaners, etc. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. A test method is provided to qualify various essentially non-volatile, highly viscous fluids or solid materials at 90 degree C, for use with high-voltage cable shields and jackets. A suggested alternative test method for more fluid and more volatile materials is also provided. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: compatibility, semiconducting, cable jacket, cable shield, heat shrinkable, tubing, high voltage jacket, high voltage shield, hot resistivity, resistivity measure, immersion testing, polymeric insulation, thermoplastic cable, polyethylene cable, TPE, volume resistance, resistance , conductive jacket, cross-linked , polyethylene (XLPE) cable, extruded insulation shield Designation: 1027-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Draft Trial-Use Standard Method for Measuring the Magnetic Field Intensity Around a Telephone Receiver Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983 Abstract: A practical method for determining the magnetic-field characteristics of a telephone receiver by means of objective measurements in a test connection is described. The method was developed in response to a need to specify the magnetic field at selected locations around a telephone receiver, required for satisfactory coupling of hearing aids. However, the method is sufficiently general to allow complete mapping of the magnetic field. It is also useful for other applications where knowledge of the magnetic field intensity is required. Key Words: magnetic, field, telephone, receiver, intensity Designation: 1027-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measurement of the Magnetic Field in the Vicinity of a Telephone Receiver Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1027-1984. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January- 2010. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The methodology for measuring the magnetic field strength in the vicinity of a telephone receiver is described. Key Words: magnetic field, telephone receiver Designation: 1028-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews and Audits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1028-1997 Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Jun 16, 2008 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: -- Team participation -- Documented results of the review -- Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be non- systematic reviews. The standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of non-systematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. This standard may be used with other software engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity of reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012™-2004 [B6], but it can also be used with IEEE Std 1074™-2006 [B11], IEEE Std 730™-2002 [B2], IEEE Std 12207™-2008 [B15], and other standards. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028-2008 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] could be followed until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028-2008 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] would be “returned to” for disposition of the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6]. This standard may also be used as a stand-alone definition of software review and audit procedures. In this case, local management must determine the events that precede and follow the actual software reviews and audits. In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews and audits applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other standards or local management define the context within which a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration management, quality assurance and auditing. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives. Abstract: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: a) Team participation; b) Documented results of the review; and c) Documented procedures for conducting the review. Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. The standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews; b) Technical reviews; c) Inspections; d) Walk-throughs; and e) Audits. This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. Key Words: 1028-2008, audit, inspection, review, walk-through Designation: 1028-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1028-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2003 Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements for the methods to be used during the evaluation of software products of the software development life-cycle. The review process ensures that: 1) Progress according to plan is assessed, based on an evaluation of product development status. 2) Recommendations are provided for changing project direction or to identify the need for alternative planning. 3) Recommendations are provided for maintaining global control of the project through adequate allocation of resources. 4) Evidence of compliance of products and processes to standards, guidelines, specifications, and procedures is provided. 5) Evidence is provided that specific software elements conform to its specifications. 6) Evidence is provided that development (or maintenance) of the software elements is being done according to plans, standards, and guidelines applicable for the project. 7) Evidence is provided that changes to the software elements are properly implemented, and affect only those systems areas identified by the change specification. 8) Results of reviews are communicated to developers, managers, and responsible personnel in order to provide a history and provide information for work. The revision of 1028 will specify for the software review processes: the scope, the goals, the measures for determining how well the process goals were achieved, any roles unique to the process, the products to which the process is applied, the conditions(s) that must be satisfied before the process can begin, the standard steps to be followed in performing the process, the condition(s) that must be satisfied before the process is considered complete, the minimum set of results resulting from process completion, the measurement procedure, the associated metrics, and the measurement data to be collected, and the evidence needed to determine at a later date that the process was followed. Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems. To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to have disciplined methods for evaluating of software products as they pass along the software development life-cycle. Abstract: This standard is concerned only with the reviews; it does not define procedures for determining the necessity of a review, nor does it specify the disposition of the results of the review. Review types include management reviews, technical reviews, inspections, walk-throughs, and audits. Designation: 1028-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard Software Reviews and Audits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 29, 1989 Abstract: Definitions and uniform procedures for review and audit applicable to both critical and noncritical software are provided. The processes include management review, technical review, software inspection, walkthrough, and audit. The processes defined are applicable throughout the software life cycle. Key Words: reviews, audits, Software quality, Software development management Designation: 1028 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Reviews Status: Superseded Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented results of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. It is intended that this standard be used with other software engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity for reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012, 1 but can also be used with IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995, and other standards. Use with other standards is described in Annex A. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012 were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be returned to for disposition of the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012. In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other standards or local management define the context within which a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration management, and quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives. Designation: 1028 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Reviews and Audits Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented results of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. It is intended that this standard be used with other software engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity for reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012, 1 but can also be used with IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995, and other standards. Use with other standards is described in Annex A. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012 were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be returned to for disposition of the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012. In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other standards or local management define the context within which a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration management, and quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives. Designation: 1029 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Digital Automatic Test Program Generator (DATPG) Output Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Michael Z Lowenstein, Phone:970-858-1399, Email:mzl@harmonicslimited.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984 Key Words: DATPG, output, format Designation: 1029.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Waveform and Vector Exchange (WAVES) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 22, 1992 Abstract: Superseded. This specification is an application of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). This standard covers the dataset structure, header file, WAVES files, external files, execution model, and waveform semantics, and defines three standard packages to support WAVES datasets. Key Words: VHDL, WAVES standard packages, WAVES datasets Designation: 1029.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard For VHDL Waveform and Vector Exchange (Waves) to Support Design and Test Verification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of the project will be to bring WAVES into alignment with the VHDL 1076-1993 standard. The additional task of improving the WAVES language interface between WAVES and VHDL will be addressed. Project Purpose: Waves is an application of VHDL, alignment to the VHDL-1993 standard is necessary. Current users of WAVES have identified defiiciencies in the WAVES VHDL /INTERFACE, the project intends to address and correct them. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers (Revision of IEEE Std 1029.1-1991) This standard is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the development of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the veriÞcation and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design and test veriÞcation data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware systems. This standard provides the syntactic and semantic framework for the unambiguous expression and aggregation of digital test data and timing information necessary to completely describe a test or set of tests for a digital system. WAVES digital test data (stimulus and expected responses) is described at the logic level. Voltage and current values are not described by WAVES and are beyond the scope of this standard. Key Words: "CAD, design automation, design verification, digital design, test vector, VHDL" Designation: 1029.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Program Generation Information Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: 1029.3 Title: Standard for the Representation of Unit Under Test (UUT) Design Data for Test Generation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 103 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1030-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part 1 - Steady State Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state performance requirements of high-voltage dirrect-current (HVDC) systems. It concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing 12-pulse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way) connections. Key Words: 1030.1 Designation: 1030.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part 1 - Steady-State Performance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project for IEEE Std 1030-1987. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state performance requirements of high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) systems. It concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing 12-puolse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way) connections. Excluded are multi-terminal HVDC transmission systems. Both converters are assumed to use thyristor valves as the main semiconductor valves and to have power flow capability in both directions. No considerations is given to diode valves. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise and bring up to date the previous ANSI/IEEE standard 1030 - 1987. The proposed document is a guide for the Specification of HVDC systems and as such remains a valuable reference for those involved in the specification of HVDC system projects, both new and upgrades or extensions of existing installations. Designation: 1030.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part II- Faults & Switching Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This guide will describe the aspects of HVDC system performance under transient conditions during faults and switching and which are considered important for specification of HVDC system performance. Project Purpose: To provide guidance to those who prepare specifications for HVDC systems. Designation: 1030.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Specification of HVDC Performance: Part III Dynamic Performance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Project Scope: This is the third and concluding part of a Guide series on specifying the performance of HVDC systems - DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE. The other parts of this series are STEADY-STATE and FAULTS AND SWITCHING. Project Purpose: To provide guidance in specifying the performance requirements for HVDC systems. This technology is relatively new and will benefit from clarification and organization of the important specification aspects of dynamic performance of these important electric power transport systems. Designation: 1031-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Approved Draft Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2011 Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional requirements for transmission static Var compensators (SVCs) using conventional thyristor technology. Many sections will be useful for compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO) thyristor technology [STATic synchronous COMpensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices, or SVCs associated with high-voltage dc (HVDC) converter stations, or industrial and distribution applications. Although this guide may not directly serve for SVCs primarily associated with industrial drives nor with the correction of load disturbance or phase unbalance, many sections will be useful also for these applications. General terms and conditions forming the commercial part of a specification for a particular project are outside the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This document presents technical sections that may be used as the basis of a functional SVC specification. The wording deliberately uses "should" rather than "shall" because this document is a guide, not a specification. The user of this guide might wish to make this adjustment when converting sections into a specification. The guide describes: *newer developments in SVC component equipment and particularly control systems *updated information on latest practices for SVC applications *clarification on topics which led to misunderstanding in the previous version *an informative Annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission static var compensator. The document is intended to serve as a base specification with an informative annex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application. Key Words: filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR, thyristor valves,TSC, TSR Designation: 1031-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Superseded **This guide supersedes 1031-1991. Technical Contact: Michael H Baker, Phone:+44 1785 257111, Email:michael.baker@tde.alstom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission staticvar compensator. The document is intended to serve as a base specification with an informativeannex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application. Key Words: "filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR, thyristor valves, TSC, TSR" Designation: 1031-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for a Detailed Functional Specification and Application of Static VAR Compensators Status: Superseded **This guide was superseded by 1031-2000. Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 1031-2000. Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Key Words: static, VAR, compensators, procurement, substations, SVC Designation: 1031 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional requirements for static Var compensators in transmission substations, but not those primarily associated with DC converter stations, nor with the correction of disturbing load or phase unbalance. The scope will include harmonics and loss analysis.<br> The scope of the document has not changed. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to:<br> 1. Update in accordance with present practices<br> 2. Expand information needed to prepare a specification<br> 3. To provide an informative annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application.<br> The purpose has changed since the last published document (please see Item #21, below). Abstract: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Designation: 1031 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional requirements for transmission static Var compensators (SVCs) using conventional thyristor technology. It will not serve for SVCs primarily associated with DC converters nor with the correction of load disturbances or phase unbalance. Nevertheless many sections will be useful for compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO) thyristor technology [static compensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices, or SVCs associated with high-voltage dc (HVDC) converter stations, or industrial and distribution applications. General terms and conditions forming the commercial part of a specification for a particular project are outside the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This document presents technical sections that may be used as the basis of a functional SVC specification. The wording deliberately uses "should" rather than "shall" because this document is a guide, not a specification. The user of this guide might wish to make this adjustment when converting sections into a specification. The guide describes: *newer developments in SVC component equipment and particularly control systems *updated information on latest practices for SVC applications *clarification on topics which led to misunderstanding in the previous version *an informative Annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission static var compensator. The document is intended to serve as a base specification with an informative annex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application. Key Words: filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR, thyristor valves, TSC, TSR Designation: 1032 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide to Establish Criteria for Work Clearances Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Project Scope: To document criteria for use in establishing safe working clearances for all operating voltages. With increased use of compacted lines, and with decreasing tower clearances at EHV, it is essential that the safe work clearances be established. Key Words: work, clearances, criteria Designation: 1033-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Application of IEEE Std 828 to Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93. History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 24, 1985 Abstract: This document provides the recommended practice for application of ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, to nuclear power generating stations. Key Words: nuclear, generation, stations, IEEE 828 Designation: 1034 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Fire&Smoke Test Proc/Elec Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984 Key Words: fire, smoke, cables, test Designation: 1035-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Test Procedure for Utility-Interconnected Static Power Converters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1989 Abstract: A test procedure that applies to single- and three-phase units rated from 1 kW to 500 kW and may also be applied in principle to larger units is given. The objective is the measurement of electrical parameters at the ac terminals of the power converter. The procedure may serve as a basis for factory or acceptance testing. It focuses on equipment that lends itself to mass production and is readily interconnected to an electric utility, rather than on equipment subject to site-specific design and testing. Test results may be used in evaluating or comparing different types of static power converters. Only equipment with the primary function of delivering electric energy to circuits interconnected with the electric utility is covered by this procedure. Key Words: utility, test, code, power, conditioning Designation: 1036-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1036-1992 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of such capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the improved safety and reliability in the utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple capacitor unit utilization to complex capacitor bank situations. Abstract: This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitor units rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of such capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple capacitor unit utilization to complex capacitor bank situations. Key Words: capacitor, capacitor banks, externally fused, fuseless, internally fused, power factor correction, shunt power capacitors Designation: 1036 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment used in 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 vac and above. Project Purpose: Use of existing standard has indicated some areas of the text where supplemental information would be valuable to the reader. Closer harmonization with other existing standards which cover similar topics and consideration of fuseless and internally fused capacitor technology is also needed. Designation: 1036-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: Guidelines for the application protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Key Words: Voltage control, Shunt power capacitor, Power factor correction Designation: 1036 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this document is as follows:<br> This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations. Project Purpose: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Designation: 1037-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard Terms and Definitions for Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: Terms and their definitions for surface acoustic wave devices are provided. The terms and definitions are given in the following categories: wave-ralated terms, transducer-related terms, and device-related terms. Key Words: definitions, SAW, transducers, WAVES, Surface acoustic wave Designation: 104 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1040 Title: Graphic Symbols for Fiber Optics Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 Key Words: symbols, graphic, fiber, optics, devices Designation: 1041 Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to C62.23 Designation: 1042-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Guide to Software Configuration Management Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The application of configuration management (CM) disciplines to the management of software engineering projects is described. For those planning software configuration management (SCM) activities, this guide provides insight into the various factors that must be considered. For users implementing SCM disciplines, suggestions and detailed examples of plans are provided. An interpretation is given of how ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, can be used for planning the management of different kinds of computer program development and maintenance activities. Key Words: configuration, Software safety, Software maintenance, Software development management Designation: 1043-1996 Sponsor: Voltage Endurance Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Bars and Coils Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 1043-1989. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is covered. Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, voltage endurance testing Designation: 1043-1989 Sponsor: Voltage Endurance Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Bars and Coils Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 1043-1996. The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is covered. Key Words: coils, bars, voltage-endurance testing Designation: 1044-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1044-1993 Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides for the core set of attributes for classification of failures and defects. It is recognized that there are other attributes of failures or defects that are of unique value to specific applications or business requirements. This standard is applicable to any software (including operating systems, database management systems, applications, testware, firmware, and embedded software) and to any phase of the project, product, or system life cycle by which the software is developed, operated, and sustained. Classification attributes are unaffected by the choice of life cycle model, and that choice is outside the scope of this standard. Some tailoring of classification attribute values based on the chosen life cycle is expected and consistent with the intent of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data.The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data. Abstract: This standard provides a uniform approach to the classification of software anomalies, regardless of when they originate or when they are encountered within the project, product, or system lifecycle. Classification data can be used for a variety of purposes, including defect causal analysis, project management, and software process improvement (e.g., to reduce the likelihood of defect insertion and/or increase the likelihood of early defect detection). Key Words: 1044-2009, anomaly, bug, classification, defect, error, failure, fault, problem Designation: 1044-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1044-2009. Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994 Abstract: A uniform approach to the classification of anomalies found in software and its documentation is provided. The processing of anomalies discovered during any software life cycle phase are described, and comprehensive lists of software anomaly classifications and related data items that are helpful to identify and track anomalies are provided. This standard is not intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. It does identify some classification measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. Key Words: software, anomalies, faults, failure, Supporting data item, Classification process, Category, Anomaly Designation: 1044 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Card, Phone:321-779-8203, Email:eicjss@bellsouth.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard is applicable to any software, including critical computer software, commercial applications, system software, support software, testware, and firmware during any phase of a system’s life cycle. This standard defines the minimum requirements for classifying anomalies, as well as providing additional classifications for projects requiring greater detail. The mandatory classifications are the minimum requirements necessary to establish a standard terminology for anomalies within or between projects and organizations. To accomplish the classification task, this standard documents the following subjects: a) Definitions of terms not provided in IEEE Std 610.12-1990 b) A basic process (sequence of steps) for classifying and establishing categories of anomalies relating to software products and providing related data and information c) A standard set of categories and classifications, either mandatory or optional d) A list of supporting data items This standard identifies those essential (mandatory) categories needed to establish a common definition. The categories provide a common terminology and concepts to communicate among projects, software development environments, and personnel. It is assumed that all applicable classifications within a mandatory category shall be used for compliance to this standard. This standard also provides categories for additional detail that are not necessarily essential to all projects. These additional categories are identified as optional. This standard is not intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. This standard identifies some classification measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. The classifications are layered with greater detail in each subsequent layer. For instance, in table 1b the Project phase category has two levels of classifications, and in table 3c the Type category has three levels of classifications. Each project using this classification scheme may choose the level of classification appropriate to that project. Only the first level of classifications is mandatory for each mandatory category. The classifications in this standard are not exhaustive. Some projects will have requirements that are unique. It is assumed that in those situations the project members will create project-specific categories and/or classifications in addition to the classifications stated in this standard. Anomaly reports generated using the classifications stated in this standard facilitate the generation of statistics, trend analysis, process control, and causal analysis. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to update the standard to include current topics such as Orthogonal Defect Classification, Defect Causal Analysis, and the Capability maturity Model - Integrated. The project will also evaluate the need for changes to the corresponding guidebook IEEE 1044.1, 1995. There was no purpose included in the published standard. Designation: 1044 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides for the core set of attributes for classification of failures and defects. It is recognized that there are other attributes of failures or defects that are of unique value to specific applications or business requirements. This standard is applicable to any software (including operating systems, database management systems, applications, testware, firmware, and embedded software) and to any phase of the project, product, or system lifecycle by which the software is developed, operated, and sustained. Classification attributes are unaffected by the choice of lifecycle model, and that choice is outside the scope of this standard. Some tailoring of classification attribute values based on the chosen lifecycle is expected and consistent with the intent of this standard. As depicted in Figure 1 and Figure 2, problems may be precursors to failure recognition. These are the conditions by which a user recognizes the software performing in an undesirable manner. Similarly, actions taken in response to a failure and fault may be documented as a change request. Classification of problems and change requests is outside of the scope of this standard. Understanding the scope of this standard depends upon understanding the definitions in section 3, so it is advisable to read them before proceeding. Scope understanding is also dependent upon understanding the relationship between several conceptual entities, which are depicted graphically in the diagrams below and described textually in Table 1. Although Software Change Request (SCR) and Software Release are not addressed within this standard, they are included in the diagrams to help clarify scope. As examples, these could have been shown in a number of different configurations. The one used here is the relatively simple case in which a Defect may be associated with a single Corrective SCR and each SCR may be associated with, at the most, a single Release. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data. Designation: 1044.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide to Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn This guide provides supporting information to assist users applying the IEEE Std 1044-1993, IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies to decide whether to conform completely or just extract ideas from that standard. This guide will enable users of IEEE Std 1044-1993 to implement and customize IEEE Std 1044-1993 for their organization in an effective and efficient manner. Key Words: anomaly, category, classification, software, supporting data item, anomalies Designation: 1045 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Productivity Measurement Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter C Baxter, Phone:540-372-4500, Email:pbaxter@distributive.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: Scope from the original IEEE 1045 PAR: This standard provides definitions for software productivity metrics and gives directions for selecting and applying them. For the new/proposed standard, the scope is: This project will follow the scope of the existing standard, particularly the definitions and techniques for determining software productivity. As in the current standard, this project will provide adopters with a standard method for quantifying the productivity of software organizations, including the use of productivity for (new) software development, software reuse, and software maintenance. The scope of this project does not require a specific software measurement process (though one is referenced) or a particlar software life-cycle model. This project will adopt the measurement terminology and measurement information model of ISO/IEC 15939, using this terminology to describe software productivity measures. Finally, this project will provide an informative annex that demonstrates the use of the ISO/IEC 15939 measurement process, activities and tasks for determining software productivity. Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the terminology, definitions, process details and application guidance (of software productivity metrics) such that it is consistent with ISO/IEC Standard for Lifecycle process (ISO/IEC 12207), ISO/IEC Software Measurement Process (ISO/IEC 15939). Further, this project will ensure that this standard addresses the measurement approach shared by SEI Capability Maturity Model Integrated (CMMI) and Practical Software and Systemes Measurement Guidebook. Specifically, the updates (to this standard) will include use of ISO/IEC measurement terminology, measurement process model and measurement information model. Designation: 1045-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Productivity Metrics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993 Abstract: Adminstratively withdrawn.This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A consistent way to measure the elements that go into computing software productivity is defined. Software productivity metrics terminology are given to ensure an understanding of measurement data for both source code and document production. Although this standard prescribes measurements to characterize the software process, it does not establish software productivity norms, nor does it recommend productivity measurements as a method to evaluate software projects or software developers. This standard does not measure the quality of software. This standard does not claim to improve productivity, only to measure it. The goal of this standard is for a better understanding of the software process, which may lend insight to improving it. Key Words: attribute, primitive, source, staff-hour, statement, Source statement, Productivity ratio Designation: 1046-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Application Guide for Distributed Digital Control and Monitoring for Power Plants Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: D. J Damsker, Phone:(212) 753-0034 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Alternate approaches to applying a digital control system, for both new construction and existing plant modernization projects, are described, and their advantages and disadvantages are compared. Criteria to be used to judge the suitability of commercially available systems for use in the power generation industry are provided. Terminology is defined, and the objectives of distributed control and monitoring systems are described. The following system application issues are addressed: integrated versus segregated systems functional and geographic distribution, hierarchical architecture and automation, control and protection functions, input/output systems, environmental considerations, and documentation. The data communications structure and the functions that support it are considered. Data acquisition and monitoring (the man/machine interfaces) are discussed. Reliability, availability, and fault tolerance of distributed control and monitoring systems are addressed. Key Words: generation, stations, monitoring, Power plant, Distributed monitoring, Distributed control, Digital Designation: 1047 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: MeasResistanceSemi-Conducting Jackets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 Key Words: resistance, semiconducting, jackets, measure Designation: 1048-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2003 **Supersedes 1048-1990. Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: Revise guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of- the-art information on protective grounding practices. Project Purpose: The guide does not have the sizing of grounds or the treatment of vehicles adjacent to utility power lines. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1048-2003, IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines" Key Words: "de-energized overhead line maintenace, protective ground set sizing, protective grounding, protective grounding practices, safety, testing and maintenance protective grounds" Designation: P1048 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Clayton C King, Phone:573-682-83821, Email:centralia@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from IEEE 1048-2003 and is as follows: This document provides guidelines for grounding methods to protect workers and the public from voltages that might develop in a jobsite during de-energized maintenance of overhead transmission and distribution lines. Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide guidance for protective grounding in jobsites during de-energized maintenance of power lines. The primary purpose of protective grounding is to limit the voltage differences between any two accessible points at the worksite to an acceptable value. As an IEEE guide, the purpose of this document is to suggest approaches for protective grounding. This guide does not have mandatory requirements. Following the suggestions in this guide helps to mitigate risks, and users should take all reasonable steps necessary to minimize risks during de- energized maintenance of power lines. Designation: 1048-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1048-2003. History: BD APP: Apr 17, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1990 Project Scope: To prepare guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of- the-art information on protective ground practices. Abstract: Superseded by 1048-2003. Guidelines are provided for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de- energized overhead transmission and distribution line maintenance. This guide compiles state-of-the-art information on protective grounding practices employed by power utilities in North America. Key Words: Transmission lines, Protective grounding, Power lines, Grounding practices, Distribution lines Designation: 1049 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Application of Safety Classifications to Instrumentation, Control and Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1984 Key Words: safety, classiification, instrument, control Designation: 105 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1050-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2005 Project Scope: This revision will update the existing standard to incorporate the latest design technology as well as reformat the document for increased user-friendliness. Project Purpose: Advances in control systems technology have raised new technical issues as well as requiring older technical issues to be clarified. Enhancing the document in a manner which mimics how designers of control systems perform their design will greatly increae the value of the Guide. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1050-1996 Instrumentation and control (I&C) equipment grounding methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment, and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations are identified. Key Words: control, generating stations, grounding, I&C, instrumentation Designation: 1050-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1050-1989. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Apr 04, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1050-2005 Information about grounding methods for generating station instrumentation and control (I & C) equipment is provided. The identification of I & C equipment methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment is included, as well as suitable noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations. Both ideal thoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Key Words: control equipment, generating stations, grounding, instrumentation Designation: 1050-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Superseded **ANSI approval extended to 3/97. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 1050-1996. Guidance for the design of grounding systems for instrumentation and control equipment specific to large central generating stations is provided. The goal is to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references. Requirements for the grounding of systems associated with the interconnection of the station to adjacent substations are considered, since these are a large source of electrical noise. Both ideal theoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Applications relating to advanced energy storage and conversion technologies (photovoltaics, fuel cells, etc.) are not considered. . Key Words: grounding, control, instrument, equipment, generating Designation: 1051-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Parameters to Characterize Digital Loop Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 1/4/93. History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988 Abstract: The purpose of this recommended practice is to suggest a set of transmission performance parameters to be used in the development of standards for low bit-rate digital channels between the user's location and an appropriate test point at the serving office. This recommended practice suggests a set of performance parameters for digital loop transmission between the user location and the serving office. In the case of ISDN the user location is defined as the T-reference point, or the U-reference point. In the case of non-ISDN, the user location is defined as the point in the transmission circuit analogous to the ISDN- defined T or U reference point. This recommended practice is limited to user information bit rates of 200 kb/s or lower. Key Words: parameters, characterize, digital, loop, performance Designation: 1057-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2008 **Revision of IEEE 1057-1994 Technical Contact: William B. Boyer, Phone:505-899-3044, Email:wbboyernm@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines specifications and describes test methods for measuring the performance of electronic digitizing waveform recorders, waveform analyzers, and digitizing oscilloscopes with digital outputs. The standard is directed toward, but not restricted to, general-purpose waveform recorders and analyzers. Special applications can require additional manufacturer information and verification tests not covered in this standard. IEEE Std 1057™ has many similarities to IEEE Std 1241™-2000 [B24],1 which applies to analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). However, IEEE Std 1057 shall be used for waveform recorders, and IEEE Std 1241-2000 shall be used for ADCs. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this standard is to ensure that manufactures and users of waveform recorders have a well-defined set of specifications and test methods so they can understand, describe, and compare the performance of these recorders using a common language. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1057-1994. This standard defines specifications and describes test methods for measuring the performance of electronic digitizing waveform recorders, waveform analyzers, and digitizing oscilloscopes with digital outputs. The standard is directed toward, but not restricted to, general-purpose waveform recorders and analyzers. Special applications can require additional manufacturer information and verification tests not covered in this standard. IEEE 1057 has many similarities to IEEE 1241 Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog to Digital Converters (ADCs) . However, IEEE Std. 1057 shall be used for waveform recorders and IEEE Std. 1241 shall be used for ADCs. Key Words: 1057-2007, effective number of bits, frequency response, noise, sine fitting, step pulse response, total harmonic distortion, transitions levels, waveform recorders Designation: 1057-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1057-2007. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1057-2007. Terminology and test methods for describing the performance of waveform recorders are provided. Key Words: waveform recorders, error sources, digitizing oscillo Scopes, Test methods, Terminology, Performance Designation: 1057 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William B. Boyer, Phone:505-899-3044, Email:wbboyernm@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: We are revising and updating Std. 1057. The revision will incorporate work from the following: comments already received and those to be received from a widespread solicitation of people using the standard, appropriate material developed by the committee in writing a draft 1057 User's Guide, making 1057 consistent with ongoing work on the ADC standard 1241 and the Pulse terms and methods standard. Project Purpose: The existing standard is due to expire soon. The field of waveform recorders is still a thriving one, and a standard is needed to define and measure performance. There have been many technology advances in the past five years in terms of recorder performance and test methods. Thus the existing standard should be updated. The standard is meant to be of use to both manufacturers and users of digitizing waveform recorders to provide standardized, well-defined terms and test methods for evaluating the equipment. Designation: 1057-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: digital, waveform, recorders Designation: 1058-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Superseded **Revision project for IEEE Std 1058.1-1987. Will be bound together in 1 volume with 1058a supplement (app 9/16/98). Superseded by 16326-2009. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of software management plans. A software management plan is the controlling document for managing a software project; it provides the technical and managerial activities necessary to satisfy the requirements for the software project. Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme to prepare and present a software project management plan. Revision to reflect experience of the past 5 years of use. Abstract: The format and contents of software project management plans, applicable to any type or size of software project, are described. The elements that should appear in all software project management plans are identified. Key Words: "management plans,software project management plans" Designation: 1058.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Superseded **Being revised as 1058. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1988 Abstract: Replaced by 1058-1998. The format and content of software project management plans are prescribed. By software project plan is meant the controlling document that defines the technical and managerial processes necessary to satisfy the project requirements. The requirements are applicable to all types of software projects and to software products of any size, complexity, or criticality at any point in the life cycle. All forms of product delivery media, including firmware, embedded systems code, programmable logic arrays, and software-in-silicon are included. Key Words: project, plans, Software development management Designation: 1058.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Software Project Management Plans Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: software, project, management, plans Designation: 1058a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Superseded **1058a will be published as part of 1058-1998. This supplement and the base std. will be bound together in one volume. Supereseded by 16326- 2009. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software project management plans as defined in 1058 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1059-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Verification and Validation Plans Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Std 1012 Implement guide. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Guidance in preparing Software Verification and Validation Plans (SVVPs) that comply with IEEE Std 1012-1986 are provided. IEEE Std 1012-1986 specifies the required content for an SVVP. This guide recommends approaches to Verification and Validation (V & V) planning. This guide does not present requirements beyond those stated in IEEE Std 1012-1986. Key Words: software, verification, validation, V & V tasks, Master schedule, Life cycle phases, Baseline change assessment Designation: 106 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1060 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society pw Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1061-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating software quality metrics. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document; incorporate lessons learned since publication from workshops, teaching classes based on the document, and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with related international standards. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process and product software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Key Words: "direct metric,metrics framework,quality factor,quality subfactor,software quality metric" Designation: 1061-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993 Abstract: A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process and product of software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Although this standard includes examples of metrics, this standard does not prescribe specific metrics. Key Words: methodology, Subfactor, Software quality metric, Metrics framework, Factor, Direct metric Designation: 1062-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by 1062-1998 A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed software. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: software, certification, Supplier, Software acquisition process, Software acquisition life cycle, Modified-off-the-shelf software, Acquirer Designation: P1062 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a set of useful quality considerations that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process. The recommended practices can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. The software supply chain may include integration of commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS), custom, or open source software. Each organization or individual using this recommended practice will need to identify the specific quality and activities that need to be included within their acquisition process. Security will be included as a quality attribute considered during the acquisition process. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is designed to help organizations and individuals incorporate quality, including security, considerations during the definition, evaluation, selection, and acceptance of supplier software for operational use. It will also help determine how supplier software should be evaluated, tested, and accepted for delivery to end users. This recommended practice is intended to satisfy the following objectives: • Promote consistency within organizations in acquiring software from software suppliers. • Provide useful practices on including quality (including security) considerations during acquisition planning. • Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying supplier capabilities to meet user requirements. • Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying supplier software. • Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of supplier software for referral to end users. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed software. Designation: 1062-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or moresteps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied tosoftware that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of thesoftware, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed soft-ware. " Key Words: "acquirer,modified-off-the-shelf software,software acquisition life cycle,software acquisition process, supplier" Designation: 1062a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This supl will be incorporated into the base std. Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software acquisition plans as defined in 1062 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1063-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2001 **Supersedes 1063-1987 (R1993). Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user documentation, to include both paper and electronic documentation used in the work environment by users of systems containing software. The standard is limited to the software documentation product and will not include the processes of developing or managing software user documentation. The standard includes printed user manuals, online help, and user reference documentation. It does not apply to specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training programs. Project Purpose: A timely revision of Std 1063 will update the existing standard, which addresses paper documentation only, to provide requirements for the structure, information content and format of electronic documentation as well. The revised standard will address the interests of software acquirers, producers, and users in standards for consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user docu-mentation, including both printed and electronic documents used in the work environment by usersof systems containing software, are provided in this standard. Key Words: online help,software user documentation,user manual Designation: 1063-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1063-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 1063-2001. Minimum requirements for the structure and information content of user documentation are provided. They apply primarily to technical substance rather than to style. Editorial and stylistic considerations are addressed only when they impact structure and content. Only traditional documentation, either printed on paper or stored in some other medium in the format of a printed document and used in a manner analogous to the way a printed document is used, is addressed. Key Words: documentation, user Designation: 1064-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for Multifactor Stress Functional Testing of Electrical Insulation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Jun 12, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A guide for developing test procedures for the functional testing of insulation systems used in long-life electrical equipment exposed to more than one factor of influence in service is presented. Included are descriptions of technical problems and practical possibilities that may be helpful either for guidance or as a check list. A sequence of action is recommended, and details of the procedures required for the specification of such tests are provided. The emphasis is on realistically modeling service aging in functional tests and making the tests as simple and practical as possible. Mechanisms of interaction between the factors influencing aging are reviewed. Key Words: stress, interaction, Multifactor testing Designation: 1065 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Digital Bus for NIM Instruments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: digital, bus, NIM, instruments Designation: 1066 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: NIM Modular Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: NIM, modular, bus Designation: 1067-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC and 750 kV DC Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2005 Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:804-448-8809, Email:lschweitzer@myrgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 06, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document, sufficient details of presently used methods and techniques to provide for inspection, care, maintenance, and field testing. This guide also presents a new method of testing conductive clothing. This guide is intended to direct attention to appropriate standards and regulations relating to the care or testing of conductive clothing. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven company procedures, nor imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and therefore should be universally adopted as company standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those utilities that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for the use, care, maintenance, and testing of conductive clothing. Abstract: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing. Key Words: energized, conductivity, clothing, maintenance, power lines Designation: P1067 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages Up to 765 kV ac and +/-750 kV dc Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:804-448-8809, Email:lschweitzer@myrgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document, sufficient details of presently used methods and techniques to provide for inspection, care, maintenance, and field testing. This guide also presents a new method of testing conductive clothing. This guide is intended to direct attention to appropriate standards and regulations relating to the care or testing of conductive clothing. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven company procedures, nor imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and therefore should be universally adopted as company standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those utilities that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for the use, care, maintenance, and testing of conductive clothing. Abstract: General recommendations for the in-service care, maintenance, and testing of the conductive clothing worn by workers to perform work in high-voltage fields are presented. Key Words: clothing, conductivity, energized, maintenance, power lines Designation: 1067-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý 750 kV dc Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 1067-1990. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1067-2005 Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý750kV dc. Key Words: conductive clothing, evaluation, NDE, nondestructive test Designation: 1067-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ± 750 kV dc. Key Words: maintenance, care, testing, conductive, suits, conductive clothing, nondestructive test Designation: 1068-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the Petroleum, Chemical, and Process Industries Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 17, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1996 Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 24, 2010 Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of alternating current (ac) electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer’s instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. For the purpose of this document, the term “motor” is used in lieu of, and shall equate to, the terms wound rotor, generator, and machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair, and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and of synchronous motors. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less, and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors, and in cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the motor. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof, and like motors having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), for example, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Factory Mutual (FM),and Canadian Standards Association (CSA). For motors in this category, the user shall verify if the repair facility shall be certified by such an agency. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled generators,submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - Direct current (dc) motors. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used and referenced by users of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the petroleum and chemical industry but can be adapted to other applications or industries. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher quality, cost- effective, timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Abstract: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of ac motors and generators (machines) that need refurbishment, repair, and/or rewinding, as well as service or repair facilities. It has been developed for the petroleum, chemical, and process industries, and it may be adapted to other areas of interest. The use of this standard is expected to result in higher quality and more cost effective, and timely repairs. A means of evaluating work performed and repair or service facilities is also provided. Key Words: 1068-2009, ac generator, ac machine, ac motor, induction, refurbish, repair, repair facility, rewind, service facility, synchronous Designation: 1068-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1990. Superseded by 1068-2009. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: General recommendations are provided for owners users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities. Key Words: motors, repair of horizontal motors, repair of vertical motors, rewinding of horizontal motors, rewinding of vertical motors Designation: 1068-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: General recommendations are provided for users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities. Key Words: repair, rewinding, Vertical motors, Horizontal motors Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Joseph K Armintor, Phone:281-364-5303, Email:jkarmintor@ra.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers general recommendation for the repair of electric motors, both for users and for owners of repair facilities. It is not intended to support manufacturers instructions or contractual agreements, and applies to NEMA fram 140 and above, with voltage ratings 15 KV and less, verfical and horizontal. The scope statement remains the same from the previous PAR. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide operators and repair shops the ability to achieve higher quality, more cost effective repairs and timely repairs. This revision will address improvements in rewind materials, testing instrumentation, and repair techniques. Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of Electric Motors in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines, submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the Petroleum, Chemical and Process Industries Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines, submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Designation: P1068-2009/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the Petroleum, Chemical, and Process Industries - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: Clause 8.5.4, change the last sentence: change "...the stresses noted in Table 7." to "...the stresses noted in Table 9." (ie: the reference to Table 7 is incorrect. The reference needs to be Table 9) Designation: 1069-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precipitator and Baghouse Hopper Heating Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Recommendations on hopper heating system performance and equipment requirements necessary to provide an economical and effective hopper heating system are presented. System characteristics are described, and heat transfer analysis is covered. Heating module design considerations are presented. Control, monitoring, and alarm systems are discussed. Insulation, installation, operation, and maintenance are addressed. Key Words: flue gas, Precipitators, Hopper heating systems, Fly ash removal , Baghouse hoppers Designation: 107-1964 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979 Title: Standard for Rating and Testing Magnetic Amplifiers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1070-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: This guide will provide the industry with a generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the industry with a generic specification that can be used by companies for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components. This particular design would then be compatible with the modular restoration structures presently in use within the utility industry and allow the highly successful plan of transmission mutual aid to be greatly enhanced. The testing prescribed in this standard provides a high level of confidence between manufacturers and/or suppliers and is intended to promote competitive acquisition practices within the industry. This guide is not intended to be an application guide for complete assembled emergency restoration structures. However, the application and capabilities of emergency restoration structures that utilize the components described in this guide have been well documented by Goodreid and Magwood [B6],1 Rutty, et al. [B11], Aristizabal and Cortez [B2], Lopez Tagle, et al. [B8], Pohlman, et al. [B9] and [B10], Agrawal and Erickson [B1], and Schweiner, et al. [B11]. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1995. A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided. Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy plates, transmission mutual aid Designation: 1070-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by 1070-1995. A generic specification, including design and testing, is provided for transmission modular restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities, both publicly and privately owned. It can be used by electric utilities for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components, to ensure that the particular design is compatible with structures presently in use within the industry. This would enhance transmission mutual aid. Testing is prescribed to provide a high confidence level between manufacturers and/or suppliers and to promote competitive acquisition practices within the industry. Key Words: restoration, transmission, modular, structure, components Designation: 1070-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1988. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1996 Project Scope: Provide the industry with a generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities. Project Purpose: To make available to the industry a general specification that can be used for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components. These components would be compatible with those presently in use in the industry enhancing the transmission mutual aid to a great degree. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided. Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy plates, transmission mutual, mutual aid Designation: 1071 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Telecommunications Dictionary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William B Wilkens, Phone:603-267-6524 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1072 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IN-Vivo Bioassay Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: in-vivo, bioassay Designation: 1073-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 13, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: An overall definition of the IEEE 1073 family of standards is provided, describing the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a manner suitable for the clinical environment. Key Words: acute care, bedside environment, computerized healthcare information, healthcare information systems, medical devices, medical device system, MDS, patient care information systems, patient data management system, virtual medical device, VMD Designation: 1073.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of the MDDL standards is to define 1073-specific information format and representation methods. This document defines the overall framework of the MDDL standards, as well as information formats and representation methods used in common across the P1073 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of the MDDL standards is to define the semantics and syntax of information interchanged between application entities in a 1073-based system. This document provides application developers with information sufficient to use the overall set of MDDL specifications to model their applications. Designation: 1073.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Common Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the common set of definitions used among a variety of Virtual Medical Device object classes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a common "library" of definitions in order to facilitate common language usage, particularly the "nomenclature" and the general "terminology" and to reduce the overhead of defining and evolving specialized medical device classes. Designation: 1073.1.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 10101: Nomenclature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model that is for medical device communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEEE 11073-1010-2004. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and neurology, as well as specialized units of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area. Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication, nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service model terminology Designation: 1073.1.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Nomenclature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To define a nomenclature for object oriented data communications for medical device communications. This project defines terms, attributes, and objects for medical devices. Project Purpose: To define the unique terms and concepts required for medical device data communications. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future uses of medical device data communications. This document references and augments a European pre-standard. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. The scope of this standard is nomenclature for IEEE 1073 upper layer profiles. The purpose of this standard is to define semantics, symbols and codes for nomenclature used in IEEE 1073 protocol data units (PDUs). Key Words: IEEE 1073 , IEEE 1073.1.1.1 , P1073.1.1.1 , 11073-10101 Designation: 1073.1.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Generalized Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that model a medical device generalization, or "Virtual Medical Device", which is used as a basis for future refinement of more specialized medical device classes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a set of object-oriented definitions that serve as a basis for common communications among a variety of medical devices, as well as a "toolkit" for defining additional medical device specializations. Designation: 1073.1.2.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 10201: Domain information model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented information model that may be used to structure information and identify services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of patient vital signs information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object- oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC), this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided. Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC, object-oriented, patient, remote control Designation: 1073.1.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Specialized Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. Designation: 1073.1.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Infusion device Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for patient-connected infusion devices or "pumps". It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient-connected infusion devices and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations- Infusion Device Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Infusion Devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Infusion Devices. Designation: 1073.1.3.10 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Cardiac output Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that measure cardiac output. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that measure cardiac output and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.10 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Cardiac Output Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Cardiac Output. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Cardiac Output. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway gas analyzer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Capnometer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Capnometer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Capnometers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Capnometers. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.12 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Hemodynamic calculator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for hemodynamic calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between hemodynamic calculators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.12 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Hemodynamic Calculator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of defintiions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Hemodynamic Calculators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Hemodynamic Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.13 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Pulmonary calculator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for pulmonary calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between pulmonary calculators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.13 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Pulmonary Calculator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Pulmonary Calculators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Pulmonary Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.14 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Respirator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for respirators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between respirators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.14 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Respirator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Respirators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Respirators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.15 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Weighing scale Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for weighing scales. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between weighing scales and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.15 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Scale Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Scales. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Scales. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Vital signs monitor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for patient vital signs monitors. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient vital signs monitors and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Vital Signs Monitor Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the virtual Device abstraction. This standard defines the virtual Medical Device abstraction for Vital Signs Monitors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Vital Signs Monitors. Designation: 1073.1.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Ventilator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for medical ventilators. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient ventilators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Ventilator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Ventilators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative dedfinition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Ventilators. Designation: 1073.1.3.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Pulse oximeter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for pulse oximeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between pulse oximeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Pulse Oximeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical abstraction for pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major device classes in a way that maximizes the utility of the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. The project will define the base object for pulse oximeters. The development of base objects allows for standard applications to be developed for healthcare. Designation: 1073.1.3.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Defibrillator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for defibrillators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Defibrillator Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Defibtillators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for defibrillators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturersand hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - ECG monitoring Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - ECG Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, ECG Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for ECG's. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical deviceclasses in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for ECG's. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.7 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Blood pressure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that provide blood pressure information. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that provide blood pressure information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.7 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Blood Pressure Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for blood pressure. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for blood pressure. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.8 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Temperature Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that provide patient temperature information. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that provide patient temperature information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.8 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Temperature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for temperature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for temperature. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway meter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway flowmeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Airway Flowmeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Airway Flowmeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Airway Flowmeters. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Kernel Data Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the format of medical device data language (MDDL) protocol data units (PDU's). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify mappings between MDDL and the medical device application profile (MDAP) standards. Designation: 1073.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Application Profiles, Framework and Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.2.0 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Application Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is limited to service and protocol definitions that are identified in IEEE 1073.2, "Framework and Overview" and are used by related medical device application profile standards, e.g. P1073.2n. Project Purpose: The definitions augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data communication. Designation: 1073.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Applications Profile - Connection Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.2.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 20101: Application profiles - Base Standard Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will define the base message syntax and data encoding for medical device application profiles. The definitions will augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data communication. It is limited to upper-layer (i.e., ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services and protocols used for medical device communication. As a base standards, it neither defines application-specific content of messages nor specific application profiles. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide the basis for translating abstract message definitions, defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards, into an encoded data stream that can be communicated between systems. It also provides a common ("base") set of definitions that are used by application profiles to accomplish plug-and-play interoperability between medical devices and with patient care information systems. Abstract: ISO/IEEE Dual Logo The scope of this standard is upper-layer (i.e. ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services and protocols for information exchange under ISO/IEEE 11073 Standards for Medical Device Communications (MDC). This standard is the Base Standard of the IEEE 1073.2™, Medical Device Application Profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through CEN and ISO. Key Words: abstract syntex, alarm, alert, communication, control, information model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services Designation: 1073.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Application Profile-Basic Capabilities Status: Changed Designation Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This document specifies the base standards, and any restrictions imposed on those standards, to be used in the Applcation, Presentation, and Session layers in connection-oriented medical device communications. The information contained in this document corresponds to an International Organization for Standardization (ISO) application (A-type) international standardized profile (ISP). Project Purpose: This document specifies the Application Protocol Data Units (APDU) and the use of application, presentation, and session layer service elements and protocols for use between P1073 medical dedvice applications entities over a connection-oriented transport service. This document adds the following capabilities to those described in 1073.2.1: Set Attribute, create object, delete object. Designation: 1073.2.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Polling Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for those typically simple medical devices that use polling-type protocols, where a managing system queries the device for all information that is communicated. The profile is much simpler than others, enabling implementations that require less processor and memory resources within the medical device. Designation: 1073.2.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Baseline Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards, and thus its name "baseline". It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for those medical devices that use event-driven type protocols. The key benefit of this class of protocol is that the communication bandwidth utilized is only that which is needed. A managing system does not need to unnecessarily "poll" the device for information when it may not be available, thus resulting in more efficient implementations. This profile also defines a more robust service model providing for more complete support of the data model and services defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x standards. Designation: 1073.2.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Asynchronous mode Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073- 1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards. Designation: 1073.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications Transport File - Common Subset Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Transport Profile - Comnection Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a transport profile for medical device communications, especially in acute care settings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994 version of this standard. Designation: 1073.3.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications-- Transport Profile--Connection Mode Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1073.3.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - Connection Mode Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A local area network (LAN) for the interconnection of computers and medical devices is defined by the specifications and guidelines set forth in this standard. The functions, features, and protocols of the intra-room communications subnet of a bedside communications network known as the Medical Information Bus (MIB) are defined. This communications subnet is the functional equivalent for the MIB of the Transport, Network, Data Link, and Physical layers of the Organization for International Standards (ISO) Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI). This standard defines the services and protocols for the MIB Transport, Network, and Data Link layers. Key Words: BCC, Data Link layer, DCC, frame, flow control, HDLC, high-level data link, MIB, Network layer, subnetwork, transport layer, Physical layer, high-level data link control , device communications control, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Medical Information Bus Designation: 1073.3.1a-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1/Amd. 1, Standard for Medical Device Communications-- Transport Profile--Connection Mode--Amendment 1: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1073.3.1a-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - Connection Mode Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was issued. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues with IEEE 1073.3.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation. Abstract: IEEE Std 1073.3.1a-2000 (Amendment to IEEE Std 1073.3.1-1994) This amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications--Transport Profile-- Connection Mode. Key Words: "bedside communications controller (BCC), bedside medical device, Data Link layer,device communications controller (DCC), flow control, frame, high-level data link control (HDLC),Medical Information Bus (MIB)," Designation: 1073.3.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA Based - Cable Connected Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communications. Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for IEEE 1073 applications. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 11073-30200:2004 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy devices is established. Communications services and protocols consis-tent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined. These communication services and protocols are optimized for use in patient-connected bedside medical devices. Key Words: "bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP" Designation: 1073.3.2a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-2, Standard for Medical Device Communications-- Transport Profile--IrDA Based--Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Designation: 1073.3.2a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA Based - Cable Connected - Amendment 1: Medical-Device Specific Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: Define and specify a medical-device specific connector for applications that use the IEEE 1073.3.2 standard. Project Purpose: Certain users and manufacturers require communication cables that provide a unique connector specifically defined for use in medical applications, such that there is no risk of making an inappropriate connection. High reliability and ruggedness are also key requirements for these use cases. This project will define a standard option for such connectors. Designation: 1073.3.3-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication - Part 30300: Transport profile - Infrared Wireless Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection- oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot' connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification, which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point- of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP) running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared. Abstract: ISO/IEEE Dual logo This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications that use short-range infrared wireless. This standard defines communications services and protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association, and are optimized for ‘point-of-care’ applications at or near the patient. KEYWORDS: . KEYWORDS: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines, motors, polyphase Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network Time Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT, wireless Designation: 1073.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA- based - Infrared Wireless Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Paul Schluter, Phone:414-362-3610, Email:paul.schluter@med.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection- oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot' connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification, which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point- of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP) running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared. Key Words: P1073 , 1073 , P11073 , 11073 , P1073.3.3 , 1073.3.3 Designation: 1073.4.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define physical layer requirements for medical device communications, especially in acute care settings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994 version of this standard. Designation: 1073.4.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-4-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--Physical Layer Interface--Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1073.4.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified. Key Words: BCC, DCC, device communication, ESD, HDLC, Manchester biphase , Physical layer, special function signals, high-speed frame encoding, high- level data link control , electromagnetic noise, cable-connected medical device, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Manchester biphase encoding, Electrostatic discharge , Data Link layer Designation: 1073.4.1a-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected - Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was issued Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues with IEEE 1073.4.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the IEEE 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified. Designation: 1073.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Internetworking Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This document specifies the standards for internetworking between a 1073 Bedside Communication Controller and other networks. Examples include bridges, routers, relays, and gateways. Project Purpose: This standard will allow data exchange between Bedside 1073 networks and other information systems. Designation: 1073.6.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application gateway - HL7, Observation reporting interface (ORI) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE 1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes. The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE 1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will specify multiple versions of HL7 as necessary, including version 2.x and version 3, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each. Project Purpose: Though most point-of-care medical devices, especially patient- connected acute care instruments, provide information that can be communicated to an external system and ultimately used by many different clinical applications, such as charting or electronic patient records, there is no standard protocol for formatting and exchanging this information, and thus interoperability requires protocol converters and data translators. The IEEE 1073 standards provide a common means of communicating point-of- care medical device information without requiring additional tools to achive interoperability. This works especially well for device to device communication that requires real-time plug-and-play data exchange. Many clinical applications, though, use HL7 protocols for data exchange, and often only need a small portion of the data set that can be automatically captured from medical devices. Again, though, there is little standardization in how HL7 may be used to convey information sourced from medical devices, and specifically there is no single means for converting IEEE 1073-based data into HL7-based information streams. Standardizing an observation reporting interface between these two environments will reduce the cost and complexity of deploying systems that automatically capture point-of-care medical device data into HL7-based clinical applications, and thus will allow this capability to be more generally used in clinical environments, ultimately resulting in increased patient safety and quality of care. Designation: 10738-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC TR 10738:1993 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5b-1993 Edition] Information technology - Local and Metropolitan area networks - Token ring access method and physical layer specifications - Recommended practice for use of unshielded twisted pair cable (UTP) for token ring data transmission at 4 Mbit/s Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. The recommended practice for using unshielded twisted pair cables (UTP) for transmitting data at 4 Mb/s is described. Signal characteristics, unshielded twisted pair transmission characteristics, medium interface connection, cable routing, bit error rate, safety, and reliability are covered. Key Words: token ring access method, token ring data transmission, token ring networks, unshielded twisted pair cable Designation: 1074-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2006 Technical Contact: Keith R Middleton, Phone:509-375-2686, Email:keith.middleton@pnl.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process (SPLCP). It is primarily directed at the process architect for a given software project. It is the function of the process architect to develop the SPLCP. This methodology begins with the selection of an appropriate software project life cycle model (SPLCM)for use on the specific project. It continues through the definition of the software project life cycle (SPLC),using the selected SPLCM, the activities provided in Annex A, and the portion of the software life cycle that is relevant to the project. The methodology concludes with the augmentation of the software life cycle with organizational process assets (OPAs) to create the SPLCP. The activities that are provided in Annex A cover the entire life cycle of a software system, from concept exploration through the eventual retirement of the software system. This standard does not address nonsoftware activities, such as contracting, purchasing, or hardware development. It also does not mandate the use of a specific SPLCM, nor does it provide a selection of, or a tutorial on, SPLCMs. This standard presumes that the process architect is already familiar with a variety of SPLCMs, with the criteria for choosing among them and with the criteria for determining the attributes and constraints of the desired end system and the development environment that affects this selection. Finally, this standard does not prescribe how to perform the software activities in Annex A. Project Purpose: This standard defines the process by which an SPLCP is developed. It is useful to any organization that is responsible for managing and performing software projects. It can be used where software is the total system or where software is part of a larger system. Abstract: Revision to IEEE Std 1074-1997 This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance for the revision effort). The standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process. Key Words: software project life cycle, software project life cycle model, software project life cycle process Designation: 1074-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This standard provides the set of Activities that constitute the Processes for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand- alone or part of a system. (Non-software activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside the scope of this standard). This standard also provides associated Input and Output information. The proposed revision will differ from the original as follows: (1) The word process will be downplayed, or order to better focus attention on the Activities. Collections of Activities will now be called Activity Groups. (2) All Planning Activities will now be collected into a single Activity Group called Project Planning Activities. (3) The Verification and Validation Process will be replaced by a new Activity Group entitled "Evaluation Activities", which will include specific V&V Activities such as reviews, audits, testing. Project Purpose: To better enable software organizations to develop and/or maintain software on time and within budget. It is envisioned that the primary user of the revised standard will be the Process Architect for a software project. This is the individual whose function is to select a Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) for the project, create the project Software Life Cycle (SLC), and ensure that this SLC is properly followed throughout the lifetime of the project. The revised standard will benefit the Process Architect by clearly defining his or her role, and the steps necessary to fulfill that role. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1074-2006 A process for creating a software life cycle process is provided. Although this standardis directed primarily at the process architect, it is useful to any organization that is responsible formanaging and performing software projects. Key Words: "software life cycle,software life cycle model, software life cycle process" Designation: 1074-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1074-1991. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1074-1997 The set of Activities that constitute the Processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand- alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software Activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated Input and Output Information. Key Words: activities, mapping, processes, software life cycle , life cycle model, life cycle process Designation: 1074-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Superceded by 1074-1995. The set of activities that constitute the processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated input and output information. Key Words: software, life, cycle, process Designation: 1074 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Napier, Phone:253-265-6024, Email:j.napier@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing Life Cycle Processes. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance with the revision effort). The standard provides a process for creating a software life cycle process. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the existing 1074-1997 standard to be consistent with other IEEE standards, improve standard usability and incorporate industry best practices for software life cycle development that have evolved since the original standard was published. Designation: 1074.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Selected topics covered in IEEE Std 1074-1995, IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes, are addressed in this guide. The guide provides assistance with Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) selection, Activity mapping, and management of a software Life Cycle (SLC). Key Words: software life cycle, processes, cycle model, activities, mapping, developing software Designation: 1075 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1076-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 26, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1076-2002 Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009 Project Scope: This standard revises and enhances the VHDL language reference manual (LRM) by including a standard C language interface specification; specifications from previously separate, but related, standards IEEE Std 1164 -1993,1 IEEE Std 1076.2 -1996, and IEEE Std 1076.3-1997; and general language enhancements in the areas of design and verification of electronic systems. Project Purpose: The VHDL language was defined for use in the design and documentation of electronics systems. It is revised to incorporate capabilities that improve the language's usefulness for its intended purpose as well as extend it to address design verification methodologies that have developed in industry. These new design and verification capabilities are required to ensure VHDL remains relevant and valuable for use in electronic systems design and verification. Incorporation of previously separate, but related standards, simplifies the maintenance of the specifications. Abstract: VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Key Words: 1076-2008, computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL Designation: P1076 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines the syntax and semantics of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). The acronym, VHSIC (Very High Speed Integrated Circuits), in the language's name comes from the U.S. government program that funded early work on the standard. Project Purpose: VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Since it is both machine and human readable, it supports the design, development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. This document is intended for the implementers of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Designation: 1076-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1076-1993. Superseded by 1076-2008. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002 Project Scope: Develop a standard computer language and environment for use in the design and description of electronic systems from the abstract to logical gate modeling levels. Project Purpose: To provide a syntax, vocabulary and semantics for describing electronic systems. The data is required to support the design, production and maintenance of electronic systems throughout their life cycle. Abstract: Replaced by 61691-1-1 Dual-logo document. Revision of the IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition Abstract: VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Key Words: "computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL" Designation: 1076-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2002. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: Add mutual exclusion semantics to the shared variable feature in VHDL. Project Purpose: To address a language feature area that received a significant share of negative ballots and positive ballots with comments on the implementation during the successful VHDL 1076-1993 balloting. The working group was formed to attempt to reach concensus on a better implementation of the language feature. Abstract: " VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notationintended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine read-able and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hard-ware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, andprocurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the lan-guage and the advanced users of the language. " Key Words: "IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition.pdf" Designation: 1076-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unique product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL - not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible tool for VHDL product development and users. Key Words: token ring, access method, data transmission, token ring networks, unshielded twisted pair cable, VHDL, Hardware design, Electronic systems, Computer languages Designation: 1076-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 1076-2002. IEEE standard VHDL language reference manual. Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 1076.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: (Withdrawn)IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007 Project Scope: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1™language, a hardware description language for the description andthe simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on the IEEE 1076™(VHDL) language and extends it to provide capabilities of writing andsimulating analog and mixed-signal models. Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. The revision corrects editorial errors and clarifies aspects of the language definition in the 1076.1-1999 standard, and updates the 1076.1- 1999 standard to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076-2002 specification. Abstract: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076-1993 (VHDL) and extends it with additions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models. Key Words: analog design, computer, computer languages, hardware design, mixed- signal design,VHDL Designation: P1076.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ernst Christen, Phone:503 520 2720, Email:christen@analogy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1(TM) language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. Informally called VHDL-AMS, (VHSIC Hardware Description Language for Analog and Mixed-Signal, where VHSIC stands for Very High Speed Integrated Circuits), the language is built on the IEEE 1076(TM)(VHDL) language and extends it to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models. Project Purpose: To support the design and verification of complex electronic systems containing a mixture of analog and digital devices, the IEEE 1076.1(TM) language provides, as an extension of the IEEE VHDL 1076 language, a comprehensive set of capabilities for the description and simulation of mixed-signal and mixed-technology systems. The revision adds selected new features to the language definition of the 1076.1-2007 standard, and updates the 1076.1-2007 standard to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076-2008 specification. Designation: 1076.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over time and over amplitude. Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1076.1-2007. This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is bu Key Words: IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 Designation: 1076.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: Original scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over time and over amplitude. The revision will correct editorial errors and clarify aspects of the language definition in the original document, and will update the document to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076 specification. Project Purpose: Original purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. The document is to be revised to track changes in the language that it extends. Designation: 1076.1.1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions -- Packages for Multiple Energy Domain Support Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011 **Supersedes 1076.1.1-2004. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1(TM),along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and applications. Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1 allow users to build simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1 provides a mechanism to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any standard set of natures as it is expected that this would be done in a subsequent IEEE standard project. The definition of a standard set of natures is crucial to make possible the reuse and exchange of models written in VHDL 1076.1 within and among vendors. Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1, along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Key Words: IEEE 1076.1.1, interchange, modeling, model interchange, model portability, multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages, portability, standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS Designation: 1076.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions---Packages for Multiple Energy Domain Support Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.1.1-2011. Technical Contact: H. Alan Mantooth, Phone:479-575-4838, Email:mantooth@uark.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 16, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1(TM)-1999,along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and applications. Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 allow users to build simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 provides a mechanism to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any standard set of natures as it is expected that this would be done in a subsequent IEEE standard project. The definition of a standard set of natures is crucial to make possible the reuse and exchange of models written in VHDL 1076.1 within and among vendors. Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1TM-1999, along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Key Words: interchange, modeling, model interchange, model portability, multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages, portability, standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS Designation: 1076.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages Status: Superseded **This standard includes a 3.5" DOS diskette. Superseded by 1076-2008. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1997 Project Scope: Development of a set of standard math packages for VHDL. Examples are trigometric, hyperbolic, random number generators, etc. Project Purpose: Many modeling activities need computation of standard mathematical functions. IEEE Standard 1076 does not have defined as a part of the language any standard set of mathematical routines. This will correct this problem by defining a Standard mathematical set of Packages to be used with the language. Abstract: The MATH_REAL package declaration, the MATH_COMPLEX package declaration, and the semantics of the standard mathematical definition and conventional meaning of the functions that are part of this standard are provided. Ways for users to implement this standard are given in an informative annex. Samples of the MATH_REAL and MATH_COMPLEX package bodies are provided in an informative annex on diskette as guidelines for implementors to verify their implementation of this standard. Implementors may choose to implement the package bodies in the most efficient manner available to them. Key Words: IEEE, math_complex, math_real, vhdl, vhdl model interoperability Designation: 1076.3-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Definition of a set of standard packages based on IEEE Std 1076 to describe hardware that can be synthesized using commercially available synthesis programs. Project Purpose: Only some parts of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) are able to be synthesized currently. There are also no current standards describing how to create these needed portable descriptions in VHDL that can be synthesized. This standard will define a set of packages to allow this portability of synthesizable descriptions. Key Words: interpretations, metalogical values, numeric VHDL vector types, signed, synthesis, unsigned Designation: 1076.4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VITAL Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) Modeling Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.4-2000. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: To provide a standard method for modeling ASICs in VHDL. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are based on ASICs. Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL, which is a standard hardware description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic design. Abstract: Superseded by 1076.4-2000. The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined. It creates a methodology that promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application- Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: ASIC, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation, HDL, modeling, SDF, timing, verilog, VHDL Designation: 1076.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1076.4-1995. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: To provide a standard method of modeling ASICs in VHDL. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are based on ASICs. Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL which is a standard hardware description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic design. Abstract: IEC 61691-5: 2004 Dual-logo document replaces IEEE Std 1076.4-2000 (Revision of IEEE Std 1076.4-1995). Abstract: The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined in this standard. This modeling specification defines a methodology which promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL. Key Words: "ASIC,computer,computer languages,constraints,delay calculation,HDL,modeling,SDF,timing,Verilog,VHDL," Designation: 1076.4-2000/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification---Corrigendum 1: Corrections to Code Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2008. Technical Contact: Ajayharsh Varikat, Phone:+91-9810404071, Email:ajay@cadence.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct minor technical errors identified in the last revision of the standard. Project Purpose: Some implementers of the standard have identified minor technical errors and have addressed them in their implementations. Without corrections to the standard, conforming implementations may exhibit differing behavior. Designation: 1076.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Utility Library Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gabe Moretti, Phone:941-497-9880, Email:gabe@eda.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: Development of a set of utility packages written in the IEEE 1076 standard to aid in the development of models and to aid portability of models across vendors. Project Purpose: Vhdl is a broad harware description language that is technology independent. Consequently, in order to obtain transportability of models across segments of the industry, utility libraries reflecting current design practices must be developed. This project will develop this general utitility library. Designation: 1076.6-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.6-2004. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standards IEEE 1076, 1164 and 1076.3. Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools use the current IEEE 1076 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their designs compliant with this developed standard. Abstract: Replaced by 1076.6-2004 (SH/SS95242) Abstract: A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register transfer level (RTL) synthesis is defined. The subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis is defined, along with the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. Key Words: "pragma,register transfer level (RTL),synthesis,VHDL" Designation: 1076.6-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1076.6-1999. Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004 Project Scope: The standard describes a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL synthesis. It defines the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis and defines the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. The intent of this revision is to include a maximum subset of VHDL that can be used to describe synthesizable RTL logic. This includes considering new features introduced by IEEE Std 1076-1993, IEEE Std 1076- 2002, new semantics based on algorithmic styles rather than template-driven, and a set of synthesis attributes that can be used to annotate an RTL description. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a syntax and semantics that can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools use the IEEE 1076 standard. The original standard defined a syntax and semantics that was common amongst all synthesis tools at the time that it was created. The new standard expands the original purpose by including a maximal subset of VHDL that can be synthesized. Key Words: hardware description language, logic synthesis, register transfer level (RTL), very highspeed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) Designation: 1076/INT-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations: IEEE Std 1076-1987, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 21, 1992 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: John Willis **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: A series of analyses of various problems regarding the interpretation of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) was carried out by VHDL experts on the VHDL Analysis and Standardization Group, the working group that developed the original IEEE Std 1076-1987. The results of these deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the VHDL community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: interpretations, LRM, VHDL, VHSIC, Hardware, language Designation: 1076a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Supplement to the VHDL Standard Language Reference Manual for Shared Variables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1076b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual -- Simulation Run-Time Application Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing VHDL 1076-2002 standard by adding a simulation run-time application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). The existing standard will be unchanged. The VHPI is in addition to the existing standard. Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. By reducing the costs of supporting all VHDL simulators, it reduces the barrier of entry for symbiotic tools and increases VHDL users' design and verification productivity. Designation: 1076c-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual - Procedural Language Application Interface Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 1076-2008. Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. Abstract: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1076-2002 Key Words: computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL Designation: 1077 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Design Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: design, management Designation: 1078 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Info Model Descrpt'n Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steven J Piatz **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: language, information, model, description Designation: 1079 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Circuit and Physical Design Description Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 3/10/88 StB meeting Designation: 108-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Trial-Use Recommended Guide for Specification of Electronic Voltmeters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Abstract: No Abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: electronic volmeters, specification Designation: 1081 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Appli of 730 to NPGS Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John R Matras, Phone:402-331-9131, Email:j_r_matras@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: nuclear, generation, 730 Designation: 1082-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: Guide for Incorporating Human Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James P Bongarra, Phone:301-415-1046, Email:jxb@nrc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Abstract: A structured framework for the incorporation of human/system interactions into probabilistic risk assessments is provided. Key Words: reliability, analysis, human, action Designation: 1083 Sponsor: Production and Application of Light Title: Recommended Practice for Illuminating Industrial Operation Control Centers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kao Chen, Phone:619-451-9854, Email:chenkao@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Designation: 1083-2 Title: Digital recorders for measurements in high-voltage impulse tests - Part 2 Evaluation of software used for the determination of the parameters of impulse waveforms Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **TPAR approved 10 December 1996 Designation: 1084-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Being revised as 610.1 - expect to complete in 1992. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Abstract: This dictionary defines terms in the field of Mathematics of Computing. Topics covered include Boolean algebra, number systems, computer arithmetic, complemenation, shifts, arithmetic errors, error detection and correction, number conversions, numeric codes, mathematical notation, and basic mathematics Key Words: mathematics, computing, terminology Designation: 10857-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, Information Technology -- Microprocessor Systems -- Futurebus+(R) - Logical Protocol specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.1-1991 and 896.1a-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: a) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+ systems), and b) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance. Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology available at the time modules are designed, while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific application architectures. It is intended that this International Standard be used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile. Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, logical protocol, multiprocessor systems Designation: 1086 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.11. Status: Changed Designation Key Words: computer, terminology, theory, application Designation: 10861-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 10861:1994, Information Technology--High-performance synchronous 32-bit bus: MULTIBUS II Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Std 1296-1987. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective, high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry are provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered. Key Words: high performance synchronous, synchronous 32 bit bus, multibus , multibus II, system bus architectures Designation: 1087 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.10. Status: Changed Designation Key Words: computer, hardware, terminology Designation: 1088 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.9. Status: Changed Designation Key Words: computing, terminology, environment Designation: 1089 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 109 Title: Signal Generators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: G.U Sorger **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 20, 1972 Designation: 109-1955 Title: Signal Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **To be w/drawn (AIEE451). New PAR filed in 1972 but no action taken. Not on list of withdrawn standards, not on stds listing. Key Words: signal, generators Designation: 1092 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Error Rates Digital TV Lumin'ce Sign'l Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Key Words: error, rates, digital, TV, luminescence Designation: 1094-1991 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Design and Operation of Windfarm Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Jan 02, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Design information and procedures for the interconnection of multiple wind turbines (a windfarm generating station) with an electrical utility are presented. Issues relating to the interface with the utility and the electrical system between the utility and the individual wind turbines (an intraplant electrical system) are addressed. Recommended practices for monitoring systems, protection systems, and safe operations for personnel and equipment are provided. The aim is to facilitate sound and economic engineering design and safe operations of a windfarm generating station. Key Words: windfarm, interface, station, interconnection, operational, procedure, protection, windturbine, systems protection, Wind-turbine generators, Systems monitoring, Operational procedure, Intraplant electrical system Designation: 1095-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1990 Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990 Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this Guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shafts. All references made in this Guide to "generators" apply equally to "generator/motors". Abstract: This standard describes installation procedures for synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above, to be coupled to hydraulic turbines having vertical shafts. Key Words: Turbogenerators, Synchronous motors Designation: 1095 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Installation of Vertical Hydraulic-Turbine Driven Generators/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David J Parker, Phone:941-351-3927, Email:genpowerdp@ibm.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide guidance to the practicing engineer on the installation of vertical hydraulic-turbine- driven generators and reversible generator/motors for pumped storage systems. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the original work on the document in 1989. It is proposed to make revisions to the standard to reflect new developments and options in power plant equipment and to bring the standard into the most current format. Designation: P1095 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shaft. Project Purpose: Large hydraulic turbine-driven generators are shipped as components and completely assembled and installed at the site. The installation, therefore, becomes a continuation of the manufacturing process, and many of the operations involved are those that are normally performed in the factory on smaller generators. Close tolerances must be maintained in the fit and alignment of the various parts. The use of proper installation procedures is essential to achieve satisfactory operation of the unit. Abstract: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shaft. Key Words: assembly, coupling, erection, generator, generator/motor, hydroelectric, installation, runout, shaft, tolerance, vertical Designation: 1096-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Multiplexed High-Performance Bus Structure: VSB Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Shlomo Pri-Tal, Phone:602-438-3168 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 19, 1989 Abstract: Specifications for the subsystem bus of the IEC 821 BUS, referred to as the VSB, are set forth. VSB is a local subsystem extension bus that allows a processor board to access additional memory and I/O over a local bus, removing traffic from the global bus and improving the total throughput of the system. The objectives are: to improve the performance of multiprocessor systems by allowing the design of local subsystems; to specify the electrical characteristics required to design boards that will reliably transfer data over the VSB; to specify the mechanical requirements to be compatible with VSB systems; to specify protocols that precisely define the interaction between the VSB and devices interfaced to it; and to provide terminology and definitions that describe VSB protocols. Key Words: multiplexed, high, bus, VSB, performance, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1097 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: A standard for the Classification and Dilineation of Responsibility for Carrier/User Protective Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985 Designation: 1099 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Grounding Communications and Signaling Systems, Facilities and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1985 Designation: 11-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000 **This standard supersedes 11-1980 (R1992). History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To revise and update the standard and to consider inclusion of inverter driven AC induction motors in this standard. To reconcile with other existing international standards, e.g. IEC 349. Project Purpose: To bring this standard up to date by addressing specific issues submitted as comments during the reaffirmaton ballot. Abstract: This standard applies to rotating electric machinery which forms part of the propulsion and major auxiliary equipment on internally and externally powered electrically propelled rail and road vehicles and similar large transport and haulage vehicles and their trailers where specified in the contract. Designation: 11-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 11-1962. This standard was superseded by 11-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 26, 1982 Designation: 110 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1100-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2006 Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-787-0202, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology equipment (ITE) used in commercial and industrial applications. Project Purpose: The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflicting information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the same problem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment electrical performance and protection issues while maintaining a safe installation, as specified in the National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) (NFPA 70, 2005 Edition) [B1]1 and recognized testing laboratories' standards. This recommended practice is not intended to replace or to take precedence over any codes or standards adopted by the jurisdiction where the installation resides. Abstract: The IEEE Emerald Book(TM) presents a collection of consensus best practices for thepowering and grounding of electronic equipment used in commercial and industrial applications.The main objective is to provide consensus recommended practices in an area where conflictinginformation and conflicting design philosophies have dominated. The recommended practicesdescribed are intended to enhance equipment performance while maintaining a safe installation. Adescription of the nature and origin of power disturbances is provided, followed by theory on thevarious parameters that impact power quality. Information on quantifying and resolving power andgrounding related concerns using measurement and diagnostic instrumentation and standardizedinvestigative procedures are included. Recommended power protection equipment and wiring andgrounding system design practices are presented. Information on telecommunications systempower protection as well as grounding, industrial system grounding, and noise control is included.Finally a selection of case studies are presented to support the recommended practices presentedthroughout the book. Key Words: commercial applications, electrical power, electronic equipment, grounding, industrialapplications, power conditioning, power disturbance, power monitor, power quality Designation: 1100 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Gruzs, Phone:614-841-2733, Email:tom.gruzs@liebert.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1100-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Recommends design, installation and maintenance practices for electrical power, grounding (including both safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology equipment used in commercial and industrial applications. Project Purpose: To revise and update the first edition of Standard 1100, including the addition of information specificaloly for distributed (networked) information technology equipment and telecommunications equipment. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-2005 Abstract: Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical powerand grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive elec-tronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Themain objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflict-ing information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the sameproblem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment performance issueswhile maintaining a safe installation. A brief description is given of the nature of power qualityproblems, possible solutions, and the resources available for assistance in dealing with prob-lems. Fundamental concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for conducting asurvey of the power distribution system are described. Site surveys and site power analysesare considered. Case histories are given to illustrate typical problems. Key Words: "commercial applications, electrical power, grounding, industrial applications, sen-sitive equipment" Designation: 1100-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment Status: Superseded **IEEE Emerald Book History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-1999. Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Key Words: grounding, Sensitive equipment, Industrial applications, Electrical power, Commercial applications Designation: 1101-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microprocessors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn standard. The standard covers three areas: the basic dimensions of subracks, this range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 297-3-1984, for mounting in equipment according to IEC 297-1-1986, and ANSI/EIA RS-310, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes; the dimensions of plug-in units and connectors, this standard gives the dimensions of associated plug-in units and connectors standardized by IEC 603-2-1980, together with applicable detail dimensions of the subrack; and the environmental requirements of subracks, this standard states environmental requirements of subracks and their associated plug-in units. The purpose of the standard is the specification of dimensions that will ensure the mechanical interchangeability and environmental requirements of subracks and of plug-in units. Key Words: microprocessors, mechanical, core, specifications Designation: 1101.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEC 60603-2 Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 1998 Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: To correct printing errors causing dimensional relationships to be misunderstood. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to correct printing erros which make IEEE 1101.1 incompatible with IEC 297-4 in certain areas of dimensional relationships. Abstract: The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) and ANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensure mechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guidelines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturing cost savings, and distinct marketing advantages. Key Words: "compatibility, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks" Designation: 1101.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEC 603-2 Connectors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 1101.1-1998 (SH/SS94691) The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) andANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units,printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensuremechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guide-lines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturingcost savings, and distinct marketing advantages. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: dimensions, Subracks, Plug-in units, Mechanical interchangeability Designation: 1101.10-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Additional Mechanical Specifications for Microcomputers Using the IEEE 1101.1-1998 Equipment Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 23, 1997 Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to the 19" Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which will ensure mechanically interchangeability of Subracks and Plug-in Units based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4. Abstract: A generic standard that may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to the 482.6 mm (19 in) equipment practice based on IEEE Std 1101.1-1991, IEC 297-3 (1984), and IEC 297-4 (1995). Dimensions are provided that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units. Key Words: dimensions, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks Designation: 1101.11-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Rear Plug-in Units Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEEE 1101.1 and IEEE 1101.10 Equipment Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1998 Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: May 21, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999 Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics when equipment and installations are required to conform to the 19 inch Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, 1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC 297-4 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which will ensure mechanical interchangeability of rear mounted Plug-In units (Transition Modules) in sub racks based on IEEE 1101.1, P1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC 297-4. Abstract: Additional dimensions that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units based on IEEE P1101.1 (D1.0, 1997), IEEE Std 1101.10-1996, and the environmental requirements of IEC 61587-1 (May 1998-Draft) and IEC 61587-3 (May 1998-Draft) are specified. Key Words: "backplane, compatibility, connector, inline configuration, inspection dimension, plug-in unit, printed board, shroud, subrack" Designation: 1101.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Conduction-Cooled Eurocards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1993 Abstract: Mechanical characteristics of conduction-cooled versions of Eurocard-based circuit card assemblies are described. This specification is applicable to, but not limited to, the VMEbus standard, an internal interconnect (backplane) bus intended for connecting processing elements to their immediate fundamental resources. The aim is to ensure mechanical interchangeability of conduction-cooled circuit card assemblies in a format suitable for military and rugged applications and to ensure their compatibility with commercial, double-height 16 mm, Eurocard chassis. Reaffirmed 2001 Key Words: dimensions, Mechanical interchangeability, Eurocard-based, Conduction-cooled, Circuit card assemblies, Card slot requirements Designation: 1101.3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Mechanical Standard for Conduction-Cooled and Air-Cooled 10 SU Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for conduction-cooled and air-cooled modules of the 10SU by 6.375 in (161.9 mm) format are established. The specification of dimensions and tolerances is intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of modules within associated subracks. The basic dimension, frames, PWBs, materials, assembly, and chassis interface of single-sided and double-sided modules are covered. Key Words: Printed wiring board (PWB), Heatsink, Direct air impingement, Convection, Conduction Designation: 1101.4-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Joseph Toy, Phone:(812) 854-5933 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for a military module, format E form factor are established. The specificaitons of dimensions and tolerances are intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of military modules within associated subracks. Mechanical characteristics for military applications are also included. Key Words: backplane, Printed wiring board (PWB), Module interface plane, 396- pin connector, 250-pin connector Designation: 1101.4a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 1101.4, IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor, - Errata and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Supplement IEEE Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct various errors and omissions such as incorrect dimensions and missing data, to wit: Refine the extractor pawl interface dimensions and add force requirements. Change Military standards to commercial standards wherever possible; re-dimension wedge-clamp locations;\add requirement for perpendicularity of frame to connector; correct mis-aligned figure (2a). Modify title to be consistent with titles of other 1101. standards in this series. Project Purpose: To supplement and revise IEEe Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct mistakes and clarify ambiguities that are limiting users of this standard from correctly implementing the design and construction of the SEM-E circuit cards described in this document. To make this standard consistent with the other standards in this series, i.e. 1101.5, 1101.6, 1101.8, 1101.9. Designation: 1101.4b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Conduction Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.4-1993, to add new connector, DESC 14933-93002, and the appropriate interface dimensions to the specification. Project Purpose: Several companies and programs desire to use this 372 pin version of the connector currently specified in 1101.4, to support requirements for added structural integrity, and the capability of adding covers to the module. The mechanical standards working groups have decided to add all connectors to extension documents to avoid making the main document unweildy to use, and to make it easier to specify a particular form factor/connector combination. Designation: 1101.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules. Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 MIL- SEM-E (1101.4) module. Conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E modules are not capable of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can attain this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules. Designation: 1101.5.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.5.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Exteension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of the 372 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For eas-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will no include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.5.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5 detailing the application of bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules. Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 10SU (1101.3) module. Connduction cooled 10SU modules are not capable of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can attain far above this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules. Designation: 1101.6.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.6, detailing the application of the 556 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.6 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.6 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.7-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Space Applications Module, Extended Height Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995 Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of dimensions and tolerances that will ensure the mechanical intermatability of space and highly ruggedized modules within associated subracks. Modules aspect ratios and materials/processes of current standards do not cover needs. This lack has resulted in emergence of a defacto mechanical standard for space modules, currently being produced by multiple companies. The working group will define parameters to better accommodate high dynamic mechanical stresses, limited thermal dissipation, and use of space qualifiable materials and processes. The defacto space applications standard defined by the Advanced Spaceborne Computer Module will be encompassed. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. The design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments are established in this standard. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Dimensions and tolerances for racks, modules, printed wiring boards, backplanes, and other connector-related dimensions that are specific to the use of 300-pin and 396-pin connectors are given. These dimensions and tolerances are designed to ensure mechanical function and interoperability. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: module, space applications, SEM Format E extended height, Mechanical interchangeability Designation: 1101.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other dimensional details. Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This document will provide common interfaces for 10Su size electronic modules. Designation: 1101.8.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.8, detailing the application of the 556 pin EIA E700 connector to the base 1101.8 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.8 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled Format E (1101.4) modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other dimensional details. Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This document will provide common interfaces for Format E size electronic modules. Designation: 1101.9.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the 372 pin DESC connector to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 428 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of box/post connectors per DESC 14933-89065 to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1102 Title: Fiber Optic Xmsn Loss Budget Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: fiiber, optic, transmission, loss, budget Designation: 1103 Title: Meth of Optical Xmsn System Measurements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1103 Designation: 1104 Title: Meth of Fiber Dispersion Meas&Defs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1104 Designation: 1105 Title: Optical Pwr Meas in Optical Fiber Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1105 Designation: 1106-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2005 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced. (Scope unchanged from previous version.) Project Purpose: The document should be revised to reflect the latest thinking on maintenance of these batteries, and to resolve issues regarding the capacity calculation method. Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for installation design and for installation, maintenance, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used in stationary standby applications. Key Words: battery tests, capacity test methods, stationary applications, vented nickel-cadmium batteries Designation: 1106-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float applications. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced. These recommended practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this document. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This document provides recommendations for installation, periodic maintenance, testing methods and replacement criteria for nickel- cadmium batteries. The practices and procedures described are frequently not available in sufficient detail from the manufacturers. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1105-2005 Abstract: Installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float operations are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also provided. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: flooded cell, stationary battery, vented nickel-cadmium battery, state of charge determination, continuous-float operation Designation: 1106-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Nickel-Cadmium Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1106-1995. Maintenance procedures, capacity test schedules, and capacity testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of nickel- cadmium batteries designed for continuous-float applications are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also given. Sizing, installation, qualification, other battery types, and application are not considered. Key Words: 1106 Designation: 1107-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Random-Wound Stator Coils Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: R. J Flaherty, Phone:410 820 7027 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jul 08, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997 Abstract: A test procedure for comparing expected life, at rated temperature, of two or more sealed insulation systems is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using random-wound stator coils. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants. It does not cover special requirements such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, or to submersion in liquids. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: stator coils, aging temperature, condensation chamber, environmental conditions, exposure time, humidity exposure, insulation system, mechanical stress, moisture exposure, motorette, prooftesting, random wound machine, machine insulation, screening tests, sealed insulation, service life expectancy, thermal exposure, voltage exposure, water immersion Designation: 11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication-- Framework and overview Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems, optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for conformance to the set of standards. Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards. This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215 WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the family of standards. Designation: 11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Framework and overview Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems, optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for conformance to the set of standards. Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards. This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215 WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the family of standards. Designation: 11073-00101-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--PoC medical device communication Part 00101: Guide-- Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides guidance for using radio frequency (RF) wireless communication technologies for ISO/IEEE 11073 point-of-care (PoC) medical devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using shared information technology (IT) infrastructure. Use cases specific to these technologies are evaluated, and key functional and performance criteria are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and security, coexistence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements such as electromagnetic interference and compatibility (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for each of these areas. Technologies include, but are not limited to, the IEEE 802.11™ and IEEE 802.15™ technologies. Use case environments include traditional clinical settings as well as personal (home and mobile) healthcare. The intent of guide is to be global with respect to wireless spectrum and equipment, although working group participation and expertise have favored detail of scenarios from the United States. Importantly, this guide will not be periodically updated, but instead will act as a source of information for follow-on ISO/IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards that will supersede it. These ISO/IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards will detail the use of specific wireless networked technology for the purpose of transporting medical data. Periodic updates will be performed on the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards only. Key Words: 11073-00101-2008, data transport, health informatics, information technology, IT, medical device, PoC, point-of-care, radio frequency, RF, shared network infrastructure, Wi-Fi, wireless fidelity, wireless local area network, wireless medical telemetry system, wireless metropolitan area network, wireless personal area network, wireless wide area network, WLAN, WMAN, WMTS, WPAN, WWAN Designation: 11073-00101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Guide for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.1.1. Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: This project provides guidance on the usage of radio-frequency (RF) wireless communication technologies for IEEE 1073 point-of-care medical devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using shared information technology (IT) infrastructures. Use cases specific to these technologies are evaluated and key functional and performance criteria are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and security, co-existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for each of these areas. Technologies include but not be limited to IEEE 802.11 and 802.15. Use case environments include traditional clinical settings, as well as homecare and mobile. Project Purpose: The development and use of RF wireless technologies is increasing at a very rapid rate; however, there are many issues that need to be properly understood and managed in order to ensure that the medical device systems which use them can operate in a safe and effective manner. This is especially the case when devices from different manufacturers and with widely varying quality of service requirements are expected to provide reliable and consistent services using a shared IT infrastructure (e.g., a single 802.11b wireless LAN), such as real-time waveform delivery and alarm notifications. Additional problems arise when different communication systems use technologies which have difficulty co-existing, and thus result in a degradation in the quality of service that can be provided. By analysing the use cases that include IEEE 1073 devices using RF wireless communications interfaces, and by providing guidelines for the management of the performance requirements and issues that are identified, reliability and safety can be significantly improved. Designation: P11073-00103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Overview Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport- independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented. Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments. Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to manage their own health independently. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guide describes the landscape of transport-independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guide provides a definition of personal telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-00103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Technical Report - Overview Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport- independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented. Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments. Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to manage their own health independently. Designation: 11073-00201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Recommended practice - Profile template Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.2.1 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents a set of recommended practices for creating communication profiles that leverage new or existing technology for application within an ISO/IEEE 11073 communicaton framework. A template is defined that specifies the component elements that need to be contained in a profile, as well as instructions for how it should be completed and documented, including the definition and completion of related protocol implementation configuration statements (PICS) needed by referenced standards. Project Purpose: As various organizations and system developers define communication profiles (or "stacks") for point-of-care medical devices, they require guidance for how ISO/IEEE 11073 component standards, as well as other non-ISO/IEEE 11073 standards may be combined and configured to achieve the primary design goal for the family of standards, namely real-time plug- and-play interoperability. Though there is information about protocol implementation conformance statements ("PICS") throughout the standards, there is no general guidance or "template" provided for how to create a complete profile. This document provides recommended practices for how to create these profiles using the specified template in such a manner as to properly use existing standards as well as to provide specifications that may become future standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family. Designation: 11073-10101-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics -- Point-of-care medical device communication -- Part 10101: Nomenclature Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model that is for medical device communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Abstract: Replaces the IEEE Std 1073.1.1.1-2004. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care(POC) medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and neurology, as well as specialized unit of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area. Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication, nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service model terminology Designation: P11073-10101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/ 11073-10101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard defines a nomenclature for communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model that is for medical device communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Designation: 11073-10101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is nomenclature architecture for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC). It consists of three parts: the body of the standard, which defines the overall architecture of the organization and relationships among nomenclature components; normative Annex A and Annex B, which provide specifications of semantics and syntaxes, respectively; and informative Annex C, the bibliography. This standard is intended for use within the context of IEEE Std 1073,1 which sets out the relationship between this and other documents in the POC MDC series. Project Purpose: [from published standard's PAR] The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Designation: P11073-10102 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Annotated ECG Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends the base IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature to provide support for ECG annotation terminology. It may be used either in conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standards (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain information model) or independently. Major subject areas addressed by the nomenclature include ECG beat annotations, wave component annotations, rhythm annotations, and noise annotations. Project Purpose: This standard provides a single, comprehensive and coherent terminology for ECG annotation semantics, making it suitable for any medical device data exchange that requires inclusion of ECG annotations. This consolidates numerous other standard and non-standard terminologies that are in current use, resulting in the harmonization of how ECG annotation information is identified, and thus, interoperability and information exchange at the application level. Designation: P11073-10103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard extends the base nomenclature provided in ISO/IEEE 11073-10101 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices. Devices within the scope of this nomenclature are implantable pacemakers, defibrillators, devices for cardiac resynchronization therapy, or cardiac monitors. This nomenclature defines the discrete terms necessary to convey a clinically relevant summary of the information obtained during a device interrogation. The nomenclature extensions may be used in conjunction with other IEEE 11073 standard components (e.g., ISO/IEEE 11073-10201 Domain Information Model) or with other standards, such as Health Level Seven International (HL7). Project Purpose: This standard addresses the need for an openly defined, independent standard for representing information collected from industry wide implantable cardiac devices. A broader intent is to enable a standards based exchange of implantable cardiac device information between vendor’s proprietary interrogation systems and clinic electronic medical record systems. Designation: 11073-10103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.3. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project extends the base nomenclature provided in IEEE 1073.1.1.1 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices (IDC) (e.g., pacemakers). Its primary focus is semantics included in IDC program configuration reports, namely between the IDC programmer and other enterprise-based applications, not between the programmer and the actual implanted device. The nomencalture extensions may be used in conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standard components (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model) or with other standards, such as HL7. Project Purpose: This project enables and standardizes the reporting of IDC configuration information to enterprise-based applications (e.g., clinical orders system). Currently no such standardization exists, typically resulting in the reports being managed as paper documents, and not electronically. Designation: 11073-10104 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Virtual attributes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.4. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This project focuses on the extension of the ISO/IEEE 11073- 10101 Nomenclature related to semantics for “virtual attributes”, which is an unpopulated partition defined in the base Nomenclature Standard. The primary application of these semantics are for external control of medical devices based on the provisions made within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards. Project Purpose: Though a Virtual Attribute partition was allocated in the base nomenclature standasrd, no specific semantics were defined. This standard extends the base Nomenclature by filling in the Virtual Attribute Partition to support relevant applications, including those within the scope of the IEEE P1073.1.3.x set of device specialization standards or as identified during development of this standard, for example to harmonize with other related standards, particularly HL7. Designation: 11073-10201-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-10201:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented information model that may be used to structure information and identify services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of patient vital signs information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object- oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC), this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided. Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC, object-oriented, patient, remote control Designation: P11073-10201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model Status: Revision Project **This project was originally designated P1073.1.2.1. Technical Contact: Kai Hassing, Phone:+49 7031 14 1064, Email:kai.hassing@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards, this standard addresses the definition and structuring of information that is communicated or referred to in communication between application entities. This standard provides a common representation of all application entities present in the application processes within the various devices independent of the syntax. The definition of association control and lower layer communication is outside the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: [from the PAR of the currently published standard] The purpose of this project is to provide a general object-oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Designation: P11073-10202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model (DIM) - XML schema format Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard translates the present Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Domain Information Model (DIM), ISO/IEEE 11073-10201, to XML schema format. Project Purpose: This document enables or facilitates automated processing by implementors using electronic forms of the DIM. Designation: 11073-10300 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specializations - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of the manner by which device specializations can be defined using the generalized mechanisms defined in IEEE 1073 and related standards for establishing plug-and-play interoperable communications with point-of-care medical devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a general set of heuristics for how specific device specializations can be defined using the more general mechanisms that are defined in other 1073 and related standards, and to provide a framework for device specialization standards. The end result will be consistency across device specializations, and ease of use by those using the standards. Designation: 11073-10316 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Dialysis device Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3.16. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for dialysis medical devices, including renal intensive care devices. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. The project will define data model and semantics specifically related to dialysis devices, as well as, specifications leveraged from other 1073 device specializations, including infusion device, pulse-oximeter, blood pressure, temperature, and weighing scale. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between dialysis devices and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. By providing standardized communication for these devices, information from these systems will be more readily acquired and integrated into the healthcare enterprise information infrastructure, ultimately reducing the cost of implementing such systems and increasing the availability of this class of data. Designation: 11073-10400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Common Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative framework of communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information model, application profile, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in a telehealth environment restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard establishes a common core of communications functionality shared by one or more of the personal telehealth device specializations, including common ways of receiving information and managing the devices, and allows vendor extensibility to access non-standardized features. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10404-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10404: Device specialization — Pulse oximeter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This document is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10404-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play (PnP) interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximetry devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play (PnP) interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, pulse oximeter Designation: 11073-10404-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Pulse Oximeter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 10, 2009 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximetry devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Key Words: 11073-10404-2008 Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Pulse Oximeter Designation: P11073-10404 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Pulse Oximeter Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10406 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Basic Electrocardiograph(ECG) (1 to 3-lead ECG) Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG) devices. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG equipment with respect to: including support for wearable ECG devices; limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three; not requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac phenomena. This standard is consistent with the base framework and allows multi-function implementations by following multiple device specializations (e.g., ECG and respiration rate). Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG) devices. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG equipment with respect to: including support for wearable ECG devices; limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three; not requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac phenomena. This standard is consistent with the base framework and allows multi-function implementations by following multiple device specializations (e.g., ECG and respiration rate). Key Words: Basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG), medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10406 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Heart Rate Monitor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth heart rate monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth heart rate monitors. In this context, heart rate monitor is being used broadly to cover heart rate monitors that infer heart rate by monitoring a heart’s electrical activity as well as those that infer from pulse measurements. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10406 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Basic Electrocardiograph(ECG) (1 to 3-lead ECG) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG) devices. In this context, these monitoring ECG devices are being used broadly to cover ECG devices that measure electrical activity of the heart over time. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG equipment with respect to: - including support for wearable ECG devices - limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three, - not requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac phenomena In addition, determination of heart rate and respiration rate based on derived ECG characteristics are within scope, but they are optional physiological measurements. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10407-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10407: Device specialization — Blood pressure monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10407-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10407-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors Key Words: blood pressure monitor, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10407-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Blood Pressure Monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 10, 2009 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: May 05, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors. Key Words: 11073-10407-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Blood Pressure Monitor Designation: 11073-10408-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10408: Device specialization — Thermometer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10408-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10408-2008 Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometer devices. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, thermometer Designation: 11073-10408-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10408: Device specialization -- Thermometer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-andplay interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometer devices. Key Words: 11073-10408-2008, medical device communication, personal health devices, thermometer Designation: P11073-10413 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Respiration rate monitor Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between devices (agents) that monitor respiration rate and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal health devices that monitor respiration rate. In this context, these monitoring devices that adhere to this standard are such that: - respiration rate may not be their primary measurement - respiration rate measurements could be acquired through widely varying means, including, but not restricted to: -- expansion and contraction of a chest belt -- trans-thoracic impedance -- ECG based methods -- Doppler, ultrasound or other external means -- airway-based methods This standard supports the expression and communication of respiration waveforms. This standard also supports both standalone and embedded implementation. The standard specifies how a device that supports multiple respiration acquisition modalities reports the source of the information. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10415-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part 10415: Device specialization--Weighing scale Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10415-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10415-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, weighing scale Designation: 11073-10415-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Weighing Scale Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communcation functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Key Words: 11073-10415-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Weighing Scale Designation: 11073-10417-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10417: Device specialization — Glucose meter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10417-2009. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10417-2009. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Key Words: glucose meter, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10417-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10417: Device specialization- Glucose meter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-andplay interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Key Words: 11073-10417-2008, glucose meter, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: P11073-10417 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10417: Device specialization- Glucose meter Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10418 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - International normalized ratio (INR) monitor Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of INR devices. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of INR devices. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Designation: P11073-10418 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Draft International Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - International normalized ratio (INR) monitor Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal physical activity monitors. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: This standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal International Normalized Ratio (INR) physical activity monitors. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the IEEE Std 11073-16 20601 ISO/IEEE 11073-20601-201011073-20601a-2010 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Key Words: International Normalized Ratio (INR) monitor, medical device communication, personal health 20 devices Designation: P11073-10419 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Insulin pump Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth insulin pump devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal telehealth insulin pump devices. In the context of personal health devices, an insulin pump is a medical device used for the administration of insulin in the treatment of diabetes mellitus, also known as continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion (CSII) therapy. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10420-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Health informatics -- Personal health device communication Part 10420: Device specialization -- Body composition analyzer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 2010 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2011 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal body composition analyzing devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601(TM)-20081 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth body composition analyzer devices. In this context, body composition analyzer devices are being used broadly to cover body composition analyzer devices that measure body impedances, and compute the various body components including body fat from the impedance. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal body composition analyzing devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE 11073-20601(TM) information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth body composition analyzer devices. In this context, body composition analyzer devices are being used broadly to cover body composition analyzer devices that measure body impedances, and compute the various body components including body fat from the impedance. Key Words: body composition analyzer, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10421-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10421: Device specialization--Peak expiratory flow monitor (peak flow) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 2011 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth peak flow monitoring devices (agents) and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of a peak-flow monitoring device. The use case is restricted to personal respiratory monitoring and therefore does not include hospital-based spirometry. Continuous and high-acuity monitoring (e.g., for emergency response) are outside the scope of the use case. In the context of personal health devices, a peak flow meter is a device is used to measure the respiratory function of those managing respiratory conditions such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. The ability to identify declining respiratory status prior to the need for acute intervention improves the quality of life for the individual while reducing the overall costs of care. Respiratory status data are collected by a personal respiratory monitoring device and forwarded to a central data repository for review and action by a health care provider. The data are episodic in nature and are forwarded at designated intervals or when the person is symptomatic. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to IEEE Std 11073-20601(TM)-2008 and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, a normative definition of communication is established in this standard between personal telehealth peak expiratory flow monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Appropriate portions of existing standards are leveraged, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. The use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors is specified in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. A common core of communication functionality is defined for personal telehealth peak expiratory flow monitor devices. Key Words: forced expiratory volume, medical device communication, peak expiratory flow, peak expiratory flow monitor, peak flow, personal health devices Designation: P11073-10422 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Urine analyzer Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal telehealth urine analyzer devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth urine analyzers. In this context, urine analyzers are defined as devices that analyze a urine sample and measure the amount of chemical substances in urine and some properties of urine. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10441-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Part 10441: Device Specialization - Cardiovascular Fitness and Activity Monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2009 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal cardiovascular fitness and activity monitoring devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices. In this context, cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices are being used broadly to cover cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices that measure physical actions and the body's various physiological responses to that activity. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices. Key Words: 11073-10441-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Cardiovascular Fitness, Activity Monitor Designation: P11073-10441 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Part 10441: Device Specialization - Cardiovascular Fitness and Activity Monitor Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal cardiovascular fitness and activity monitoring devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices. In this context, cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices are being used broadly to cover cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices that measure physical actions and the body's various physiological responses to that activity. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10442-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics - Personal health device communication Part 10442: Device specialization - Strength fitness equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal strength fitness devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth strength fitness devices. In this context, strength fitness devices are being used broadly to cover strength fitness devices that measure musculo-skeletal strength-conditioning activities. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better-informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal strength fitness devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computes, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth strength fitness devices. In this context, strength fitness devices are being used broadly to cover strength fitness devices that measure musculo-skeletal strength conditioning activities. Key Words: 11073-10442-2008, medical device communication, personal health devices, strength fitness equipment Designation: 11073-10443 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Physical activity monitor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between “wearable” personal telehealth physical activity monitor devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal physical activity monitors. In this context of wearable devices, physical activity monitoring is being used broadly to cover the continuous sensing, modeling and near real-time transmission of kinematic data (typically acceleration, speed, position, and orientation) of a point in space. Applications of the physical activity monitor include: fall detection, physical reeducation, early disease detection (Parkinson), sports, games, behavior modeling… This standard provides the kinematic data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, but does not provide the algorithms for the above mentioned – event and behavior monitoring/modeling – as these calculations are highly specific to each application and are typically carried out in managers, based on the data transmitted by the physical activity monitor. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10471-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10471: Device specialization — Independant living activity hub Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10471-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between independent living activity hubs and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for independent living activity hubs. In this context, independent living activity hubs are defined as devices that communicate with simple situation monitors (binary sensors), normalize information received from the simple environmental monitors, and provide this normalized information to one or more managers. This information can be examined (for example) to determine when a person’s activities/behaviors have deviated significantly from what is normal for them such that relevant parties can be notified. Independent living activity hubs will normalize information from the following simple situation monitors (binary sensors) for the initial release of the proposed standard: fall sensor, motion sensor, door sensor, bed/chair occupancy sensor, light switch sensor, smoke sensor, (ambient) temperature threshold sensor, personal emergency response system (PERS), and enuresis sensor (bed-wetting). Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth independent living activity hub devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth independent living activity hubs. Key Words: independent living activity hub, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10471-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10471: Device specialization--Independent living activity hub Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between independent living activity hubs and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for independent living activity hubs. In this context, independent living activity hubs are defined as devices that communicate with simple situation monitors (binary sensors), normalize information received from the simple environmental monitors, and provide this normalized information to one or more managers. This information can be examined (for example) to determine when a person's activities/behaviors have deviated significantly from what is normal for them such that relevant parties can be notified. Independent living activity hubs will normalize information from the following simple situation monitors (binary sensors) for the initial release of the proposed standard: fall sensor, motion sensor, door sensor, bed/chair occupancy sensor, light switch sensor, smoke sensor, (ambient) temperature threshold sensor, personal emergency response system (PERS), and enuresis sensor (bed- wetting). Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth independent living activity hub devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plugand- play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth independent living activity hubs. Key Words: 11073-10471-2008, independent living activity hub, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10472-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part 10472: Device specialization--Medication monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between medication monitoring devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for medication monitors. In this context, medication monitors are defined as devices that have the ability to determine and communicate (to a manager) measures of a user’s adherence to a medication regime. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth medication monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth medication monitor devices. Key Words: 11073-10472-2010, device communication, medication monitor, personal health devices Designation: 11073-20000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This project provides a general description of the IEEE 1073 application profile standards (IEEE 1073.2.x), including the role they play in supporting use cases where point-of-care medical devices are used to communicate vital signs and other device information. The framework of application profile substandards is provided, giving guidance as to how new components can be added to the set and showing users how they may be combined to provid general services needed for specific applications. Profile capabilities include abstract to transfer syntax standards and general services required to establish logical connections between systems, OSI service and presentation layer capabilities, and services needed to perform communication tasks. Additionally the relationship between these standards and other IEEE 1073 groups (e.g., 1073.1.x) are presented, detailing how they can be combined to provide a complete ISO OSI 7-layer communications stack. Project Purpose: Application profiles supply a key component in the IEEE 1073 set of standards, providing the generic services needed to encode and decode information that is transferred between systems, to establish logical associations between systems, to dynamically configure optional capabilities, and to effect exchange of vital signs and medical device data. By providing non-device specific application services, technology can be reused across different device types, as well as more easily extended and maintained. Service profiles may also be created for target applications, using the specific technologies or the minimum set of capabilities required to support the intended use cases. This framework and overview standard supports those who need to either create a profile of application services for a specific device or system interface or need to add new capabilities to support additional use cases. Designation: 11073-20101-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-20101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Base standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 **First edition 2004-12-15 Technical Contact: Elliot Sloane, Phone:610-519-6432, Email:ebsloane@villanova.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the International Organization for Standardization's (ISO's) open systems interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer] services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073-20000 medical device application profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European Normalization (CEN) and the ISO. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define MDC upper layer application, i.e., ISO A-type profiles for interchange of data, which are defined by the medical device data language (MDDL) format, or ISO F-type profiles (ISO/IEEE 11073-10000 series). Abstract: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the International Organization for Standardization (ISO's) open systems interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer] services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073- 20000 medical device application profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European Normalization (CEN) and the ISO. Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, communication, control, information model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services Designation: P11073-20101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/ 11073-20101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Base standard Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the International Organization for Standardization's (ISO's) open systems interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer] services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073-20000 medical device application profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European Normalization (CEN) and the ISO. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define MDC upper layer application, i.e., ISO A-type profiles for interchange of data, which are defined by the medical device data language (MDDL) format, or ISO F-type profiles (ISO/IEEE 11073-10000 series). Designation: 11073-20102 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profiles - MIB elements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.2.1.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the definition of MIB ("Management Information Base") Element objects as used in the IEEE 1073 family of standards for point-of-care medical device communication. Prototypical MIB Element object definitions are contained in the IEEE P1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model standard. References to MIB Element definitions in specific IEEE 1073 transport standards (e.g., P1073.3.3) shall also be included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide in one document location the definitions for non-transport specific MIB Element objects used in point-of-care medical device communication, as well as references to MIB Element definitions that may be contained in specific IEEE 1073 transport or internetworking standards. Designation: 11073-20103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Clinical context management (CCoM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.1.3. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension to Standard IEEE 1073.2.1.1, MDAP Base Standard. The scope is the synchronization of medical device operational contextual information, particularly security-related, in RF wireless contexts; patient identification; and clinical patient care logistical, particularly Admit, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and effective application of IEEE 802-based profiles in the context of medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073 in which synchronization of medical device, patient, and clinical logistical information is required among heterogeneous real-time medical data processors. Designation: 11073-20200 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Association control function Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.0. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a profile for utilizing ISO Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) service for an Association Control Service Element (ACSE) in point-of-care medical device communication within the framework of the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards. This service provides for the establishment, release and aborting of an association between a medical device agent and another system acting as a manager. Service establishment includes dynamic negotiation of presentation layer functions such as message encoding and abstract syntax, as well as application layer services to be used. Project Purpose: Association control services provide a core element of the ISO OSI protocols and support the dynamic configuration of presentation and application layer services. For medical device communication, all application profile operational modes must share a common association control service that provides the means for selecting required and optional components. Therefore, this document is referenced by the other application profile mode standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family. Designation: 11073-20201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of care medical device communication-- Application profile-- Polling mode Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: P11073-20201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Polling mode Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx set of standards. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards. Designation: 11073-20202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication-- Application profile-- Baseline Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: P11073-20202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Baseline asynchronous mode Status: Modified New Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073- 1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point- of-care medical device communication, this standard provides a set of generic services that support asynchronous event-driven communication between agent and manager systems, including association control function extensions for dynamic negotiation of profile configuration options, full support for objects defined in the Domain Information Model (11073-10201), and optional packages that may be layered on top of this "baseline" set of services. Designation: P11073-20301 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application Profile - Optional package, remote control Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends the capabilities of the IEEE 1073 family standards to provide an optional service for remote control of medical devices. It builds upon the capabilities provided by other application profile standards, namely IEEE 1073.2.2.2 Application Profile - Baseline, to enable the discovery, configuration, invocation, and monitoring of remote control services. It also leverages objects defined in the IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model and terminology defined in the IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature standard. Both open and closed loop applications are supported. "Remote" includes both device-external but physicall local control, as well as control of geographically distant devices. Specific device control semantics (e.g., for a ventilator) are not included in this standard. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for applications that require remote control of medical devices. It supports a single, consistent service model that supports reliable control applications, including both open and closed loop. Designation: 11073-20302 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Optional package, symmetric communication Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for communicating medical devices and systems, both agents and managers, which function both as clients and as servers of information. The standard builds upon services defined in other 1073 Application Profile standards, such as the Baseline Application Profile standard (IEEE P1073.2.2.2), and defines the methods by which agent devices may both publish the data and services that they provide, as well as discover and acquire information provided by managers. Likewise, it defines the methods by which manager systems can not only discover the data and services provided by an agent device, but also publish and supply data and services that are provided by the manager system. It is intended for use by any of the medical device specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards that can benefit from dynamically acquiring information from the device or system to which they are connected. Project Purpose: This standard extends the plug-and-play interoperability for medical devices defined in other 1073 standards, such that devices which can benefit from data and services provided by external communicating systems, have a standardized manner in which to discover and acquire that information. Potential applications include devices that acquire patient information such as ID, height, weight, sex, and age, and then use this information to customize their operation (e.g., pharmacokinetic drug dosing models used by infusion devices, or modes used by ventilators). Another would be devices that acquire drug dosing and pharmacy order information, or adverse drug event database data, ensuring that the right drug is being delivered to the right patient in accordance with the prescribed dosage. By standardizing this type of communications interface, device developers and system applications providers can reap the benefits afforded by greatly enhanced interoperability, ultimately benefiting and enhancing the quality of patient care. Designation: P11073-20401 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication - Application Profile - Common Networking Infrastructure Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Internet Protocol (IP) family of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is enumerating the specific mechanisms necessary for real-time plug-and-play interoperability in the medical device environment. The specific mechanisms cover areas such as obtaining IP addresses, service advertisement & discovery, timely message delivery, network access control, network availability, quality of service, time services, network management services, security and authentication. Also included is any appropriate Ethernet (layer 2) switching and VLAN functionality. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocol and service profiles consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Internet Protocol (IP) family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. The ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability will be extended to include a broad selection of networking technologies. Designation: 11073-20601-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication-- Part 20601: Application profile--Optimized exchange protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transportindependent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems and to provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever possible. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport-independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems and to provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever possible. Key Words: 11073-20601, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-20601-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics – Personal health device communication – Part 20601: Application profile – Optimized exchange protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this project defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems, provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever possible. Project Purpose: This document addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for converting the information profile into an interoperable transmission format so the information can be exchanged to and from personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems, provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever possible Key Words: 11073-20601-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication Designation: 11073-20601a-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 20601: Application profile--Optimized Exchange Protocol Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 24, 2011 **Amendment to IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Abstract: Issues found within IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008 while implementing the standard and/or testing and certifying products are addressed in this amendment. Key Words: 11073, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-30200-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: ISO/IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 30200: Transport profile - Cable connected – Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communications. Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for IEEE 1073 applications. Abstract: This standard replaces IEEE Std 1073.3.2-2000-ISO/IEEE Dual Logo A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy devices is established. Communications services and protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined. These communication services and protocols are optimized for use in patient-connected badside medical devices. KEYWORDS: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP Designation: P11073-30200a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 30200: Transport profile - Cable connected – Amendment 1 Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: The amendment extends this standard to include IEEE 802.3 100BASE-T and includes analysis of compatability of cable connections between 11073-30200 and IEEE 802.3. Project Purpose: The proposed changes update 11073-30200 to include provision for updates to IEEE 802.3. Abstract: This amendment extends the ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004 standard to include IEEE Std 802.3-2008 100BASE-T and includes analysis of the compatibility of cable connections between ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004 and IEEE Std 802.3-2008. Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP, IEEE Std 802.3- 2008 Designation: 11073-30300-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-30300:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Infrared Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 **First edition 2004-12-15 Technical Contact: Elliot Sloane, Phone:610-519-6432, Email:ebsloane@villanova.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to ISO/IEEE 11073-30200, which specifies a cableconnected physical layer. This standard also supports use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld personal digital assistants (PDAs) and network APs that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide connection-oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This standard extends and complements ISO/IEEE 11073-30200, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDAinfrared is appropriate for mobile and portable point-of-care (POC) clinical lab instruments (e.g., glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent point-and-shoot connectivity to a data repository. This standard utilizes the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium (CIC) and NCCLS POCT1 device and AP interface specification (Appendix A), which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for POC medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA Tiny Transport Protocol [TinyTP]) running over two physical layers: cable-connected and infrared. Abstract: This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications that use short-range infrared wireless. This standard defines communications services and protocols that are consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association (IrDA) and are optimized for point-of-care (POC) applications at or near the patient. Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network Time Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT, wireless Designation: 11073-30400-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Health informatics--Point-of-care medical device communication Part 30400: Interface profile--Cabled Ethernet Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Apr 26, 2010 Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family (IEEE Std 802.3-2008) of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and to calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the ISO/IEEE 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and controlling costs. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and- play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces. Abstract: The application of the Ethernet family (IEEE Std 802.3-2008) of protocols for use in medical device communication is addressed in this document. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the ISO/IEEE 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and controlling costs. Key Words: 11073, Ethernet, medical device, medical device communications (MDCs), management information base (MIB) Designation: 11073-30400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Inter-LAN Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated P1073.3.4. Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project focuses on the application of primarily Internet Protocol (IP) and Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) technologies for use in medical device communication. While the scope is primarily Transport-to-Physical Layer methods, significant upper-layer methods such as obtaining IP addresses, discovering servers/services, [near]real-time message delivery, and virtual network management will be included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a comprehensive set of protocols and services consistent with the IEEE 1073, IEEE 802, and Internet Protocol architectures for common use by medical devices in LAN and embedded LAN operating contexts, including bridging with related methods such as RF Wireless. By providing this standard, the design goal of ISO/IEEE 11073 standards to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability shall be signficantly enhanced when LAN technologies are being utilized. Designation: 11073-30400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Cabled Ethernet Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family (IEEE 802.3) of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and controlling costs. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and- play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces. Designation: 11073-30500 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.3.5. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number 1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology). The scope of this standard is to outline more specifically the different follow- on transport standards associated with wireless data transport from IEEE- 1073 point-of-care (POC) medical devices using personal area (WPAN), local area (WLAN), wide area (WWAN), and other networks. The document will outline unique concerns and requirements relating to the use of various RF wireless technologies operating on such networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry, and government regulatory agencies a set of recommendations and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device data using various personal area, local area, and wide area networks. Designation: P11073-30503 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Local area network (wLAN) Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.3. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is a subset of project number 1073.3.5 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication – RF Wireless Profile – Framework and Overview. The scope of this standard is medical device data communication profiles based on IEEE 802.11 Standards, particularly IEEE 802.11b/g with sufficient Quality of Service and Security attributes for mobile medical device applications across emergency, critical, acute, and sub-acute care areas of hospitals. As a result, multiple subsets of IEEE 802.11, particularly IEEE 802.e (QoS) and IEEE 802.11i (Security); IEEE 802.3 (“Ethernet”), and widely-used Internet protocols, such as DHCP, TCP/ and UDP/IP; will be integrated. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and effective application of IEEE 802.11-based profiles in the context of medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073. Designation: 11073-30505 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Wide area (Mobile Phone) Network (wWAN) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.5. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number 1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology) and a further extension of project number 1073.3.5 (Health Informatics - Framework and Overview Structure for Wireless Medical Data Transport using Personal Area, Local Area, Wide Area, and other Wireless Networks). The scope of this standard is to identify recommended protocols as well as to evaluate expected performance for the transport of medical data between IEEE-1073 point-of-care (POC) and / or body worn sensors along wireless wide area networks (WWAN) via gateway devices (e.g., mobile phones, PDAs) to an end server or attending healthcare professional in a home-based or mobile health scenario. Recommendations are made with the goal of developing common protocols for plug-and-play compatability between medical devices and WWAN gateway equipment. Point-of-care (POC) or body worn sensor data is envisioned to range from non-critical physiologic parameters used for general health maintenance to critical parameters such as real time waveforms and alarms / alerts. The standard also attempts to characterize general expected performance of wireless data transport between point-of- care (POC) or body worn sensor devices and the WWAN gateway given existing technology options, as well as over the WWAN to the end server or attending healthcare professional. Acceptable performance may depend upon the individual case, nature the medical data, and expected quality of service (i.e., data throughput, latency, fidelity, privacy and security, co- existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements, EMI/EMC, power management). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry, and government regulatory agencies a set of recommended technology specifications and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device sensor data across WWAN via a mobile phone or other appropriate gateway device. Designation: 11073-60101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application gateway - HL7 (ver 2.x), Observation reporting interface (ORI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE 1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes. The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE 1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will specify multiple 2.x versions of HL7 as necessary, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each. HL7 version 3 usage is out of scope for this project. Project Purpose: This project increases the interoperability of HL7 based systems that exchange medical device data acquired at the point-of-care. As a result, system integration costs may be significantly reduced and the usage of automatically acquired data increased, potentially resulting in increased patient safety, increased quality of health care, and reduced health care costs. Designation: 1108 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Operations Title: Elec Power Load Management Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: PA Bhagchandani, Phone:804-271-2877 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985 Key Words: 1108 Designation: 1109-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Interconnection of User-Owned Substations to Electric Utilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. This standard provides a checklist and selected guidance, for persons not normally practicing in this specialized field, of major technical design areas that should be considered when interconnecting user-owned and utility-owned facilities at substations. Only medium- and high-voltage purchased-power interconnections are addressed. This guide does not discuss the considerable implications of interactive power systems design and operation, nor does it present criteria or directions for the design of substations. Key Words: utility-owned facilities at substations, user-owned facilities at substations, substations, Non-utility generation, Medium-voltage purchased- power, Interconnections, High-voltage purchased-power Designation: 111-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001 Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2000 Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies. Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communication facilities serving power stations are excluded due to the special protection requirements involved. Project Purpose: Update Standard 111 to include material on hybrid transformers. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum are covered in this standard. Key Words: "Balance test,balun,communication transformer,data transformer,harmonic distortion,impedance,insertion loss,matching transformers,return loss,transformer,video transformer,wideband" Designation: 111 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Wide Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Std 111-1984. Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies. Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communications facilities serving electric power stations are excluded due to the special protection requirements involved. Provision is made for including data for use in design of feedback amplifiers and control networks or other circuits in which the knowledge of the transformer amplitude and phase-frequency response is needed by the system designer. These transformers are required to transform voltage within specified tolerances of amplitude and phase when operating between specified impedances. Guides to application and test procedures are included. The Appendices contain certain precautions and recommended practices. This standard also pertians to hybrid transformers, primarily used in the telecommunication industry. The hybrid transformer is a wideband transformer used in a manner which makes it part of a capacitance, resistance, and or inductance network and it must have characteristics which permit it to match the network for proper overall performance. Project Purpose: To update Std 111 and to include material on hybrid transformers. Key Words: wide band, transformer Designation: 111-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Transferred from Magnetic Society to Power Electronics Society; ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92 History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985 Designation: 1110-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices and Applications in Power System Stability Analyses Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 2003 Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 2003 Project Scope: Review all 7 chapters of the existing Standard and determine which chapters, if any, need updating or significant additions. Correct, where applicable, existing typographical errors. Suggest, when necessary, new figures, illustrations, or references. Project Purpose: The modeling of synchronous machines for stability studies and analyses is subject to continuing review and possible improvements. Both parameter identification for dynamic analysis and accounting for generator saturation must be included. Emphasis will be placed on discussing various aspects of Synchronous Generator/Power System interactions. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1110-1991. Reaffirmed September 2007. Categorizes three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models, along with the basic transient reactance model. Discusses some of the assumptions made in using various models and presents the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing. Covers, generally, the various attributes of power system stability, recognizing two basic approaches. The first is categorized under large disturbance nonlinear analysis; the second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized. Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in stability studies, both in the initialization process as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived, whether from test data or by the methods, of finite elements are developed. Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle depending upon generator terminal conditions are compared. The question of parameter determination is covered. Two approaches in accounting for generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling, Suggestions for modeling of negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included. Key Words: "modeling practices, saturation practices, stability data determination and application" Designation: 1110-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices in Stability Analyses Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1110-2002. Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 1110-2002. Three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models are categorized, along with the basic transient reactance model. Some of the assumptions made in using various models, including the basic model, are discussed, and the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing are presented. The various attributes of power system stability are covered in a general way, with two basic approaches being recognized. The first is categorized under large- disturbance nonlinear analysis. The second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized. Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in stability studies, both in the initialization process, as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived either from test data or by the methods of finite elements are developed. Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle, depending upon generator terminal conditions, are compared. The question of parameter determination is thoroughly covered. Two approaches in accounting for generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling. Suggestions for modeling of negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included. Key Words: models, application, analyses, Synchronous generator stability, Stability data determination , Saturation practices, Modeling practices Designation: 1111 Title: Optical Switching Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: 1111 Designation: 1113 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1114 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Application of Risk Criteria to Nuclear Power Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arnold Roby, Phone:(203) 665-3157 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985 Designation: 1115-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 11, 2000 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Scope of original document remains unchanged. Supporting text will be revised to reflect changes in battery technology. Project Purpose: Newer nickel-cadmium battery technology has given rise to some changes that affect many existing and potential users of this battery chemistry. While the basic sizing method will remain unchanged, the supporting text should be updated to accommodate these changes. Abstract: The sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries used in full float operation for stationary applications is covered in this recommended practice. Key Words: "nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications" Designation: 1115-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1115-2000. Technical Contact: Bradford M Radimer, Phone:201 430 6702 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by 1115-2000. Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a nickel-cadmium battery to supply that load are described. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are not included. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also not included. Key Words: Stationary applications, Nickel-cadmium batteries Designation: 1115a-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Amendment 1: Additional Discussion on Sizing Margins Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2007 Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007 Project Scope: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used in stationary applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling. Project Purpose: Nickel-cadmium batteries are often used in stationary applications where the ac power supply may be unreliable, resulting in an increased frequency of charge-discharge cycling. The extent to which available battery capacity may be affected depends on the frequency and depth of cycling, charging regime and the specific cell design. The guidance in this amendment assists system designers in correctly sizing batteries for such applications. Abstract: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used in stationary applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1115-2000 Key Words: nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications Designation: 1116 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1117 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Chopper Controlled DC Machines/Test Proc Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Designation: 1118.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for Microcontroller System Serial Control Bus Physical Layer Type C Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Goldschmidt, Phone:617 275-0300 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Abstract: This standard specifies the numerical characteristics of the 8×8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8×8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Key Words: 8×8 inverse discrete cosine transform, IDCT, visual telephony, reconstruction loop Designation: 1119-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Guide for Fence Safety Clearances in Electric-Supply Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 10, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **W/D by Std Bd 12/10/96 - 97 Edition of NESC includes provisions that SS the guidance offered in 1119. Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1988, ANSI APP: May 18, 1989 Abstract: A method for providing fence safety clearances for electric-supply stations is presented. The purpose is to provide design guidance for the location of fences with respect to live parts within a station. The guide applies to electric-supply stations with voltage between phases up to and including 765 000 V. Key Words: Substations, Power generation protection Designation: 112-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2004 **Supersedes 112-1996. Technical Contact: Franklin H Grooms, Phone:513-931-1243, Email:fhgrooms@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: Revise Sections 6.5 through 6.9 to include current industry practice and experience. Change other sections including Sections 7, 8 and 9 as necessary to support these revisions and to make the test procedure easier to understand and easier to use. Make the resulting procedures harmonize with international standards where feasible. Project Purpose: The existing standard has not kept pace in its entirety with the needs of the industry and newly available technological advances such as described in other standards will be considered for use. The project will assure that this standard maintains its prominent position in the industry. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 112 -1996 This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction motors and generators. Many of the tests described may be applied to both motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition the test procedure into clauses and subclauses that separately apply to motors or to generators. Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines, motors, polyphase Designation: P112 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction motors and generators. Many of the tests described may be applied to both motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition the test procedure into clauses and subclauses that separately apply to motors or to generators. Whenever the term motor is used, it is to be understood that it may be replaced by the term generator , if applicable. Likewise, whenever machine is used, it may be replaced by either motor or generator, if applicable. Since polyphase power systems are almost universally three-phase systems, the equations in this standard have been written specifically for three phases. When the test is performed on other than three-phase power, the equations shall be modified appropriately. Project Purpose: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests are covered to determine the performance and characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Additional tests, not specified herein, may be required to satisfy specific research or application needs. These procedures shall not be interpreted as requiring the performing of any specific test in a given transaction. Designation: 112-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 112-1991. Superseded by 112-2004. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997 Project Scope: Revisions of Section 6.4 Determination of Efficiency Test Method B - Input-Output With Loss Segregation - Instrumentation Accuracy Requirements - Testing Sequence Required - Temperature correction Procedure - Additional Explanation of Terms Project Purpose: IEEE Std 112-1991 has been adopted by DOE for use in enforcing the US Energy Policy Act of 1992 (HR 2451) requiring manufacturers to be certified through an independent testing or certification program. NIST has developed such a program called NVLAP (National Voluntary Laboratory Accredidation Program). The revision will clarify the procedures under Std 112 to conform to NVLAP requirements and harmonize with CSA Std C3 90. Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: generators, motors, tests Designation: 112-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 112-1984. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 112-1996 and 112-2004. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: generators, motors, tests Designation: 112-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1985 Abstract: Superseded by 112-1991. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, generators Designation: 1120-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for the Planning, Design, Installation, and Repair of Submarine Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2005 Technical Contact: Neal K Parker, Phone:425-462-3756, Email:n.k.parker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, permitting, installing, commissioning and repairing submarine power cable systems. While many factors are common to both power and communication cable, this guide focuses on power cables. Project Purpose: The existing guide is an outline of factors to be consider, with few explanatory notes. It assumes the user is knowledgeable on the topic of submarine cable systems. This guide is being revised so it will have value to a broader audience, including the inexperienced engineer. This is accomplished by expanding the breadth of topics covered and by adding explanations. Abstract: This guide presents a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, installing, and repairing a submarine power cable. Key Words: Submarine cable, underwater cable Designation: 1120-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Replaced by 1120-2004 (SH/SS95271). IEEE Std 1120-1990, IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables, provides a checklist of factors to be considered in the planning, design, and installation of power and communications cables in a submarine environment. It does not attempt to provide complete cable design criteria. Key Words: Submarine power cable, Submarine communications cable Designation: 1121 Title: Switching Power Supplies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: 1121 Designation: 1122-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage Impulse Tests Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998 Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008 Project Scope: To describe the necessary tests to be performed on digital recorders to ensure they meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std.4 Project Purpose: To simplify the existing standard and to bring it into alignment with the new proposals in the revision of ANSI/IEEE Std. 4 Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: 1122-1998_body.f5 Designation: 1122-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage Impulse Tests Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Digital recorders and digital oscilloscopes used for measurements during tests with high-impulse voltages and high-impulse currents are considered. Terms specifically related to the digital recorders used for monitoring high-voltage and high-current impulse tests are defined. The performance characteristics for such recorders, necessary to ensure their compliance with the requirements for high-voltage and for high-current impulse tests, are specified. The tests and procedures that are necessary to show that these performance characteristics are within those specified limits are indicated. Key Words: Oscilloscopes, Measurement-system data handling, Impulse testing Designation: 1123 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Guide for the Measurement of HVDC Ground Electrode Parameters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Designation: 1124-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Analysis and Definition of DC Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmision Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 05, 2003 Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for analysis of dc system harmonics and its effects, and cd filter performance requirements. Project Purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are not readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1124-2003, IEEE Guide for the Analysis and Definition of DC-Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmission Systems" Key Words: "equivalent disturbing current, filters, harmonic currents, harmonic voltages, HVDC transmission systems, induction, inductive coordination, interference, mitigation methods, mutual impedance, noise, telephone circuits" Designation: 1124 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: DC Side Harmonic/HVDC Xmsn Sys Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Abstract: Project scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for analysis of dc system harmonics and its effects, and cd filter performance requirements. Project purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are not readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers. Key Words: 1124 Designation: 1125-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Steinar Dale, Phone:(919) 515-6000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1994 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 Guidelines for moisture level measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture control in gas- insulated transmission class equipment (GIE) are provided. Key Words: circuit breakers, gas-insulated equipment (GIE), gas-insulated substations (GIS), moisture measurment, SF6 Designation: P1125 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated Equipment Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This document establishes guidelines for moisture level measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture-control in gas- insulated transmission class equipment Project Purpose: The purpose of these guidelines is to provide guidance and promote understanding among users of Gas Insulated Equipment (GIE). More specifically, the objective is to communicate general knowledge and sufficient understanding so as to ensure successful operation of the equipment. Designation: 1126 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: HVDC Transmission Systems Control & Protection Guide Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-445-5966, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986 Designation: 1126 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Control and Protection of HVDC Transmission Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-445-5966, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Functional performance of the control and protection of HVDC transmission systems. Project Purpose: To provide a guide for specification and control and protection of HVDC transmission systems. Designation: 1127-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Apr 29, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Project Purpose: Approvals for new substations or even expansions of existing facilities can be subjected to extensive review for community acceptance and environmental compatibility. A variety of permits are often required by the governing bodies before construction of a substation may begin. Concerns are being voiced by governmental agencies and community groups in areas not considered necessary heretofore in the permitting process. In some instances, land acquired for substations years in advance of construction is deemed impossible to build on under present expectations and requirements. Abstract: Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: P1127 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance on community acceptance and environmental compatibility for new substations or substation expansions. Designation: 1127-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Safe and Reliable Substations for Environmental Acceptance Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 07, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991 Abstract: Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Key Words: A-weighted sound level, commercial zoning, hazardous material, industrial zoning, noise, residential zoning, wetlands Designation: P1127a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility - Amendment to remove references to Substation Slide Library Status: Amendment Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: Delete Section 4.2.2 Slide Library A slide library of several hundred slides of aesthetic design choices is available from the IEEE. It is a compililation of landscaping, decorative walls and enclosures, plantings, and site location choices that have been used by various utliities worldwide to ensure community acceptance and environtmental compatability. It is assembled and maintained by Working Group G1 of the Environmental Subcommittee of the IEEE/PES Substations Committee. Warious formats (slides, VHS videotape, and CD-ROM) are being investigated as a vehicle for making this library available at a resonable cost to many users. Contact the IEEE for the latest format. Project Purpose: The slide library is not being maintained and is not available for distribution. Designation: 1128-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radio-Frequency (RF) Absorber Evaluation in the Range of 30 MHz to 5 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 1998 Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jan 13, 1998 Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for RF absorbers testing in the radiated emission frequesncy range, 30-1000 Mhz, and provide realistic and repeatable figures of merit for the RF absorption characteristics of typical anechoic chamber lining applied to a metallic wall. Abstract: Realistic and repeatable criteria, as well as recommended test methods, for characteriz-ing the absorption properties of typical anechoic chamber linings applied to a metallic surface are described. Parameters and test procedures are described for the evaluation of RF absorbers to be used for radiated emissions and radiated susceptibility testing of electronic products, in the ab-sorber manufacturer and/or absorber user environment, over the frequency range of 30 MHz to 5GHz. Key Words: "anechoic chamber, radiated emissions, RF absorber, semianechoic chamber" Designation: 1129-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring and Instrumentation of Turbine Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE A basic philosophy and guidelines are established for the design and implementation of monitoring systems for cylindrical-rotor, synchronous turbine generators. Monitoring systems are used to display the status of the generator and auxiliary systems while these systems are operating on line. The basic information needed to choose monitoring schemes best suited for each application is provided. This standard does not specify actual equipment or instrumentation, but it does indicate some critical areas where it is important to provide monitoring capability Key Words: cylindrical-rotor, Synchronous turbine generators Designation: 113-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Direct-Current Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 113-1973. Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. Recommendations are made for conducting and reporting generally acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of conventional DC machines. Two categories of tests are provided: tests of dc motors and generators designed for essentially ripple-free operation, and tests of DC motors designed for use with rectifier power supplies. Electrical measurements and power sources for all test procedures are described. Preliminary tests, performance tests, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: test, dc, machines Designation: 1130 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1131-1987 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard Cryostat End-Cap Dimensions for Germanium Semiconductor Gamma-Ray Spectrometers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard establishes fixed dimensions for end-caps in the interests of interchangeability of cryostats from various manufacturers. Seven standard diameters and five minimum lengths are specified for the cylindrical surface separating the environment from the vacuum enclosure around the Ge crystal. Key Words: cryostat, Ge cristal, end-cap, dimensions Designation: 1132 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: A Standard for a Versatile Serial Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ad Willemse, Phone:011-31-40-785-714 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986 Designation: 1133-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Application Guide for Evaluating Nonceramic Materials for High- Voltage Outdoor Applications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 Abstract: This standard is based on the knowledge and experience of manufacturers, researchers, and end users of nonceramic insulating products that are electrically stressed in outdoor environments. The standard discusses the characteristics of nonceramic materials that are needed for long-term reliability in these applications. The standard makes recommendations for principles of evaluation and tests used in the screening and selection of materials. The judicious use of this standard will significantly improve the probability of success in the applications selected. Key Words: 1133 Designation: 1134 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1135 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Requirements for Primary Standards for the Fiber Optics Industry Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 1136 Title: Unguided Light Optical Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Designation: 1137-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation Techniques and Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This Guide offers users assistance in controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire-line telecommunications facilities in order to operate within acceptable levels of steady-state or surge-induced voltage of the environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Srd 776. The methodology, application, and evaluation of results for mitigative techniques or devices in general are addressed for all Specific Type A and Specific Type B coordination methods also defined by IEEE Std 776. Abstract: Provides guidance for controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire line telecommunications facilities in order to operate within the acceptable levels of steady-state or surge induced voltages of the environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Std 776-1987. Procedures for determining the source of the problem are given. Mitigation theory and philosophy are discussed, and mitigation devices are described. The application of typical mitigation apparatus and techniques and installation, maintenance, and inspection of mitigation apparatus are addressed. Advice for determining the best engineering solution is offered, and general safety considerations are discussed. Key Words: Susceptibility, Power, Noise, Mutual, Mitigation, Influence, Inductive, Impedance, ICEP, Harmonic, Coupling, Coordination Designation: 1137-1991/Cor 1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation Techniques and Applications--Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2009 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 19, 2010 Project Purpose: This Corrigendum corrects the Recommended value in Table 3 Longitudinal Balance Performance Thresholds. This Corrigendum also corrects the last sentence in the third paragraph of Clause 8.5. Abstract: This Corrigendum corrects the Recommended value in Table 3 Longitudinal Balance Performance Thresholds. This Corrigendum also corrects the last sentence in the third paragraph of Clause 8.5. Key Words: 1137-1991 Cor1-2009, coordination, coupling, harmonic, ICEP, impedance, inductive, influence, mitigation, mutual, noise, power, susceptibility Designation: 1138-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for Testing and Performance for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1138-1994 Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers the performance, test requirements, procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line overhead ground wire (a.k.a. shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical fibers commonly known as optical ground wire (OPGW). An OPGW cable has the dual performance functions of a ground wire with telecommunications capabilities. This standard includes functional requirements, such as electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and packaging, and test requirements related to design, installation, in-service, and maintenance, including routine tests. This standard is not intended to supersede any established safety rules, codes, regulations, or practices associated with the use of OPGW cables. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Project Purpose: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for overhead ground wire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead power utility facilities. The standard provides performance and testing requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the mechanical and electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components properly maintain mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical transmission. Abstract: This standard covers the performance, test requirements, procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line overhead ground wire (a.k.a. shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical fibers commonly known as optical ground wire (OPGW). An OPGW cable has the dual performance functions of a ground wire with telecommunications capabilities. This standard includes functional requirements such as electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and packaging, and test requirements related to design, installation, in-service, maintenance, including routine tests. This standard is not intended to supersede any established safety rules, codes, regulations, or practices associated with the use of OPGW cables. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Key Words: 1138-2009, fiber optic ground wire, laboratory tests, OPGW, optical ground wire, type tests Designation: 1138-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Construction of Composite Fiber Optic Groundwire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1138-2009. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 26, 1994 Abstract: The construction, mechanical and electrical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for a composite overhead ground wire with optical fibers, commonly known as OPGW are discussed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: fiber optic cable, multimode fiber, optical cable, optical ground wire, single-mode fiber, Stranded metallic wires, Rated breaking strength Designation: 1138 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Fiber Optic Overhead Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for optical overhead groundwire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead power utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides performance and testing requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the mechanical and electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components properly maintain mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical transmission. Designation: P1138-2009/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines - Corrigendum 1: Stress Strain Temperature Correction Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: Correcting an error in the temperature associated with the Stress Strain clause. Designation: 1139-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology--Random Instabilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1139-1999 Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009 Project Scope: This standard covers the fundamental metrology for describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain deviations of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities, especially in regard to the recording of experimental parameters,experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. The annexes cover basic concepts and definitions, time prediction, and confidence limits when estimating deviations and spectral densities from a finite data set. The annexes also cover translation between the frequency domain and time domain instability measures, examples on how to calculate the time-domain measures of frequency fluctuations, and an extensive bibliography of the relevant literature. Systematic instabilities, such as environmental effects and aging, are discussed in IEEE Std 1193™-2003. Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology are covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain deviations of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Key Words: 1139-2008, AM noise, amplitude instability, FM noise, frequency domain, frequency instability, frequency metrology, frequency modulation, noise, phase instability, phase modulation, phase noise, PM noise, time domain, time metrology Designation: 1139-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology - Random Instabilities Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Project Scope: Affects all documents dealing with the reporting or specification of time and frequency measurements and instrumentation. Project Purpose: Revision of 1139-1988. Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Key Words: 1139body.fm Designation: 1139-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology-Random Instabilities Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1139-2008. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Designation: 1139-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 23, 1989 Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Key Words: metrology, frequency metrology, time metrology, random instabilities Designation: 114-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 114-2001 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors. It is not intended that this standard shall cover all possible tests used in production or tests of a research nature. The standard shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to satisfy the following objectives: a) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers regarding the performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. b) Provide useful practices on evaluating performance during the design of electric motors. c) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying manufacturer capabilities to meet user requirements. d) Provide useful practices for evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. e) Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase induction motors delivered to end users. Abstract: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable test to determine the performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors are covered in this standard. Key Words: efficiency, IEEE 114, motor test procedure, single-phase induction motors, speed-torque Designation: 114 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: To review the procedure for testing single-phase induction motors to include all changes in measurement technology and manufacturing developments in the revised testing procedure. Project Purpose: Guide to test procedures for single-phase induction motors. Designation: 114-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Kenneth L Stricklett, Phone:301-975-3955, Email:stricklett@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors, including non- excited synchronous motors. It is not intended that this standard shall cover all possible tests used in production or tests of a research nature. The standard shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction. Project Purpose: The proposed standard is intended to satisfy the following objectives: 1) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers regarding the performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. 2) Provide useful practices on evaluating performance during the design of electric motors. 3) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying manufacturer capabilities to meet user requirements. 4) Provide useful practices for evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. 5) Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase induction motors delivered to end users. Abstract: " Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable andacceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single phase induction motors.Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests arecovered. " Key Words: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicble and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single pahse induction motors Designation: 114-1982 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983 Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single phase induction motors. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: induction motors, single-phase, test procedure, measurements, performance testing Designation: 1140-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic Fields from Video Display Terminals (VDTs) from 5 Hz to 400 kHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1994 Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: Procedures for the measurement of electric and magnetic fields in close proximity to video display terminals (VDTs) in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 400 kHz are provided. Existing international measurement technologies and practices are adapted to achieve a consistent and harmonious VDT measurement standard for testing in a laboratory controlled environment. Key Words: magnetic field, electric field, video display terminal (VDT) Designation: 1140.1 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Standard Measurement Techniques for ELF and VLF Magnetic Fields and Electrical Fields from Desktop Computer Displays and Associated Desktop Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles Abernathy, Phone:508/493-5641 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: To define standard techniques of measurement of magnetic and electric field strengths from the circuits of desktop computer displays and associated desktop devices. Measurement techniques will focus on primary frequencies and harmonics as well as computer display horizontal frequencies and their harmonies. Designation: 1141 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: FORTH: A Computer Language Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Guy Kelley, Phone:619-268-3100 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: FORTH, language Designation: 1142-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application, and Installation of Cables having Radial-Moisture Barriers and/or Longitudinal Water Blocking Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1142-1995 Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:joe.snow@snowbuilding.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010 Project Scope: This guide provides cable manufacturers and users with extensive information on the design, testing, application, and installation of low, medium, and high-voltage power cables, as well as communication, control and instrument cables that make use of metal-plastic laminates as radial- moisture barriers. This guide addresses additional means of protecting cables from the entrance of moisture through the use of polymeric super absorbent materials for longitudinal water blocking of stranded conductors and other spaces within cables. The alternate use of extruded metal sheaths or bare, longitudinally applied, metallic tapes with sealed seams will likewise be addressed. Project Purpose: While metallic sheaths, such as lead and aluminum, have been effective in past years as barriers to moisture, their relative cost, environmental concerns along with installation difficulties have led to the search for alternatives. Alternatively, thin metal-plastic foils are finding application as moisture barriers in low, medium, high, and extra-high voltage power cables. Aluminum, copper, or lead substrates are coated with polymeric coatings on one or both sides and adhesively bonded to the cable jacket or over sheath. The tapes are usually applied longitudinally, with an overlap, or seam, that is adhesively sealed over the core of the cable and under the jacket. In addition, other measures have been taken to block the longitudinal movement of moisture through the conductor and the shield interfaces so that water-impervious cables are now available. This guide will provide information on the use of such coated metals in cable constructions as well as the use of other materials for longitudinal water blocking. Cable users should find this information of value in the selection, specification, installation, and testing of cables having radial- moisture barriers and/or longitudinal water-blocking systems. There is an extensive amount of information in this guide that refers to IEC Standards, British Standards and CIGRE study group recommendations. These organizations, and others, have developed recommendations, standards and specifications that are pertinent to cables with radial-moisture barriers and longitudinal water blocking. Inclusion of a discussion of these documents presents the user of the guide with a more complete picture of the degree to which cables with radial and longitudinal moisture protection have developed. The technology has matured greatly since this guide was first published and inclusion of all pertinent information not only serves to better inform the user of the guide but also documents how extensive and prevalent the technology has become globally. Abstract: Detailed information relating to the design, testing, application and installation of various types of electrical cables in order to prevent the deleterious effect of moisture and chemical ingress and resultant failures in service is provided in this guide. This includes single and multi-conductor cables over a complete range of voltage ratings. Testing criteria and installation methods covered along with many technical references. Key Words: 1142-2009, laminate sheaths, longitudinal water blocking, moisture impervious, powders, radialmoisture barriers, sealed overlap, water- swellable tapes, yarns Designation: 1142 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application and Installation of Cables Utilizing Radial and/or Longitudinal Moisture Barriers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:joe.snow@snowbuilding.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: The original scope of IEEE 1142-1995 was basically limited to moisture protection guidelines for 5 - 35 kV power cable through the use of metal/plastic laminates as radial barriers. A major revision is now planned to include updated moisture protection technology along with a much broader range of cable types and voltage ratings. Radial barriers that combine moisture protection with shielding functions will also be included. Obsolete technology will be deleted in the update. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original guide was to provide cable users with the then current technology on use of metal/plastic laminates as moisture barriers for medium voltage (5 - 46 kV) cable to prevent moisture ingress and subsequent failures due to insulation degradation. While this purpose is still retained, the expanded scope and updates will provide a broader group of cable users with pertinent information on protecting cables of other types and voltage ranges from moisture and other environmental hazards along with dual electrical shielding applications. Designation: 1142-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Testing, and Application of Moisture- Impervious, Solid Dielectric, 5-35 kV Power Cable Using Metal-Plastic Laminates Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Revised by 1142-2009. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1996 Abstract: The user of underground cables is provided with information on the design, testing, and application of moisture- impervious, medium-voltage, solid dielectric power cable using metal-plastic laminates as moisture barriers. Information is also provided on selection of jacketing materials and installation practices. Other types of moisture barriers, such as extruded metal sheaths and bare metallic tapes with sealed seams, are beyond the scope of this guide. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: cable jackets, metal-plastic laminates, moisture-impervious cable, on-core moisture barrier, pulling tension calculations, semiconducting jackets, sidewall bearing pressure (SWBP) test, under-jacket moisture barrier, water blocking, water-swellable powders, water-swellable tapes Designation: 1143-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 1995 History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: A concise overview of shielding options for various types of interference and recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods, are provided. Key Words: grounding methods, interference, low voltage cables, shielding practice, terminating methods Designation: P1143 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This function of this guide on shielding practice for low voltage cables is to inform and familiarize the reader with shielding practice. Overviews of shielding practice, systems and test methods are provided. These tests may not be standardized; however, they are included to inform the reader and provide an overview as to what has been done to characterize shielding. This guide provides the following: a review of shielding techniques to control electrostatic and electromagnetic interference for varying types of low voltage cable used for power, control and instrumentation services, including signal and communications cable; an overview of the functional characteristics of various types of shielding; suggested tests or techniques for measuring shielding effectiveness; recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this guide is to show how shielding can minimize the effects of electrostatic and electromagnetic interference. A secondary purpose is to provide recommendations on shielding practice for various applications including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods. Designation: 1144-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for sizing nickel/cadmium batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel/cadmium are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electric systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers in siziing nickel/cadmium batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Abstract: A method for sizing nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV) systems is described. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: battery sizing, nickel-cadmium batteries, terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems Designation: 1145-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel- Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1145-1999. History: BD APP: Oct 01, 1990 Abstract: Safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems. Key Words: Batteries, Installation, Photovoltaic power systems, Nickel-cadmium battery, Battery maintenance, Battery installation Designation: 1145-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for commissioning, maintenance, and storage of pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. While this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers can provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist nickel-cadmium battery users to properly store, install, and maintain nickel-cadmium batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV) systems. Abstract: Jan 2005 - Administratively Withdrawn Safety precautions; installation design considerations; and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket- and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all PV power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems. Key Words: "battery installation,battery maintenance,nickel-cadmium battery,photovoltaic (PV) power systems" Designation: 1146 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Grounding of Batteries & Battery Subsystems in PV Systems/Recommended Practice Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A Levins, Phone:516-271-6200 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 1147-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006 Project Scope: This guide describes alternatives that hydroelectric power plant owners should consider when undertaking a rehabilitation of the facilities. It is useful in ensuring that potential improvements are not overlooked in the owner's process. Project Purpose: This guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power for the purpose of providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric power plants. Abstract: This guide is intended for the hydroelectric power industry to assist hydroelectric power plant owners, operators, and designers in the economic (feasibility) and technical evaluation (electrical aspects) of existing hydroelectric installations for rehabilitation. It addresses conventional hydropower. Portions of this guide are relevant to pumped storage but the unique features of pumped storage are not covered. Feasibility study results may indicate redevelopment of the site. Redevelopment will not be treated in detail in this guide. This guide covers all generating equipment up to and including the main transformer and typical auxiliary equipment. Key Words: cable and raceway, compressed air, control, crane, drainage, excitation, fire protection, generator, governor, grounding heating, hydroelectric, lighting, lubrication, machine shop,plant security, protection, rehabilitation, telephone, transformer, turbine, UPS, ventilating and air conditioning, water Designation: 1147-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1147-2005 This Guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plant design for the purpose of providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric power plants. It covers general assessment considerations, rehabilitation of waterways, and rehabilitation of equipment. An extensive bibliography is included. Key Words: rehabilitation, Hydroelectric power plant Designation: 1148 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment and Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Prepare a guide that will provide information, identify equipment and structure, and discuss various conditions under whihc cathodic protection can be utilized to minimize corrosion. Various cathodic protection systems will also be discussed in reference to their applicability for power plant equipment. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for corrosion protection of power plant equipment and structures by means of cathodic protection. Corrosion protection is critical to the longevity of buried facilities. Designation: 1148 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment & Structures/Recommended Practice Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 1149 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Testability Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gordon Robinson, Phone:510-623-5139, Email:gordon_robinson@3mts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: testability, bus Designation: 1149.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 23, 2001 **Supersedes 1149.1-1990, 1149.1a-1993, and 1149.1b-1994. Technical Contact: Chris J Clark, Phone:603-868-7116, Email:cjclark@intellitech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Corrections, clarifications and enhancements of IEEE Std 1149.1a and Std. 1149.1b. Combine these two standards into one document. Project Purpose: As technology has changed, the original 1149.1 standard does not address the new needs of the end users. The purpose of this PAR is to address these new needs in the IEEE 1149.1 standard. The intended users are silicon vendors, silicon designers, board and system electronic manufacturers and test equiment manufacturers. The benefits are additional capabilities and ease-of-use of 1149.1 for the current technology of mix- signal devices, differential logic and programmable devices. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Supersedes IEEE Std 1149.1-1990. Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. Key Words: "boundary scan, boundary-scan architecture, Boundary-Scan Description Language, boundary-scan register, BSDL, circuit boards, circuitry, integrated circuit, printed circuit boards, TAP, test, test access port, VHDL, VHSIC Hardware Description Language, JTAG" Designation: P1149.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines test logic that can be included in an integrated circuit to provide standardized approaches to - testing the interconnections between integrated circuits once they have been assembled onto a printed circuit board or other substrate; - testing the integrated circuit itself; and - observing or modifying circuit activity during the component's normal operation. The test logic consists of a boundary-scan register and other building blocks and is accessed through a Test Access Port (TAP). Project Purpose: 1.2.1 An overview of the operation of IEEE Std 1149.1 This subclause provides a general overview of the operation of a component compatible with this standard and provides a background to the detailed discussion in later subclauses. The circuitry defined by this standard allows test instructions and associated test data to be fed into a component and, subsequently, allows the results of execution of such instructions to be read out. All information (instructions, test data, and test results) is communicated in a serial format. The sequence of operations would be controlled by a bus master, which could be either an automatic test equipment (ATE) or a component that interfaces to a higher-level test bus as a part of a complete system maintenance architecture. Control is achieved through signals applied to the Test Mode Select (TMS) and Test Clock (TCK) inputs of the various components connected to the bus master. Starting from an initial state in which the test circuitry defined by this standard is inactive, a typical sequence of operations would be as follows. The first steps would be, in general, to load serially into the component the instruction binary code for the particular operation to be performed. The test logic defined by this standard is designed such that the serial movement of instruction information is not apparent to those circuit blocks whose operation is controlled by the instruction. The instruction applied to these blocks changes only on completion of the shifting (instruction load) process. Once the instruction has been loaded, the selected test circuitry is configured to respond. In some cases, however, it is necessary to load data into the selected test circuitry before a meaningful response can be made. Such data is loaded into the component serially in a manner analogous to the process used previously to load the instruction. Note that the movement of test data has no effect on the instruction present in the test circuitry. After execution of the test instruction, based where necessary on supplied data, the results of the test can be examined by shifting data out of the component to or through the bus master. Note that in cases where the same test operation is to be repeated but with different data, new test data can be shifted into the component while the test results are shifted out. There is no need for the instruction to be reloaded. Operation of the test circuitry may proceed by loading and executing several further instructions in a manner similar to that described and would conclude by returning the test circuitry and, where required, on-chip system circuitry to its initial state. 1.2.2 The use of IEEE Std 1149.1 to test an assembled product This subclause outlines the use of the boundary-scan circuitry defined by this standard during the process of testing an assembled product such as a printed circuit board. The test problem for any product constructed from a collection of components can be decomposed into three goals: a) To confirm that each component performs its required function; b) To confirm that the components are interconnected in the correct manner; and c) To confirm that the components in the product interact correctly and that the product performs its intended function. This approach can be applied to a board constructed from integrated circuits, to a system constructed from printed circuit boards, or to a complex integrated circuit constructed from a set of simpler functional modules. To simplify the discussion, this description henceforth will concentrate on the case of an assembled printed circuit board constructed from a collection of digital integrated circuits. At the board level, goal a) and goal b) typically are achieved by using in-circuit test techniques; for goal c), a functional test is required. However, in-circuit test techniques have significant limitations when viewed against evolving surface-mount interconnection technology, for example, the difficulty of making reliable contact to miniaturized features of the printed circuit board using a bed-of-nails fixture. How, then, might the above three test goals be achieved if test access becomes limited to the normal circuit connections, plus a relatively small number of special-purpose test connections? Considering goal a), it is clear that the vendor of an integrated circuit used in the board-level design will have an established test methodology for that component. The components could be tested on a proprietary ATE system or by using a self-test procedure embedded in the design. Information on the test methodology adopted is typically not available to the component purchaser. Even where self-test modes of operation are known to exist, they may not be documented and therefore are not available to the component user. Alternative sources of test data for the board test engineer may be the component test libraries supplied with in-circuit test systems or the test programs developed by component users for incoming inspection of delivered devices. Wherever the test data for a component originates, the next step is to use it once the component has been assembled onto the printed circuit board. If access is limited to the normal connections of the assembled circuit, this task may be far from simple. This is particularly true if the surrounding components are complex or if the board designer has tied some of the components’ connections to fixed logic levels or has left component pins unconnected. Normally, it will not be possible to test the component in the same way that it was tested in isolation unless an in-circuit test is achievable. To ensure that built-in test facilities can be used or that preexisting test patterns can be applied, a framework is needed that can be used to convey test data to or from the boundaries of individual components so that they can be tested as if they were freestanding. This framework will also allow access to and control of builtin test facilities of components. Boundary scan coupled with a test access bus provides such a framework. The objective of this standard is to define a boundary-scan architecture that can be adopted as a standard feature of integrated circuit designs, thus allowing the required test framework to be created on assembled printed circuit boards and other products. 1.2.3 What is boundary scan? The boundary-scan technique involves the inclusion of a shift-register stage (contained in a boundary- scan register cell) adjacent to each component pin so that signals at component boundaries can be controlled and observed using scan testing principles. Figure 1-1 illustrates an example implementation for a boundary-scan register cell that could be used for an input or output connection to an integrated circuit. Dependent on the control signals applied to the multiplexers, data can be either loaded into the scan register from the Signal-in port (e.g., the input pin) or driven from the register through the Signal-out port of the cell (e.g., into the core of the component design). As will be discussed in detail in Clause 11, the second flip-flop (controlled by input Clock B) is provided to ensure that the signals driven out of the cell in the latter case are held while new data is shifted into the cell using input Clock A. This flip-flop is not required in all cases but is included in Figure 1-1 to simplify the discussion. The boundary-scan register cells for the pins of a component are interconnected to form a shift-register chain around the border of the design, and this path is provided with serial input and output connections and appropriate clock and control signals. Within a product assembled from several integrated circuits the boundary-scan registers for the individual components could be connected in series to form a single path through the complete design, as illustrated in Figure 1-2. Alternatively, a board design could contain several independent boundary- scan paths. If all the components used to construct a circuit have a boundary-scan register, the resulting serial path through the complete design can be used in two ways: a) To allow the interconnections between the various components to be tested, test data can be shifted into all the boundary-scan register cells associated with component output pins and loaded in parallel through the component interconnections into those cells associated with input pins; and b) To allow the components on the board to be tested, the boundary-scan register can be used as a means of isolating on-chip system logic from stimuli received from surrounding components while an internal self-test is performed. Alternatively, if the boundary-scan register is suitably designed, it can permit a limited slow-speed static test of the on-chip system logic since it allows delivery of test data to the component and examination of the test results. These tests allow the first two goals discussed earlier to be achieved through the use of the boundary-scan register. In effect, tests applied using the register can detect many of the faults that in-circuit testers currently address, but without the need for extensive bed-of-nails access. The third goal—to functionally test the operation of the complete product—remains and can be achieved either by using a functional (through the pins) ATE system or by using a system-level self-test, for example. Note also that by parallel loading the cells at both the inputs and outputs of a component and shifting out the results, the boundary-scan register provides a means of “sampling” the data flowing through a component without interfering with the behavior of the component or the assembled board. This mode of operation is valuable for design debugging and fault diagnosis since it permits examination of connections not normally accessible to the test system. 1.2.4 The use of IEEE Std 1149.1 to achieve other test goals In addition to its application in testing printed circuit assemblies and other products containing multiple components, the test logic defined by this standard can be used to provide access to a wide range of design-for-test features built into the components themselves. Such features might include internal scan paths, selftest functions [e.g., using built-in logic block observer (BILBO) elements], or other support functions. Design-for-test features such as these can be accessed and controlled using the data path between the serial test data pins of the TAP defined by this standard. Instructions that cause internal reconfiguration of the component's system logic such that the test operation is enabled may be shifted into the component through the TAP. Designation: 1149.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1149. Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 1990 Abstract: Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. Key Words: testability, bus, architecture, Test ports, Printed circuit boards, Circuitry, Circuit boards, Boundary-scan register Designation: P1149.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Test Access Port Interface for Connection to Test Data Registers Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an interface that provides for connection of test data registers to an IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (TAP) and its associated TAP Controller and Instruction Register. Project Purpose: This standard enables development of interoperable, re-usable elements of the 1149.1 test architecture, particularly those that relate to the interfacing of test data registers. This approach promotes the use of design methodologies wherein such elements can be sourced by different parties. Designation: 1149.1a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: A test access port and boundary-scan architecture for digital integrated circuits and for the digital portions of mixed analog/digital integrated circuits are discussed. These facilities seek to provide a solution to the problem of testing assembled printed circuit boards and other products based on highly complex digital integrated circuits and high-density, surface-mounting assembly techniques. The facilities also provide a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features built into the digital integrated circuits themselves. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, so that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. (This publication includes IEEE 1149.1a-1993.) Key Words: boundary-scan, register, circuit, boards, circuitry, printed, test, ports Designation: 1149.1b-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 1995 Abstract: Superseded by 1149.1-2001 A language to describe components that conform to IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 is described in this supplement. The language is based on the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). General characteristics, the overall structure of a boundary-scan description language (BSDL) description, special cases, and example packages are included. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: boundary scan architure, description language, BSDL, test access port, VHDL, VHSIC Harware Description Designation: 1149.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Shared Input/Output Scan Test Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project for Std 1149. Technical Contact: Bulent Dervisoglu, Phone:415-390-2958, Email:bulent@sgi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a scan-based test architecture for integrated circuit components that allows re-use of functional memory elements as part of an I/O-Scan register and also allows the use of a combinational decoder and/or the IEEE 1148.1 Tap Controller as the access mechanism to the components test features. Test features shall be defined to enable coding of intercomponent connections as well as the testing of the component itself. Project Purpose: This project addresses a need seen by many integrated circuit component designers and manufacturers who are unable to provide dedicated circuitry to support test features but wish to use shared logic to do so. Use of shared I/O cells enables component designers to meet their performance and test overhead objectives. Thus, by allowing designers to meet their test objectives without sacrificing performance this standard will extend the use of established scan/boundary-scan techniques for testing components and component assemblies. Furthermore, by providing solutions to address shortcomings of existing techniques and standards, this standard will extend the use of common test techniques and methods. Key Words: testability, bus, serial, digital, interface Designation: 1149.4-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1149.4-1999 Technical Contact: Bambang Suparjo, Phone:503-685-7084, Email:bambang_suparjo@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines a mixed-signal test bus architecture that provides the means of control and access to both analog and digital test signals such that the testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended effectively to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. In addition to testing of interconnections in the conventional sense of IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, the mixed-signal test bus defined by this standard also provides the means for parametric testing and, optionally, the means to access internal test structures. The standard does not mandate implementation details of the test circuitry, although examples of conformant implementations are given for illustration. Further, the standard develops extensions to Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) as a means of describing key aspects of the implementation of this standard within a particular component. At present, the extensions to BSDL defined by this standard specifically omit the description of any and all analog parameters defined by the standard. Project Purpose: Where structures defined by this standard are incorporated into mixed-signal circuits, the testability problems posed by such circuits are mitigated by way of improving the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and supporting mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to reduce both test development time and testing costs and to improve test quality. In particular, these standardized test features allow mixed- signal (analog and/or digital) electronic components, printed circuit assemblies, and electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test, and internal test. A further purpose of this standard is to define the descriptive elements of BSDL and specified extensions sufficient to support the development of automated test algorithms used for testing interconnections between devices that adhere to this standard and, where practical, between such devices intermixed with devices that incorporate IEEE Std 1149.1 or IEEE Std 1149.6 as well. The descriptive elements defined by this standard also largely support the automated construction of analog tests for external components attached to or between components that implement this standard with the caveat that such tests may subsequently require modification to account for undocumented analog features within the conformant components. Abstract: The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, together with the means of control of and access to, both analog and digital test data. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for illustration. Also, extensions to the standard BSDL are defined that allow description of key component-specific aspects of such testability features. Key Words: analog test, board testing, boundary scan, BSDL, design for testability, IEEE 1149.4, in-circuit test, mixed-signal test Designation: 1149.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Adam Osseiran, Phone:+41-21-8031194, Email:a.osseiran@ecu.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The Project defines standardized test features to allow mixed- signal (analog or digital) electronic components, Printed Circuit Assemblies or electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test and internal test. Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and to support mixed-signal built-in-test structures in order to reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality. Designation: 1149.4-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.4-2010. Technical Contact: Adam Cron, Phone:610-530-0780, Email:a.cron@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 18, 1999 Project Scope: Interface system between mixed-signal electronic components, assemblies, and systems, and external or built-in-test equipment to provide those components, assemblies, and systems with testability attributes. Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and to support mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality. Abstract: " The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 has beenextended to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, togetherwith the means of control of and access to both analog and digital test data. Sample implementationand application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for illustration. " Key Words: IEEE Std 1149.4-1999.pdf Designation: 1149.5-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Module Test and Maintenance Bus (MTM-Bus) Protocol Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Patrick McHugh, Phone:888-694-2641, Email:patrick.f.mchugh@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 14, 1995, ANSI APP: May 07, 1996 Abstract: This Standard specifies a serial, backplane, test and maintenance bus (MTM-Bus) that can be used to integrate modules from different design teams or vendors into testable and maintainable subsystems. Physical, link, and command layers are specified. Standard interface protocol and commands can be used to provide the basic test and maintenance features needed for a module as well as access to on-module assets (memory, peripherials, etc.) and IEEE Std 1149.1 boundary-scan. Standard commands and functions support fault isolation to individual modules and test of backplane interconnect between modules. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: backplane bus, boundary scan, built in self test, maintenance, MTM bus, subsystem, system diagnostics, system test Designation: 1149.6-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2003 Technical Contact: William Eklow, Phone:408-527-0512, Email:beklow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define an extension to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 to standardize the boundary scan structures and methods required to ensure simple, robust, and minimally intrusive boundary scan testing of advanced digital networks not adequately addressed by existing standards, especially those networks that are AC-coupled, differential, or both, in parallel with IEEE Std. 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction with IEEE Std. 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This project will be complementary to IEEE 1149.4, specifically targeting parallel testing of advanced digital networks while IEEE1149.4 focuses on serial testing of more traditional analog networks. This project will also specify any software or BSDL extensions to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 which are required to support this new I/O test structure. Project Purpose: Existing boundary scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001, IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999) do not fully address some of the increasingly common, newer digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled differential interconnections on very high speed (1+ GBps) digital data paths. IEEE Std. 1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC- coupled), single ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC- coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals. Differential networks are also inadequately tested by the current IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001, which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between the differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 structures and methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time varying) or analog signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing are often too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count) for high speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test application time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits. Finally, very high-speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures that were not considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1. This project will define standard, robust, and minimally intrusive test structures and methods that provide greater detection and diagnostic capability than existing structures and methods for these classes of digital networks. The project will address the physical interface between components, the protocol for sending test data between components and the boundary scan interface. The project will also address any software and BSDL changes that are required to support this proposed standard. Abstract: his standard augments IEEE Std 1149.1 to improve the ability for testing differential and/or ac-coupled interconnections between integrated circuits on circuit boards and systems. Key Words: "AC-coupled signaling,Boundary-Scan,circuit boards,differential signaling,integratedcircuits,interconnect test,printed circuit boards,test" Designation: P1149.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 to standardize the Boundary-Scan structures and methods required to ensure simple, robust, and minimally intrusive Boundary-Scan testing of advanced digital networks. Such networks are not adequately addressed by existing standards, especially for those networks that are AC-coupled, differential, or both. Testing enabled by this standard will operate in parallel with IEEE Std 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction with IEEE Std 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This standard also specifies software and Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1, which are required to support new I/O test structures. Project Purpose: Existing boundary-scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1, IEEE Std. 1149.4) do not fully address some of the increasingly common, newer digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled, differential interconnections on very high speed (1+ Gbps) digital data paths. IEEE Std. 1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC- coupled), single-ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC- coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals. Differential networks are also inadequately tested by IEEE Std. 1149.1, which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between the differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4 structures and methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std. 1149.4 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time-varying) or analog signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing are often too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count) for high speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test application time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits. Finally, very high speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures that were not considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1. Designation: 1149.7-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Reduced-Pin and Enhanced-Functionality Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2010 **New Standard Technical Contact: Rob Oshana, Phone:512-228-6667, Email:Robert.Oshana@freescale.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Dec 14, 2009, ANSI APP: May 26, 2010 Project Scope: The standard will define a link between IEEE 1149.1 interfaces in Debug and Test Systems (DTS) and IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces in Target Systems (TS). The link defined by this standard introduces an additional layer between these legacy interfaces. This layer may be viewed as an adapter that provides new functionality and features while preserving all elements of the original IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces. The standard will define the link behavior (including timing characteristics of signals), protocols, and functionality of the adapters deployed within the DTS and TS. The standard will not modify or create inconsistencies with IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG). The standard will define a superset of the IEEE 1149.1 specification and achieve compliance with IEEE Std 1149.1TM-2001. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a debug and test interface that meets an expanding set of challenges facing Debug and Test Systems (many of which have emerged since the inception of the original IEEE Std 1149.1) while preserving the hardware and software investments of the many industries currently using IEEE Std 1149.1-2001. Abstract: This specification describes circuitry that may be added to an integrated circuit to provide access to on-chip test access ports (TAPs) specified by IEEE Std 1149.1-2001. The circuitry uses IEEE 1149.1-2001 as its foundation, providing complete backward compatibility, while aggressively adding features to support test and applications debug. It defines six classes of 1149.7 test access ports (TAP.7s), T0 - T5, with each class providing incremental capability, building upon that of the lower- level classes. Class T0 provides the behavior specified by 1149.1 from start-up when there are multiple on-chip TAPs. Class T1 adds common debug functions and features to minimize power consumption. Class T2 adds operating modes that maximize scan performance. It also provides an optional hot-connection capability to prevent system corruption when a connection is made to a powered system Key Words: 1149.7-2009, 1149.1, 1149.7, 2-pin, 2-wire, 4-pin, 4-wire, Advanced Protocol, Advanced Protocol Unit, APU, Background Data Transfer, background data transport, BDX, boundary scan, BSDL, BSDL.1, BSDL.7, BYPASS, Capture- IR, CDX, Chip-Level TAP Controller, CID, Class T0, Class T1, Class T2, Class T3, Class T4, Class T5, CLTAPC, compact JTAG, compliant behavior, compliant operation, control level, controller address, Controller ID, Controller Identification Number, CP, Custom Data Transfer, custom data transport, Data Register, debug interface, debug logic, debug and test interface, DOT1, DOT7, DTI, DTS, DTT, Debug Test System, debug test target, Escape, EOT, EPU, extended operation, Extended Protocol, EXTEST, HSDL, HSDL.7, IDCODE, Instruction Register, JScan, JScan0, JScan1, JScan2, JScan3, JTAG, MScan, MTCP, Multi-TAP Control Path, narrow Star Scan Topology, nTRST, nTRST_PD, optimized scan, OScan, OScan0, OScan1, OScan2, OScan3, OScan4, OScan5, OScan6, OScan7, 1149.1, 1149.7, Pause-DR, Pause-IR, PC0, PC1, RSU, Reset and selection unit, RTI, Run-Test/Idle, scan, scan DR, scan format, scan IR, Scan Packet, scan path, scan performance, scan protocol, scan topology, series, Series Branch, Series Scan, Series Scan Topology, Series-Equivalent Scan, Series Topology, Shift-DR, Shift-IR, SiP, Star Scan, Star Scan Topology, Star Topology, Star-2, Star-2 Branch, Star-2 Scan, Star-2, Scan Topology, Star-4, Star-4 Branch, Star-4 Scan, Star-4 Scan Topology, SP, SScan, SScan0, SScan1, SScan2, SScan3, stall, SSD, Scan Selection Directive, Standard Protocol, star scan, STL, System Test Logic, TAP, TAP controller, TAP controller address, TAP selection, TAP.1, TAP.7, TAP.7, TAPC, TCA, TCKC, TDI, TDIC, TDOC, TDOE, Test Access Port, test and debug, Test-Logic-Reset, TLR, TMSC, Transport Packet, T0, T0 TAP.7, T1, T1 TAP.7, T2, T2 TAP.7, T3, T3 TAP.7, T4, T4 TAP.7, T4(N), T4(N) TAP.7, T4(W), T4(W) TAP.7, T5, T5 TAP.7, T5(N), T5(N) TAP.7, T5(W), T5(W) TAP.7, TP, Update-DR, Update-IR, ZBS, zero bit scan Designation: P1149.8.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Boundary-Scan-Based Stimulus of Interconnections to Passive and/or Active Components Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 that define the boundary-scan structures and methods required to facilitate boundary-scan-based stimulus of interconnections to passive and/or active components. Such networks are not adequately addressed by existing standards, including those networks that are AC-coupled or differential. The selective AC stimulus generation enabled by this standard, when combined with non-contact signal sensing, will allow testing of the connections between devices adhering to this standard and circuit elements such as series components, sockets, connectors, and integrated circuits that do not implement IEEE Std 1149.1. This standard also specifies Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 required to describe and support the new structures and methods. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to codify testability circuitry added to an integrated circuit incremental to the testability provisions specified by IEEE Std 1149.1. This will enable selective AC stimulus generation that, when combined with non-contact signal sensing, allows testing signal paths between devices adhering to this standard and passive and/or active components. Designation: 115-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part I—Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II—Test Procedures and Parameter Determination for Dynamic Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 115-1995 Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 25, 2010 Project Scope: This guide contains instructions for conducting generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. The tests described may be applied to motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this guide into clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It is not intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature, but only general methods that may be used to obtain performance data. The schedule of factory and field tests, which may be required on new equipment, is normally specified by applicable standards or by contract specifications. This guide should not be interpreted as requiring any specific test in a given transaction or implying any guarantee about specific performance indices or operating conditions. The term specified conditions for tests as used in this guide will be considered as rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated conditions apply usually to the quantities listed on the machine nameplate. Abstract: Instructions for conducting generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, dynamic analysis, parameter determination, synchronous machines Designation: 115-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: (Superseded) IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part I--Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II-Test Procedures and Parameter Determination for Dynamic Analysis Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Stds 115-1983 and 115A-1987. Superseded by 115-2009. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: This guide coniains instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. The tests described may be applied to motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this guide into clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It is not intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests, or tests of a research nature, but only those more general methods which may be used to obtain performance data. The schedule of factory and field tests which may be required on new equipment is normally specified by applicable standards or by contract specifications. This guide should not be interpreted as requiring the making of any specific test in a given transaction or implying a guarantee to meet specific performance indices or operating conditions. The term specified conditions for tests as used in this guide will be considered as rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated conditions apply usually to the following quantities listed on the machine nameplate. These include MVA, terminal voltage (or kilovolts), armature current, and power factor. Abstract: Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, dynamic analysis, parameter determination, synchronous machines Designation: 115-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 115-1965. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991 Abstract: Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Key Words: synchronous, machines, motor, Synchronous machines, Rotating-machine testing Designation: 115 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to: a) New test results published in IEEE (see attached) requires revision of section 7.3.6. b) In view of increased interest in vibration tests, a new section on vibration test procedures should be added. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to: a) Section 7.3.6 needs revision. b) A new section on vibration tests needs to be added. c) The 1995 draft needs to be updated to reflect state of the art. Designation: 1150-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Integrating Power Plant Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) Applications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. Abstract: A data model, called the plant information network, that standardizes categories of generating plant data and data relationships is presented. Guidelines are provided for using the model to integrate computer-aided engineering (CAE) applications across the spectrum of plant work activities during the complete cycle of the plant from site selection through decommissioning. Instructions are given to aid the engineering, construction, and operating groups of the utility in specifying integrated CAE applications. The information engineering concepts that are the basis for integrated CAE development are covered. Key Words: plant information networks, cae, applications, computer, aided, data engineering, models, plant data, networks, Data models, Computer-aided engineering, CAE applications Designation: 1151 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Modula II A Modular High Level Programming Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: Modula II, modular, high level, programming, language Designation: 1152 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Object Oriented Programming Language & Environment/Standard for Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: P Deutsch, Phone:415-859-1000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: object, oriiented, programming, language, standard Designation: 1153 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: A Standard for a Page Description Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 1154-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Programmed Inquiry, Learning, or Teaching (PILOT) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: John Starkweather, Phone:415-476-7464 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Language and coding standards for the PILOT programming language are described. PILOT (Programmed Inquiry, Learning, Or Teaching) is a language for the development of conversational interactive sequences often used for the computer-based instruction. The intent is to improve code portability ant to minimize the development of dialects of this language,thereby improving the sharing of courseware among teaching institutions. PILOT syntax, core statements, and the core language are defined. Variables and language extensions are covered. Key Words: learning, teaching, Self-evaluation testing, Programmed inquiry, PILOT programming language, Computer-based instruction, Computer-assisted instruction Designation: 1155 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frederick Bode, Phone:619-297-1024, Email:fbode@vxinl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Review any reported interoperability issues from lessons learned in implementation of IEEE 1155-1992. Review IEEE 1155-1992 and its relationship to the American National Standard for VME64. Project Purpose: To improve IEEE 1155-1992 product interoperability to users, and to provide complete and clear specifications to IEEE 1155-1992 product designers. Designation: 1155 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Upgrade for Serial Bus (VITA 41.3) Integration and other Enhancements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes the electrical and mechanical specifications of the IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Standard that supports an integrated legacy parallel bus and serial bus architecture adopted from VME International Trade Association (VITA) Standard 41.3, and LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) Consortium. It also addresses the definition of: (a) a c-size pluggable virtual power module; (b) the direct coupling option of the instrument module to the IEEE- P1505 Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI); (c) enhanced cooling structure; (d) advanced VME Controller/Switch Fabric modules; (e) VME64 connector compliance implementation; ((f) improved noise and ripple isolation for system power source requirements; (g) cooling air flow measurement;(h) LXI protocol/control line implementation; and (i) IEEE-1149 Test Bus implementation. The specification also details: instrument module footprints, connector mechanics and electrical I/O between the backplane and instrument module, cooling/EMI requirements; VXI mainframe mechanical structure, cooling and environmental requirements; and the VXI backplane mechanical and electrical requirements. Project Purpose: The IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Standard advances the VXI standard to support interchangeable use of legacy parallel bus and new higher speed serial bus (LXI) controlled instrumentation modules in a common mainframe/backplane structure. This permits implementers to continue utilizing current VXI technology, while inserting advanced higher speed serial bus VXI instrumentation under LXI control, as they become available, in same instrument slots. The standard also redefines a common power source specification for the industry which is pluggable into the mainframe, along-side of the instrument modules in a designated slot, and may be virtually applied for either system or unit- under-test (UUT) use. The VXI spec also defines an extended instrument module that can be directly coupled to the RFI system, which serves the test system implementer by eliminating cabling interconnections, enhancing signal integrity, and providing added real estate for instrument/switching/other circuitry. Under rigid mechanical and electrical definitions and requirements for the instrument module, mainframe, and backplane, suppliers of these components are assured interoperability between automated test systems (ATS) and their respective relationship with each other. Designation: 1155-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. **25-March-2004: Approved as a Stabilized Standard. Technical Contact: Marlyn Miner, Phone:503-627-7977, Email:marlyn.g.miner@tek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: A technically sound modular instrument standard base on IEEE Std 1014-1987, IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus, which is open to all manufacturers and is compatible with present industry standards, is defined. The VXIbus specification details the technical requirements of VXIbus compatible components, such as mainframes, backplanes, power supplies, and modules. Key Words: high, speed, backplane, instrumentation, VMEbus, VXIbus, Common modular instrument architecture Designation: 1156 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Connectors & Mechanical Packaging for High Reliability Bus Standard for Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: connectors, mechanical, packaging, reliability, bus Designation: 1156.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer Environmental Specifications for Computer Modules Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions is provided. The information is intended to be used in those cases in which a generic or detail specification for a certain module has been prepared. The intent is to achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and atmospheric stresses. Key Words: Performance level qualification, Environmental withstand conditions Designation: 1156.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Computer Systems Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: This specification is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as IEEE 1101.n (Mechanical Specification for Micro Connectors and Eurocard Form Factors), IEEE 896.n (Futurebus+), IEEE 1596 (Scalable Coherent Interface), IEEE 1014 (VME Bus), and IEEE 1296 (Multi Bus II). This standard is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide geberal environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above listed computer buses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general. While this document was specifically created for use with IEEE Computer Society bus standards, nothing herein is intended to restrict its use for other applications, where applicable. A supplier and user may agree to more or less restrictive environmental specifications than those listed below. However, if their specifications are less restrictive than those listed herein, neither supplier nor user may claim conformance to this document. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard set of environmental specifications that computer "crates" can be built to by vendors or ordered to by customers. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer systems and reduce the reliability of the final parts. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2003. This standard is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as the IEEE 1101 group of standards, the IEEE 896 group of standards, the IEEE 1596 group of standards, the IEEE 1014 group of standards, and ISO/IEC 10861: 1994. This standard is one of the IEEE P1156.x series for environmental specifications. It is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide general environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above listed computer busses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general. Key Words: environmental, computer systems, atmospheric stress, computer systems, conducted immunity, corrision, drop heights, earthquote , electrical stress, electromagnetic, EMI, electrostatic , ESD, environmental, fire resistance, flammability, humidity, mechanical stress, performance level, level qualification, shock, sinusoidal vibration, thermal shock, thermal testing, vibration Designation: 1156.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Power Supply Specifications for Computer Systems. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Gilbert, Phone:408-748-1555, Email:lgpwr@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: This activity will create generic power supply specifications to support IEEE bus standards and projects. Project Purpose: There are currently no generic power supply specifications for use with computer bus standards which are thorough and complete. Existing bus specifications only provide a brief incomplete set of specifications for the power supply and often none at all. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer power supplies and reduces the reliabilitiy of the final products. Designation: 1156.4-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Spaceborne Computer Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will be designed for use in conjunction with P896.10 (Spaceborne Futurebus+ Profile Specifications) for specification of environmental withstand conditions applicable to spaceborne computer modules/circuit boards and all of the components attached to the modules. Project Purpose: Environmental conditions for computer modules intended for use in space vehicles are not currently covered by existing standards. The space vehicle environment is characterized by thermal, mechanical, and electrical conditions not shared by office, industrial, shipboard, and aircraft environments. This environmental standard will promote development of cost-effective, high-reliability computer modules for space. Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions for space electronics is provided. The intent is to achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all spaceborne computer modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which spaceborne computer modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and radiation stresses. Key Words: bus architecture, spaceborne computers, spaceborne modules, spaceborne systems Designation: 1157 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: This document defines the conceptual framework for standardization of healthcare data interchange in terms of a healthcare information model, healthcare data interchange formates, and standardized profiles for ISO/OSI communication protocols. This document also defines a document architecture for the Framework. The scope of the Framework is standardization of healthcare data interchange in the open systems environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide the overall framework and architectural model for modular development of a consistent set of robust and flexible communications standards for the interchange of healthcare data between heterogeneous healthcare systems. Designation: 1157.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Information Model Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Common Healthcare Objects Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Registration Admission/Discharge/Transfer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Date Interchange - Laboratory Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Radiology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Interchange Format Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - EDI/EDIFACT Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - ODA/ODIF/SGML Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - CMIS/CMIP Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Communication Profile Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Semantics and Knowledge Representation of the Medical Record Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Recommendation for Healthcare Data Interchange - User Needs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1158-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determination of Power Losses in High- Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A set of standard procedures for determining and verifying the total losses of a high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) converter station is recommended. The procedures are applicable to all parts of the converter station and cover standby, partial load, and full load losses and methods of calculation and measurement. All line commutated converter stations used for power exchange in utility systems are covered. Loss determination procedures for synchronous compensators or static var compensators are not included. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: HVDC, Power losses, HVDC converter stations Designation: 1159-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1159-1995 Technical Contact: Randy Collins, Phone:864-656-5920, Email:randy.collins@ces.clemson.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems. It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena occurring on power systems. This recommended practice presents definitions of nominal conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may originate within the source of supply or load equipment or may originate from interactions between the source and the load. Also, this recommended practice discusses measurement techniques, application techniques, and the interpretation of monitoring results. Project Purpose: The use of equipment that causes and is susceptible to various electromagnetic phenomena has heightened the interest in power quality. An increase in operational problems has led to a variety of attempts to describe the phenomena. Because different segments of the technical community have used different terminologies to describe these electromagnetic events, this recommended practice provides users with a consistent set of terms and definitions for describing these events. An understanding of how power quality events impact the power system and end- use equipment is required in order to make monitoring useful. Proper measuring techniques are required to safely obtain useful, accurate data. Appropriate location of monitors, systematic studies, and interpretation of results will enhance the value of power quality monitoring. The purpose of this recommended practice is to assist users as well as equipment and software manufacturers and vendors by describing techniques for defining, measuring, quantifying, and interpreting electromagnetic disturbances on the power system. Abstract: This Recommended Practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems. It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena occurring on power systems. The document describes nominal conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may originate within the source of supply or load equipment, or from interactions between the source and the load. Also, this document discusses power quality monitoring devices, application techniques, and interpretation of monitoring results. Key Words: 1159-2009, assessment, compatibility, dip, distortion, electromagnetic phenomena, harmonics, imbalance, instruments, monitoring, power quality, rms variation, sag, swell, transient, unbalance Designation: 1159-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1159-2009. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1996 Abstract: This Recommended Practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems Key Words: "data interpretation,electric power quality,electromagnetic phenomena,monitoring,power quality definitions" Designation: 1159.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: Recommended Practice for Power Quality Measurements in A.C. Power Supply Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles Perry, Phone:865-218-8034, Email:chperry@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Scope: "Methods for measurement and interpretation of results for power quality parameters in a.c. power supply systems." This recommended practice will establish the data acquisition attributes necessary to characterize the electromagnetic phenomena listed in Table 2 of IEEE Std.1159-1995 (R2001). This recommended will include definitions, instrumentation categories and technical requirements that are related to the type of disturbance to be recorded. The disturbances will be characterized by converting suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality categories and with specific attributes within each category. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a single recommended practice for acquiring and interpreting the attributes of power quality disturbances. There are two components to this work. One objective of this recommended is to describe the technical measurement requirements for each type of disturbance in Std 1159-1995 (R2001) to avoid confusion and interpretation of levels or limits specified in other IEEE standards. The second objective is to provide methods for interpreting these measurements into a quantifiable set of descriptors. The draft international power quality measurement standard IEC 61000-4-30 covers some of these issues, but is limited in scope. This project will use the IEC 61000-4-30 draft standard as a core, and expand upon it by adding the work already done by the P1159.1 Task Force and the P1159.2 Task Force. IEEE Std 1159-1995 (R2001) defines disturbances in 24 categories of typical characteristics of power system electromagnetic phenomena. Each category is discussed in several other standards in terms of emission limits, severity levels, planning levels or immunity levels. Measurement requirements are not currently covered by standards. Therefore, levels or limits may be subjected to interpretation. This adds confusion in the rationale for which standards were drafted. Furthermore, equipment which operates on the ac power system does not respond solely to the phenomena listed in 1159-1995 (R2001). Studies have shown that attributes not commonly quantified by measuring equipment may have a significant impact on the equipment's ability to operate during power quality variations. This standard will provide a set of attributes that are important to equipment connected to the ac power system and provide recommended methods of arriving at these attributes from the measurement devices. Designation: 1159.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization of a Power Quality Event Given an Adequately Sampled Set of Digital Data Points Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Morgan, Phone:704-875-2444, Email:larrymorgan1@yahoo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice for converting a suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality categories and describe specific attributes within each category. The standard will utilize appropriate definitions, categories and sample rates currently being developed by other task forces under SCC22 and Standard 1159-1995. Project Purpose: Emphasis is being placed on compatibility contracts for power quality between that delivered by power suppliers and that needed by equipment manufacturers. Technical digital definitions for events such as sags (dips) and other non-harmonic events are to be developed. The translation from sets of digital data to statistically comparable events would be used for purposes of comparing power suppliers, comparing susceptibility qualities of equipment, and evaluating performance against specifications or contracts. This work extends existing and proposed phenomena definitions to more completely characterize their effects on typical equipment. Designation: 1159.3-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Transfer of Power Quality Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 12, 2004 Technical Contact: John Csomay, Phone:804-771-3664, Email:j.csomay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will develop a criteria for the transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This data includes raw, processed, simulated, proposed, specified and calculated data. The transfer criteria will include the data as well as appropriate data characterization parameters, such as sampling rate, resolution, calibration status, instrument identification, and other pertinent or desired characteristics or data. The recommended practice will provide criteria guidelines for transferring power quality data. Project Purpose: The power quality industry lacks an adequate open and accepted data format standard for the transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This lack of a transfer standard significantly inhibits the analysis process of power quality assessments using multi- vendor and multi-device data. The analysis functions of signature patterns, history, and multiple measurement points are almost non-existent because of the lack of the ability to transfer data from multiple sources to a common analysis computer. Acceptance of an industry standard power quality data transfer format will significantly add to the value of all power quality data and open new opportunities for the resolution, planning and understanding of power quality activities. This will serve to satisfy the validation, trending, overlay, spectrum analysis, and other needs of client activities. Abstract: This recommended practice defines a file format suitable for exchanging power quality related measurement and simulation data in a vendor independent manner. The format is designed to represent all power quality phenomena identified in IEEE Std 1159 TM -1995, IEEE Recommended Practice on Monitoring Electric Power Quality, other power related measurement data, and is extensible to other data types as well. The recommended file format utilizes a highly compressed storage scheme to minimize disk space and transmission times. The utilization of globally unique identifiers (GUID) to represent each element in the file permits the format to be extensible without the need for a central registration authority. Key Words: "data interchange, file format, measurement, monitoring, power quality, power quality data interchange format (PQDIF)" Designation: 115A-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Obtaining Synchronous Machine Parameters by Standstill Frequency Response Testing Status: Superseded **incorporated into 115-1995 History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986 Abstract: Superseded; incorporated into 115-1995. The application of standstill frequency response testing methods for obtaining direct- and quadrature-axis stability parameters is described. Measurable parameters at standstill are discussed, and the test method is described. This standard is a supplement to ANSI/IEEE Std 115-1983, IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines. Key Words: 115A Designation: 116-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Carbon Brushes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 116-1958. ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. A procedure for determining certain operating characteristics of carbon, carbon-graphite, electrographite, graphite, and metal-graphite brushes under prescribed test conditions is provided. The procedure applies to all types of rotating AC and DC motors and similar apparatus. The operating characteristics covered are voltage drop, coefficient of friction, wear ratio as affected by low humidity, and commutating ability. Key Words: brushes, carbon, test Designation: 1160-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Crystals for Radiation Detectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1993 Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: This standard applies to the measurement of bulk properties of high-purity germanium as they relate to fabrication and performance of germanium detectors for gamma rays and x rays. Such germanium is monocrystalline and has a net concentration of fewer than 1011 electrically active impurity center per cm3, usually on the order of 1010 cm-3. Key Words: Radiation detectors, High-purity germanium (HPGe) Designation: 1161 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Evaluating the Energy Usage of Forced-Cooling Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: 1161 Designation: 1163 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Interface for IEEE Std 1076-1987 to Computer Aided Design as Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) Tools Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: CAD/CAM, interface, design, manufacturing, tools Designation: 1164 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a standard VHDL package for the purpose of revising a VHDL model interconnect standard. PAR 1164 will be restricted solely to the restandardization and possible enhancement of a VHDL package entitled STD_LOGIC_1164. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means by which VHDL models written by a variety of developers and in a variety of environments can interoperate, and to provide a basis for other standards. Designation: 1164-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 1993 Abstract: This standard is embodied in the Std_logic_1164 package declaration and the semantics of the Std_logic_1164 body. An annex is provided to suggest ways in which one might use this package. Key Words: standard logic, multivalue, logic system, VHDL model interoperability Designation: 1165 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Recommended Practice for the Interrelationships Between IEEE 1076 VHDL & EIA RS44 EDIF Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: P.H Stanford **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: VHDL, RS44, EDIF, 1076, Interrelation Designation: 1167 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Variable Attenuator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1168 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Wavelength Measurement Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1169 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Fiber Profile Measurement Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: 1169 Designation: P117 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Nancy Frost, Phone:+1 518 344 7124, Email:nancy.frost@vonroll.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This is a standard test procedure for the thermal evaluation and qualification of electrical insulation systems for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery, where thermal degradation is the dominating aging factor. This procedure compares the relative thermal performance of a candidate Electrical Insulation System (EIS) to that of a reference Electrical Insulation System. This standard covers insulation systems for such machinery with input voltage of up to 1000 Volts at 50/60 Hertz. This standard provides a statistical method for establishing a relative life-temperature relationship for an insulation system. To have any significance, the reference insulation system must be supported with adequate field service data. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in air-cooled, random-wound AC electric machinery with “usual service conditions”. This procedure, on its own, does not cover insulation systems such as exposure to conducting contaminates, radiation, inverter applications, or operation in oils, refrigerants, or other media that potentially degrade insulating materials. For evaluation of sealed insulation systems, refer to the informative annex at the end of this document. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard procedure is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. This test procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random- wound stators of rotating electric machines. The motorette procedure described is used for the evaluation of electrical insulation systems. Designation: 117-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 117-1956. (aka ANSI C50.32-1976) See 275 for form- wound; see also 304. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1976 Project Scope: No Scope presented. Project Purpose: The chief purpose of this test procedure is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. The intention is, Þrst to classify according to the recognized thermal classiÞcation A, B, F, H, and above H categories as referenced in the Appendix. The motorette procedure is intended to be used as an Industry Standard for insulation systems in that data obtained in accordance with this standard can be correlated between testing laboratories. A wide variety of synthetic electrical insulation materials is available for application in electric machinery and apparatus. As there is a growing tendency either to rely solely on these materials as electrical insulation, or to employ them with the old familiar materials in novel combinations, there is a corresponding increase in the problems associated with the selection and evaluation of insulations. Consequently a complete insulation system must be evaluated rather than testing only individual insulating materials. Many of the specifications regulating the use of insulation materials were written before the advent of the newer synthetics and were based upon experience gained with the old materials over a long period of time. Difficulties arise, therefore, when an effort is made to classify these new materials or combinations for insulation purposes under IEEE Std 1-1969 General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Machinery and supplementary documents IEEE Std 98-1972, Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation and Establishment of Temperature Indices of Solid Electric Insulating Materials, and IEEE Std 99-1970. Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment. A wide range of properties is available in current synthetic materials, so that it is not feasible to classify them on the basis of their chemical composition alone. Secondly, it is not desirable to wait and acquire the knowledge required to classify them solely on the basis of experience. In the third place, composite systems of insulation, in which materials of different temperature classes are used in different parts of the structure, may give satisfactory service at temperatures higher than normally permitted for the lowest temperature component; and, conversely, compatibility or other problems may arise whereby the highest temperature component is rendered unsuitable for use at its classified temperature.This test procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for randomwound stators of rotating electric machines. It is expected that the several insulating materials, or components, making up any insulation system to be tested will Þrst be screened in accordance with speciÞc test procedures for each type of material. Normally materials that have given acceptable performance in these separate screening tests would be included in the system evaluation tests outlined in this procedure. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in "usual service conditions" with air cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or submersion in liquids. However, these special requirements are beyond the scope of this test procedure. Abstract: Useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random-wound stators of rotating electric machines are given. The chief purpose is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. The procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids, although these special requirements are beyond the scope of this test procedure. Key Words: insulating, materials, random, ac, machinery, C50.32 Designation: 1170 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1171 Title: Optical Test Instruments Chromatic Dispersion Test Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1172 Title: Optical Test Instruments Light Source and Power Meter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: 1172 Designation: 1173 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard Set of Functional Components of Simulation Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Oryal Tanir, Phone:514-468-5524 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1174-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard Serial Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 14, 2001 History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin DTE communications prot that follows EIA 574 and related standards. Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific extensions applying to programmable instruments. The resulting draft will apply to polint-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement, stimulus or interconnect device and an instrumentation controller. It may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional requirements of the interface. Project Purpose: Adapt IEEE Std 488.2 syntax, commands and protocols for use with programmable instrumentation using point-to-point serial interfacing instead of or in addition to IEEE Std 488.1. Retain a high level of commonality of programmable interfacing with devices using IEEE Std 488.2 and IEEE Std. 488.1 as the physical layer. Utilize applicable existing communication protocols where possible. Abstract: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin DTE communications port that follows EIA 574 and related standards. Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific extensions applying to programmable instruments. The resulting draft will apply to point-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement, stimulus or interconnect device and an instrumentation controller. It may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional requirements of the interface. Key Words: 1174-2000.pdf Designation: 1174 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Serial Interface for Programmable Instruments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert S Cram, Phone:503-627-1796, Email:bob.cram@tek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1175 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Trial Use Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert M Poston **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1175-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Reference models for tool-to-organization interconnections, tool-to-platform interconnections, and information transfer among tools are provided. The purpose is to establish agreements for information transfer among tools in the contexts of human organization, a computer system platform, and a software development application. To make the transfer of semantic information among tools easier, asemantic transfer language (STL) is also provided. Interconnections that must be considered when buying, building, testing, or using computing system tools for specifying behavioral descriptions or requirements of system and software products are described. Key Words: tools, engineering, computing, system, Tool-to-platform interconnection, Tool-to-organization interconnection, Semantic transfer language (STL), Reference model, Information transfer Designation: 1175.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for CASE Tool Interconnections - Classification and Description Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003 Project Scope: Introduce and characterize the problem of interconnecting CASE tools with their environment. Distinguish four interrelated contexts for interconnection. Partition interconnection concerns into issues of protocol, syntax, and semantics. Establish an integrating framework for the other parts of the standard; descre their scope of application and their interrelations. This is a significant expansion of Part 1 of 1175. Project Purpose: The material collected into this standard spans many aspects of CASE tool interconnection and serves a variety of software engineering and administrative personnel in the software industry. This overview describes the requirements and problems of CASE tool interconnection and points the reader to the appropriate parts of the standard. The other parts of the standard provide assistance in specifying the protocol, syntax, and semantics issues to be addressed for effectively integrating CASE tools into an organization's processes. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This guide describes the scope of application and interrelationships for the members of the IEEE 1175 family of standards.It points the reader to the appropriate member standard that addresses issues involved in effectively integrating computing system tools into a productive engineering environment. Key Words: "CASE tool integration, CASE tool interconnections, CASE tool interfaces, CASE tool organization issues, CASE tool platform issues" Designation: 1175.2-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for CASE Tool Interconnection - Characterization of Interconnections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: Identify a standard set of attributes that characterize the contexts in which a CASE tool operates. These contexts are organizations, users, platforms, and other tools. The attributes in each context summarize the major factors affecting interconnection of the tool with that context. These are multi-dimensional attributes whose "values" are project-specific, organization-specific, professional, military and/or international standards for these attributes are identified. This is an expansion of Section 2 of the original 1175-1995 standard. Project Purpose: The attributes of CASE tool context are needed by software developers and process support personnel. They are a checklist of interconnecton concerns which must be addressed when selecting, adopting, and using CASE tools. Analysis of a particular tool for these attributes can identify potential discrepancies in its operational interconnections that reduce or eliminate the value of the tool's use in an organization's processes. By cataloguing and characterizing groups of tool implementation factors to be addressed, this recommended practice assists its user's in organizing and using a large number of other industry standards to facilitate the design and realization of large, integrated, multi-vendor software engineering environments. Abstract: Interconnections that need to be understood and evaluated when buying, building, testing, or using Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools are described in this recommended practice. This recommended practice is intended to help people interconnect tools by identifying and characterizing various contexts for tool interconnection. Each context serves to define a group of interconnections pertinent to various functional perspectives. Each group contains interconnections that have a common kind of endpoint in the environment. This recommended practice considers four contexts: an organizational context for a tool, the individual user context for a tool, the platform context for a tool, and a peer context for a tool. Within a context, subsets of interconnections are characterized by a collection of common features applicable to a given functional perspective. The purpose of this recommended practice is to establish sets of interconnection features with which each perspective on a CASE tool's interconnections can be characterized. Key Words: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, tool communications, tool interconnections Designation: 1175.3-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Reference Model for Specifying Software Behavior Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 2004 Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: Identify a common set of modeling concepts found in commercial CASE tools for describing the oeprational behavior of software product. Establish a uniform, integrated model and a textual syntaxc for expressing the common properties (attributes and realtionships) of those concepts as they have been used to model software behavior. This is a minor revision of Part 3 of the original standard. It is still useful within its defined scope. Project Purpose: This minor revision of Part 3 of standard 1175 is being included in the revised standard for backward compatibility. The new 1175.4 has a much larger domain of applicability and a more rigorous basis for interpretation. Nevertheless, the previous meta-model is still appropriate for interconnecting CASE tools that have modeling concepts limited to conventional tool models of simple software behavior. Abstract: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools are used to describe the behavior of software using a variety of different design notations. These may be graphical or textual in nature, or may be a combination. This standard provides a reference model of fundamental software concepts that form the building blocks for a number of these commonly used notations. This standard also includes a textual language, the Semantic Transfer Language (STL), for representing software application behavior descriptions. A software behavior description consists of a collection of sentences that conform to the formal syntax of the STL and that are to be interpreted in terms of the software concepts defined in this standard. The STL syntax is designed to be computer-parsable, while at the same time remaining easy for users to read and write. This reference model and transfer syntax may be used for directly recording, storing, and analyzing a software behavior description, as well as for transferring elements of a software behavior description between CASE tools. Key Words: "Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, Semantic Transfer Language (STL), software behavior concept, transfer syntax" Designation: 1175.4-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections--Reference Model for Specifying System Behavior Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2009 Project Scope: Most inter-tool data transfer standards deal with protocol and syntax of the transfer, with a shared semantic basis assumed. This standard provides an explicitly defined metamodel (and meta-metamodel) for specifying system and software behavior. It defines a semantic basis of observables that allows each tool, whatever its own internal ontology, to communicate facts about the behavior of a subject system as precisely as the tool’s metamodel allows. Conventional tool model elements are reduced into simpler, directly observable fact statements about system behavior. This metamodel is much expanded over the original metamodel for software behavior in Part 3 of IEEE Std 1175™-1991. Project Purpose: This reference model provides a common interpretation basis by which tools may express and communicate the observable features of system/software behavior to users and to other tools. Tools incorporating this metamodel in their import/export facilities enable engineers to interconnect best-in-class analysis and specification tools for integrated problem solving. Another feature of this metamodel is that it provides a specification that is directly testable. Finally, the provision of an explicit meta-metamodel enables tool builders to extend the reference metamodel for particular purposes. Abstract: The reference model that provides a common interpretation basis by which tools can express and communicate the observable features of system/software behavior to users and to other tools is presented in this standard. This standard specifies a conceptual metamodel for understanding and describing the causal behavior for a system. The purpose of this conceptual metamodel is to express causal behavior and compositions of causal behavior in a model that integrates all observable operational features of a system into one behavior specification. This conceptual metamodel is useful for analyzing systems, for constructing particular system behavior models, and for using those models in the specification, design, and evaluation of engineered systems. It provides the necessary semantic elements for describing general hardware/software systems, including hardware-only, software- only, or mixed system components, and it allows these different types of components to be treated in a consistent manner, providing a basis for representing a wide variety of systems. Key Words: 1175.4-2008, behavior model, behavior specification, Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, engineering model, model-based testing, modeling principles, requirements, software specification, specification- based testing, system, system testing Designation: P1175.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) Tool Interconnections -- Reference Data Metamodel for System Behavior Specifications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines a data metamodel for system behavior specifications. The data metamodel provides explicit definitions of typed data elements, information representations, and relationships with which behavior models for subject systems can be instantiated. These elements, representations, and relations serve to reify the conceptual metamodel for system behavior specification described in IEEE Std 1175.4. Project Purpose: While the conceptual metamodel in IEEE Std 1175.4 provides a basis for thinking and talking about the behavior of a system in terms of black-box observables and relationships, the data metamodel provides a basis for capturing, storing, and transferring such descriptions in a data model representation. The data metamodel standardizes the forms of terms and expressions to be used in recording the observable characteristics of a system’s behavior. It also standardizes the relationships by which those terms and expressions are combined to record facts about a system’s behavior. Populating the terms, expressions, and relations of the data metamodel with fact instances for a particular system creates a behavior model for that system. Such a behavior model can be manipulated and analyzed in various ways. It can be checked for completeness and self-consistency. It can be used to infer expected system responses in specified circumstances. It can also be used to determine valid scenarios of system usage. The data metamodel definition can also be used for designing behavior specification repositories, designing transfer interfaces between repositories, designing transfer interfaces between a repository and a system and software engineering tool, and designing user interfaces based on behavior specification repositories. Designation: 1175.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Syntax for Transferring Behavior Specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Describing a particular system's operational behavior in terms of the reference meta-model in 1175.4 provides a highly structured set of data elements to be exchanged with users or other tools. The purpose of the transfer syntax is to specify a lossless, textual, human-readable form of such data. Existing communication mechanisms are assumed, and standard syntactic constructs are re-used. Two syntax forms are specified, one that is optimized for tool transfer and for efficient text entry, and one that is optimized for human readability and transfer. Project Purpose: The major contribution of 1175.5 here is to provide textual syntax forms that can be read and written by human users as well as by other CASE tools. The syntax also allows the exchange of meta-model information to enable tool builders to use extensions to the reference meta-model for particular purposes. Designation: 1176 Title: Fibre Optic Sensor Types & Classifications According to Operating Modes & Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Michael E Griffin, Phone:612-733-6004 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988 Key Words: fiber, optic, sensor, types, classifications Designation: 1177-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines Status: Superseded **Sold together with std 960-1989. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 Abstract: 1177-1993 Abstract: Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined. 960-1993 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. Key Words: fastbus, routines Designation: 1178-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for the Scheme Programming Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Christopher T Haynes, Phone:812-855-3376, Email:chaynes@indiana.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 1991 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. The form and meaning of programs written in the Scheme programming language, in particular, their syntax, the semantic rules for interpreting them, and the representation of data to be input or output by them, are specified. The fundamental ideas of the language and the notational conventions used for describing and writing programs in the language are presented. The syntax and semantics of expressions, programs, and definitions are specified. Scheme's built-in procedures, which include all of the language's data manipulation and input/output primitives, are described, and a formal syntax for Scheme written in extended Backus-Naur form is provided. Formal denotational semantics for Scheme and some issues in the implementation of Scheme's arithmetic are covered in the appendixes. Key Words: scheme, lisp, Scheme programming language Designation: 1179 Sponsor: Waveguide Flanges Title: Standard for Improved Waveguide Flanges Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mario A Maury, Phone:(714) 987-4715 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Designation: 118-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 118-1949. 11-Apr-2003: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. Methods of measuring electrical resistance that are commonly used to determine the characteristics of electric machinery and equipment are presented. The methods are limited to those using direct- current or commercial power frequencies of 60 Hz or below, and to those measurements required to determine performance characteristics. The choice of method in any given case depends on the degree of accuracy required and the nature of the circuit to be measured; a guide for selecting the appropriate method is given. Key Words: resistance, measurement Designation: 1180-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for the Implementations of 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Reddeppa N Pothuri, Phone:732-420-6277, Email:naidu@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1990, ANSI APP: May 31, 1991 Project Scope: A standard is described to specify the numerical characteristics of the 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The numerical characteristics of the 8x8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop are specified. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Key Words: implementations, discrete, cosine, transform, inverse, HYBRID CODING, mismatch error, IDCT accuracy, Inverse discrete cosine transf, Discrete cosine transform (DCT Designation: 11802-5-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 11802-5:1997 (E) [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1H, 1997 Edition], Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Technical reports and guidelines--Part 5: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet V2.0 in Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified. Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities. Reaffirmed 2001 Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, collection detection, data processing, ethernet, FDDI, fibre distributed data interface, information interchange, LAN protocols, LAN, local area networks, media access control bridges, MAC, network interconnection, selective translation, selective translation table Designation: 1181-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Latchup Test Methods for CMOS and BiCMOS Integrated- Circuit Process Characterization Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Recommendations are provided for the layout and test methods required to characterize properly latchup behavior in CMOS and BiCMOS integrated circuit processes or other processes that have similar lateral PNPN topographical layout characteristics. The aim is to allow the characterization of an integrated circuit process architecture so that different approaches can be scientifically compared. This allows the evaluation of the process capabilities on a worst-case recommended structure and test method independent of an actual integrated circuit product topographical latchup layout practices. Test structures and test philosophy are covered. Key Words: latchup, test, methods, process, characterization, Integrated- circuit testing, Bipolar--CMOS integrated circuits Designation: 1182 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Guide to Terms and Definitions of Ferroelectric Frequency Control Based Sensors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dr. Jeffrey S Schoenwald, Phone:805-373-4236 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Key Words: ultrasonics, ferroelectric, frequency, control, sensors Designation: 1183 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Medical Device Software Development/Maintenance Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Alan Figler, Phone:206-402-2242, Email:alf1725@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 1988 Key Words: medical, decice, software, development, maintenance Designation: 1184-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses various battery systems so that the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back-up systems for dc-output rectifiers are also beyond the scope of this document. While this document applies to all UPS systems, it may be impractical to implement some of its guidance and recommendations with small, self-contained systems, such as products intended to back up individual personal computers. This guide divides the available technologies into the following three main categories: ⎯ Vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) ⎯ Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) ⎯ Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd) For each category, the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user selection. The specific advantages for particular applications are also listed. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist those involved with battery systems for uninterruptible power supply systems. Proper design, installation, and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum operation and results. Abstract: Revision of IEEE 1184-1984 Various battery systems are discussed so that the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back- up systems for dc-output rectifiers are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: battery system, Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd), uninterruptible power supply, UPS, valve-regulated leadacid (VRLA), vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) Designation: 1184-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection and Sizing of Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 19, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1994 Abstract: Superseded The characteristics of the various battery energy systems available are described so that users can select the system best suited to their requirements. This guide also describes how the rectifier and the inverter components of the uninterruptible power system (UPS) can relate to the selection of the battery system. Key Words: flooded cell, hydrogen evolution, lead-acid battery, nickel-cadmium battery, Planté plate, UPS, VRLA, vented cell, valve-regulated lead-acid cell, uninterruptible power system Designation: 1184 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This Guide discusses various battery systems so the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation, design, installtion, maintenance, and testing. This Guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery system. Requirements of UPS are beyond the scope of this document. This guide divides the available technologies into the following 3 main categories: vented lead acid batteries, valve-regulated lead acid batteries, nickel- cadmium batteries. Project Purpose: This Guide is intended to asist users of battery systems for uninterruptible power supplies (UPS). Proper design, installation and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum results. Designation: 1185-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cable Installation in Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2011 **Supersedes 1185-1994. Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Oct 20, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and industrial facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in commercial, governmental, and public facilities when similar wire or cable types and raceways are used. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage may be avoided during the installation and testing process. Abstract: Guidance for the proper installation of cable in generating stations and industrial facilities is provided. Key Words: American wire gauge (AWG), bend radius, cable, cable jamming, cable testing, cable tray, duct bank, ducts, English units, IEEE 1185, installation, jam ratio, kcmil, metric units, outside diameter or overall diameter (OD), pull back, pullby, pulling bend radius, pull tension, sidewall pressure, sleeve, training bend radius, trench, wire Designation: 1185-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1185-2010. Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: Installation methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations are provided. These include cable lubrication methods, conduit-cable pulling charts, pull rope selection criteria, pulling attachment methods, and alternative methods to traditional cable pulling tension monitoring. This guide supplements IEEE Std 422-1986 and IEEE Std 690-1984, which provide specific cable installation limits. This guide may also be of benefit to cable pulling crews in commercial and industrial facilities when similar cable types and raceways are used. Key Words: installation, generating, station, cables, cable pullback, cable pullby, cable pulling tension limiting, , Pull rope selection criteria, Pull rope attachment methods, Conduit-cable pulling charts, Cable lubrication techniques Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: The guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations, and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE Std. 690 (under revision process). Project Purpose: Revision to IEEE 1185 is needed to revise the metric tables to show trade size metric conduit adapted by NEC-2000 code, and to revise related information accordingly. Additionally, coordination of information between IEEE 422 (a withdrawn std), and IEEE 690 needs to be performed to minimize differing interpretations of cable installation information. Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practice for Recommeded Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope as approved in the PAR dated 10/31/04 reads: "The guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE std 690 (under revision)." The new revised scope will read "This recommended practice provides guidance for acceptable wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and industrial facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in commercial, governmental and public facilities when similar wire or cable types and raceways are used." A revision to the scope was necessitated by the inclusion of cable installation information from IEEE 690 and IEEE 422, and the change from a guide to a recommended practice. Project Purpose: "The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage can be minimized during the installation process. It is also the purpose of this revision to consolidate wire and cable installation information into one document." Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and related power production facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in industrial, commercial, governmental, and public facilities when similar wire or cables types and raceways are used. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and related power production facilities so that potential wire or cable damage can be minimized during the installation process. Designation: 1186 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practices for the Evaluation of Installed Cable Systems for Class IE Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth Hancock, Phone:609-720-2618, Email:kennethhancock2@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Project Scope: Insulated electrical cable systems for Class 1E circuits installed in raceway, including tray, conduit and duct, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Project Purpose: This document will describe recommended practices for evaluating in their existing configuration, i.e. without removal, the adequacy of installed cables to perform their intended function. Key Words: evaluation, cable, system, nuclear, power Designation: 1187-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2002 **Supersedes 1187-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Edward L Davis, Phone:503 264 1788, Email:edward-davis@ccm.jf.intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This document provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preasembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries in stationary applications. Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices. The general understanding of VRLA batteries has improved since the original release of this document, and this will be reflected in the update. Abstract: This recommended practice provides guidance for the installation and installation designof valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) batteries. This recommended practice is intended for all float-service stationary installations. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semi-portable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope ofthis recommended practice. Alternate energy applications are not covered. Key Words: "acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery installation design, battery maintenance, battery terminal voltage, battery testing, connection resistance measurements, float voltage, internal ohmic measurements, standby power application" Designation: P1187 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Jump, Phone:707-575-9736, Email:michael.jump@cbre.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries. Required safety practices are also included. This recommended practice is applicable to float-service stationary installations. This recommended practice contains several informative annexes. These provide additional tutorial information relating to topics introduced in the body of the document. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, charging equipment, battery protection, and monitoring are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Alternative energy applications are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The portions of this recommended practice that specifically relate to personnel safety are mandatory instructions and are designated by the word shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend proper installation and design procedures for users of VRLA batteries, including but not limited to, engineers, installers and integrators. Designation: 1187-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1187-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1187-2002. Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) storage batteries are provided. Recommended safety practices are also included. This recommended practice applies to all VRLA battery stationary installations. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: acceptance test, alarms, assembly, initial charge, installation design criteria, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, parallel-battery strings, protective equipment, resistance measurements, seismic protection, thermal runaway Designation: 1188-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2006 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended practice represent "the best program" based on the information reviewed at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, manufacturer's recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Stationary cycling applications, such as those found in alternative energy applications, are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. This recommended practice does not include any other component of the dc system nor surveillance and testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part of that system. Sizing, installation, qualification, selection criteria, and other battery types and applications are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: There is significantly more data available on methods for maintaining and testing VRLA batteries. Changes also have been made on how VRLA batteries are manufactured and more is known concerning the failure mechanisms of these batteries. The document should be revised to reflect these changes. Abstract: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced Key Words: expected service life, low voltage cells, high voltage cells, value regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Cell Designation: 1188-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1188-2005 Maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications are covered. Guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced is also provided. Key Words: maintenance, testing, replacement, valve-regulated, batteries Designation: P1188a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications - Amendment 1: Updated VRLA Maintenance Considerations Status: Amendment Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The amendment will not include a separate Scope clause and the existing scope of IEEE 1188 will not change. The scope of the amendment is to remove the glossary annex and to export terms under the definition clause. The amendment will also introduce a new annex to cover capacity loss in VLRA batteries and will include some minor word changes to provide clarification to the user of the standard. Project Purpose: This document will not include a separate Purpose clause. The purpose of the amendment is to bring the standard up to date based on comments received during the reaffirmation ballot. Designation: 1189-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 23, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1189-1996 Technical Contact: Jóse A Marrero, Phone:205-992-5527, Email:jamarrer@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 2008 Project Scope: This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilizedelectrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of stationary float applications. Installation, maintenance, sizing, and consideration of battery types, other than valve- regulated lead-acid batteries, are beyond the scope of this guide. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to ensure that the reader is aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting VRLA batteries, so that the user might make an informed decision. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1187-1996. This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of stationary float applications. The purpose of this document is to ensure that the reader is aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting VRLA batteries, so that the user might make an informed decision. Key Words: 1189-2007, absorbed glass mat, battery selection, gelled electrolyte, immobilized electrolyte, oxygen recombination, stationary applications, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries Designation: 1189-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Sep2007: withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Jul 31, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1189-2007. Methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of potential stationary float applications are described. Key Words: selecting, valve-regulated, batteries, stationary, applications, VRLA, absorbed electrolyte, dryout, electrolysis, failure mechanisms, float voltage, gelled electrolyte, grid corrosion , hydrogen evolution, oxygen recombination, safety, thermal runaway Designation: 119-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for General Principles of Temperature Measurement as Applied to Electrical Apparatus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Feb 22, 1973 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for the application of temperature measurement techniques in measuring the operating temperature and temperature rise of electrical machines, instruments, and apparatus in common use. The guidelines are limited to measurement of temperatures below 500 C; however, some measurement techniques described herein are capable of measuring temperatures above 500 C, and these may be used at the higher temperatures after the validity and safety of the technique for the temperature involved have been confirmed. Key Words: temperature, measurement, apparatus Designation: 1190 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Guide for Calibration of Line Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISN) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Egan, Email:b_egan@nac.enet.dec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: calibration, line, impedance, stabilization, networks Designation: 1192 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for a Microcomputer Database Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: M Reinhart, Phone:212-406-7026 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: database, manipulation, language, microcomputer Designation: 1193-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2004 **Supersedes 1193-1994. Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for measurements of environmental sensitivities of standard frequency generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature, humidity, and pressure; electrical and magnetic fields; ionizing and particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace. Project Purpose: The purpose is to update effects and metrology of environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended audience are manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology. Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of generators. Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are addressed. Key Words: "atomic clock, atomic frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, frequency standard, oscillator, quartz crystal oscillator, standard frequency generator" Designation: P1193 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: Standard frequency generators include atomic frequency standards, quartz oscillators, dielectric resonator oscillators (DROs), yttrium-iron-garnet (YIG) oscillators, cavity oscillators, sapphire oscillators, and thin film resonator (TFR) based oscillators. Excluded are oscillators with a frequency stability worse than approximately 10-4, as well as all other active and passive electronic equipment such as receivers, amplifiers, filters. There are three distinctly different areas of concern for environmental testing and specifications listed as follows: a) Fitness for specific user needs and actual environments (tests attempt to mimic the anticipated environments) b) Characterization of the unit (tests attempt to provide “pure” coefficients for the various environments) c) Reliability and survival (tests attempt to stress the unit by either going to extremes of operating ranges or by repeated application of stimuli, e.g. cycling) This document puts emphasis on b) above. It provides guidance and a conceptual framework rather than a prescription of procedures that must be followed. It emphasizes proper methodology and practice; it cautions against pitfalls. It also is concerned with economic issues, i.e. the potential resource requirements and their minimization in test and measurement. In summary, this IEEE guide is not a specification document, but rather a resource document for deriving specification statements. Project Purpose: This document describes the nature of the environmental effects, as well as of the test methods to evaluate, quantify, and report (i.e., in specifications) the sensitivity of the frequency of standard frequency generators under environmental influences such as magnetic fields, atmospheric pressure, humidity, shock, vibration, acceleration, temperature, ionizing radiation, and intermittent operation. Its primary purpose is to aid in writing specifications and to verify specified performance through measurement. In addition, this document will help to assure consistency and repeatability of environmental sensitivity measurements, and the portability of results on particular frequency sources between the various segments of the time and frequency community. Abstract: Project scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for measurements of environmental sensitivities of standard frequency generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature, humidity, and pressure; electrical and magnetic fields; ionizing and particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace. Project purpose: The purpose is to update effects and metrology of environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended audience are manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology. Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of generators. Key Words: 1193 , atomic clock , atomic frequency standards , environmental sensitivities , frequency standard , oscillator , quartz crystal oscillator , standard frequency generator Designation: 1193-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1193-2003. History: BD APP: Jul 25, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are addressed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: test, standard frequency generators, quartz crystal oscillator, oscillator, frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, atomic frequency standard, atomic clock Designation: 1194-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Backplane Electrical Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Number changed to 1194 from 1194.0 Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Apr 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined. Key Words: Transmission lines, Medium-performance backplanes, Measurement techniques, Low-performance backplanes, High-performance backplanes, Bus, Backplane bus Designation: 1194.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: backplane bus, BTL, digital interface, digital circuit, interface circuit, driver, receiver, transceiver, transmission line, Digital interface circuit, Backplane transceiver logic Designation: 1194.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Small Computer Expandibility Module Transceiver Logic Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 1195 Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology Title: Std for Gaseous Corrosivity Classification of Operating or Storage Sites for Electrical or Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Key Words: gaseous, corrosivity, classification, electrical, equipment Designation: 1196 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 1196-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A simple, high-performance (37.5 Mbyte/s) backplane bus that provides the functions required by multiprocessor systems is defined. NuBus is a synchronous (10 MHz), multiplexed, multimaster bus that provides a fair arbitration mechanism. The logical, electrical, and physical interface standard for circuit boards that allows them to connect to and communicate over a backplane, as well as the backplane environment that must be provided to these boards, is described and specified. The protocol specification covers signal determinacy, bus cycles, transactions, block transfers, attention cycles, arbitration, address space, and utility functions. The physical specification covers timing, dc and ac specifications for signals, backplane (signal) characteristics, voltage and mechanical specifications for triple-height modules. Compliance requirements are stated. Concepts required for a general understanding of the NuBus specification, covering bus lines and bus operation, are included. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: simple, 32-bit, backplane, bus, nubus 90, Protocols, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses, transport Designation: 1197 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Diagnosis & Classification of Cable, Joint,& Termination Troubles on Extruded Dielectric Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R. W Allen, Phone:508-845-1335, Email:rallen_pdc@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988 Key Words: diagnosis, classification, extruded, dielectric, cables Designation: 1198 Sponsor: Dielectric Modes Title: Mode Nomenclature of Dielectric Resonators & Waveguides Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry Fiedziuszko, Phone:415-852-6868 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1199 Title: Analog Hardware Descriptive Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joel Schoen, Phone:617/271-2230 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 120-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Master Test Guide for Electrical Measurements in Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 1989 **Revision of IEEE Std 120-1955 and ASME PTC 19.6-1955. History: BD APP: May 22, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 1989 Project Scope: The methods given here relate to measurements, as made with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, of power, energy, voltage and current, in direct-current or alternating-current rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid state rectifiers and inverters. Measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices were also included. This guide does not deal with measurements of resistance or temperature which are often included in determining the performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these latter measurements will be found in the specific publications dealing with the particular measurement. Abstract: Instructions are given for measuring electrical quantities that are commonly needed to determine the performance characteristics of electric machinery and equipment. Methods are given for measuring voltage, current, power, energy, power factor, frequency, impedance, and magnetic quantities, with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, in DC or AC rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid-state rectifiers and inverters. Ancillary instruments and equipment are discussed. Computer-based techniques and the use of optical fibers in instrumentation are considered. Key Words: measurements, power circuits, master test guide, electrical , Voltage measurement, Rotating-machine testing, Reactive power, Power transformer testing, Power system measurements, Power measurement, Magnetic measurements, Impedance measurement, Frequency measurement, Energy measurement, DC machines, Current measurement, AC machines Designation: 120-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: Elec Msmts/Power Circuits Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 120-1989 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 120-1989 The methods given here include measurements, as made with either indicating or integrating instruments, of power, voltage and current in direct current and alternating-current single-phase and polyphase rotating machinery, trasformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment and mercury rectifiers. It also includes measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices. This code does not include such measurements as resistance and temperature which are often included in determining the performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these latter measurements will be found in the specific codes dealing with the particular measurement; such as AIEE Master Test Code for Temperature Measurement, No. 551. Key Words: measurements, power, circuits Designation: 1200 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Quality Criteria for Software for Analysis of Gamma Spectra for Germanium Detectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1201.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Uniform Application Program Interface - Graphical User Interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Scott E Preece, Phone:217-384-8589, Email:preece@urbana.mcd.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1201.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Recommended Practice for User Interfaces--User Portability/Driveability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lin Brown, Phone:415-336-5391, Email:lin@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1202-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Flame-Propagation Testing of Wire & Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2006 Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/h) flaming ignition source for a 20-min test duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of singleconductor and multi-conductor cables intended for use in cable trays. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a test protocol and performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray. Abstract: Revision of Std. 1202-1991 This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW flaming ignition source for a 20 minute test duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of single conductor and multi- conductor cables intended for use in cable trays. Key Words: 20 kW, 20 min, 70 000 Btu/h, after burn, cable, char, charring, flame propagation, test protocol, vertical cable tray, wire Designation: 1202 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Minor revisions to include information now available that was not known when the standard was originally written. Project Purpose: Update the standard to reflect current industry practices. Designation: 1202-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Superseded **Sponsorship of P1202 transferred from IAS/PSE to PE/IC in 2002. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 1202-2006 A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. Key Words: cable tray, flame test facility, cable testing, Flame testing of cables, Cable flame testing Designation: 1202.1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rates of Smoke and Heat of Wire & Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1202.2 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rate of Corrosive Gases of Wire & Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1203 Sponsor: Mining Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Atmospheric Monitoring System for Underground Mining Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H.Kenneth Sacks, Phone:412-386-6617, Email:hes3@cdc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1204-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for Planning DC Links Terminating at AC Locations Having Low Short-Circuit Capacities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: " Guidance on the planning and design of dc links terminating at ac system locations hav-ing low short-circuit capacities relative to the dc power infeed is provided in this guide. This guide islimited to the aspects of interactions between ac and dc systems that result from the fact that the acsystem is OweakO compared to the power of the dc link (i.e., ac system appears as a high impedanceat the ac/dc interface bus). This guide contains two parts" Key Words: "ac/dc interaction,fault recovery,frequency instability,harmonic transfer,instability,low short-circuit ratio - SCR - ,power,resonance,subsynchronous torsional interaction,temporary overvoltage - TOV -,voltage instability" Designation: 1205-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2000 Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This document provides the guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating aging degradation effects on class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to supplement existing IEEE nuclear standards in assessing aging degradation effects. The methods described herein can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. The purpose of this revision is to incorporate feedback received from the industry to make the guide more useful and applicable to electrical equipment in nuclear generating stations and, as part of this effort, bring the approaches discussed in the guide into closer conformance with the present industry philosophy. Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted. For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted. Key Words: "activation energy, aging, aging assessment, aging effects, aging management, aging mechanisms, Arrhenius, condition monitoring, degradation, environmental monitoring, license renewal, radiation model, residual life, stressor, thermal model" Designation: P1205 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Electrical Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Rebecca Steinman, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:rls@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating aging effects on electrical equipment used in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidance in assessing and monitoring aging effects and in developing and implementing aging management programs for electrical equipment used in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Designation: 1205-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1205-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 1993 Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted. For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted. Key Words: degradation, 1E , failure, maintenance, Life management, Life cycle assessment, Condition assessment, Class 1E equipment, Aging effects Designation: 1205-2000/Cor 1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum 1: Thermal Aging Model Corrections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 2006 Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical errors of a minor technical nature (two in Clause 6.6.3 and one in Annex D, Clause D.1.7) related to performing thermal aging analysis. Project Purpose: The purpose of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical errors (identified by user feedback) related to the performance of thermal aging analysis. Abstract: Errors identified in IEEE Std 1205-2000 are addressed in this corrigendum. Key Words: Arrhenius weighted temperature, Boltzman constant Designation: 1206-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Handsets and Headsets Status: Superseded **Superseded by 269-2002. History: BD APP: Mar 23, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by 269-2002. Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of telephone handset or headset by means of using a test connection to obtain objective measurements are provided. The obtained test results may be used as a means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a handset or headset on a standardized basis. Key Words: telephone handset, telephone headset, transmission perform, Transmission performance Designation: 1207-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Units Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2011 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This guide complements IEEE standard 125 by providing application details and the impact of plant and system features upon hydroelectric governing performance. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Present standards do not adequately address this need. Designation: 1207-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Units Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2004 Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will be a complement to IEEE standard 125 by providing application details and the impact of plant and system features upon hydroelectric governing performance. Project Purpose: There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Present standards do no adequately address this need. This standard will provide the guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. Abstract: This guide is intended to complement IEEE Std 125-1988TM, providing application details and addressing the impact of plant and system features upon hydroelectric unit governing performance. It provides guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Key Words: control, governor, governing system, hydroelectric, speed, stability Designation: 1207 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 1209-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: Adminstratively withdrawn 1999. The evaluation and selection of CASE tools supporting software engineering processes, including project management processes, predevelopment processes, development processes, postdevelopment processes, and integral processes, are addressed. The evaluation and selection processes recommended are based upon the perspective of a CASE tool user. Therefore, the evaluation and selection criteria address only program characteristics visible to the user, such as program inputs and outputs, program function, user interfaces, and documented external program interfaces. Key Words: criteria, User needs, CASE tool selection, CASE tool evaluation Designation: 121 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1210-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants With Wire and Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: John M Fee, Phone:651-430-2270, Email:jfee@polywater.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project will detail test methods and acceptable results for evaluating compatibility of cable pulling lubricants with cable coverings. This revision will be updated to include newer cable jackets included in ICEA/NEMA standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise IEEE Std 1210-1996. Evaluation of pulling lubricants had been done on a non-standard basis. Standardization helps cable users as well as manufacturers by providing accepted evaluation methods and critrea. This revision will update to include newer cable jacket materials in ICEA/NEMA specifications. Abstract: Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable pulling lubricants are used to lower the friction on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatibility of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is considered. Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility, compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical properties, volume resistance measurement, wire Designation: 1210-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants With Wire and Cable Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to cable lubricants (compounds) and the testing and analysis of their interaction with wire and cable. Cable lubricants are used to lower the tension on cables when they are installed (pulled) into conduits, ducts, or directionally bored holes. These lubricants and/or their residues are in direct contact with the cable exterior covering and may remain so for the life of the cable. Cable lubricants should be compatible with the cable. They should not interfere with the function of any component of the cable system which they contact. Project Purpose: This document will describe standard criteria for testing the interaction of cable pulling compounds (lubricants) with electrical cable jacket or other cable exterior covering. These tests and criteria will be used to determine if the compound is acceptable for use on specific cable types. Abstract: Superseded by 1210-2004 Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable-pulling lubricants are used to lower the tension on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatiblity of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is considered. Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility, compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical properties, volume resistence, wire Designation: 1211 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard Definitions, Symbols and Characterization of Ferroelectric Thin Films, Memory Cells and Device Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dr. Gene H Haertling, Phone:(803) 656-0180 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 1212-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Control and Status Register (CSR) Architecture for Microcomputer Buses Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 13213:1994. Superseded by 1212-2001. Technical Contact: David V James **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1212-2001 A common bus architecture (which includes functional components—modules, nodes, and units—and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitable for both parallel and serial buses is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the architecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration information is self-administered by vendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id. Key Words: CSR, architecture, bus, standard, interoperability, microprocessors, node, registers, sets Designation: 1212-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for Microcomputer Buses Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Brian D Batchelder, Phone:360-212-4107, Email:batchelder@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard, a revision of ISO/IEC 13213:1994; its scope reflects accumulated experience with the CSR architecture since it was first promulgated as a standard in 1991. In the intervening years, two bus standards, Scaleable Coherent Interface (SCI), IEEE Std 1596-199x, and Serial Bus, IEEE Std 1394-1995, have been the source of most practical implementation experience. The revised scope of the CSR architecture is given below: a) The overall architectural framework partitions the total available address space into equal spaces available to individual nodes. A node's address space is in turn partitioned into regions which have different usage models, e.g., memory space, private space for vendor uses, configuration ROM and an I/O space (units space) where transactions may have side effects; b) A minimal transaction set (read, write and lock requests and their associated completion responses) required for compliant bus standards. Bus bridges compliant with this architecture, whether in a homogeneous or heterogeneous environment, are also expected to transport this transaction set; c) Fundamental control and status registers (CSRs) are defined to provide a common infrastructure for all compliant buses. In some cases the details of the registers are entirely bus-dependent but the function is common to all compliant buses; d) Message request and response CSRs are specified to enable directed delivery or broadcast of messages to multiple nodes. The message format permits organizations or vendors to define the meaning of the data payload without the need for a centralized registry of all possible formats; and e) Configuration ROM provides self- descriptive data structures that permit nodes to uniformly characterize the device services available. This is critical for buses that permit live insertion and removal of nodes; each newly inserted node contains sufficient information for it to be uniquely identified and for the requisite device drivers to be loaded. Although the original CSR architecture anticipated widespread development of bridges between heterogeneous bus standards and a diversity of addressing modes, both fixed and variable, no such implementations have been made. As a consequence, the most significant changes in scope between the earlier CSR architecture and this standard are the adoption of a single, fixed addressing model and the removal of tutorial material pertaining to the design of bridges. Project Purpose: The cardinal purpose of any revised standard is to correct or resolve ambiguities or deficiencies in the prior standard that have been revealed by applications (or attempted applications) of the earlier standard. This standard also preserves the following objectives of the original standard: a) Scalability. The CSR architecture is intended to be applicable to a wide range of bus standards and furthermore to a wide range of device capabilities implemented by particular products; b) Extensibility. The architecture supports contemporary processor and bus designs and, to the extent that one can anticipate the future, should be a useful framework for similar new designs. In particular, the addressing model is well suited to 32-bit and 64-bit processors. The CSR architecture creates no obstacles for the designers of adapters that bridge between common system memory and I/O buses; c) Open systems interoperability. The configuration ROM data structures, as well as the fundamental CSRs, provide tools which vendors may use to guarantee that their devices will work with each other. The segregation of one unit architecture from another tends to restrict possible adverse affects by one module, node or unit upon another; d) Manageability. The CSR architecture permits the design of systems that require little or no administration and are simple to support. Automatic configuration based upon configuration ROM is a key feature; indeed, it is essential when the applicable bus standard supports live insertion and removal of devices; and e) Parallelism. Although not directly addressed by this standard, the architecture contains no features that might preclude its use in a multiprocessor configuration. The above is a smaller set of objectives than described in ISO/IEC 13213:1994. The working group responsible for the development of this revised standard believes that its usefulness has been enhanced by restricting some of the unrealized goals of the earlier work. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 A common bus architecture (which includes functional components--modules, nodes,and units--and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitablefor both parallel and serial buses is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the archi-tecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration information is self- administered byvendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id. Key Words: "address space,architecture,bus,computer,CSR,interconnect,microprocessor,register,tra nsaction set" Designation: 1212.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Communicating Among Processors and Peripherals Using Shared Memory (Direct Memory Access - DMA) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 Primitive yet high-performance means are defined for passing messages across the bus between the Processor and some form of intelligence in the I/O Unit's Function. This message-passing scheme makes minimal demands on the instruction set and hardware required. In addition, several simple conventions are defined for the structure of the messages passed. The intent is to provide a standard architectural framework that supports the detailed definition of application-dependent I/O Unit and Function interface standards. The algorithms and definitions themselves are useful in the design of integrated circuits for I/O. Key Words: Processor, Memory, I/O, Direct memory access, DMA Designation: 1214-1992 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Multichannel Analyzer (MCA) Histogram Data Interchange Format for Nuclear Spectroscopy Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 1993 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: A standard format for data interchange used to transfer pulse height data on magnetic media between laboratories is provided. The terms used in file records are defined. The contents consist only of ASCII characters and can be transmitted over networks and other direct links. Example programs to read data in FORTRAN, BASIC and C are provided. Key Words: data transfer, multichannel pulse height data, histogram data interchange, interchange, multichannel analyzer, nuclear spectroscopy Designation: 1215-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2002 Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established utility practices. Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors, rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction, installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and 600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors. Abstract: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and supplement the manufacturer’s specific recommenda-tions and established utility practices. Key Words: "connectors, power distribution, switchgear" Designation: P1215 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Harry Hayes, Phone:314-554-3233, Email:hhayes@ameren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established utility practices. Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors, rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction, installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and 600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors. Designation: 1216-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 A, Single-Phase Underground Residential Distribution (URD) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2001 Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: This Application Guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 amp URD circuits is described. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the first industry document providing application and use guidelines for faulted circuit indicators in the electric power industry. Abstract: This application guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do, and describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 A, underground residential distribution (URD) circuits is described. Key Words: "overcurrent protection, power distribution" Designation: 1217-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Preservative Treatment of Wood Distribution and Transmission Line Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2001 Technical Contact: Robert Lash, Phone:202 720 2301, Email:bob.lash@wdc.usda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for specifying preservative treatments for wood structures used on distribution and transmission lines. Project Purpose: To consolidate many treatment methods for wood into one document. Abstract: This guide discusses the preservative treatment of both distribution and transmission wood poles. The guide includes definitions, descriptions of equipment, methods of treatment, information about preservatives, and preparation and specifications for treatment. Key Words: "overhead distribution lines, overhead transmission lines, preservative treatment, wood distribution structures, wood transmission structures" Designation: 1218 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:770-632-6703, Email:nbingel@osmose.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1218 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:770-632-6703, Email:nbingel@osmose.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for inspection, repair, and replacement of wood transmission and distribution line structures. Project Purpose: To provide a guide to engineers that is not now covered by similar documents. Designation: 1219-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Maintenance Status: Superseded **Being revised as P14764. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To address issues and problems of software maintenance and required actions and procedures which can help organizations meet the growing demands of maintaining existing systems. Tools and techniques that may be used to improve the control of software maintenance activities are discusses. Managing the maintenance process and maintenance specific definitions will be included in the standard. In addition it will establish a correlation between the content of software maintenance plan as derfined in 1219 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. 5/9/97 Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 14746: 2006 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: "life cycle,maintenance,software,software maintenance" Designation: 1219-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Maintenance Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1219-1998 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: maintenance, software Designation: 122-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1986 Abstract: Superseded by 122-1991. Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed are not covered. Key Words: control systems, steam turbine-generator units, performance Designation: 122-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional and Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 122-1985. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: Martin H Ewer, Phone:(215) 887-3039 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed, are not covered. Key Words: induction turbines, condensing turbines, mixed-pressure, noncondensing , steam turbine, generator units, Noncondensing turbines, Mixed-pressure turbines, Automatic induction turbines, Automatic extraction turbines Designation: 1220-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2005 Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:terry.doran@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: (First para of existing 1.1, Scope): "This standard deÞnes the interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution. This document is intended to guide the development of systems (which include humans, computers, and software) for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to an enterprise within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment." The scope of the revision is to be unchanged. Project Purpose: (Existing 1.2, Purpose): "The purpose of this document is to provide a standard for managing a system from initial concept through development, operations, and disposal. The inclusion of computers and associated software in today's products has made the need to engineer each of those products as a total system more acute. The human, physical, and software components should all be addressed to optimize overall system performance." The purpose of the revision project is to harmonize the standard with the new ISO/IEC 15288, System Life Cycle Processes. Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform stakeholder needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard is intended to guide the development of systems for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to a project within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment. Key Words: acquire, analysis, architecture, building block, design, development , component, hardware, interface, life cycle processes, software, supplier, synthesis, system life cycle, system engineering, technical management, validation, verification Designation: 1220-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This standard defines the tasks which are required throughout the system's life-cycle to transform customer requirements into a system solution. This includes the definition of technical performance measures, the integration of engineering specialties toward the establishment of a system architecture, and the definition of supporting life-cycle processes which balance cost, performance, schedule and risk objectives. The standard is intended for systems for commercial, government, military and space applications. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document. Incorporate lessons learned during the trial use period from both teaching classes based on the document and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with other standards within the IEEE Software Engineering collection. Abstract: Superseded by 1220-2005 The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a systemÕs life cycle to trans-form customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition,the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the productlife cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on engineering activities necessary to guideproduct development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable toproduce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or theenvironment. Key Words: 1220-1998_body.fm Designation: 1220-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994 Abstract: lEEE Trial-Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Key Words: enterprise, SEDS, SEMS, SEMP, system engineering plan, master schedule, systems engineering process Designation: 12207-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering -- Software life cycle processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2008 **Revision of IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996 Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Jan 31, 2008, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 2008 Project Scope: This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with welldefined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or service and during the supply, development, operation, maintenance and disposal of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware. This International Standard applies to the acquisition of systems and software products and services, to the supply, development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of software products and the software portion of a system, whether performed internally or externally to an organization. Those aspects of system definition needed to provide the context for software products and services are included. This International Standard also provides a process that can be employed for defining, controlling, and improving software life cycle processes. The processes, activities and tasks of this International Standard—either alone or in conjunction with ISO/IEC 15288—may also be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to provide a defined set of processes to facilitate communication among acquirers, suppliers and other stakeholders in the life cycle of a software product. This International Standard is written for acquirers of systems and software products and services and for suppliers, developers, operators, maintainers, managers, quality assurance managers, and users of software products. This International Standard is intended for use in a two-party situation and may be equally applied where the two parties are from the same organization. The situation may range from an informal agreement up to a legally binding contract. The International Standard may be used by a single party through a self-imposed set of processes. This clause does not prevent the use of ISO/IEC 12207 by suppliers or developers of off-the- shelf software. This International Standard is written for acquirers of systems and software products and services and for suppliers, developers, operators, maintainers, managers, quality assurance managers, and users of software products. This International Standard is intended for use in a two-party situation and may be equally applied where the two parties are from the same organization. The situation may range from an informal agreement up to a legally binding contract. The International Standard may be used by a single party through a self-imposed set of processes. This clause does not prevent the use of ISO/IEC 12207 by suppliers or developers of off-the-shelf software. Abstract: Supersedes Std. 12207.0 and also makes 12207.2 obsolete. This International Standard was jointly developed by ISO/IEC and IEEE. This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It applies to the acquisition of systems and software products and services, to the supply, development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of software products and the software portion of a system, whether performed internally or externally to an organization. Those aspects of system definition needed to provide the context for software products and services are included. Software includes the software portion of firmware. This revision integrates ISO/IEC 12207:1995 with its two amendments and was coordinated with the parallel revision of ISO/IEC 15288:2002 (System life cycle processes) to align structure, terms, and corresponding organizational and project processes. This standard may be used stand alone or jointly with ISO/IEC 15288, and supplies a process reference model that supports process capability assessment in accordance with ISO/IEC 15504-2 (Process assessment). An annex provides support for IEEE users and describes relationships of this International Standard to IEEE standards. Key Words: 12207-2008, acquisition, agreement, assessment, audit, configuration management, development, maintenance, disposal, operation, process reference model, process improvement, quality assurance, retirement, supply, validation, verification Designation: 12207-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 12207, International Standard - Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **This project was formerly known as 1448. The complete title is IEEE/EIA 12207-1996. Superseded by 12207-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1998 Project Scope: ISO/IEC 12207 is an organized set processes, tasks and activities for acquiring and supplying of software covering the life cycle from conceptualization of ideas through retirement. It provides a common framework for reducing the proliferation of standards, procedures, methods, tools, and environments for developing and managing software. it also will provide a basis for international trade for software development, maintenance, and operation. Project Purpose: This international standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware. Abstract: This IEThe 12207 Set contains: IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996 - Abstract: ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 contains concepts and guidelines to foster better understanding and application of the standard. Thus this standard provides industry a basis for software practices that would be usable for both national and international business. Key Words: acquisition process, audit, configuration management, development process, maintenance process, operation process, quality assurance, supply process, tailoring process, validation, verification IEEE/EIA 12207.1- 1997- Abstract: ISO/IEC 12207 provides a Designation: 12207 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The scope of the document is substantively unchanged from the previous version: "This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware." Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0-1996. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. Designation: 12207-2007-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **International Standard jointly developed by ISO/IEC/IEEE Designation: 12207.0-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **This project was originally known as P1448 and includes 1448a. Superseded by 12207-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain the in sum country foreward including compliance methodology, software life cycle prodess objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite of standards consisting of three parts: ISO 12207, 12207.1, and 12207.2. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will add: (1) enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. (2) provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207, (3) provide additions to meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process standards. Abstract: Superseded by 12207:2008(E) (IEEE Std 12207-2008). This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 contains concepts and guidelines to foster better understanding and application of the standard. Thus this standard provides industry a basis for software practices that would be usable for both national and international business. Key Words: 12207, managing software, industry practices Designation: 12207.1-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1998 **This project was formerly known as P1448.1 History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The standard will provide an integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life cycle data. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207. Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment. Provide an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.1 provides guidance for recording life cycle data resulting from the life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Key Words: update:2376 Designation: 12207.2-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Implementation Considerations Status: Superseded **This project was formerly known as P1448.2 Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators, categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier interaction. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207. Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by providing more options as to its use. Improve the implementation of ISO 12207. Abstract: Superseded by 12207:2008(E) (IEEE Std 12207-2008). This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.2 provides implementation consideration guidance for the normative clauses of IEEE/EIA 12207.0. The guidance is based on software industry experience with the life cycle processes presented in IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Key Words: 12207.2-1997, acquisition, agreement, assessment, audit, configuration management, development, maintenance, disposal, operation, process reference model, process improvement, quality assurance, retirement, supply, validation, verification Designation: 1221-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for Fire Hazard Assessment of Electrical Insulating Materials in Electrical Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Fire hazards from electrical distribution and utilization systems installed in industrial, residential, and public buildings/areas are covered. A method for practical fire hazard assessment for electrical equipment containing insulating materials, based on relevant fire or failure scenarios drawn from service experience and engineering analysis, is established. The relationship between small-scale material tests and large- scale fire hazard tests is discussed. Written for the electrical engineer responsible for the safety of electrical systems and equipment, this guide provides guidelines for design of insulation systems and selection of insulating materials and aids in the use of codes, regulations, standards, product listings, and testing to improve safety. Key Words: 1221-1993 Designation: 1222-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for Testing and Performance for All-Dielectric Self- Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 1222-2004. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all- dielectric, nonmetallic, self-supporting fiber optic (ADSS) cable. The ADSS cable is designed to be located primarily on overhead utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance requirements for maintenance of the proper optical fiber integrity and optical transmission capabilities of ADSS cable. This standard may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety issues associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Abstract: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead electric power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include cables used for underground installations. Key Words: ADSS, all-dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable, IEEE 1222, overhead utility Designation: 1222 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 1222-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1222-2011. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all- dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead or underground electric utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper. Abstract: SUMMARY: This standard covers construction, mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all-dielectric, non-metallic, self- supporting fiber optic (ADSS) cable. The ADSS cable is designed to be located primarily on overhead utility facilities. This standard provides both construction and performance requirements that insure within the guidelines of the standard that the dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper. Key Words: IEEE Std 1222-2003 , 1222 , You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Designation: 1222 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self- supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead electric power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include cables used for underground installations. Project Purpose: The standard is being revised to reflect many advances in both the industry and technology and to transfer hardware requirements to standard P1591.2. Designation: 1223 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Guide for the Use of Digital Signal Processing in Analyzing the Records of High Voltage Tests Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terence R McComb, Phone:(613) 993-2660, Email:terry.mccomb@nrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 1224-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation--Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A general-purpose application program interface (API) for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of potentially complex Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) information objects is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The API provides tools for manipulating objects defined using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), shielding the application programmer from much of the complexity of ASN.1 It is designed to be used in conjunction with, but is otherwise independent of, application-specific APIs for OSI. Key Words: API, ASN.1, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, Language independent, Application portability, Abstract syntax notation Designation: 1224.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Application program interfaces (APIs) to X.400-based electronic messaging services are defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. A general-purpose API that makes the functionality of a message transfer system (MTS) accessible to a message store (MS) or user agent (UA), or the functionality of a simple MS accessible to a UA, is provided. An X.400 gateway API divides a message transfer agent (MTA) into two software components, a messaging system gateway and an X.400 gateway service. This standard, and the language bindings derived from it, are intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1224-1993, which provides a general-purpose API for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of OSI information objects. Key Words: X.400, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API Designation: 1224.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services-- Application Programming Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly P1003.17 History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: A application program interface (API) to OSI directory services is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The interface, which supports applications portability at the source-code level, is intended to be used by both applications developers and directory service implementors. Key Words: Portable application, POSIX, Open systems, Directory, Application portability, ASN.1, API Designation: 1224.2 Int-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1224.2-1993/1327.2/INT, October 1995 Edition Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] and IEEE Std 1327.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this documents. The intent is to give the directory services community resonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: directory services, interpretations, X 500, X.500 Designation: 1224/1224.1/1327-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for Std 1224-1993, Std 1327.1-1993, Std 1224.1-1993 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑOpen Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data ManipulationÑApplication Program Interface (API); IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑOpen Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language InterfacesÑBinding for Application Program Interface (API); and IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑX.400-Based Electronic MessagingÑApplication Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the 1224 community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interfaces, interpretations, OM, API, OSI, X.400 Designation: 1226-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: Superseded. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) is defined, and mandatory requirements for implementations ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET and their interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of the ABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout the set are defined. Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layer, base document, component standard, reference document, broad based, environment for test Designation: 1226-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)), Overview and Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: ABBET will provide standards for an integrated environment, realizing the capabilities of test related standards including, at a minimum, active standards sponsored by the IEEE Standards Coordinating Committee 20. The ABBET family of standards consists of a base standard and a series (P1226.1, etc.) of componet standards and guides. This PAR is for the base standard which represents an overview of ABBET and its architecture. The architecture describes the elements of ABBET and their inter-relationships. The ABBET base standard also establishes guidelines and requirements to govern the elements of the ABBET component standards and guides. Project Purpose: To define a standard, broad based, environment which uses other standards relating to design, test, and maintenance activities. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) TM is defined, andmandatory requirements for implementation of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET andtheir interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of theABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout theset are defined. Key Words: "ABBET,product test,diagnostis,software framework" Designation: 1226.1-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Common Ada Packages for A Broad- Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Ada packages that specify general purpose test support data types and services for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the specification, implementation, and use of the other IEEE ABBET component standards. ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs. Key Words: Ada, ABBET, CAtlas, broad based environment Designation: 1226.10 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Tuntime Services for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for runtime services in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To provide a standard software interface for communications and control of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) runtime services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.11 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard Test Resource Information for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To define the test resource information. This is a component standard of IEEE 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: The purpose is to defgine the test resource information that describes test system and the interface to that information in an ABBET environment. There is no current standard which provides this capability. Designation: 1226.12 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Formal Representation and Exchange of Test Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will provide the methodology and formats for the formal representation of test requirements and will define a common format by which such representation can be exchanged. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process evaluation, and test ptogram generation. Designation: 1226.13 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Parametric Data Log Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of analysis and historical trend reporting. Designation: 1226.2-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Ada-Based ATLAS-Level Test Procedure Interface for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: Ada packages that specify data types and services for the Ada-based ATLAS-level test procedure interface for a broad-based environment for test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the development of Ada- based, UUT-directed, signal- oriented test programs. IEEE ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs. Key Words: C/ATLAS, Ada, ABBET Designation: 1226.3-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Software Interface for Resource Management for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Mar 26, 1998 Project Scope: To define the software interface to access Test Equipment Configuration information. This is a component standard of IEEE Standard 1226 9ABBET). Project Purpose: To define the interfaces to services which obtain descriptive and control information about an automatic test system and to define the interfaces to services that perform virtual and real resource management. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Abstract: The services needed to access and manage descriptive information about resources in an automatic test system (ATS) are covered. This information includes data about the automatic test equipment (ATE) instruments, switching, and the test subject adapter. This standard is a com-ponent of the ABBET set of standards. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 1226.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Instrument Drivers for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of instrument resources in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interoperability by providing standard software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) Test Instrumentation Services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface to Communication Buses for a Broad Based Environment For Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface to test resource communication buses within an ABBET system. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance the reusability and portability of test resource control software by providing standard software interfaces to test resource communication buses. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.6-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Guide for the Understanding of the "A Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET)(TM)" Standard Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Apr 15, 1996 Abstract: As a part of the family of IEEE ABBET™ standards, this guide facilitates an understanding of the relationships of IEEE ABBET 1226-1993 and its component standards, as well as the relationship of an ABBET implementation with the design, production, support, and operational environments with which it may be used. Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layers, base document, component standard, information sharing, product life cycle, software reuse, systems architecture Designation: 1226.7 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Trial Use Standard Product Description Interface for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard interfaces to product description data required for development of test. The product description data will include test models of the product physical, circuit, logic, and functional design including BIT and BITE. The test models will support design verification, manufacturing test and diagnostics. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). The development of standard interfaces to machine processable product description information will support analysis of completed design, manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The standard interfaces will support application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis. Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces to machine processable product description information will support analysis of completed design, manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The standard interfaces will support application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis. Designation: 1226.8 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Trial Use Standard Test Strategy and Requirements Interface for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard interfaces to information used to support products in the following process areas (1) assessment of product testability, (2) test equipment requirements analysis, and (3) test program generation. The interfaces will include: (1) product test requirements, (2) diagnostic performance assessment, (3) test strategies, (4) diagnostic flow generation, (5) automatic test generation, (6) artificial intelligence and expert system interfaces. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces which are machine processable is intended to support (1) the development of automated test and diagnostics, (2) analysis of design, (3) application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnostics, and (4) the standard graphical display of information for test developer and user. Designation: 1226.9 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Resource Classes for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of resource classes in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interchangeability by providing standard software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) test resources services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1227-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of DC Electric-Field Strength and Ion Related Quantities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Guidance is provided for measuring the electric-field strength, ion-current density, conductivity, monopolar space-charge density, and net space-charge density in the vicinity of HVDC power lines, in converter substations, and in apparatus designed to simulate the HVDC power-line environment. Key Words: Ion Related, Measurements, DC Electric-Field, Power lines, Net space-charge density, Monopolar space-charge density, Ion-current density, Electric-field strength, Conductivity Designation: 1228-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Safety Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The minimum acceptable requirements for the content of a software safety plan are established. This standard applies to the software safety plan used for the development, procurement, maintenance, and retirement of safety-critical software. This standard requires that the plan be prepared within the context of the system safety program. Only the safety aspects of the software are included. This standard does not contain special provisions required for software used in distributed systems or in parallel processors. Key Words: Software safety program, Software safety plan, Safety-critical software, Safety requirements Designation: 1228 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Planning Software in Safety Related Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Patricia Trellue, Phone:505-845-9734, Email:patrell@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Revise the existing Std 1228. Project Purpose: Change title; Changes to existing technology that have occurred since 1994 that affect the standard. In particular, the increasing use of commercial off-the-shelf software in safety applications will be considered. New development paradigms that have attained commercial and governmental use in safety applications. Designation: 1229 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Definitions for Electrical Heat Tracing Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 123 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1230 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Measurement of Radio Noise from the Testing of High Voltage Hardware and Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Olsen, Phone:509-335-4950, Email:olsen@eecs.wsu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 1232-2010 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1232-2002 Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE standard defines formal specifications for supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of diagnostic information and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support, and diagnostic maturation. Project Purpose: The AI-ESTATE standard provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the information supporting system testing and diagnosis. The standard defines formal information models and software services specific to several different types of diagnostic reasoners. The purpose is to provide semantically sound definitions of diagnostic knowledge and to specify software exchange and service interfaces that are consistent with the state of the practice in modern test and diagnostic systems (e.g., the use of eXtensible Markup Language [XML] and web services). Abstract: Data interchange and standard software services for test and diagnostic environments are defined by Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AIESTATE). The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces for functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. The services to control a diagnostic reasoned are defined by this standard. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, Bayesian Network, diagnosis, diagnostic inference, diagnostic model, diagnostic services, D-matrix, fault tree, IEEE 1232, knowledge exchange, system test Designation: 1232-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE) Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1232-1995, 1232.1-1997, and 1232.2-1998. Superseded by 1232- 2010. Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002 Project Scope: The standard defines formal specifications for supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of diagnostic information, and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support and diagnostic maturation. Project Purpose: This standard provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to and understanding of the information supportiing system test and diagnosis. The standard unifies and expands upon the specifications published in IEEE Std 1232-1995, IEEE Std 1232.1-1997, and IEEE Std 1232.2-1998. Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62243-2005 (SH/SS95359) AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services forthe test and diagnostic environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard thendefines the services to manipulate diagnostic information and to control a diagnostic reasoner. Key Words: "AI-ESTATE, diagnosis, diagnostic inference, diagnostic model, diagnostic services, dynamic context, fault tree, knowledge exchange, system test" Designation: 1232-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE): Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded **Adopted as a full-use standard by StdsBd on16 Sept 97. Superseded by 1232-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY IEEE STD 1232-2002 This document is the base standard for the AI-ESTATE set of standards. The overall concept of AIESTATE, which is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic environment, is defined; mandatory requirements for implementing AI-ESTATE are specified; the elements of AI-ESTATE and their interrelationships are described; guidelines and requirements to govern the documents in the AI-ESTATE set of standards are established; and the terminology used throughout the set is defined. The purpose of the AI-ESTATE set of standards is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent test environment and representations of knowledge and data for the functional elements of the intelligent test environment. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial , intelligence, diagnosis, system test, unit under test, UUT Designation: 1232.1-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Data and Knowledge Specification Status: Superseded **Elevated from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 9/16/99. Superseded by 1232-2002. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the form of the data and knowledge needed to support AI-ESTATE. Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the formal specifications of the data and knowledge necessary to perform system test and diagnosis, and to insure the portability of data and knowledge between AI-ESTATE compliant systems. Abstract: Formal models for information used in system diagnosis are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard includes several models that form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also provides a formal typing system for the services defined in the AI-ESTATE service specification. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial intelligence, diagnosis, enhanced diagnostic inference model, fault tree model Designation: 1232.2-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Service Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1232-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the services needed to support AI-ESTATE. Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the formal specifications of the services, transactions, and protocols necessary to insure the interoperability of AI-ESTATE compoiant systems. Abstract: Formal software interfaces to system diagnosis tools and applications are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard defines services to manipulate information models as defined in IEEE Std 1232.1-1997 and to control a diagnostic reasoner. This standard includes a new information model to manipulate dynamic information obtained during the process of system diagnosis. Service bindings to ANSI C and ANSI Ada are also provided. Key Words: "AI-ESTATE,artificial intelligence,diagnosis,dynamic context model,system test" Designation: P1232.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide for the Use of Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE User's Guide provides guidance to developers of IEEE Std 1232-conformant diagnostic applications that utilize the models, services, or exchange formats specified by IEEE Std 1232. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1232 (AI-ESTATE) addresses the complex domain of system test and diagnosis and specifies formal semantic models for information exchange and services to be provided by diagnostic reasoners in this domain. The formality of the semantic models necessitates an in-depth understanding of the associated concepts to ensure interoperability and interchangeability requirements can be satisfied. The AI-ESTATE User's Guide provides this understanding by describing the history, motivation, and key concepts from AI-ESTATE to help developers extract maximum benefit from the standard. In addition, examples of instantiated models, exchange files, and service scenarios are provided. Designation: 1232a Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1232-2002 (AI-ESTATE) provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the information supporting system test and diagnosis. This document corrects and augments several portions of these information models and amends the AI- ESTATE exchange mechanism to include XML. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is two-fold. First, this project will correct errors and deficiencies identified following the publication of IEEE Std 1232-2002. Second, the target user community has been migrating towards using XML as a practical information exchange mechanism. Therefore, this project will incorporate XML Schema into IEEE Std 1232-2002 to improve utilization by the target user community. Designation: 1233-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Apr 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1997 Project Scope: This guide will be used for developing a system requirements specification. A System is a set of interconnected elements constituted to achieve defined objectives by performing specified functions. Development includes the thought process involved in the collection, analysis, and organization of the requirements. This quide addresses conditions for incorporating coperational concepts and confiquration design requirements into the system specifications. It will also describe the necessary content and qualities of a good system specification and present several prototype outlines. Project Purpose: This document will serve as a guide for defining functional, performance and interface requirements for a system. This guide will recommend methods for specifying the requirements and capabilities for systems. System specifications developed using this guide will: 1) Facilitate a contracting agent to specify requirements for a system to potential designers/developers. 2) Provide templates for writing/auditing system specifications, and 3) Provide a general overview of a system which may be required by trainers, support personnel, or other users. Once completed, this guide will provide a foundation on which an IEEE tutorial on Developing System Specification can be built. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing a SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constaints, and design confiquration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements. Key Words: SyRS, requirement, system Designation: 1233-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing an SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constraints, and design configuration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements. Key Words: "requirement,SyRS, system,system requirements specification" Designation: 1233-1996/Cor a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of systems requirements specification as defined in 1233 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1234-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Fault Locating Techniques on Shielded Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 17, 2007 Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007 Project Scope: This document will be a guide for cable fault locating techniques on shielded power cable systems. This guide will be applicable to all insulated, shielded power cable systems. Project Purpose: Extruded dielectric cables, their joints and terminations require special attention to cable fault locating. The arbitrary use of high voltages and energies during AC, DC, and surge testing of service aged cables overstresses insulation defects which will become faults after the cables are returned to service. The guide will provide information to identify and locate cable faults with minimum risk of further damaging the cable system. The techniques will maintain cable integrity, reduce customer outage time, consider customer equipment sensitivity along with personnel and equipment safety. Abstract: Test and measurements, which are performed on shielded power cables to identify the location of a fault, are described. Whenever possible, the limitations of a particular test and measurement to locate a fault are provided and recommendations are made reg Key Words: arc reflection, cable fault locating, cable testing, grounding, safety, sectionalizing, thumping, time domain reflectometry (TDR) Designation: 1234 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Fault Locating on Shielded Power Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Shantanu Nandi, Phone:630-576-6910, Email:s.nandi@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1235-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Properties of Identifiable Jackets for Underground Power Cables and Ducts Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 10, 2000 History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: Identification markings of underground power cables and ducts. Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts and the visual, chemical and mechanical prop[erties of the identification materials and/or methods, and their impact on the properties of the overall jacket or conduit and installation practices Project Purpose: To establish a guide for identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts. Abstract: Identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts are established in this guide.Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts,and the visual,chemical,and mechanical properties of the identification materials and/or methods,and their impact on the properties of the overall jacket or duct as well as their impact on installation practices. Key Words: "duct,identification,jacket,power cables,raised ridge,red stripe" Designation: 1235 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Test Methods for Identifying (URD) Underground Residential Distribution Cable Jackets and/or Conduits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: S. R Szaniszlo, Phone:(514) 640-3706, Email:steveszan@ca.inter.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: 1236 Title: Recommended Practice for Performance Measurement Criteria of Fiber Optic Transmission Systems for Voice, Video and Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Pryma, Phone:(708) 677-2600 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1237 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology Application Porgram Interface for Remote Procedure Call Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1238.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology, OSI Application Program Interfaces--File Transfer, Access, and Management [C Language] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 07, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. A C language Application Program Interface (API) to the OSI File Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol is defined. The functions of the API implement high-level file transfer and file management operations using the service of an FTAM initiator and service provider that underlie the API. The API uses the services of the OSI Abstract Data Manipulation API (IEEE Std 122-1993) to facilitate passing of data between the API and the user. Key Words: API, application layer, application portabil, C language, file transfer, FTAM, OM, open systems interconnection, OSI, OSI Abstract Data Designation: 124 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1240-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 13, 2001 Technical Contact: Farshad John Hormozi, Phone:818-771-6775, Email:john.hormozi@ladwp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Aug 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001 Project Scope: Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations, including stations that are "back-to-back" for connection of AC systems, and DC transmission terminals. Project Purpose: The proposed Guide will give uwers reliability design evaluation criteria, and methods for assessing the reliability of the stations. The benefit will be assessment of the relative reliability of alternate equipment and station designs, and the determination of the appropriate balance of cost and reliability for a particular application. The intended users are electric power engineers in electric utilities, engineering services firms, design/construction contractors, independent power developers, and equipment manufacturing companies. Abstract: Reaffirmed June 2006 This guide is intended to serve high-voltage direct current (HVDC) converter station reliability by suggesting significant objectives, design, operation, monitoring, and specification details. This guide includes the CIGRÉ performance protocol and reliability-related mathematical concepts. Key Words: "availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability" Designation: 1241-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1241-2000 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e., they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in 1.3, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for nonuniform quantization. Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057. Many of the tests and terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of digitizing waveform recorders. Abstract: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e., they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in 1.3, Analog-to-digital converter background, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for non-uniform quantization. Key Words: ADC, analog-to-digital converter, code transition level, coherent sampling, DNL, ENOB, histogram, INL, LSB, missing codes, noise power ratio, noncoherent sampling, quantization error, quantization noise, SAR, SFDR, sine fitting Designation: 1241-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1241-2010. Technical Contact: T Michael Souders, Phone:(301) 975-2406, Email:souders@eeel.nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Analog to Digital converters, with or without sample and hold circuitry. 21-Sep-2000 Disapproved because the Sponsor must conduct a recirculation ballot to address substantive changes made to the document subsequent to balloting. The Sponsor is urged to complete coordination with IEC and editorial staff prior to conducting the recirculation ballot. The Sponsor shall also re-examine whether the document was written in accordance with the title and scope of the approved PAR (particularly 'standard' versus 'guide'). Gary Engmann will be the RevCom mentor to the Sponsor. Project Purpose: To provide standard terminology for specifying the performance of A/D converters, and to provide test methods for measuring the performance. The standard will be for general purpose applications and will not focus on highly specialized applications such as video recording. Abstract: IEEE Std 1241-2000 identifies analog-to-digital converter (ADC) error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. This standard also presents terminology and definitions to aid the user in defining and testing ADCs. Key Words: ADC, A/D converter, analog-to-digital, digitizer, terminology, test methods Designation: 1241 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e. they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in clause 1.3, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for non- uniform quantization. The scope is the same as the first paragraph of the scope from IEEE Std 1241-2000. The second and third paragraphs of the existing scope have been moved to the "purpose". Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057-1994. Many of the tests and terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of digitizing waveform recorders. IEEE Std 1241-2000 did not have a "purpose" clause. This information is the same as paragraphs two and three of the scope clause of IEEE Std 1241-2000. Note: IEEE 1057 is presently under revision and the new edition will be referenced if approved prior to approval of this document. Designation: 1242-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special- Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1999 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this project has been expanded to no only cover power and control cables (per original PAR) but many types of special purpose cables used in the petroleum and chemical industry. This Guide provides the user information on cable standards, specifications, applications, installations, testing and areas of interest on cable pertaining to the petrochemical industry. Special purpose cables such as Type PLTC, Tyhpe ITC Fiber Optic, voice and data, coaxial and others are addressed. Figures showing constructgion of the most commonly used cable types are also included. Project Purpose: No specific guide currently exists for specifying and selecting power, control and spcial purpose cables for use in petroleum and chemical plants. This guide provides application guidelines for the type installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to electrical mechanical, physical, thermal and environmental properties of the cable. In doing so, it addresses those areas of concern including chemical atmospheres, contamination, corrosion, environmental effects, and fire retardant considerations. It is intended to help eliminate premature cable failure due to improper specifications, selection and application of cable in this industry. Abstract: " Information on the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purposecable, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and similar plants, is provided in this guide. Mate-rials, design, testing, and applications are addressed. More recent developments, such as strandfilling, low-smoke, zero-halogen materials, and chemical-moisture barriers have been included. " Key Words: 1242-1999_body.f5 Designation: P1242 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special-Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Donald A Voltz, Phone:713-215-8834, Email:don.voltz@mustangeng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This guide provides information on the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purpose cable, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and similar plants. It addresses materials, design, testing, installations, and applications. More recent developments such as fire-rated circuit integrity cables have been included. This guide is not intended to be a design document, although many of the problems associated with the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purpose cable for petroleum and chemical plant applications can be avoided by considering the information presented in this guide. It is recognized that there may be other types of cable used in the petroleum and chemical industries, especially considering the global marketplace. This guide should not be interpreted as precluding the use of such cables. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the user with cable designs, applications, and test procedures that are common to the petroleum, chemical, or similar type of industry. It is intended as an informational tool for the new as well as the more seasoned engineer. In this capacity, it contains an extensive single-point refer¬ence and cross-reference list of standards as they apply to the wire and cable industry, including U.S. and Canadian standards. It provides application guidelines for the type of installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to electrical, mechanical, physical, thermal, and environmental properties of the cable. The use of this guide should help to eliminate premature cable failure due to improper specification, selection, and application of cable in petroleum and chemical plants. Designation: 1243-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 1997 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: For this guide, a transmission line is any overhead line with a phase-to-phase voltage exceeding 69 kV and an average conductor height of more than 10 m. The transmission line is usually shielded by one or more overhead ground wires (OHGWs), at least for a short distance from a substation. While reference is primarily made to ac transmission characteristics, the guide is also relevant for high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) overhead lines. The guide is written for the transmission-line designer. When given the problem of designing or redesigning a transmission line, the designer should consider certain limiting factors such as the voltage level, the beginning and ending points for the transmission line, and the desired ampacity of the line. Sometimes the exact route, and the type of conductor and structure have already been determined. Usually the designer may choose structural details, the geometry of the structure, the structure height, the exact placement of the OHGWs, the amount and type of insulation, the type of grounding, and other design features of a line. This guide is written to show the designer which choices will improve or degrade lightning performance. Sections of the guide discuss the effect of routing, structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding. An additional section discusses several special methods, which may be used to improve lightning performance. Finally, in Annex B, a listing and description of the FLASH program is presented. The line designer should be aware that lightning performance is not of primary importance in the economics of line designing. Other factors, such as line length, right-of-way costs, construction costs, material costs, and losses affect the economics of a line design much more than lightning performance. The designer should always balance the costs of higher insulation levels, improved grounding, better shielding, or line relocation against the benefits of improved reliability. Project Purpose: This guide contains simple mathematical equations, tables, and graphs that provide the information needed to design an overhead power transmission line with minimum lightning interruptions. Versions 1.6 and 1.7 of the FLASH program are provided on the diskette included with this guide. Annex B includes a description of the program. The FLASH program uses the models in the design guide along with a description of transmission line features to estimate the lightning outage rate that may be expected. These simplified models may also be adapted to assess the benefits of novel methods for improving lightning performance. Abstract: The effects of routing, structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding on transmission lines are discussed. The way these transmission-line choices will improve or degrade lightning performance is also provided. An additional section discusses several special methods that may be used to improve lightning performance. Finally, a listing and description of the FLASH program is presented. Key Words: grounding, lightning protection, overhead electric power transmission, shielding Designation: 1243 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kurt Bell, Phone:208-685-6343, Email:kbell@powereng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to review existing guide for accuracy, new lightning data source, revise FLASH Program, incorporate new techniques for grounding assessment, add estimating line arrester energy discharge,add new techniques to improve lightning performance. Project Purpose: This guide is being revised because of new lightning assessment techniques, the need to revise the FLASH program, and present new sources of lightning data. Designation: P1243 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This Guide covers all factors affecting the lightning flashover rate of overhead transmission lines with a phase-to-phase voltage exceeding 38 kV, and an average conductor height exceeding 10 m. These factors include, but are not limited to, lightning activity and stroke characteristics, the stroke attachment process, soil characteristics, insulation strength, line surge arresters, traveling wave analysis, corona, pre-discharge, overhead shield wires, shielding from nearby objects, induced voltages from nearby strokes, and reducing the impact of a flashover. Tower and pole electrical characteristics and grounding methods are addressed. Both AC and DC transmission lines are addressed. The scope excludes medium- voltage distribution lines and low-voltage secondary circuits. Lightning effects on substations, underground cables, and utilization facilities are also excluded. This guide does not explain or evaluate theoretical methods, but to provide guidance for their practical use in line design. Project Purpose: This Guide assists engineers with understanding lightning impacts on electric power transmission lines and with applying methods to reduce the number of lightning-caused flashovers. It complements the open- source IEEE Flash computer program that estimates lightning flashover rates on transmission lines. Designation: 1244 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Guide for Storage System Design Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: This project will produce a clear, abstract, model exposing the design features required for storage systems to provide transparent, secure information access in highly distributed, heterogeneous computing environments. The model produced will describe design alternatives and rationales applicable within the spectrum of valid storage system architectures. Emphasis in the model will be placed on net-attached storage, object-oriented design, open source software, minimal licensing alternatives, and maximum scalability. Project Purpose: The work under this project will serve to revise the popular IEEE Mass Storage System Reference Model version 5 of 1994, and use it as a basis for related IEEE Recommended Practices and Standards. Information is being generated at rates in step with the rapidly improving technologies of processors, and while storage media and hardware are improving rapidly as well, storage system software and architecture lag dangerously behind. At the same time demands for access to information in highly distributed and heterogeneous environments are growing. Traditional approaches are not sufficient to meet these needs, and revolutionary or rapid evolutionary changes are needed in storage system design and software. This Model will guide implementers toward interoperability in meeting such demands by suggesting best use of current and emerging technologies. This Model will inspire commercial designs of storage systems and system components from a broad spectrum of implementers, resulting in a high level of interoperability throughout the world. Designation: 1244.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Object Identifier for Storage Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: P1244.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The MMS standards published by the IEEE define the architecture, data model, and interfaces that are required in any MMS implementation. These standards are not intended as a tutorial or textbook, nor do they provide a cookbook for implementation of an MMS. The standards are organized to be of use to several audiences: a) Those interested in an introduction to the MMS and its capabilities will find this standard, IEEE Std 1244.1-2000, to be a reasonable, though technical, introduction to the system. b) Those interested in implementing applications that utilize the MMS will find this standard, IEEE Std 1244.1-2000, and IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 1 to be helpful. c) Those interested in implementing devices such as robotic libraries or drives will find IEEE Std 1244.1- 2000, IEEE P1244.2/D041900, IEEE Std 1244.4-2000, and IEEE Std 1244.5-2000, to be essential. d) Those interested in implementing the entire MMS will find all standards in the IEEE MMS suite of standards to be required reading. A suite of IEEE 1244 standards describes the MMS. This modular approach to standardizing an MMS per-mits a granularity of conformance not possible otherwise, and allows a degree of independent evolution for the components of an IEEE MMS. Nevertheless, the overall architecture of the IEEE MMS is described in IEEE 1244.1-2000, and fundamental information (including the data model) that is common to all related standards is communicated through that standard. Reference to the MMS Architecture is crucial in under¬standing the MMS, its associated standards, and the components of an MMS implementation. The set of standards that comprise the IEEE MMS suite are listed in Table 1. Table 1— The IEEE MMS suite of standards Standard Description Acronym Document System Architecture IEEE Std 1244.1-2000 IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture MMS available Native Protocols IEEE P1244.2/ D041900 Draft Standard for Session Security, Authentication, Initialization Protocol ; SSAIP available IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 IEEE Standard for Media Management Protocol MMP available IEEE Std 1244.4- 2000 IEEE Standard for Drive Management Protocol DMP available IEEE Std 1244.5-2000 IEEE Standard for Library Management Protocol LMP available Interoperability Protocols P1244.6 Draft Standard for Media Manager Interchange Protocol MMIP — P1244.7 Draft Standard for Media Manager Control Interface Protocol MMCIP — Programming and Command Line Interfaces P1244.8 Draft Standard for C Language Procedural Interface — — P1244.9 Draft Stan dard for User Mount Commands — — P1244.10 Draft Standard for Standard Administrative and Operational Commands — — Data Transfer Protocol P1244.11 Draft Standard for Media Data Mover — — Readers should be aware that these standards are primarily reference documents, and as such, may be organized in a manner that is not conducive to sequential reading. (Feel free, for example, to skim or skip ahead of the Definitions clause, Clause 3 in this standard, as you read.) The authors of the IEEE 1244 standards expect that additional publications that document aspects of the MMS will appear over time. It is intended that the IEEE MMS suite of standards be considered the definitive reference to the standard, and that these additional publications exist to explain, clarify, and amplify the IEEE standards, aspects of implementation, or of management of MMS sites. It is expected that vendors will implement proprietary products that add value to systems that are based on the IEEE MMS. These proprietary products must not change the required aspects of the standard as addressed in the IEEE standards. These products may significantly improve the functionality and usability of a standards-based system. Over time, such proprietary extensions may be proposed as additions to the IEEE standard. Until such time as an extension is transformed into an approved IEEE standard, it must not be referred to as a standard. Project Purpose: This standard describes the motivations for an overall architecture of the MMS. Although the architecture may suggest a particular design or implementation, it is not the IEEE’s intent to favor a specific implementation of the MMS. Indeed, it should be possible to implement the MMS in a number of ways, ranging from a lightweight implementation in a scripting language such as Perl, or a full implementation written in a traditional programming language such as C, C++, or Java. The MMS is a software system for managing physical media. The system has the following properties: a) It is media neutral to allow the management of computer tapes, disk media, disks, optical disks, CD-ROMs, as well as non-computer media such as videotapes or reels of film. b) It is scalable to be comfortable in environments as small as a single individual’s office or home and as large as a multinational corporation, educational or scientific institution, or government archives. c) It is platform neutral and operating system independent to work with existing computer systems from multiple vendors with varying degrees of media-handling sophistication. d) It is distributed to allow access to media and the devices that store and perform data transfer operations on the media by more than one system. A single MMS may manage devices that are connected to many host computer systems, including devices that are physically connected to multiple hosts. Connectivity between elements of the MMS requires the availability of standard TCP/IP. e) It provides a reasonable degree of security and protection for access to the media by ensuring that specific media may be mounted only by those applications that have authority to access that media. All parties are authenticated, and network communication is digitally signed so that it is extremely difficult to forge. f) It is content neutral, and does not have any inherent understanding of the content of the media; indeed, with some media, such as videotape or film, the MMS many not even have access to the content of the media. g) It is application independent to provide appropriate media management functions for diverse applications ranging from backup and hierarchical storage management, to broadcast television automation. Media belonging to multiple applications may be managed by a single MMS; these applications may be multiple instances of the same program, or of different applications. h) It is designed to be modular to allow independent groups to work on components of the MMS independently; the modularity is provided by strong, flexible interfaces that can evolve over time. i) It is language neutral to permit programmers to write applications that interact with the MMS in almost any programming language, and, indeed, to allow the MMS itself to be written in almost any programming language. j) It allows multiple implementations to interoperate seamlessly. The key to the architecture of MMS is to clearly define the basic functionality that the MMS must provide, and to declare specific points in the functionality to provide defined interfaces that allow independent components to interoperate. Designation: 1244.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: To specify the architecture of a distributed, platform- independent, system to manage removable media, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods. The general scheme for managing media, the expected components of the software system, and the data model to be supported by the software system for manageing this media are described by this standard. Details of components of the Media Management System are specified by companion standards. Project Purpose: To provide a standard architecture for media management and enabling components. This architecture and companion components are part of a comprehensive revision of the Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM), needed to achieve scalability and meaningful implementability. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The architecture of a distributed, platform-independent system that manages removable media, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods are specified. The generals chema for managing media, the components of the software system, and the supporting data model used by the software system for managing this media are described by this standard. Details of major components of the system are specified by companion standards. Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, content neutral, data model, device manager, distributed, drive manager, fully scalable, heterogeneous environment, information access, interoperability, language neutral, library management, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Managment System (MMS) Standard Administrative and Operational Commands Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To specify a set of MMS Standard Administrative and Operational Commands for the Media Management System. The standard defines a command- line, minimally interactive interface for basic interaction with the MMS; these commands could be used to construct interactive interfaces using scripting-based systems such as web CGI scripting or tcl/tk. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set of standard administrative and operational commands which permit extensibility and interoperability. Designation: 1244.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (MOVER) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To provide the definition, architecture, and software interfaces of a server called a "Mover", which transfers data between two endpoints within a distributed storage system. Project Purpose: To provide standard storage system data Mover architecture and software interfaces for use by the IEEE Media Management System (although MOVER is not an MMS component) and other storage systems. To enable industry to reference and use a standard storage system data mover. Designation: 1244.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Physical Volume Library for Storage Systems (SSS.PVL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: P1244.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security, Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The IEEE Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) is used by the IEEE Media Manager (MM) when a Media Management System (MMS) Client or an MMS Module wishes to connect to the MM. The SSAIP provides identification, and if desired authentication, of the client, which is a requirement to obtain access to the services of the MM in compliance with the MMS security model. The SSAIP also establishes parameters of the communications between the MMS Client and the MMS Module thereafter, such as language and language type. This standard describes the syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the MMS client or MMS module and the MM. Since this protocol is only used in the context of the MMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture as described in IEEE Std 1244.1- 2000. In addition, the protocols that are implemented on top of the SSAIP protocol are described in IEEE Std 1244.3-2000, IEEE Std 1244.4-2000, IEEE Std 1244.5-2000, IEEE P1244.6, and IEEE P1244.7. The actual security features of the SSAIP rely upon SSL3, X.509, and assume the default (but not mandated) use of SHA within the X.509 certificates. The SSAIP provides for the optional use of SSL, to achieve privacy of communications, when such privacy is desired or necessary. The SSAIP allows for various levels of authentication of the parties involved in the communication, ranging from none, to the use of passwords, to the use of X.509 certificates. This means it is possible with this proposal to have no privacy and no authentication, privacy without any authentication, highly assured authentication and no privacy, etc. Note that the assurance of using X.509 certificates and SHA or similar signatures for authentication remains secure, i.e., the authentication cannot be compromised, without the use of SSL. Not using SSL simply means that the communication may not remain private. Also note that the use of passwords together with SSL is secure,the only weakness in this approach is the setting up of the passwords in the first place, a process which is outside the scope of this standard. Some typical applications, where security considerations may be found to differ, may be as follows: a) Home office: Isolated machine or machines using automated backup to a very small CD-RW or 8 mm library, requiring no privacy and no authentication. A vendor of such a facility can still be MMS- standards compliant. b) Typical in-house business: With checked authentication of the client (to safeguard against careless accidents), but no server authentication and no privacy (U.S. law comes close to guaranteeing lack of privacy in the work situation). c) DOD classified site: High-assurance authentication of the client is required in order to enforce “need to know,” but little or no authentication of the server is needed, nor is privacy needed, because the network is physically protected. d) Business-to-business over the public Internet: Privacy is needed, as well as highly assured authentication of the client to the server, and the server to the client. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the protocol messages that pass between the Media Management System (MMS) Client or MMS Module and the Media-Manager (MM), so that any IEEE 1244 compliant MM and any IEEE 1244 compliant MMS Client or MMS Module may communicate as described in this standard. This protocol determines all relevant behavior and state of the MMS Client or MMS Module and MM, from the time the MMS Client or MMS Module decides to initiate a communication session with the MM until this session is either successfully established or the attempt to establish such a communication session has failed as determined by this protocol. Designation: 1244.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security, Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Specify the protocol used to identify, authenticate and establish an initial connection between the software components of the IEEE Media Management System. Details of components of the Media Management System are specified by companion standards. Project Purpose: The Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization protocol enables the IEEE Media Management System to be a secure, distributed system. The protocol allows for future revision of other protocols within the system, and interoperability of an MMS with multiple versions of the different components of the system. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the MMS clientor MMS module and the MM are described. Since this protocol is only used in the context of theMMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture asdescribed in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. Key Words: "application independent, architecture, authentication, automated tape library, X.509 security, session, session initiation, SHA-1, software, SSL, storage, storage management, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Physical Volume Repository for Storage Systems (SSS.PVR) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Designation: P1244.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management Protocol (MMP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The IEEE Media Management Protocol (MMP) is used when an MMS application requests the services of the MM, including the following: a) Access to media b) Device management functions c) Routine operational functions d) MMS administration This protocol specifies the syntax and the semantics associated with various commands and protocol messages that pass between an MMS application and the MM. In addition, this standard defines certain aspects of the operation of the MM itself in response to various events that occur in the MMS, for example, the initiation and termination of various components of the MMS. Since this protocol is only used in the context of the MMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture and the underlying Data Model as described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. This standard does not dictate or favor any particular implementation scheme for the MM. It is a standard for those interested in implementing applications that utilize the services of the MM. For example, the protocol requires that the MM employ a persistent store to keep track of various pieces of information. However, this specification does not imply any particular structure of the store. An MM implementation shall record errors and conditions that occur during the operation of the MMS. To achieve this, the Data Model defines a specific table, called the MESSAGE table. An MM implementation could provide additional logging capabilities that are beyond those defined by this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the syntax and semantics of a language, the MMP. This language conveys commands between an MMS application and the MM after an application has successfully negotiated a connection through the Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP), IEEE Std 1244.2-2000. This allows any IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 compliant MM and any IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 compliant MMS application to communicate as described in this standard. This standard describes all relevant behavior and states of the MMS and the MM from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session with the MM, until the session is severed. In addition, this standard specifies the behavior of the MM itself in response to certain MMP commands and events that occur during the existence of the MM, including but not limited to booting the MM and the uncommanded exit of an MMS client. Designation: 1244.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management Protocol (MMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2001 Project Scope: Specify the Media Management Protocol which is used by client and administrative applications in the Media Management System to allocate, de-allocate, mount and dismount, volumes and to adminster the system. The MMP includes levels of privilige so that, for example, a client application cannot perform administrative funcetions, or an operator console program cannot perform higher-level management functions. Project Purpose: The Media Management Protocol is the interface to the MMS for application and administrative client programs. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1244 family on Storage Systems. All relevant behavior and states of the Media Management System (MMS)and the Media Manager (MM)from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session with the MM,until the session is severed is described.This standard specifies the behavior of the MM itself in response to certain MMP commands and events that occur during the existence of the MM, including but not limited to booting the MM and the un-commanded exit of a MMS client. Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, content neutral, data model device manager, drive manager, library manager, media management, media neutral, storage management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (SSS.MVR) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Designation: P1244.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management Protocol (DMP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard describes the syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the Library Manager (LM) and the Media Manager (MM). Since the LM exists only in the context of a larger Media Management System (MMS), this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of the architecture of the MMS as described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. In addition, certain elements common to all of the modules in the MMS are described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000 and IEEE Std 1244.2-2000, and the MM itself, a system which operates as a peer process with the LM, is described in IEEE Std 1244.3-2000. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the LM and the MM of an IEEE MMS. The language that the MM module uses to communicate with the LM and the corresponding language that the LM uses to communicate with the MM are collectively called the Library Management Protocol (LMP). This protocol determines and/or describes all relevant behavior and the state of the MM and the LM. The standardized protocol and semantics of the LMP allow any conforming MM and LM to operate together as components of a single MMS. Designation: 1244.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management Protocol (DMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Specify the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) used between two software components of the Media Management System (MMS): the central management core and a program that manages a drive which is used to access removable media. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the drive management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 Version 1.0 of the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) is specified. Key Words: "data model, drive manager, information access, language neutral, media neutral, storage management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM), Media Management System (MMS)" Designation: 1244.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Storage System Management Interfaces and Managed Object Definitions (SSS.MGT) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1244 family on Storage Systems. The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM)of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS)are specified. This standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP). Designation: P1244.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management Protocol (LMP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and a program that manages an automated library or a vault. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Managment System component which defines the library management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.5-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management Protocol (LMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and a program that manages an automated library or a vault. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Managment System component which defines the library management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM) of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS) are specified.This standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP). Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, data model, drive manager, language neutral, library management, library manager, media management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standards for Information Technology for Virtual Storage Services Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Baird, Phone:408/447-2407, Email:bbaird@nsa.hp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1244.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP), defining a protocol to allow interchange of information between autonomous Media managers. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the media management interchange application-layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP), defining a protocol which permits interfacing the data management component of the MMS with existing library management systems. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the media manager control interface application-layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) C Language Procedural Interface Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the C Language Procedural Interface, defines a set of standard programming interfaces which facilitate construction of components of the MMS, particularly client, administrative, and operational applications, library managers, and drive managers. Although the definition will be for the C programming language, the interface will be developed with a view of implementation in languages such as C++ or Java. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set of programming interfaces. Designation: 1244.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) User Mount Commands Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To specify a set of standard commands allowing users to mount, unmount, acquire, and release media. These commands are specified as a part of a command line interface for systems that offer such interfaces, such as the UNIX shell or NT command line interface. Commands may be embedded in scripts to produce more complex or custom functions, or to allow an application program that is not written for MMS to be adaped for use with MMS. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set user commands which permit extensibility and interoperability. Designation: 1245 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Permanent, Non-grounding, Power Connection Systems Used in Substations. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: 1246-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2003 **Supersedes 1246-1997. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems. Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations, are covered in this guide. Key Words: grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: P1246 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding (TPG) systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems. Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations, are covered in this guide. Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: 1246-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1246-2002. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: Superseded by 1246-2002. NOT AVAILABLE TO RESELLERS The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: 1247-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1000 Volts Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2006 **NOTE: IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) is currently under development. Requirements specified by this document will become effective when it is approved as a standard. Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches (as defined in IEEE Std C37.100-1992) for alternating current, rated above 1000 volts and used indoors, outdoors, or in enclosures for which a switching rating is to be assigned.While this standard covers the basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures, other standards such as IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993, IEEE Std C37.20.3-1987, IEEE Std C37.20.4-1996, IEEE Std C37.71-1984, and IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) also contain requirements for switches used in enclosures. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995 [B7]. This standard also does not apply to circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a basic standard for switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches. This broad definition of a switch, encompasses devices that meet the strict definition of an interrupter switch in IEEE Std C37.100-1992, and also encompass devices that utilize insulating media other than air. Technical errors have been identified in some of the testing code. The intent of this revision is to produce a technically correct standard, but not to change any of the approach philosophy. Abstract: The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors. Key Words: enclosed switch, indoor switch, interrupter switch, outdoor switch, switching ability, switching current, switching rating Designation: 1247-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts Status: Superseded **Project was known as C37.39. History: BD APP: Jul 22, 1998 Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does not apply to load- break separable insulated connectors. Key Words: "enclosed switch,indoor switch,interrupter switch,outdoor switch,switching ability,switching current,switching rating" Designation: 1248-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for the Commissioning of Electrical Systems in Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1998 Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Abstract: Inspection procedures and tests for use following the completion of the installation of components and systems through to commercial operation are provided. This guide is directed to the plant owners, designers, and contractors involved in the commissioning of electrical systems of hydroelectric plants. Key Words: "commissioning, hydroelectric power plant" Designation: 1249-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Computer-Based Control for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 1997 Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: The application, design concepts, and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation is addressed. Functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, hardware considerations, and operator training are discussed. Recommendations for system testing and acceptance are provided, and case studies of actual computer-based control applications are presented. Key Words: computer-based automation, closed-loop control, data acquisition, hydroelectric, power plant, network bus configurations, system architecture, system performance, alarm processing, automatic generation control, automatic voltage control Designation: P1249 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the guide was to provide guidance to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plants by describing the application, design concepts and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation. It also addresses functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, tradeoffs, hardware considerations and includes typical application examples. Project Purpose: The guide has not been revised since completion of the original work on the document in 1996. It is proposed to make revisions to the guide to reflect the advances in technology and to provide actual computer implementation in hydroelectric power plants. The guide will be amended with the latest case studies, software functions, HMI and communications solutions. Designation: 1249/IEC 62270 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This project is a revision of IEEE Std 1249-1996 and IEC 62270:2004 under the IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Maintenance procedure. Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: 125-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 26, 2007 Technical Contact: David Apps, Phone:604-528-2554, Email:david.apps@bchydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007 Project Scope: This document recommends performance characteristics and equipment for electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators of all sizes. This recommended practice is applicable to new governors and rehabilitation of existing governors. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric-hydraulic speed governors. Abstract: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric- hydraulic speed governors. Remarks: Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 125-1988 Key Words: control, digital, governor, hydraulic, hydroelectric, speed, stability Designation: 125-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric- hydraulic speed governors. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 125-2007 Key Words: hydraulic, govern, turbine Designation: 125 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The Standard will recommend minimum performance characteristics and equipment for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators. Project Purpose: The original purpose of the standard was to recommend minimum performance characteristics and equipment relating to governors for controlling hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators and to aid in preparation of procurement specifications. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. The Standard will assist users to prepare procurement specifications for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors. Designation: 1250-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Identifying and Improving Voltage Quality in Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1250-1995 Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The reader of this guide will find discussions of ways to identify and improve voltage quality in power systems, as well as references to publications in this area. More specifically, this guide includes: a) Voltage quality levels from benchmarking studies b) Factors that affect power system performance c) Mitigation measures that improve power system performance d) References to current relevant in-depth IEEE standards and other documents.This guide only addresses subjects in depth where no other power quality reference does so. It is a"gateway" document for power quality that points the way to other documents in this field. Project Purpose: The primary purpose in writing this guide is to assist power delivery system designers and operators in delivering power with voltage quality that is compatible with electrical end-use equipment. Another purpose is to point utility system customers toward power quality solutions that may exist in the power utilization system and equipment. Abstract: The use of some electrical equipment attached to typical power systems creates voltage quality concerns. There is an increasing awareness that some equipment is not designed to withstand the surges, faults, distortion, and reclosing duty present on typical utility distribution systems. Traditional concerns about steady-state voltage levels and light flicker due to voltage fluctuation also remain. These concerns are addressed by this guide by documenting typical levels of these aspects of voltage quality and indicating how to improve them. Other documents that treat these subjects in more detail are referenced. Key Words: benchmarking, disturbance analyzers, faults, harmonic distortion, IEEE 1250, lightflicker, momentary voltage disturbances, noise, performance, power conditioners, susceptible equipment, surge protection, surges, voltage fluctuation, voltage quality Designation: 1250-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Service to Equipment Sensitive to Momentary Voltage Disturbances Status: Superseded **Administratively withdrawn on 15 Jan 2001. Reaffirmed in June 2002. Superseded by 1250-2011. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Abstract: Computers, computer-like products, and equipment using solid-state power conversion have created entirely new areas of power quality considerations. There is an increasing awareness that much of this new user equipment is not designed to withstand the surges, faults, and reclosing duty present on typical distribution systems. Momentary voltage disturbances occuring in ac power distribution and utilization systems, their potential effects on this new, sensitive, user equipment, and guidance toward mitigation of these effects are described. Harmonic distortion limits are also discussed. Key Words: surge protection, power conditioners, momentary voltage disturbances, harmonic distortion, faults, disturbance analyzers, Surges, Sensitive equipment, Noise Designation: 1251 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Collection of Data on Personal Injuries in Generating Stations and Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Greg P Rahman, Phone:415-768-4493, Email:grahman@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1252 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Frame-based Knowledge Representation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Glenn O Veach, Phone:412/642-6900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: P1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Soil Thermal Stability Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This guide covers two approaches for evaluating the impact of soil moisture migration under cable heating. With knowledge of conditions that lead to thermal instability, operating conditions of the cable can be adjusted or a thermally stable backfill can be used to prevent the occurrence of thermal instability. The first approach uses the ‘extended thermal needle test’. The thermal stability test is essentially an extended time thermal resistivity test using a thermal probe and instrumentation identical to that used to measure the thermal resistivity of a soil. The test procedures which can be performed in the field on an in-situ sample or in the laboratory on a small-scale compacted sample are explained in detail. The test results can be used to predict the time to onset of thermal instability of an operating underground power cable at a given heat generation rate. A second approach uses a ‘two-zone model’. This concept considers a dry envelope surrounding the cable and soils at ambient moisture content beyond the critical boundary. Test procedures for determining the ‘critical temperature rise’ are generally outlined in this guide. A migration test cell is utilized to define the regions of the two zone method. Project Purpose: The successful operation of all underground cable systems require that the system dissipate heat so that the maximum temperature limit of the cable conductor is not exceeded. In order for the cable system to successfully dissipate this heat, the thermal properties of the surrounding soil or backfill material must be known and remain thermally stable during the operation of the cable. This guide has been prepared to assist planners and engineers in achieving that goal. Designation: 1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mack A. Martin, Phone:(404) 683-0070, Email:mamjr@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the understanding of moisture migration in soil during thermal property measurements. Provide guidelines for the measurement and use of soil thermal stability data. Project Purpose: To provide cable engineers with guidelines for measurement and application of thermal stability data Designation: 1255-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous Motors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2000 Technical Contact: Thomas A Lipo, Phone:608/262-0287, Email:lipo@engr.wisc.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001 Project Scope: To assist in providing a uniform method for calculating and measuuring torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous motors. Synchronous motors as discussed in this guide specifically refer to salient-pole type motors with wound main field circuits with either a continuous or interrupted amortisseur cage/ In modern installations, direct current is applied to the main field by means of slip rings from a static exciter or by a rotating brushless excitation system to establish synchronous operation. Project Purpose: Define electromagnetic torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous motors; Recommends a standard equivalent circuit that can be used to analytically describe the behavior of the synchronous motor during starting; provide the definitions and information necessary to properly determine the circuit parameters in the equivalent circuit; supply equations derived from the circuit which can be used to calculate the magnitude of the torque pulsation which would occur during starting; present a uniform technique for the on-line measurement of torque pulsations during starting based on equations derived from the equivalent circuit. Abstract: A uniform method for calculating and measuring torque pulsations that occur during start-ing of synchronous motors is provided. Synchronous motors, as discussed in this guide, applies to all types of excited synchronous motors, including laminated or solid, salient or nonsalient ma-chines, as well as nonexcited synchronous-reluctance motors. Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 1255 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous Motors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen B Kuznetsov, Phone:724-657-2072, Email:stephen@powersuper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1256 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for an Open Basic Input/Output System (OBIOS) Software Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L Castelli, Phone:011-39-2-26162329 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1258 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Trial Use Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Silicone - Immersed Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frank J Gryszkiewicz, Phone:617-926-4900x213, Email:frankg@doble.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the transformer was originally manyfactured. This guide also addresses the following: 1.) The theory of combustible gas generation in a silicone-filled transformer. 2.) Recommended procedures for sampling and analysis. 3.) Recommended actions based on the interpretation of results. 4.) A bibliography of related literature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to write a guide to assist the transformer operator in evaluating Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) data obtained for silicone-filled transformers. Other techniques such as fixed instruments and gas space analysis may well have utility for silicone filled units;\however, due to a lack of data at this time, this guide will focus only on dissolved gas analysis. Designation: 126-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983 Title: IEEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Internal Combustion Engine-Generator Units Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Charles A Lennon Jr, Phone:702-293-8817, Email:clennon@ibr8gw80.usbr.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Key Words: speed, govern, internal, engine, generator Designation: 1260-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide on the Prediction, Measurement, and Analysis of AM Broadcast Reradiation by Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1996 History: BD APP: Feb 14, 1996, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Abstract: A set of procedures to be followed to cope with reradiation of AM broadcast signals from power lines and other large metallic structures is provided. Reradiation may be described as electromagnetic waves radiated from a structure that has parasitically picked up a signal from the environment. A simplified prediction technique called a survey is described to determine which structures could possibly cause a problem. Guidelines for measurements and data analysis are included. Key Words: AM broadcast, interference prediction, measurement, power lines, reradiation Designation: 1262-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Photovoltaic (PV) Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. Recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate terrestrial flat-plate photovoltaic non-concentrating modules intended for power generation applications are established. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: amorphous silicon devices, bypass diode thermal test, crystalline devices, damp heat test, dry hipot test, dynamic load test, electrical isolation test, electrical performance test, ground-continuity test, hail- impact test, hot-spot endurance test, humidity-freeze cycle test, mechanical loading test, outdoor exposure test, photovoltaic (PV) module, power generation, qualification test report, static load test, surface-cut susceptibility test, thermal-cycle test, twist test, ultraviolet conditioning test, visual inspection, wet hipot test, wet insulation- resistance test Designation: 1264-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Methods and designs to mitigate interruptions and equipment damage resulting from animal intrusions into electric power supply substations thereby improving reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss are addressed. Key Words: barrier, flashover, mitigation, phase-to-phase, Phase-to-phase fault, Phase-to-ground fault Designation: 1264 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Updating to incorporate industry changes and improvements, since the guide was originally issued. Project Purpose: To identify methods for deterring animals from entering, and if inside, damaging substation facilities. Designation: 1265 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers Status: Superseded **Redesignated C57.12.35 Technical Contact: Ron D Jordan, Phone:619 654 8240 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, padmounted, and underground type distribution transformers. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the existence of central transformer data bases within utility companies so that bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identificaiton data. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote standardization and uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers when specified by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar codes provided as a result of this standard will serve as an integral part of electrical utility material and information management systems. Designation: 1266 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Trial-Use Guide for Evaluation and Development of Substation Life Extension Programs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary Klein, Phone:(816) 822-3068, Email:gklein@burnsmcd.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Investigate the methods and techniques of a systematic approach to life extension of substation facilities. Project Purpose: Develop a guide which will provide prudent technical and economical criteria for development and implementation of substation life extension programs. Designation: 1267-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation Projects Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to investigate the methods, practices, and requirements of both users and suppliers, and to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specifications for turnkey substation projects. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to develop, for producers and users, methods and procedures for formulating complete specifications for turnkey substations or projects. Abstract: " The technical requirements to engineer, design, specify, fabricate, manufacture, furnish,install, test, commission, and provide as-built documents for air-insulated substations are covered.This guide investigates the methods, practices, and requirements of both users and suppliers in or-der to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specifications for turn-key substation projects. " Designation: P1267 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation Projects Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to provide methodology, requirements and practices for both the users and suppliers for a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specification for turnkey substation projects. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is help users and suppliers in specifying requirements and guidance for formulating complete specifications for turnkey substations or projects. Designation: 1268-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2005 Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment. The guide recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport, setup, and installation guidelines for the safe use of mobile substation equipment. This guide has been developed with the intent to identify specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in those areas. Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV is provided in this guide. Key Words: grounding, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage Designation: P1268 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items pertaining to safety when installing substation equipment. The guide recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport, setup and installation guidelines when using mobile substation equipment, with special regards to safety. This guide has been developed with the intent to identify specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in those areas. Designation: 1268-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Safe Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1268-2005 Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 230 kV is provided. Key Words: grounding, installation, lighting, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage Designation: 127-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Standard for Aerospace Equipment Voltage and Frequency Ratings Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Designation: 1275-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 23, 1994 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Open Firmware provides the following: a mechanism for loading and executing programs (such as operating systems) from disks, tapes, network interfaces, and other devices; an ISA-independent method for identifying devices plugged in to expansion buses and for providing firmware and diagnostics drivers for these devices; an extensible and programmable command language based on the Forth programming language; methods for managing user- configurable options stored in nonvolatile memory; a call back interface allowing other programs to make use of Open Firmware services; and debugging tools for hardware, firmware, firmware drivers, and system software. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: ROM, Plug-in device, Initialization, Forth, Firmware, FCode, Debug, Configuration, Boot Designation: 1275.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) Supplement for IEEE 1754 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the instruction set architecture (ISA) defined by IEEE Std 1754- 1994: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization, plug-in device, ROM Designation: 1275.2-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 1496 (SBus) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilites include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by IEEE Std 1496-1993, IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization, plug-in device, ROM Designation: 1275.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware--IEEE P1014 (VME) Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This document will specify the application of IEEE 1275-1994 Boot Firmware to systems conforming to the 32-bit IEEE standard named IEEE 1014-1987 VME Bus, including VME-specific requirements and practices for address formats, interrupts, probing and related properties and methods. Extensions to the 32-bit IEEE standard, introduced in the newer VME64 bus standard ANSI/VITA-1 1995, which specifies a maximum address space of 64 bits, are outside the scope of this document. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by ANSI/IEEE 1014-1987, VME Standard. Designation: 1275.4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 896 (Futurebus+(R)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by the IEEE Futurebus+® standards: ISO/IEC 10857: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], Information technology-Microprocessor systems-Futurebus -Logical protocol specifications; and IEEE Std 896.2-1991: IEEE Standard for Futurebus -Physical Layer and Profile Specification. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, forth, initialization, plug in device, ROM Designation: 1275.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, Supplement for 680X0 ISA Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: This document will specify the application of Std 1275 Boot Firmware to the 680x0 Instruction Set Architecture, including 680x0-specific requirements and practices for debugging, client program interface, and data formats. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by Std 1275.0 must be augmented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This proposed standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the 680x0 Intruction Set Architecture. Designation: 1275.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, 64 Bit Extensions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: This document will specify user and device interface extensions suitable for use by bindings to 64 bit processors and bindings to 64 bit buses. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE-1275- 1994 do not include user interface and device interface definitions for native 64 bit-wide device and memory access. 64 bit bindings and implementations need a standardized set of interfaces (including allocating a fixed set of FCode numbers) for dealings with native 64 bit access. This proposed standard establishes such additional requirements. Designation: 1275a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994, IEEE Standard For Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices - Errata, Clarifications and Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This supplement will correct errors in and specify clarifications to IEEE 1275-1994. The project will not include extensions or recommended practice to IEEE 1275-1994. Project Purpose: IEEE 1275-1994 has several errors and inconsistencies as published. This project will publish corrections to those errors and clear up the inconsistencies and publish clarifications to items in the standard that are not well understood by the community or are considered vague and open to differing interpretation by the community. Designation: 1276-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of High-Temperature Insulation Materials in Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 1998 **Upgraded from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 30 March 2000. Technical Contact: Michael A Franchek, Phone:802-751-3539, Email:mfranchek@weidmann-systems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: Prepare a trial use guide for General Requirements for Liquid- Immersed Power Transformers utilizing High Temperature Solid Insulating Materials. Project Purpose: To define consensus of existing practices developed from the use of high temperature insulating materials in as yet unstandardized liquid-filled power transformers. Abstract: Technical information is provided related to liquid-immersed power transformers insulated with high-temperature materials.Guidelines for applying existing qualified high- temperature materials to certain insulation systems,recommendations for loading high- temperature liquid-immersed power transformers,and technical information on insulation-system temperature ratings and test procedures for qualifying new high-temperature materials are included. Key Words: "high-temperature insulation material,hyprid insulation system,liquid-immersed power transformer,loading guide" Designation: 1277-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil- Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1277-2000 Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition and specification of the requirements and test code for dry-type and oil-immersed smoothing reactors for high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power transmission. This standard only applies to smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not apply to other smoothing reactors such as reactors for power converters for variable speed drives, etc. Abstract: The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type aircore smoothing reactors for high- voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Test code is defined and appropriate technical background information is presented or identified. Key Words: construction, dry-type air-core, HVDC, oil-immersed, rating, smoothing reactors, test code application Designation: 1277-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil- Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission Status: Superseded **March 2002: Upgraded from Trial Use. Superseded by 1277-2010. Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard applies only to oil-immersed and dry-type smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not apply to other smoothing reactors such as reactors for power converters for variable speed drives, etc. Abstract: The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type air core smoothing reactors for high- voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Test code is defined and appropriate technical background information is presented or identified. Key Words: 1277-2000, construction, dry-type air core, HVDC, oil-immersed, rating, smoothing reactors, test code application Designation: 1278-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Protocols for Distributed Interactive Simulation Applications--Entity Information and Interaction Status: Superseded **Revision was redesignated 1278.1. Technical Contact: Frank R Hill, Phone:404-464-4511, Email:fhill@sdslink.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1993 Abstract: Superseded. Revision was redesignated 1278.1. Data messages, called protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs provide information concerning simulated entity states and the types of entity interactions that take place in a distributed interactive simulation (DIS). The messages defined are for interactions that are primarily within visual range. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs required to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Key Words: articulated, parts, attached, parts, dead, reckoning, entity, coordinate, Euler, angles, field, guise, PDUs, right-hand, rule, simulation, application, simulation, entity Designation: 1278.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision a redesignation of IEEE Std 1278-1993. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, and Radio Communications. Key Words: data messages, protocol data units, PDU, DIS, simulation network Designation: P1278.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard is part of a set of standards and recommended practices for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each standard and recommended practice in the set describes one or more of the elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards and recommended practices defines an interoperable simulation environment. This particular standard addresses the application protocols. Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as Protocol Date Units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network among simulation applications. The messages are organized within specified domains called protocol families. The protocol families included in this standard include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Entity Management, Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability, Information Operations, Live Entity Information/Interaction, and Non-Real Time. Future versions of this standard may contain additional protocol families or PDUs to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Designation: 1278.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ralph J Weber, Phone:256-885-7133, Email:rweber@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the application protocols. Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as PDUs, which are exchanged on a network between simulation applications. The messages defined are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families. Current protocol families include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Simulation Management, Synthetic Environment, Entity Management, Minefield, Live Entity Information/Interaction and Non-Real Time. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs and protocol families to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network among simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Entity Management, Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability, Information Operations, Live Entity Information/Interaction, and Non-Real Time. Key Words: data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data units (PDUs), Simulation network Designation: 1278.1a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation Application Protocols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: J. Joseph Brann, Phone:407-658-8323, Email:joebrann@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard addresses DIS application protocols to support: Newtonian Collisions, IFF/ATC/NAVAIDS, Underwater Acoustics, Entity Management, Environment, Intercom Communications, Simulation Management with Reliability, and Non Real Time. Project Purpose: The current DIS application protocols do not support the functions and interactions as detailed in section 6. In this supplement the current standard will be extended to define protocols for the above areas which are critical to the overall growth of DIS. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1278 family on Computer Simulation/Distributed Interactive Simulation. Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families , which include Entity Information / Interaction , Warfare , Logistics , Simulation Management , Distributed Emission Regeneration , and Radio Communications . Key Words: "data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data units (PDUs), Simulation network" Designation: 1278.2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Communication Services and Profiles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Christina L Bouwens, Phone:407-243-3742, Email:christina.bouwens@saic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the communications services to be used to support distributed interactive simulation appplications. This standard defines the requirements for the communication services to be used to support DIS applications. This standard also provides two communication profiles which adhere to the service requirements. Project Purpose: Communication requirements for interactive simulations are not currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will also define and recommend an overall action plan to clarify and improve industry understanding for distributed interactive communication requirements. Abstract: Communication services to support information exchange between simulation applications participating in the Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) environment are defined. These communication services describe a connectionless information transfer that supports real-time, as well as non-real-time, exchange. Several communication profiles specifying communication services are provided. Key Words: communication , DIS, simulation network, protocol data units, PDU, multicast Designation: P1278.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) - Communication Services and Profiles Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James M. McCall, Phone:(480) 988-6561 x231, Email:james.mccall@mesa.afmc.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements for the communications services to be used in a Distributed Interactive Simulation application. This standard supports IEEE Std 1278.1-1995 and IEEE Std 1278.1a-1998. This standard may be used with later versions of IEEE Std 1278.1. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish requirements for communication subsystems that support DIS applications. This standard provides service requirements and associated profiles that can be individually selected to meet specific DIS system operational requirements. Designation: 1278.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Exercise Management and Feedback Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: William V Tucker, Phone:256-461-3120, Email:william.v.tucker@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 30, 1997 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the exercise control and feedback stations connected into DIS networks. Project Purpose: Exercise management and feedback stations are not currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will define the functions that must be implemented in Exercise Management and Feedback Stations. These functions will allow the exercise manager to control exercise participants and to provide feedback of exercise results to participants; both groups distributed geographically. Abstract: Guidelines are established for exercise management and feedback in Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) exercises. Guidance is provided to sponsors, providers, and supporters of DIS compliant systems and exercises as well as to developers of DIS exercise management and feedback stations. The activities of the organizations involved in a DIS exercise and the top-level processes used to accomplish those activities are addressed. The functional requirements of the exercise management and feedback process are also addressed. This standard is one of a series of standards developed for DIS to assure interoperability between dissimilar simulations for currently installed and future simulations developed by different organizations. Key Words: automated simulation, computer-generated force (CGF), dead-reckoning algorithms, simulation management, simulator networking, validation, verification, warfare simulation, wargames Designation: 1278.4-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation—Verification, Validation, andAccreditation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Dec2002: Upgraded from trial-use to full-use. Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This document has been developed to assist the DIS technician to plan and conduct the Validation and Verification process. This document presents the data flow and connectivity of all proposed Validation and Verification process model steps and provides rationale and justification of each step. Project Purpose: The DIS Validation and Verification process morrors the difficulties of designing, assembling, and testing a collection of models and simulations. Because a variety of applications ca be supported by the use of DIS, the Validation and Verification process must be clearly and completely defined in terms that will ensure a solid understanding by its various users and designers. Abstract: Guidelines are established for the verification, validation, and accreditation (VV&A) of distributed interactive simulation (DIS) exercises. “How-to” procedures for planning and conducting DIS exercise VV&A are provided. Intended for use in conjunction with IEEE Std 1278.3-1996, this recommended practice presents data flow and connectivity for all proposed verification and validation activities and provides rationale and justification for each step. VV&A guidance is provided to exercise users/sponsors and developers. Key Words: accreditation; certification; Distributed Interactive Simulation; simulation; validation; verification; warfare simulation; wargames Designation: 1278.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation: Fidelity Description Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Greg Passmore **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Provide a taxonomy of fidelity characteristics with a consistent and uniform language to describe fidelity at 6 levels: resource, fidelity domain, capability, implementation, characteristic, and descriptor. Project Purpose: Created to address the problem of how to measure, compare, and test for fidelity of interconnected simulations, both individually and collectively. Designation: 1279 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology -- CD-ROM Architectural Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mike Rubenfeld, Phone:301/975-3064 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 128-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Guide for Aircraft Electric Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Material comprising this report is directed primarily at the attainment of improved applicatin technique - the attainment of the highest possible quality of performance from a combination of particular devices to perform a given function. The performance qualities exhibited by a composite system composed of numerous devices will be influenced by the character of devices which are interconnected or correlated. The extent to which such composite systems may be benefited by proper application techniques is great. Key Words: aircraft, systems, electric Designation: 1280 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology--Data Access Language for Full-Text Information Systems: Structured Full-Text Query Language (SFQL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neil R Shapiro, Phone:518/393-1526, Email:n.shapiro@earth.execpc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1281 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology -- Use of ISO 9660: 1988 System Use Fields Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 1282 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology - Interchange of ISO 9945-1:1990 Filesystems via the ISO 9660:1988 File Structure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1991 Designation: 1283-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: Prepare an IEEE guide describing the effects of high temperature operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor hardware. The guide will no only identify what constitutes elevated temperature operation and its effects on the above overhead line components, but will also suggest some mitigation techniques for consideration. Project Purpose: Provide guidance to utilities when investigating the impacts of elevated temperature operation on their transmission facilities. Such guidance can assist in avoiding or mitigating described adverse thermal effects. Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to provide general recommendations for consideration when designing new overhead transmission lines that will be operated at high temperatures. It may also evaluate existing transmission lines for operation at higher temperatures. Although this guide is intended for overhead transmission lines, most of the discussion will also be applicable to distribution lines. Key Words: conductors, conductor hardware, connectors, creep, high-temperature operation Designation: 1283 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operations on Coonductors, Connectors and Accesssories Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: P1283 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: Scope of the IEEE Guide is to describe the effects and impacts of high temperature operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor hardware. The guide will identify operating metrics which constitute elevated temperature operation based on present industry practices and its effects on overhead line components, plus also suggest potential mitigation options to manage or avoid identified adverse impacts. Project Purpose: Purpose of the IEEE Guide is to provide guidance to the industry as to thermal operating levels which are considered high temperature operation based on present industry practices and characterize the associated adverse effects to the overhead transmission line. Identifying adverse effects and suggesting potential mitigation options will assist in the proper management or avoidance of the described adverse thermal impacts. Designation: 1284-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral Interface for Personal Computers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 24, 2000 **Supersedes 1284-1994. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this revision effort is the same as the original scope for Std1284-1994 with the potential addition of an informational annex to document the register model of common PC implementation of IEEE Std 1284- 1994. Project Purpose: Std 1284-1994 has over 4 years of implementation experience and is currently found on virtually all new PCs and printers. This implementation experience has raised several issues including 1) conflicting text and timing diagrams, 2) unclear text, 3) errors in component values, 4) lack of clear signalling methods for certain boundary conditions. The purpose of this revision effort is to incorporate this learning into the next revision of IEEE STd 1284. Abstract: A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A functional subset of the signaling method may be implemented on personal computers (PCs) or equivalent parallel port hardware with new software. New electrical interfaces, cabling, and interface hardware that provides improved performance while retaining backward compatibility with this subset is detailed. Key Words: "bidirectional parallel communications, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal computers, printers" Designation: 1284-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral Interface for Personal Computers Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1284-2000. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1284, 2000 Edition A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A format for a peripheral identification string and a method of returning this string to the host outside of the bidirectional data stream is also specified. Key Words: bidirectional parallel, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal computers, printers Designation: 1284.1-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Transport Independent Printer/System Interface (TIP/SI) Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jul 29, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for the control of printers. This protocol will be independent of the underlying datastream or page description language used to create the printed page. This protocol will be usable by all classes of printers. This project is limited to management and control of printers and will not include management or control of printing systems or subsystems. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for controlling printers. Each vendor builds some control into the underlying page description language or datastream. Without an independent, openly defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically determine the type of printer being addressed. This protocol will provide a minimun implementation subset which will allow automatic identification and configuration of printers and vendor extensibility to provide for growth and product differentiation. Abstract: A protocol and methodology for software developers, computer vendors, and printer manufacturers to facilitate the orderly exchange of information between printers and host computers are defined in this standard. A minimum set of functions that permit meaningful data exchange is provided. Thus a foundation is established upon which compatible applications, computers, and printers can be developed, without compromising an individual organization's desire for design innovation. Key Words: computers, printer communications, printers, printer command sets Designation: 1284.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Test, Measurement and Conformance to IEEE Std 1284 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mike Moldovan, Phone:818-865-6600, Email:mmoldovan@g3nova.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop all necessary and sufficient test, measurement, and certification procedures for timing, electrical, and mechanical characteristics defined in IEEE Std 1284. This standard will not alter, change or redefine the timing, electrical or mechanical characteristics of IEEE Std 1284. Project Purpose: While IEEE Std 1284 specifies all the required mechanical, electrical and timing characteristics necessary to be in compliance, it does not provide all the necessary procedures and methods to test and certify compliance. In order for manufacturers and independent test houses to be able to state compliance with the standard, a set of consistent and sufficient test procedures are needed. Designation: 1284.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Interface and Protocol Extensions to IEEE Std 1284 Compliant Peripherals and Host Adapters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This standard, IEEE 1284.3, defines system extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std 1284. These functions include: Multi-port expansion architectures Multiplexor Daisy Chain Application and Device Driver Programming Interface architecture that can be supported across various operating systems. Data link layer services for supporting IEEE Std 1284 parallel ports. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1284 (hereafter referred to as Std 1284) specifies all the required mechanical, electrical, and timing characteristics for a high-speed, bi-directional parallel port for printers and other peripherals. While these parameters define the physical environment and protocol requirements for an operational Std 1284 port, there is a need to standardize a number of extensions and operating system interfaces to help facilitate operation across various system platforms and operating environments. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 System extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std 1284-2000 are covered. Multiport expansion architectures, daisy chains, an application and devicedriver programming interface architecture, and data link layer services are explored. Key Words: "dasiy chain, data link layer services, device driver programmnig interface architecture, IEEE 1284, multiport expansion architecture, port sharing" Designation: 1284.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Data Delivery and Logical Channels for IEEE Std 1284 Interfaces Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: The packet protocol described by this standard allows a device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control information with another device across a single point-to-point link. the protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basic transportlevel flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed information exchanges are independent and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate over IEEE 1284-1994 interfaces and may operate over other point-to-point interfaces. Project Purpose: Define and describe an updated PC parallel interface by adding multiple modews of operation which provide for higher speed, bi-directional communication between devices. The IEEE 1284-1994 stgandard does not provide anything beyond a physical protocol. The 1284.4 standard specifies a point-to-point protocol with one or more layers above the physical interface and below the application. These layers take on the functions and characteristics of the transport and session layers of the OSI model. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 A device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control informationwith another device across a single point-to-point link allowed by the packet protocol is describedin this standard. The protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basictransport-level flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed information exchanges areindependent, and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate over inter-faces such as described in IEEE Std 1284-2000. Key Words: update:1960 Designation: 1285-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Storage Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a scalable interface for use with memory- mapped storage units and other devices. The term "storage unit" can encompass rotating, non-rotating, volatile and non-volatile storage. Issues of concurrency, latency, bandwidth, extensibility, and negotiation will be addressed. The interface is intended for use with either a single storage unit or with many coordinated storage units. Project Purpose: This standard provides an efficient physical-layer independent interface architecture for storage units that attach directly to memory access buses. In this interface model, storage units have an attachment to main memory, rather than an attachment to an I/O channel. This simplifies the storage unit design and supports scheduling of data transfers spanning large numbers of units. Abstract: This document specifies a scalable interface between mass-storage devices and controlling hard-ware/software. The interface has been optimized for low-latency interconnects, assuming that the proces-sor/controller and the storage device can often be co-located on the same printed-circuit board. The interface can also be used with longer-distance bus-like interconnects, including (but not limited to) IEEE Std 1394-1995 Serial Bus and IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface. Key Words: storage interface, mass-storage, controller Designation: 1285 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Scalable Storage Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1286-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded **Number changed to C37.20.6 at 9/16/97 St.Bd. meeting. Superseded by C37.20.6-1997 History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This document will cover the description, design and testing of these devices, which can be inserted in place of drawnout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing in medium voltage applications. Project Purpose: Ground and test devices are not presently covered by standards. Abstract: Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in medium-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered. Key Words: electrical operation, grounding and testing (G&T) devices, locking/interlocking, manual operation, one or two terminal sets, selector switch, test port Designation: 1288 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Function Point Determination from Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: W. W. Geoff Cozens, Phone:+44-1932-560-474, Email:g.cozens@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1289-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the Design of Computer-Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert Waters, Phone:941-697-9435, Email:watersworks@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides system design considerations, identifies information display and control techniques for use with computer-based displays, and provides human factor engineering guidance for the use of these techniques in nuclear power generating stations. Abstract: System design considerations, information display and control techniques for use with computer-based displays, and human factors engineering guidance for the use of these tech-niques in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Key Words: "displays,human factors engineering,nuclear power generating stations" Designation: P1289 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the Design of Computer- Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This document establishes guidelines defining suitable Computer- based Monitor and Control Display formats. The guide also establishes basic practical guidance for the design and implementation details for creating such displays intended to be used on Video Display Units (VDUs) and other electronic displays to monitor and control the operations of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and other Nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: This document is to provide guidance to design teams responsible for designing or reviewing displays to be implemented on a Graphical User Interface (GUI) for the monitoring and control of nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Designation: 129 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1290-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection, Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 1996 Technical Contact: Bruce A Lord, Phone:(207) 622-4868 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This guide applies to motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: This guide presents guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 22, 2005 Motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations are discussed. Guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation are presented. Key Words: generating stations, motor application, motor control, motor protection, motors, motor testing, nuclear power generating stations, valve operation, valve operators, valves Designation: P1290 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection, Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This guide applies to motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: This guide presents guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation. Designation: 1291-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Power Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 1993 History: BD APP: Dec 01, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Project Scope: Provide a guide for the measurement of partial discharges on all types of power system switchgear rated 1000 volts and above. The guide will include specific methods of test circuit/specimen calibration to ensure accurate,repeatable measurements may be made for the wide range of apparatus size, insulation types and apparatus capacitance. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2005 This guide defines methods of measuring partial discharges that may occur in energized power switchgear apparatus in flaws, voids, and interfaces of non-self restoring insulation that may then result in dielectric failure of the switchgear. Guidance on instrumentation and calibration technique is also given. Key Words: corona, switchgear, Partial discharge, Dielectric tests, Calibration Designation: 1293-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Non-Gyroscopic Accelerometers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **P1293 is revision combining IEEE Stds 337 and 530. Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Abstract: The specification and test requirements for a linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometer for use in internal navigation, guidance, and leveling systems are defined. A standard specification guide and a compilation of recommended test procedures for such accelerometers are provide. Informative annexes are given on the various types of such accelerometers (force or pendulous torque rebalance with analog or digital output, vibrating beam, and micromechanical) and error effects, on filtering, noise, and transient anaysis techniques, and on calibration and modeling techniques (multipoint tumble analysis, vibration and shock test analyses, and geophysical effects in inertial instrument testing). IEEE 1293 is revision combining IEEE Stds 337 and 530. Key Words: accelerometer, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, pendulous accelerometer, vibrating beam accelerometer, micromechanical accelerometer, power spectal density, vibration and shock, geophysical effects, specification, testing, IEEE 1293 Designation: 1293-1998/Cor 1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,Single-Axis, Nongyroscopic Accelerometers Corrigendum 1: Changes to Annex K and Annex L Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 25, 2008 Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1293-1998. Specification and test requirements for linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometers for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, linear displacement measuring systems, and linear rate measuring systems are defined. The specification format guide and test procedure standard applies to force-rebalance accelerometers (pendulous or translational proof mass), vibrating beam accelerometers (VBAs), and micromechanical accelerometers that range from lesser accuracy to high accuracy devices. Key Words: 1293-1998/Cor 1-2008, accelerometers, force-rebalance mode, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro-electro-mechanical system, nongyroscopic accelerometers, open loop mode, ratiometric output, VBA Designation: 1294 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: See 1390.2 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1295-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X Window System--Modular Toolkit Environment (MTE) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1295.1 History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Graphical user interface (GUI) applications and user interfaces to open systems are covered. This standard defines the application interface to a group of widgets built upon the X Window System X Toolkit Intrinsics. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: API, application portability, data processing, graphical user interface, open systems, operating system, portable application, X Window System Designation: 1295.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology -- X Window System -- Open Toolkit Environment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David A Bealby, Phone:415/336-5585, Email:david.bealby@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1296 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Military Form Factor Annex for IEEE 1296-1987 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 27, 1991 Designation: 1296-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Synchronous 32-Bit Bus: MULTIBUS II Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC 10861. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple-microprocessor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state- of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry is provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered. This document also contains IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: high, performance, 32, bit, bus Designation: 1296.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for 20 MHz and Live Insertion Extensions to Multibus II Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack L Blevins, Phone:217-586-4047, Email:71562.427@compuserve.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1297 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Reuse Process Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rebecca L Joos, Email:joos@cig.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1298-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Software Quality Management System Part 1: Requirements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adopted from Standards Australia - Std AS 3563.1-1991. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Requirements for a software developer's quality management system are established. Each of the elements of a quality management system to be designed, developed, and maintained by the developer are identified, with the objective of ensuring that the software will meet the requirements of a contract, purchase order, or other agreement (collectively referred to as a contract). Key Words: software development, software quality management Designation: 1299-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Also known as Std C62.22.1. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: This guide suggests surge arrester installation methods at distribution cable terminal poles in order to minimize the total impressed transient voltage on medium-voltage distribution cables. Grounding electrode techniques, pole ground values, and system ground grid values are not addressed or considered in this document. Key Words: cable,lead length,margin of protection,surge arresters Designation: P1299 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John P DuPont, Phone:262-691-8303, Email:jdupont@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This project will review and correct minor errors that were pointed out in the balloting process. This project will review new and more detailed lightning protection information of cable systems. That data will be discussed and studied. The technical information of the guide will be updated to properly reflect that new information. Project Purpose: The original purpose of this document was to provide information as to how to best protect a medium voltage underground cable system from over voltages. The next revision will update that information to provide new information on over voltage protection. Designation: 130 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1300-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Cable Connections for Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The coordination of design, material supply, installation, and test procedures required for the connection of a gas- insulated substation (GIS) is described. Preferred dimensions for mechanical and electrical interchangeability for voltage classes of 69kV and above are established. Key Words: cable connection, gas insulated, substation, GIS Designation: P1300 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Cable Connections for Gas Insulated Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Milan Uzelac, Phone:708-388-5010, Email:muzelac@gwelec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a gas insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained fluid filled and high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV and above. The guide applies to both fluid filled and dry type cable terminations with insulating barrier separating SF6 gas in GIS housing from the termination fluid. It also determines the arrangement for dielectric tests of the termination with simulated GIS enclosure. Responsibilities in grounding connections, installation and field tests are also defined. Project Purpose: Connection of a GIS to cables typically requires the coordination of design, material, installation and test procedures of several parties. This guide provides detailed directions for such coordination. The guide establishes limits of supply between cable termination and switchgear manufacturers and assures interchangeability of the terminations and GIS enclosures. Abstract: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained fluid filled and high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV to 550 kV. Key Words: Gas-Insulated Substations, GIS, Terminations, Cable Connections Designation: 1301-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Coordination Document Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1992 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homogeneous, metric, modular, three-dimensional grid as specified in IEC 917. The intent is to provide a single metric equipment practice for worldwide use. Key Words: "The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector- dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homo" Designation: 1301.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convection-Cooled with 2 mm Connectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1992 Abstract: 1301.1-1991 Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convention-Cooled 2 mm Conn (PDF) Key Words: "Requirements are presented for subracks, plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1301-1991 and with a 2 mm connector as defined in EIA IS-64 (1991). The general arrangement, dimensions, and environmental requi" Designation: 1301.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for the Implementation of a Metric Equipment Practice (IEEE Std 1301-1991) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector-related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm. Key Words: backplane, cabinet, interchangeability, metric, rack, subrack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions Designation: 1301.3-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convection-Cooled with 2.5 mm Connectors Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: Elwood T Parsons, Phone:717-545-6796, Email:etparsons@tycoelectronics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1993 Project Scope: To generate a detailed standard in accordance with IEE 1301 for a 2.5mm Connector which meets IEC 48D (sec) 189 Abstract: Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector- related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm. Key Words: backplane, cabinets, interchangeability, metric microcomputer, Subrack, Rack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions, Metric, Connector Designation: 1301.4-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Coordination Document for Mezzanine Cards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Joseph P Trainor, Phone:508-875-5042, Email:j.trainor@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: This standard establishes the metric modular order and coordination dimensions for mezzanine cards for use on host modules. Key Words: front panel, host module, metric, mezzanine, module Designation: 1302-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive Gaskets in the Frequency Range of DC to 18 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2009 Technical Contact: Johan Catrysse, Phone:+32-59-569034, Email:johan.catrysse@khbo.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to provide manufacturers of gaskets and designers of electronic systems appropriate methods for the characterization of gaskets. This document will guide the user in the selection of the appropriate test method in order to determine the level of shielding provided in the intended application. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance on the strengths and weaknesses of each of the recommended methods, and provide in-depth documentation for each method. Therefore, it identifies limitations and sources of errors of the commonly accepted techniques for measuring gaskets, and provides a basis for comparing the various accepted techniques. It encompasses measurements of the as-installed behavior of gaskets as well as manufacturing-related quality control measurements. Special attention is also given to test methods for small samples of gaskets (also above 1 GHz), correlation between different methods, and to identify possible measuring methods for near-field characterization of gaskets [as used on printed circuit board (PCB) board applications]. Abstract: The scope of the proposed project is to provide manufacturers of gaskets and designers of electronic systems appropriate methods for the characterization of gaskets. It will guide the user in the selection of the appropriate test method in order to determine the level of shielding provided in the intended application. Key Words: 1302-2008, aperture transmission, electromagnetic shielding, EMI gaskets, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber, shielding effectiveness, stirred mode, transfer impedance Designation: 1302-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive Gaskets in the Frequency Range DC to 18GHz Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1302-2008. History: BD APP: May 20, 1998 Abstract: Information to assist users of gaskets in evaluating gasket measurement techniques to determine which reveal the properties critical to the intended application, to highlight limitations and sources of error of the competing measurement techniques, and to provide a basis for com-paring the techniques is provided. Emphasis is placed on those measurement techniques that have been adopted through incorporation into standards, both commercial and military, or that have been used extensively. Key Words: "aperture transmission, electromagnetic interference (EMI) gaskets, electromagnetic shielding, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber, stirred mode, transfer impedance" Designation: 1303-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 1994 Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs) before they are placed in-service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Key Words: Mvar, SVC, var, Static var compensator Designation: P1303 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified performance of SVC systems. Many clauses will be useful for compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO)thyristor technology[static compensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices such as insulated gate commutated transistor (IGCT). This guide does not - Cover factory and simulator tests of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests have been performed beforehand). - Discuss the division of responsibility between user and supplier, since this division is usually defined in the contract between buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the practice is for the equipment, subsystem, and commissioning tests to be performed by the supplier, and the acceptance tests to be performed by the buyer or user. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system - Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system - Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of the complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many ways in which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not the purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion of other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design (transmission type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may not be required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in the factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the categories listed above. Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs), before they are placed in- service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Keywords: Mvar, static var compensator, SVC, var, field tests. Designation: 1303 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Christopher Horwill, Phone:+44 1785 274456, Email:chris.horwill@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified performance of SVC systems. This guide does not - Cover factory and simulator tests of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests have been performed beforehand). - Discuss the division of responsibility between user and supplier, since this division is usually defined in the contract between buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the practice is for the equipment, subsystem, and commissioning tests to be performed by the supplier, and the acceptance tests to be performed by the buyer or user. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system - Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system - Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of the complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many ways in which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not the purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion of other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design (transmission type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may not be required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in the factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the categories listed above. Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs), before they are placed in- service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Key Words: Mvar, static var compensator, SVC, var, field tests. Designation: 1304 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for Current Measuring Systems Which Use Optical Techniques for Power Systems Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harold Kirkham, Phone:818-354-9699, Email:harold.kirkham@jpl.nasa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Project Scope: To describe devices, to specify performance characteristics and requirements, to describe tests and calibration techniques. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current measuring systems which use optical techniques to cover the above scope. These systems are not presently covered by any other standard. Designation: 1305 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss artificial neural networks including hardware, software and algorithms related to artificial neural networks. Project Purpose: The subject of artificial neural networks is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accedpted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to artificial neural networks. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of terms recommended for use and to outline algorithm specifications. Designation: 1306 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide for the Evaluation of the Speed and Accuracy of Implementations of Feed-Forward Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alf Jones, Phone:(407) 367-3182, Email:alf@cse.fau.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations which implement supervised learning through minimization of an error function based on the sum of the squares of residual errors. Project Purpose: Since 1986, a large number of implementations of the feed- forward back-error propagation neural network algorithm have been described with widely varying claims of speed and accuracy. At present, buyers and users of software and/or hardware for the purpose of executing such algorithms have no common set of bench-marks to facilitate the verification of vendor claims. The working group proposes to assemble guidelines and sources for test data. Designation: 1307-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Fall Protection for Utility Work Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2004 **Supersedes 1307-1996. Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and recommendations for a fall protection progra, for substation, general structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna Television-CATV), and transmission and distribution structures. Project Purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all protection programs within the utility industry. Abstract: Supersedes 1307-1996 Project scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and recommendations for a fall protection program, for substation, general structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna Television- CATV), and transmission and distribution structures. Project purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all protection programs within the utility industry. Key Words: IEEE Std 1307-2004 , 1307 , Designation: 1307-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Trial Use Guide for Fall Protection for the Utility Industry Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1307-2004. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996 Abstract: General recommendations for fall protection and worker protection are provided. Sufficient details of the methods, equipment, and training requirements necessary to provide safe and adequate procedures for personnel working at elevated worksites are presented. Key Words: carabiner, engineered system, fall arrester, fall arrest system, fall prevention system, fall protection program, total fall distance, work positioning system, worker certification Designation: 1308-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for Magnetic Flux Density and Electric Field Strength Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995 Abstract: Specifications that should be provided to characterize instrumentation used to measure the steady state rms value of magnetic and electric fields with sinusoidal frequency content in the range 10 Hz to 3 kHz in residential and occupational settings as well as in transportation systems are identified. The instrumentation, recommended calibration methods, and sources of measurement uncertainty are also described. Key Words: calibration, measurements, quasi-static fields, specifications, measurement uncertainty, magnetic flux density, electric field strength meters Designation: 1309-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Technical Contact: John G Kraemer, Phone:319-295-4681, Email:jgkraeme@rockwellcollins.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: Revision of Std 1309 to include new field probes and sensors that fall within the original scope of Std 1309 and provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to interpret or understand. Original Scope: The scope of this standard includes the calibration of electromagnetic field sensors [1] and probes [2], excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. [1] ANSI/IEEE std. - 1988 Dictionary of Electronical and Electronics Terms, 4th ed. p. 877 (def. 5) [2] IEC Multilingual dictionary of electricity, IEEE & Hiley, 1983, P. 303 (def. 2) Project Purpose: Standard is being revised to include current technologies and to provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to interpret or understand. Original Purpose: The manufacturers of electromagnetic field sensors and probes currently calibrate them in accordance with the company standards rather than consensus standards. The result is that calibrations are not consistent. A standard calibration method would produce more uniform results. The calibration shall be readily traceable to NIST. Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic (EM) field sensors and probes are provided. Data recording and reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified. Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, measurement instrumentation uncertainty, electric field measurement. Designation: P1309 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Zhong Chen, Phone:5125316452, Email:zhong.chen@ets-lindgren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard includes calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and probes, excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. The standard defines the characteristics, use and measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes. Areas described include: anisotropy effects, temperature effects, probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity (near-field) effects, response in multi-frequency fields, partial- vs. full- immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by amplifiers. Specific instructions are provided for proper calibration of probes for different applications. Project Purpose: This standard provides consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and probes. Calibration organizations and other users need uniform calibration methods to obtain consistent results. The calibration methods of this standard will produce results readily traceable to a national measurement institute. Designation: 1309-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes are provided. Data recording and reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified. Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, probe antenna Designation: P1309a Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Amendment 1 to IEEE Standard Method for the Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Field Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40GHz: Probe characteristics, use and measurement uncertainty: Probe Use Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Nigel J Carter, Phone:44-125-239-2500, Email:njcarter@qinetiq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This project will produce an amendment defining characteristics, use, and measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes, beyond the details about calibration setups and uncertainties already contained in IEEE Std 1309. Specific instructions will be provided for proper calibration of probes for different fields of use. Project Purpose: This project will deal with probe use, characteristics and related measurement uncertainties. Areas to be described in the amendment include but may not be limited to: anisotropy effects, temperature effects, probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity (near-field) effects, response in multifrequency fields, partial- vs. full- immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by amplifiers. Designation: 131 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1310-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars and Coils for Large Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jul 03, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This procedure is intended for bars/coils for rotating machines rated 11 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to the following machines: — Indirectly cooled combustion turbine generators — Indirectly cooled pumped storage or peaking load hydrogenerators — Indirectly cooled synchronous condensers No pass/fail criteria are presented; rather, the test results on a variety of stator bars and coils are compared. Pass/fail criteria may be established by users of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high- voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This procedure provides a recommended practice for performance of thermal cycle testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of simulated core. Since thermal cycling tests will result in aging of the insulation of the bar or coil, prototype or spare bars or coils obtained from a normal production run must be used in the test. Thermal cycle testing of bars and coils confined in a simulated core, that would simulate the effects of the core, would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by this procedure. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 A test method to determine the relative ablility of high-voltage, form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. Key Words: delamination, form wound stator bars, form wound stator coils, similiar design bar, slot section, virgin bar, virgin coil, thermal cycle testing, similiar design coil Designation: P1310 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars and Coils for Large Rotating Machines Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled machine types such as: -- combustion turbine generators -- pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators -- synchronous condensers - cyclic duty water pump motors Various pass/fail criteria are presented and the ones that apply in a specific circumstance must be agreed between the user and the manufacturer prior to commencement of testing. Whether a particular bar or coil has passed or failed is best determined by comparing the test results from a number of stator bars or coils. Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high- voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This procedure provides a recommended practice for performing thermal cycle testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of a simulated core. To ensure the results of the thermal cycling test accurately represent the insulation deterioration expected in service, the bars or coils used in the test should represent in every way the characteristics of the production lot. Thermal cycle testing of bars and coils confined in a simulated core would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by this procedure. Abstract: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled machine types such as: combustion turbine generators, pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators, synchronous condensers, cyclic duty water pump motors. Various pass fail criteria are presented and the ones that apply in a specific circumstance must be agreed between user and manufacturer prior to commencement of testing. Key Words: thermal cycling, delamination, cyclic duty, peaking duty, groundwall degradation, indirectly cooled machines, stator winding Designation: 1310 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars and Coils for Large Rotating Machines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled machine types such as: — combustion turbine generators — pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators — synchronous condensers - cyclic duty water pump motors No pass/fail criteria are presented; rather, the test results on a variety of stator bars and coils are compared. Pass/fail criteria may be established by users of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high- voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This procedure provides a recommended practice for performing thermal cycle testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of a simulated core. To maximize the probability that the results of the thermal cycling test accurately represent the insulation deterioration expected in service, the bars or coils used in the test must represent in every way the characteristics of the production lot. Thermal cycle testing of bars and coils confined in a simulated core would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by this procedure. Designation: 1312 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Standard for Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will provide preferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide guidance in the development and design of alternating-current electrical systems and equipment. Designation: 1312-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 28, 2007. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Reaffirmation and redesignation of ANSI C92.2-1987. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Perferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment are provided, along with definitions of various types of system voltages. Key Words: alternating current electrical systems, system voltage, voltage ratings Designation: 1313-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Technical Council Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Power Systems - Insulation Coordination Status: Superseded **was revised as 1313.1 History: ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Equipment for three-phase alternating-current (ac) systems having a system voltage above 1 kV nominal is discussed. Except for some definitions, this standard includes only phase-to-ground insulation. The object of this standard is to guide the preparation of specifications for insulation of the various items of equipment in a given installation. Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse, BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground, insulation configuration, phase to phase Designation: 1313.1-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles and Rules Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1313-1993. Superseded by C62.82.1-2010. Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jul 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. It specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-earth and phase-to-insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels. This standard recommends that the selected insulation level should be based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed. Insulation coordination studies usually identify overvoltages in per unit of the crest nominal or maximum system voltage to ground. Although the principles of this standard also apply to transmission line insultation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those identified as standard insulation levels. Project Purpose: The existing insulation coordination standard became obsolete and utility industry needs an updated standard. This standard updates the old standard by introducing new concepts which were developed in the last decade. Abstract: The procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulation systems is specified. A list of standard insulation levels, based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed, is also identified. This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse, BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground, insulation configuration, phase to phase, protective margin, protective ratio, standard withstand voltages, voltage stress Designation: 1313.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999 Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 29, 2000 Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three- phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. IEEE Std 1313.1-1996 (Part 1) specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages [basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL) and basic switching impulse insulation level (BSL)] for equipment phase-ground and phase-phase insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels. Although he principles of this standard also apply to transmission line insulation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those identified as standard insulation levels. This guide (Part 2) is an application guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation methods and procedures. The insulation coordination examples for selected equipment are designed to explain the principles of Part 1. The guide is intended for air-insulated ac systems; caution should be exercised in the case of gas-insulated systems (GIS). Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures (MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design based on reliability. Abstract: The calculation method for selection of phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulationwithstand votlages for equipment is presented. This guide gives methods for insulation coordinationof different air-insulated systems like transmission lines and substations. The methods of analysisare illustrated by practical examples. Key Words: "atmospheric correction factor,backflash,basic lightning impulse level - BIL -,basic switching impulse insulation level - BSL - ,clearances,crest value,ground fault factor,insulation coordination,insulation design,overvoltage,phase-to-ground insulation configuration,phase-to-phase insulation configuration,protective margin,protective radio,shielding failures,standard withstand voltages,voltage stress" Designation: 1314 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Measuring Astigmatic Length of Semiconductor Lasers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1315 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Generating Far-Field Spacial Mode Distributors of Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1316 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Generating the Characteristic Optical Output Power as a Function of Input Drive Current for Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1317 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Method for Measuring Feedback Noise in Semiconductor Lasers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1318-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Wrought Steel Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 068:1991 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CELENEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1319-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Cast Aluminum Alloy Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 052:1990 & Amendment A1:1990 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 132-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Test Code for D-C Aircarft Rotating Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: aircraft, rotating, machines, dc, test Designation: 1320 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard IDEF Interface Definition Language (IDL) - User Guide and Glossary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel R Sudnick, Phone:908/949-8032, Email:sudnick@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Project Scope: This project will address the standardization of key words and phrases specified in the Users Manuals of both IDEFo and IDEF1x. Standardization of key terms and phrases will serve as the basis for common IDEF (ICAM Definition Language) model data exchange among different software tool applications. Project Purpose: This project will define the formalism required to provide neutral data exchange between different IDEF sofware tools. The IDL is being developed and applied by the IDEF Users Group Modeling Tools and Exhange Formation Working Group and jointly by the National Center for Manufacturing Science Project Group on IDEF repositiories. Key interet and funding support has been provided by General Motors Corporation. Designation: 1320.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics for IDEF0 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semantics of IDEFO language and usage conventions. The IDEFO language deals with constructs, semantics and syntax of the language. It is used to produce a function model which is a structured representation of the functions of a system or environment, and the information and objects which interrelate those functions. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAÂ program, and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEFO in the 1980s. This standard will facilitate model interchange and improve the consistency of all IDEFO models. Abstract: IDEF0 function modeling is designed to represent the decisions, actions, and activities of an existing or prospective organization or system. IDEF0 graphics and accompanying texts are presented in an organized and systematic way to gain understanding, support analysis, provide logic for potential changes, specify requirements, and support system-level design and integration activities. IDEF0 may be used to model a wide variety of systems, composed of people, machines, materials, computers, and information of all varieties and structured by the relationships among them, both automated and non-automated. For new systems, IDEF0 may be used first to define requirements and to specify functions to be carried out by the future system. As the basis of this architecture, IDEF0 may then be used to design an implementation that meets these requirements and performs these functions. For existing systems, IDEF0 can be used to analyze the functions that the system performs and to record the means by which these are done. Key Words: "enterprise,functional modeling language,IDEF0,language,modeling language" Designation: 1320.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standards User's Manual for the Integrated Computer Aided Manufacturing (ICAM) Function Modeling Method - IDEF0 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Howard A McQueary, Phone:206-234-2167 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1320.2-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semanticws of IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic relationships among them, and the business rules. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial. Abstract: IEEE Std 1320.1-1998, IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Key Words: "conceptual schema,data model,IDEF1X,IDEF1X97,identity style,information model,key style,object model" Designation: 1320.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - User Guide for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard user guide for IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic relationships among them, and the business rules. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial. Designation: 1320.2a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language, Syntax and Semantics for IDEFIX 97 (IDEF object) - Extensions and Example Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The scope includes additional olanguage features deferred from the first release of the standard, and additional informative material on the use of the language. Project Purpose: Produce supplemental information regarding the definition and use of IEEE Standard 1320.2. Additional formally defined language features, deferred from the first release of the standard will enhance its power, giving language users even more powerful analysis and design capabilities. Designation: 1321-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Wrought Aluminum Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 064:1989 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 13210-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 13210:1999, Information Technology -- Requirements and guidelines for test methods specifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX(R) standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 13210-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 13210: 1994, Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R) Status: Superseded **Incorporates IEEE Std 1003.3-1991. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: The general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards are defined. This document is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods. Key Words: assertion, assertion test, base assertion, conditional feature, extended assertion, POSIX, POSIX conformance test suite, test method, test result code Designation: 13213-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 13213:1994, Information technology--Microprocessor systems-- Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Std 1212-1991. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined. Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM specification and bus standard requirements are covered. Key Words: CSR architecture, bus architecture, bus standard, interoperability, microprocessors, node addressing, registers, transaction sets Designation: 1322-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Welded Composite Enclosures of Cast and Wrought Aluminum Alloys for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 069:1991 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1323 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Reuse of Software Process Artifacts - Source Sode Reuse Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nenad Marovac, Phone:619-594-4345, Email:nenad@sdsu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 1324 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Number changed to 260.3 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1325-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Reporting Field Failure Data for Power Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: A format is presented that provides a concise and meaningful method for recording pertinent information on power circuit breaker field failures. It is recommended that this format be utilized in record keeping and directing corrective action to improve field reliability of power circuit breakers. Key Words: power circuit breakers Designation: 1326-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for measuring conformance to IEEE Std 1224-1993, which defines a general purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Programming Interface (API) in terms that are independent of any particular programming language, are provided. Key Words: API, OSI, Test methods, Language independent, Abstract data manipulation Designation: 1326.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology-- Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) X.400- Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent], are defined. Key Words: X.400, Test methods, Open systems interconnection, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API Designation: 1326.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, language-independent specification of the applications interface to directory services are defined. Key Words: Portable application, OSI, Directory, Application portability, API Designation: 1327-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A C programming language binding for the general-purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Program Interface (API) in IEEE Std 1224- 1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The API defined in this standard contains two major parts: an interface for accessing the services defined in the programming language independent specification, and an interface for language-specific services. Key Words: API, ASN.1, C language, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, Language binding, Application program interface, Application portability, Abstract syntax notation Designation: 1327.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A C language binding to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. Key Words: X.400, Language binding, C language, Application program interface, API Designation: 1327.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. Abstract: A C programming language binding for the Application Program Interface (API) to directory services in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The interface is designed for operational, rather than for management, interactions with a directory such as knowledge management or schema management. Security features are not generally visible in the interface in order to permit flexibility in security policies. Key Words: Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language, Application portability, API Designation: 1328-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327- 1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API), are defined. Key Words: C language, Test methods, Language binding Designation: 1328.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces-- Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This standard defines test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327.1-1993, which is a C language binding for IEEE STD 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400- Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]. Key Words: Test methods, Language binding, C language, Application program interface, API Designation: 1328.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for the C language binding defined in IEEE Std 1327.2-1993 for the applications interface to directory services defined in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 are specified. Key Words: Test methods, Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language, Application portability, API Designation: 1329-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Speakerphones Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1329-1999 Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice-switching characteristics of speakerphones that connect directly or indirectly to an analog or digital telephone network. Due to the various characteristics of speakerphones and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all speakerphones. Application of the test procedures to atypical speakerphones should be determined on an individual basis. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice-switching characteristics of speakerphones so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Abstract: This standard provides techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice-switching characteristics of speakerphones that connect directly or indirectly to an analog or digital telephone network. Due to the various characteristics of speakerphones and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all speakerphones. Application of the test procedures to atypical speakerphones should be determined on an individual basis. Key Words: full duplex, half duplex, handsfree, speakerphone, voice switching Designation: 1329 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Hands-Free Telephone Sets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 1329-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1329-2010. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephone sets. Project Purpose: Practical methods for makin laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice switching characteristics of hands-free telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Abstract: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephones (HFTs) are provided. Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to a typical HFTs should be determined on an individual basis. Key Words: Analog handsfree telephone, digital handsfree telephone, electroacoustic transmission characteristics, handsfree telephone, voice switching characteristics, voice transmission characteristics Designation: 1329 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephones (HFTs). Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to atypical HFTs should be determined on an individual basis.<br><br> Although not specifically within the scope of this standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide variety of other communication equipment, including cordless, wireless, mobile and IP network communications devices. Performance requirements are not part of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical and repeatable methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice switching characteristics of HFTs so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Designation: 133 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1331 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for Low Energy Analog Signal Inputs to Protective Relays Status: Changed Designation **This PAR has changed designation to PC37.92 Project Scope: To specify the requirements for low energy analog signals that will be utilized as inputs to protective relays. Some of the requirements to be specified are signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range. Project Purpose: Devices that develop low energy analog signals are not currently covered by standards. The working group will also define classes of devices that provide low energy analog signals. Designation: 1332-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will develop for electronic products and systems a standard set of reliability-program objectives which can be used to express reliability requirements when a customer is contracting with a producer for electronic products. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a standard set of objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle activities needed in order to design, manufacture and utilize reliable products and systems. These objectives provide a flexible structuring of the relationship between customers selected specific reliability tasks for producers to perform without regard to an integrated set of objectives the tasks were to achieve. Abstract: Guidance for providing products that satisfy the customer is given. This standard guides suppliers in planning a program that suits their design philosophy, the product concept, and the resources at their disposal, so that every activity adds value. This standard encourages suppliers and customers to cooperatively integrate their reliability processes. Requirements are written to properly establish the contractual or obligatory relationship between the supplier and customer in a product program. Key Words: "electronics, electronic equipment, electronic systems, MIL-STD 785, reliability, reliability program, reliability program standard" Designation: 1332 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: Reliability requirements and tasks for the development and production of military and commerical systems and equipment. Project Purpose: Existing military standards do not encompass reliability programs for the development and production of commercial electronics equipment. Therefore, there is a need for a national standard which outlines general reliability requirements and specific reliability accounting, engineering, and management tasks required for the development and production of reliable electronic systems and equipment. Designation: P1332 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Products Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides a standard set of reliability program objectives for use between customers and producers, or within product development teams, to express reliability program requirements early in the development phase of electronic products and systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to establish a standard set of objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle activities needed to design, manufacture and utilize reliable electronic products and systems across the supply chain. Designation: 1333-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Cable Using the Guided Boring Method Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The method and equipment involved in proper and economical installation of insulated conductors and/or conduits using the guided boring method are covered. The method addresses installations of insulated cable, cable preinstalled in conduit (CIC), and conduit alone. Key Words: boring, cable, cable preinstalled , conduit, guided boring, insulated cable, CIC, cable preinstalled in conduit Designation: 134-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Code for Direct-Current Carbon-Pile Voltage Regulators for Aircraft Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: regulator, voltage, carbon, dc Designation: 1341 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Recomended Practices for Multimedia Extensions to Bus Architectures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1342 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standards Developers' Guide for Bus Architecture Modeling Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1343 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Testing the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: The scope is to develop an omnibus Guide to covedr all field test methods for shielded power cable systems. It is proposed that the IEEE 400 designation be given to the general document that introduces all presently available test methods. Present IEEE 400 would be re-numbered as 400.1 with others to be similarly numbered (such as 400.2 for Very Low Frequency Testing, etc.). Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to cover all presently used field test methods into one document that introduces each procedure. Brief statements of the advantages and disadvantages of each method will allow the reader to obtain an overview of the tests. Uniform procedures and guidelines for the evaluation of each method will enable users to compare results of one or more tests with field performance. Test methods that are sufficiently developed to have a complete Guide will become a portion of the 400 designation - such as the case with dc testing (now IEEE 400) that would become 400.1. Other methods that are sufficiently advanced so that a companion Guide can be developed will become a portion of the total package as they are approved. Very Low Frequency Testing (0.1 Hz) could become IEEE 400.2, Resonant 400.3, etc. Designation: 1344-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std C37.118-2005 Abstract: The synchronizing input and the data output for phasor measurements made by substation computer systems is discussed. Processes involved in computing phasors from sampled data, data-to-phasor conversions, and formats for timing imputs and phasor data output from a Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) are also addressed. Key Words: anti-aliasing, digital computer based measurement, GPS, Global Positioning System, Nyquist rate, phase lock, phasor, satellites, synchronism, synchronized phasor, time input Designation: 1346-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Evaluating Electric Power System Compatibility With Electronic Process Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. History: BD APP: May 05, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: The group will develop a recommended practice for evaluating technical and economic compatibility. The scope of the compatibility is industrial and commercial electronic process equipment, facility electrical network, and electric utility feed to the facility. Project Purpose: Develop a standardized methodology for evaluating compatibility that provides a common basis of comparison for equipment manufacturers, utilities, consultants, etc. Abstract: A standard methodology for the technical and financial analysis of voltage sag compatibility between process equipment and electric power systems is recommended. The methodology presented is intended to be used as a planning tool to quantify the voltage sag environment and process sensitivity. It shows how technical and financial alternatives can be evaluated. Performance limits for utility systems, power distribution systems, or electronic process equipment are not included. Key Words: "power quality,power quality monitoring,sensitive equipment,voltage loss,voltage sags" Designation: 1347 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide for the Understanding of the Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James E Cottrell, Phone:301-460-5445 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1348-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Adoption of Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Difficulties that may be encountered, and how they can be avoided, by organizations intending to adopt CASE tools are addressed. An overview of the adoption process, including analysis of the organization's needs and readiness for automation, use of a pilot project, and definition of activities necessary to interate the new technology into the organization's standard software engineering proctice, is provided. Key Words: CASE, CASE adoption, pilot project, technology transfer, tool, software Designation: 1349-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2002 Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 20, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: AC Electric Motors in sizes from fractional horsepower up will be considered; primary emphasis will be on the use of general purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and arcing/sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain generalized caution notes but do not include definitive recommendations for application of general purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. This guide will document industry experience and established practices for the application of general purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. Abstract: This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single-phase ac synchronous and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, are covered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of general-purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints. Results of motor surface temperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in the guide. Guidance is included for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations. Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division 2 areas. Industry experience and established practices are documented for the application of general-purpose motors in Class I, Division 2 locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide is not a specification and is not intended for use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2 locations. Key Words: "autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, classified locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction motor, motor, motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint test, rotor, rotor sparking, rotor temperature" Designation: P1349 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction electric motors in ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are covered in this Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2011. Surface temperature test methods and sine wave and non-sine wave applications are covered. Precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking are included. To mitigate hot surface temperatures and sparking, this document provides guidance for selecting, operating, and maintaining motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations.This Guide does not cover AC wound rotor motors and DC electric motors. Motors installed in locations other than Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in NFPA 70-2011 are not covered in this Guide. This document is not a specification and is not intended to be used as a specification for purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this document are 1000 V and less, and over 1000 V. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2011. This Guide documents industry experience and established practices and provides guidance for applying motors in these locations. Abstract: This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application of motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single- phase ac synchronous and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, for sine wave and non-sine wave applications are covered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of general-purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking. Surface temperature test methods and results of motor surface temperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in the guide. Guidance is included for selecting, operating, and maintaining motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations. Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 areas. Industry experience and established practices are documented for the application of general-purpose motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide is not a specification and is not intended for use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2 and Zone 2 locations. Key Words: autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, Class I, Zone 2, classified locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction motor, motor, motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint test, label test, rotor, rotor sparking, rotor temperature, synchronous motor, T Code, temperature code, adjustable speed drive Designation: 1349 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction electric motors in fractional ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are covered in this Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. Precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints are also covered. This document also provides guidance for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide does not cover AC wound rotor motors and DC electric motors. Motors installed in locations other than Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in NFPA 70-2005 are not covered in this Guide. This document is not a specification and is not intended to be used as a specification for purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this document are 1000 V and less, and over 1000 V. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide documents industry experience and established practices and provides guidance for applying motors in these locations. Designation: 135-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Aircraft, Missile, and Space Equipment Electrical Insulation Tests Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: This Recommended Practice will be limited to the consideration of test procedures applicable to insulation in flight and support equipment or to manufactured components or subassemblies of such equipment. Test procedures will also be recommended for inspection of equipment insulation to determine its flight worthiness after service, repair, and/or periods of storage. Key Words: aircraft, missile, space, insulation, equipment Designation: 1350 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Protection of Distribution Transformers with Emphasis on Secondary (Low-Voltage) Side Surges Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Georges H Vaillancourt, Phone:450-446-0605, Email:tc42sec@sympatico.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1351-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ACSE and Presentation Layer Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995 Abstract: A language-independent Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element of the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer are defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications. Key Words: ACSE, API, application layer, application portability, language independent, open systems, open system interconnection, OSI, presentation layer Designation: 1353-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ASCE and Presentation Layer Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Binding] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 1995 Abstract: A C language binding to IEEE Std 1351-1994, a language-independent standard defining an Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element from the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer is defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications. Key Words: ASCE, API, application layer, application portability, C binding, language binding, open systems interconnection, OSI, presentation layer Designation: 1355 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Heterogeneous Interconnect (HIC), (Low Cost, Low Latency, Scaleable, Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: 1: To correct known errors, particularly in the initialization and disconnection/reconnection sequence of the DS (Data/Strobe encoding) logical layer of the standard. 2: To correct minor inconsistencies, particularly where drawings are inconsistent with accompanying text. 3: To permit the use of modern LVDS circuits (IEEE 1596.3-19996, ANSI/TIA/EIA-644- 1995) as well as the PECL (Pseudo Emitter Coupled Logic) circuits for the DS-DE (Data/Strobe Differential Electrical transmission) signal layer of the standard. 4: Apart from the corrections and the addition of LVDS, to make no further additions to the standard. Project Purpose: The IEEE 1355 standard was originally developed for heterogeneous, high-performance, scalable, modular parallel systems to be constructed with low implementation cost. These characteristics, together with the opportunity that IEEE 1355 gives to build networks with redundant interconnections, led to the standard's use where fault-tolerance is required. Such applications may include satellites in space, IP switches and routers, experimental data acquisition, industrial robotics, networks in the home, and automotive networks. The current standard comes very close to meeting the requirements for fault-tolerance of these applications, but the error in the initialization sequence means that practical implementations must deviate from the standard. The needs of these applications for low power has also resulted in the use of LVDS components, which are almost (but not quite) compatible with the standard. The changes proposed to the standard will bring the standard into line with the requirements of these new applications, and offer a consistent basis for their implementation. Designation: 1355-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Project Scope: Physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point to point serial scaleable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mbit/sec and at 1 Gbit/sec in copper and optic technologies (as developed in Open Microprocessor systems Initiative/heterogeneous InterConnect Project (OMI/HIC). Project Purpose: To enable high-performance, scaleable, modular, parallel systems to be constructed with low system integration cost; to support communications system fabric; to provide a transparent implementation of a range of high level protocols (communications, e.g. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), message passing, shared memory transactions e.g. SCI, Futurebus+, etc.; to support links between heterogeneous systems. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described. Key Words: flow control, encoding schemes, OMI, HIC, packet routing, parallelism, point to point, serial scalable, scalable, protocols, routing fabric, serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip, transaction layer, wormhole routing, heterogeneous, low latency Designation: 1355-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ISO/IEC version of IEEE Std 1355. Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Abstract: Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described. Key Words: "flow control,encoding schemes,OMI/HIC,packet routing,parallelism,point-to-point serial scalable interconnect,protocols,routing fabric,serial links,serialization,silicon integration,switch chip,transaction layer,wormhole routing" Designation: 1355.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Protocols for IEEE Std 1355 on Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1355.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for SpaceWire - Links, Nodes, Routers and Networks Optizimized for Space Craft Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Josep Rosello-Guasch, Phone:31-71-565-4058, Email:jrosello@estec.esa.nl **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: SpaceWire is based on two existing commercial standards, IEEE 1355-1995 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-644 which have been combined and adapted for use on-board spacecraft. As with IEEE 1355-1995 and most other communications protocols, SpaceWire can be described and defined at a number of different levels: - The Physical Level, defining cables, connectors and cable assemblies; - The Signal Level, defining electrical characteristics, coding, signal timing and EMC specifications; - The Character Level, defining how data and control characters are encoded; - The Exchange Level, defining the way in which a SpaceWire link operates including link initialisation, normal operation, error detection and error recovery; - The Packet Level, defining the way in which data is encapsulated in packets for transfer across a SpaceWire network; - The Network Level, defining the structure and operation of a SpaceWire networ Project Purpose: The overall purpose of the SpaceWire standard is to provide a unified high-speed data-handling infrastructure for spacecraft, connecting together sensors, processing elements, mass-memory units, downlink telemetry sub-systems and Electronic Ground Support Equipment (EGSE). Particular aspects of this purpose are: · to facilitate the construction of high- performance on-board data-handling systems, · to help reduce system integration costs, · to promote compatibility between data-handling equipment and sub-systems, · to encourage re-use of data-handling equipment across several different missions. Designation: 1356 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Profile for a Multiprotocol Plug-in Modules Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Develop a physical layer module definition and packaging standard utilizing the P1357 Logical Layer specification and IEEE 1301. Project Purpose: To define the standards required to realize a multiprotocol communications platform. Designation: 1357 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Logical Interconnection of Multi-protocol Plug-in Modules Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Develop and define a logical layer for information transfer among a variety of functional components within a multi-protocol environment. Internal architecture will be capable of supporting protocols such as ATM, HIC, Fiber Channel, Scalable Coherent, Interface (SCI), and Futurebus + Cache Coherent transaction set. Project Purpose: Define a standard method for transferring multiprotocol data and events between and among a variety of plug-in modules within a multiprotocol platform. It is an express goal that the platform support the quality of service requirements of P1341 Multimedia and P896.7 Profile C. Designation: 1358 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Signal Processing Applications - Processor Graph Method Software Design Methodology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen Seidman, Phone:205-844-6305 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1359 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Maintenance and Related Practices for Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Powe Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Carl Weary, Phone:214-812-7138, Email:cweary1@tuelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 136-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure and Presentation of Aircraft Generator and Regulator Characteristics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, generator, regulator, characteristics Designation: 1361-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Abstract: This guide is applicable to all stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems where PV is the only charging source. Stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) system parameters and operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics and expected system performance. Charging parameters for PV systems are suggested to help in the selection of a battery for a specific application. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery selection and system parameters is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. Test results only provide information on initial battery performance. No cycle-life predictions are made. Key Words: "lead-acid battery test procedure, lead-acid battery tutorial, photovoltaic (PV) battery characteristics, PV battery selection, PV systems, PV battery test procedure" Designation: P1361 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead- acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery's operating setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Designation: 1361 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for the Selection, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: This guide is a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, and how battery operating characteristics and PV systems performance are interrelated. The guide provides the PV system designer with information on applicable lead-acid battery type designs. Electrical, physical, mechanical and environmental characteristics are discussed. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics and expected system performance. Parameters to optimize the system are suggested to help in the selection of a battery selection and system parameters is provided, included discussion on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance to the PV system designer in understanding lead acid battery performance characteristics in relation to operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection and evaluation based on the system requirements and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery and its performance using a predetermined set of PV system parameters. Guidance is also provided as to how these test results may be interpreted. Abstract: Project scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Key Words: IEEE 1361 Designation: 1361 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Designation: 1362-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operations (ConOps) Document Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998 History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of concept of operation document. Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme for preparing and presenting a concept of operations document. A concept of operations (CONOPS) document describes the mission of the system and its operational and support environments. The CONOPS describes the functions and characteristics of the computer system within the overall system. The CONOPS represent a consensus among development, support and user organizations on the operational concept of the system being developed. The CONOPS provides the basis for the system requirements document. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The format and contents of a concept of operations (ConOps) document are described. A ConOps is a user-oriented document that describes system characteristics for a proposed system from the usersÕ viewpoint. The ConOps document is used to communicate overall quantitative and qualitative system characteristics to the user, buyer, developer, and other organizational elements (for example, training, facilities, staffing, and maintenance). It is used to describe the user organization(s), mission(s), and organizational objectives from an integrated systems point of view. Key Words: "buyer,characteristics,concept of operation,concepts of operations document,ConOps,developer,operational requirements,scenario,software- intensive system,software system,system,user,user requirements,viewpoint" Designation: 1362a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operations Document: Content Map for IEEE 12207.1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of concept of operations documents as defined in 1362 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1363-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2000 Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public- key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key techniques offer fundamentaltechnology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of common public-key techniques covereing key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. The purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. Abstract: This standard specifies common public-key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also specifies related cryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys. The purpose of this standard is to provide a reference for specifications on a variety of techniques from which applications may select. Key Words: "digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key cryptography" Designation: P1363 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Specifications for Public Key Cryptography Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document will provide the specifications of common public- key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also includes specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a wide range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. This document merges the basic techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363-2000 with the additional techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363a-2004. Designation: 1363.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specification for Public Key Cryptographic Techniques Based on Hard Problems over Lattices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides specifications of common public key cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363™-2000 [B47]1 and IEEE Std 1363a™-2004 [B48], including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public key encryption, identification and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys are also presented. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. IEEE Std 1363-2000 [B47] and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 [B48] have produced a comprehensive reference defining a range of common public key techniques covering key agreement, public key encryption, and digital signatures from several families,namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic curve families. This standard specifies cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices. These techniques may offer tradeoffs in operating characteristics when compared with the methods already specified in IEEE 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. This standard also provides a second-generation framework for the description of cryptographic techniques, as compared to the initial framework provided in IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public key techniques or security requirements (including key sizes) for this or any family. Rather, the purpose of this standard is to provide the following: a) A reference for specification of a variety of techniques from which applications may select b) The relevant number- theoretic background c) Extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements for itself Abstract: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices supplemental to those considered in IEEE 1363 and IEEE P1363a, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, identification and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Key Words: 1363.1-2008, encryption, lattice-based cryptography, public key cryptography Designation: 1363.2-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2009 Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Project Scope: This standard covers specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques for performing password-based authentication and key establishment, supplemental to the techniques described in IEEE Std 1363™-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a™-2004.1 It includes specifications of primitives and schemes designed to utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions, including schemes for password-authenticated key agreement and password-authenticated key retrieval. Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings. Memorized secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many common cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random high-grade secret keys; yet, the secrets that human beings can conveniently memorize and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets. Passwords are widely used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so- random and relatively small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack when inappropriately used as cryptographic keys. Abstract: This standard covers specifications of public-key cryptographic techniques for password-based authentication and key establishment, supplemental to the techniques described in IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It is intended as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It includes specifications of primitives and schemes designed to utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions, including schemes for password- authenticated key agreement and password-authenticated key retrieval. Key Words: 1363.2-2008, authentication, key agreement, password, public-key cryptography Designation: 1363.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques for performing password-based authentication and key exchange, supplemental to the techniques considered in IEEE P1363 and IEEE P1363a. Specifications of primitives, schemes, and protocols designed to safely utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings. Memorized secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many common cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random high-grade secret keys, yet, the secrets that human beings can conveniently memorize and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets. Passwords are widely used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so-random and relatively small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack when inappropriately used as cryptographic keys. P1363.2 will specify public-key cryptographic techniques specifically designed to securely perform password-based authentication and key exchange. These techniques provide a way to authenticate people and distribute high-quality cryptographic keys for people, while preventing off-line brute-force attacks associated with passwords. A resulting high quality key may be more confidently used in combination with other cryptographic methods, such as symmetric encryption methods and public-key encryption, identification, and digital signature methods. P1363.2 will provide a reference for a variety of such password- based techniques within a suitable framework. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of password-based techniques or security requirements (including key sizes). Rather, the purpose is to provide: (1) a reference for specification of a variety of techniques from which applications may select, (2) the appropriate theoretic background, and (3) extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements. Designation: P1363.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Identity-Based Cryptographic Techniques using Pairings Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document specifies identity-based cryptographic schemes based on the bilinear mappings over elliptic curves known as pairings. Specific techniques include algorithms to compute the pairings, and specification of recommended elliptic curves and curve parameters over which the pairings are defined. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The proliferation of electronic communication and the internet brings with it the need for privacy and data protection. Public Key Cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 have produced a comprehensive reference defining a range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption and digital signatures from several families, namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic curve families. IEEE P1363.3 will specify Identity-Based Cryptographic techniques based on Pairings. These offer advantages over classic public key techniques specified in IEEE 1363. Examples are the lack of a requirement to exchange or look up public keys of a recipient and the simplified use of short-lived keys. The Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Designation: 1363a-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography - Amendment 1: Additional Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2004 Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363-2000, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. When the IEEE P1363a project began, work was in progress in the IEEE P1363 project on specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional techniques remained to be specified, which could eventually be added to the IEEE P1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques required further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques in IEEE Std 1363-2000 were relatively more established. To facilitate the completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE P1363 working group sought to have separate projects for the two efforts, which would result in separate, companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's intention that the standards will be merged during future revisions. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 1363-2000 This standard specifies additional public-key cryptographic techniques beyond those in IEEE Std 1363-2000. It is intended to be merged with IEEE Std 1363-2000 during future revisions. Key Words: digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key cryptography Designation: 1363a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography: Additional Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques supplemental to those considered in IEEE P1363, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Project Purpose: It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public- key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applicatons may select. Worl is in progress in the IEEE 1363 project on specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional techniques remain to be specified, which could eventually be added to the IEEE 1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques require further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques in IEEE 1363 are relatively more established. To facilitate the completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE 1363 working group seeks to have separate projects for the 2 efforts, which would result in separate, companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's intention that the standards would be merged during future revisions. Designation: 1364-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006 Project Scope: Verilog is a hardware description language (HDL) that was standardized as IEEE Std 1364™-1995 and first revised as IEEE Std 1364-2001. This revision corrects and clarifies features ambiguously described in the 1995 and 2001 editions. It also resolves incompatibilities and inconsistencies of IEEE 1364-2001 with IEEE Std 1800™-2005. The intent of this standard is to serve as a complete specification of the Verilog HDL. This standard contains the following: — The formal syntax and semantics of all Verilog HDL constructs — The formal syntax and semantics of standard delay format (SDF) constructs — Simulation system tasks and functions, such as text output display commands — Compiler directives, such as text substitution macros and simulation time scaling — The programming language interface (PLI) binding mechanism — The formal syntax and semantics of the Verilog procedural interface (VPI) — Informative usage examples — Informative delay model for SDF — The VPI header file Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document, IEEE Std 1364-2001, was to provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language. The reason for the document's revision is to incorporate corrections that have been identified by the working group since 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE. Abstract: The Verilog hardware description language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI, programming language interface, Verilog, Verilog HDL, Verilog P Designation: 1364-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1364-1995. Technical Contact: Maqsoodul Mannan, Phone:408-432-1001, Email:mannan@dsmtech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was standardized as IEEE 1364-1995. It is currently used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate and RTL levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to include new constructs which improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design technology. Project Purpose: To provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language. Abstract: Supersedes 1364-1995. Key Words: "computer,computer languages,digital systems,electronic systems,hardware,hard-ware description languages,hardware design,HDL,PLI,programming language interface,VerilogHDL,Verilog PLI,Verilog ®" Designation: 1364-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Hardware Description Language Based on the Verilog(R) Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1364-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: The Verilog Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer, computer languages, electronic systems, digital systems, hardware design, hardware description language, HDL, programming language, language interface, PLI, verilog HDL, verilog PLI Designation: 1364 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael T McNamara, Phone:650-934-6888, Email:mac@verisity.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was standardized as IEEE-1364-1995, and revised as 1364-2001. It is currently used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate, RTL and system levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to clarify features ambiguously described in the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 revisions, as well as to extend the language by adding new constructs which improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design and verification technology. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a standard that complements IEEE 1076-IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual from the register transfer level downward, by providing an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language, as well as incorporating enhancements that have been developed by the industry since the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE. Designation: 1364.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: (Replaced)IEEE Standard for Verilog Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **IEC dual logo adoption IEC/IEEE 62142:2005. Administratively withdrawn 9- January-2010. Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364. Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their design compliant with this developed standard. Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62142-2005 (SH/SS95358) To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364. To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well- defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their design compliant with this developed standard. Standard syntax and semantics for Verilog ® HDL-based RTL synthesis are described inthis standard. Key Words: "hardware description language,HDL,RTL,synthesis,Verilog ®" Designation: 1365 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Floating Offshore Production Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1366-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004 **Supersedes 1366-1998. Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities would have the data available to calculate all the indices. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1366, 2001 Edition SUMMARY Distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculations are defined in this guide. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions. Key Words: circuits, distribution reliability indices, distribution systems, electric power, reliability indices Designation: P1366 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities would have the data available to calculate all the indices. Designation: 1366-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Superseded **Mar-01: Upgraded from Trial-Use. Superseded by 1366-2003. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1998 Project Scope: To identify a set of terms and definitions which can be used to calculate power distribution reliability indices and factors. Project Purpose: To present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices and factors. Abstract: Superseded by 1366-2003. Useful distribution reliability indices, and factors that affect their calculation, are identi- fied. This guide includes indices that are useful today as well as ones that may be useful in thefuture. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and definedregions. Key Words: "circuits,distribution reliability indices,distribution systems,electric power,reliability indices" Designation: 1367 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1368-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Aeolian Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007 Technical Contact: Thomas J Alderton, Phone:850-863-8969, Email:talderton@cox.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007 Project Scope: This guide provides current practices related to field measurements of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors. Project Purpose: The measurement of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors is currently being carried out by use of a variety of devices and methods. The only IEEE document published on this subject was written in 1966 by the IEEE Transmission and Distribution Committee [B15] and is considered to be in need of review. In consultation with CIGRE and CEA, we will endeavor to produce a document that will allow the average utility engineer and the industry in general to improve their understanding of this important evaluation procedure. Abstract: Current practices related to field measurements of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors are covered in this guide. Key Words: aeolian vibration, bending amplitude, overhead conductors, vibration measurement, vibration recorders Designation: 1368 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dale A Douglass, Phone:518-346-8086, Email:da.douglass@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1369 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for a Utility Industry Crytographic Protocol Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 137-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Trial-Use Test Procedure for AC 400 Hz Aircraft Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, induction, motor Designation: 1371 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Distributed Coherent Memory Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thanos Mentzelopoulos, Phone:214 964 2641, Email:thanos@onramp.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1372 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly P1003.1 Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1373 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Field Test Methods and Procedures for Grid- Connected Photovoltaic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1374-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power System Safety Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Apr 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guideline will address the design, equipment applicability and hardware installation of electrically safe stand-alone and grid connected photovoltaic (PV) power design. Project Purpose: Photovoltaic power system designers and installers have a wide range of utility-grade, industrial, commercial, and special purpose cables, over-current devices, disconnects, power conditionners, modules, and other optional equipment to choose from in the design and installation of electrically safe systems. The selection and application of the available equipment is not generally covered in existing standards. This guide will suggest good engineering safety practices for PV system design, equipment selection, and hardware installation. Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. The design, equipment applicability, and hardware installation of electrically safe, stand- alone, and grid-connected PV power systems operating at less than 50 kW output are addressed. Storage batteries and other generating equipment are discussed briefly. Key Words: "ampacity, cable types, PV system" Designation: 1375-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Kurt W Uhlir, Phone:630-910-6998, Email:uhlirk@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: Develop guidance for protection of stationary battery systems up to the first battery disconnecting switch or device. Project Purpose: Philosophy of battery protection as well as dc interruptions or ratings of fuses and circuit breakers are not addressed by current standards. The sub-committee will assist industry by providing guidance in these areas. Abstract: Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes of this guide, stationary battery systems include the battery and dc components to and including the Þrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals. This guide does not set requirements; rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of stationary battery system protection available. Designation: 1375-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Harold E Epstein, Phone:978-777-9494, Email:ieneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Abstract: " Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes ofthis guide, stationary battery systems include the battery and dc components to and including theÞrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals. This guide does not set requirements;rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of stationarybattery system protection available. " Key Words: "circuit breaker,current limiting,equipment grounding,fuse,grounding,lead-acid batteries,nickel-cadmium batteries,overvoltage protection,short-circuit current,stationary battery,system grounding,temperature compensation,undervoltage protection" Designation: P1375 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Kurt W Uhlir, Phone:630-910-6998, Email:uhlirk@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides guidance for the protection of stationary battery systems. For the purposes of this guide, stationary battery systems include the battery and dc components to and including the first protective device downstream of the battery terminals. The recommendations provided are not intended to set requirements; rather, they present options to the designer of the battery system concerning the types of protection available. This guide discusses the forms of passive and active protection of both grounded and ungrounded stationary battery systems. The characteristics, sizing, application, and ratings of protective devices used in dc circuits and the short-circuit characteristics of batteries and battery chargers are covered. Further discussions are presented regarding dc system time constants, how they are determined, and how they relate to the selection of protective devices. General principles of coordination of protective devices for selective tripping are discussed. The user of this guide is referred to IEEE Std 242for in-depth guidance concerning coordination of protective devices. Project Purpose: This document provides design considerations for the protection of stationary battery systems in a wide variety of industry applications including generating stations, substations, telecommunications, industrial and commercial installations, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems, and renewable energy systems. Designation: 1376 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard Protocol for Electric Utility Intercontrol Center Data Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terrence L Saxton, Phone:612-473-3250, Email:tsaxton@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Define a data communications protocol for the exchange of data between electric utility control centers. This protocol will operate over a full 7-layer ISO Open Systems Interconnnect (OSI)-compliant protocol stack to exchange real-time and historical power system monitoring and control data, scheduling data, energy accounting data, and operator messages. Specifically, this protocol will operate over the Manufacturing Messaging Specification (MMS) Application Service element (ASE) and Association Control Service element (ASCE) in layer 7. Project Purpose: Multiple, non-standard protocols exist today for exhanging data between control centers, ranging from EMS vendor proprietary protocols to unique protocols defined by groups of utilities for sharing data. A single standard protocol would facilitate both interoperability of different vendor's systems and even greater opportunities for sharing data between utilities. The working group will develop a service description, protocol specification, and PICS for a new standard protocol. An Application Profile requiring connection-oriented transport service and an interchange format and representation profile (i.e., an A-Profile and F-Profile, respectively, corresponding to the ISO taxonomy) will also be developed. Designation: P1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer (End Device Data Tables) Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This Standard defines a Table structure for utility application data to be passed between an End Device and any other device. It neither defines device design criteria nor specifies the language or protocol used to transport that data. The Tables defined in this standard represent data structure that shall be used to transport the data, not necessarily the data storage format used inside the End Device. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an interoperable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the framework and data structures for transporting Utility End Device data to and from End Devices and for use by enterprise systems. This standard is intended to accommodate the concept of an advanced metering infrastructure such as that identified by the Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability of the U.S. Department of Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of the Ontario Ministry of Energy (Canada) and the stated requirements of Measurement Canada for the approval of a metering device for use in Canada. This standard is to provide a uniform, structured and adaptive data model, such that Utility End Devices and ancillary devices (e.g. home appliances and communication technology) can operate in a “plug and play” and multi-source enterprise AMI environment. This standard extends the definitions provided by IEEE 1377- 1997 standard to include provisions for enterprise level asset management, data management, and uniform data exchange capability, through the use of common and managed XML/TDL and XML/EDL End Device Class models Abstract: This standard provides common structures for encoding data in communication between End Devices (meters, home appliances, IEEE 1703 Nodes) and Utility enterprise collection and control systems using binary codes and XML content. The standard addresses the AMI and SmartGrid requirements as identified by the Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability of the U.S. Department of Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of the Ontario Ministry of Energy (Canada) and of Measurement Canada. The standard exposes sets of tables that are grouped together into sections that pertain to a particular feature-set and related function such as Time-of-use, Load Profile, Security, Power Quality and more. Each standard Table Set (Data Model) can be expanded or restricted by the Manufacturer of the IEEE 1377 Device or home appliance using XML/TDL descriptive registered syntax (XML-based Table Definition Language) and enterprise data-value management using EDL (Exchange Data Language) in a manner that is machine readable. Published jointly with NEMA and Measurement Canada, this standard provides Tables in support of Gas, Water and Electric sensors and related appliances. It also provides Tables for network configuration and management by referencing its companion standard IEEE 1703. IEEE 1377 is co-published as ANSI C12.19 and MC12.19. Key Words: IEEE 1377, ANSI C12.19, End Device, Utility Tables Designation: 1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Industry End Device Tables - Revision 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: To develop compatible additions to IEEE 1377-1997 such that the existing standard will satisfy new needs of end device technologies and satisfy needs of existing technologies previously unable to comply with the original standard; IEEE 1377-1997. Project Purpose: Increase compatibility with ANSI C12 work. Support new functionality. Correct technical and editorial errors. Designation: 1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Standard (End Device Data Tables) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard shall provide the application layer data format for the utility data to be passed between an End Device and a computer. The data format shall be based upon the data description provided by the Utility Industry including the Water, Gas, and the Electric Utilities. Also, this standard shall include the read/write command structure for interfacing this application layer to a lower communication layer of various communications technologies such as optical port, telephone, and wide area network. It does not define device design criteria nor specify the lower layers of communication protocol used to transport the End Device Table data. This IEEE P1377 standard is congruent with MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19 standards. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define data structures for transporting Utility End Device data to and from End Devices in a uniform and structured manner such that Utility End Devices and ancillary devices can operate in a “plug and play” and multi-source environment. Designation: 1377-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an opern system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality. Abstract: " Functionally related utility application data elements, grouped into a single data structurefor transport are described. Data may be utilized peer-to-peer or upstream to readers or billing sys-tems by being carried by one lower layered protocol to another stack of lower layered protocol. Thedata structure does not change from end device to the user of the data. " Key Words: "decade of tables,end device,function-limiting control (FLC) table,time-of-use (TOU) table" Designation: 1377/C12.19-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an open system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality. Abstract: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Designation: 1378-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for Commissioning High-Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations and Associated Transmission Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jul 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: General guidelines for commissioning high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) convert stations and associated transmission systems are provided. These quidelines apply to HVDC systems utilizing 6-pulse or 12-pulse thyristor-valve converter units operated as a two-terminal HVDC transmission system or an HVDC back-to-back system. Key Words: high-voltage direct current , HVDC, HVDC transmission systems, off- site tests, on-site tests, precommissioning, commissioning Designation: 1379-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Remote Terminal Units and Intelligent Electronic Devices in a Substation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2001 **Supersedes 1379-1997. Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This project will make the Trial Use document a full Recommended Practice. The present standard was published in March 1998 as a Trial Use Recommended Practice. However, the protocols listed in the document were actually selected by the Task Force in 1995. It has already shown to be a valuable standard and is being widely used in the industry. Project Purpose: The protocols listed in the existing Trial Use Recommended Practice IEEE 1379 have proven to be very useful and should be retained as an industry recommended practice. The intent is to re-validate the existing document and delete the words "Trial Use". Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of remote terminal units (RTUs)and intelligent electronic devices (IEDs)in an electric utility substation is provided.A mechanism for adding data elements and message structures to this recommended practice is described. Key Words: "IED,master station,RTU,slave,supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)systems" Designation: 1379-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Intelligent Electronic Devices and Remote Terminal Units in a Substation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1379-2000. Technical Contact: Kenneth Jackson, Phone:716 385 2281 (H) **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: A common documented protocol and defined data objects to permit uniform interface among intelligent electronic devices and remote terminal units in a substation. Project Purpose: No common communications protocol has been widely adopted for interchanging data among Remote Terminal units (RTUs) and other intelligent electronic devices (IED) in substations. To create the Recommended Practice, the Task Force will examine in detail many existing protocols and profiles, with the goal of adopting (as is) or selecting 1 or more from elements of several others, in order to best meet the evaluation criteria. The evaluation criteria will be determined by consensus among participating utility engineers (users), RTU vendors, IED vendors, and consultants in the field of substations. The recommended practice will also include a basic set of data objects for the application layer of the adopted protocol. A method to allow adding future data objects will be defined and included. The recommended practice will be designated "trial use" because it is intended as a near-term solution which will be incorporated in a larger standards- making effort for utility enterprise-wide communication. Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of Intelligent ElectronicDevices (IEDs) and Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) in an electric utility substation is provided. A mechanismfor adding data elements and message structures to this recommended practice is described. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 138-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure for Aircraft Alternating-Current Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, generator, ac Designation: 1380 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1381 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Power of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1382 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Transmission System Performance of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1385 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Radio Disturbances in the Range of 800 MHz to 40 GHz Capable of Interfacing with PCS (Personl Communication Service) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dheena Moongilan, Phone:732-834-1806, Email:moongilan@lucent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1386-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Common Mezzanine Card Family: CMC Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Provide the parent document for a family of mezzanine cards to be used on single slot VME boards, Multibus boards and desktop computers and other computer applications. Also provide the common mechanical definition and common referenced environmental specification for this family of mezzanine cards. These mezzanine cards will be used to provide modular front panel I/O, rear connector I/O and/or general function expansion for host computers. Project Purpose: Several of the popular RISC and CISC microprocessors are using the same logial and electrical layer for their high speed local bus. These same RISC and CISC processors are being incorporated onto single slot VME boards, Multibus boards, desktop computers and other types of computer system. There is a large market need for modular I/O and modular local function expansion via low profile mezzanine cards. This proposed standard will be the parent document for a series of mezzanine cards, plus will define the base line mechanics for these mezzanine cards that can be used on VME, Multibus, desktop computers and other computer based applications with a similar need. The mechanical definition will be based on IEEE 1301.4 and the other hard metric mechanical standards. A suggested set of environmental standards will be referenced for the environmental layer. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The mechanics of a common mezzanine card (CMC) family are defined in this standard.Mezzanine cards, designed to this standard, can be used interchangeably on VME, VME64 andVME64x boards, CompactPCI ¤ boards, Multibus ¤ I and II boards, desktop computers, portablecomputers, servers, and other similar types of applications. Mezzanine cards can provide modularfront panel I/O, backplane I/O or general function expansion or a combination for host computers.Single, wide mezzanine cards are 75 mm wide by 150 mm deep by 8.2 mm high. Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front panel I/O, host computer, I/O, local bus, metric, mezzanine, module, modular I/O, Multibus, PCI, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus" Designation: 1386.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for PCI Mezzanine Cards: PMC Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Define a family of high speed low profile modular mezzanine cards for VMEbus, Futurebus+(R) desktop computers, and other computer systems with the logical and electrical layers based on PCI Special Interest Group's PCI Specification, Rev 2. The proposed Common Mezzanine Card (CMC) Family standard will be referenced for the mechanical layer. The environmental layer will be specified by the working group. Project Purpose: PCI (peripheral component interface) is a newly defined high speed local bus being used by several CISC and RISC microprocessors. PCI specification defines a 4.2 inch by 12.3 inch board that plugs into a motherboard in a perpendicular fashion. These perpendicular boards are not usable in many computer applications because they use too much vertical space. This proposed standard will define the mechanics of a low profile modular horizontal mezzanine card family that uses the logical and electrical layers of the PCI specification for the local bus. I/O can be via the front panel and/or through the connector to the host computer for rear panel I/O. The proposed CMC family mechanics will be used for the mechanical layer. Abstract: " This standard, in conjunction with IEEE Std 1386-2001, IEEE Standard for a CommonMezzanine Card (CMC) Family, defines the physical and environmental layers of a PCI mezzaninecard (PMC) family to be usable on (but not limited to) single slot VME, VME64 and VME64x boards,CompactPCI boards, Multibus I and Multibus II boards, desktop computers, portable computers,servers, and similar types of applications. The electrical and logical layers are based on the PCIspecification from the PCI Special Interest Group. The PCI mezzanine cards allow for a variety ofoptional function expansions for the host system. I/O functionality from the PMC may be eitherthrough the mezzanine front panel, or via the backplane by routing the I/O signals through themezzanine connector to the host. " Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front panel I/O, metric, host computer, I/O, local bus, mezzanine, module, modular I/O, PCI, Multibus I, Multibus II, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus" Designation: 1386.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for SBus Mezzanine Cards: SMC Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1387.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 1: Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.7 Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Provide a common set of systems administration interfaces and managed object class definitions consistent with other P1003 standards. The interfaces provide access to administrative functionality. The managed object classes provide a foundation for the definition and implementation of such functionality, especially in a heterogeneous, distributed environment. The systems administration functionality addressed may inlcude (but is not limited to) backup and restore, accounting, filesystem managment, and device management. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide systems administration interfaces and supporting managed object definitions to address the following objectives: administrator portability, applications portability and distributed administration. Key Words: interface, administration, computer, operating, environment Designation: 1387.2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 2: Software Administration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.7.2. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Project Scope: Provide utility program interfaces, service interfaces, managed object definitions, and a standard software packaging layout. Interfaces allow administrators to maintain software products. The managed-object classes provide a common base for the definition and implementation of software administration applications, especially in a distributed environment. The base document for the work is a specification from HP, with reference material drawn from DEC, USL, SNI, ICL, IBM, and SCO. Project Purpose: Software Administration is concerned with the maintenance of software on distributed systems. This maintenance includes, but is not limited to, the creation of distribution media, the loading and installation of software, subsequent verification and listing of installed siftware and possible eventual removal of that software from systems. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: data processing, open systems, operating system, packaging, portable application, POSIX, software, system , administration, utilities Designation: 1387.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 3: User and Group Account Administration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.7.3. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: User administration includes, but is not limited to, tasks such as the creation and maintenance of user accounts and groups in both single systems and heterogeneous destributed environments. P1003.7 is committed in this standard to provide the distributed management for a system conformant with IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2. Project Purpose: Although P1003.1 describes a user database, a group database, and the concept of a user's home directory, utilities to manage these entities are not described by any current POSIX standard. This standard will address the management of these entities as described in IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2 as well as the management of optional extensions such as an account password. Abstract: System Administration Interface/User and Group Administration for Computer Operating System Environments, is part of the POSIX®series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, for the administration of theUser and Group Account entities described in the ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std1003.1-1996) and ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (IEEE Std 1003.2-1992) standards. Key Words: "open systems,operating systems,portable application,POSIX,user,group,system administration" Designation: 1387.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 4: Print Administration Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.7.1 Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Provide utility interfaces, service interfaces and managed object definitions for printing services, usage and management. It includes (but is not limited to) interfaces and managed objects for both computer users and system administrators. Base documents for the work will be the MIT Palladium printing system, the USL "lp" printer interfaces, and the BSD "lpr" printer interfaces. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, service interfaces and managed object definitions that ensure the ability to print and to manage printing systems. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly C57.132 Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David S Lyon, Phone:414/524-4414 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1388-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable medium. Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard format will make the development of test report data generating and data analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely available. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std C57.12.37-2006 A basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribu-tion transformers as defined in the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series is provided. The specific setof test data to be reported and the format in which it is to be reported is detailed along with an ex-tended set of data as an option for the user. Key Words: "distribution transformers, electronic reporting, test data" Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jerry W Smith, Phone:601-934-0739, Email:jwsmith@power-eng-svc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable medium. Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard format will make the development of test report data generating and data analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely available. Designation: 1389 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for the Management of Test and Maintenance Information Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter Lord, Phone:513-445-4735, Email:peter.lord@daytonoh.ncr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 139-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed on User's Premises Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 1988 **Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952. Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Project Scope: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for the measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT) has been measured. Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may be required if any of the following conditions exist: 1) The emission from the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size or special operating conditions, the EUT could not be tested before installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing interference. 4) ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could affect its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question about its continued compliance. 6) There is a question about the safety to nearby personnel because of the emissions from the equipment. Measurements should be made under the direction of an engineer skilled in making and interpreting rf field-strength measurements. These measurements are made after the equipment is installed and ready for use at its place of use, and after it has been inspected as described in 2.2. The measurement report should generally be kept on file for at least three years after new measurements are made or after the equipment is no longer in use. There are significant differences between the “open field” or anechoic chamber measurements common in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) work and the on-site measurements of installed ISM equipment. Some of these differences are described below. 1) The measurement conditions are usually more difficult because of crowded measurement locations, reflections from surrounding walls and equipment, and signals from other sources. 2 2) It is reasonable to take advantage of the shielding provided by walls and other equipment located between the ISM Equipment Under Test (EUT) and the location at which field-strength information is required. While the effect of a single wall may be small, the total effect of other equipment and building structures may be significant. In any case, it is not necessary to make measurements in a way which eliminates the benefits of this shielding. Some equipment is designed to be operated in a shielded enclosure, either because of its own sensitivity to outside interference, or because of its emission characteristics. When measuring the emission from this equipment, take advantage of the attenuation of the enclosure by making the measurements outside the enclosure, with the equipment in its normal operating position. 3) Since the measurement equipment is disconnected, moved, and reconnected many times during a set of measurements, its calibration should be checked frequently. 4) ISM equipment may often be grouped for field-strength measurements, taking one set of measurements for the entire group. 5) Electromagnetic- emission measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually significantly less accurate than laboratory (open field or test chamber) measurements because of lack of control of the measurement environment. The engineer responsible for the measurements should ensure, to the extent practical, that significant inaccuracies do not creep into the measurements from controllable factors. The overall accuracy of the measurements should be taken into account when reporting the results. 6) On-site measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually unique to the particular site because of effects of local shielding. However, they may apply to the same piece of equipment or to identical equipment installed at other sites that provide equivalent shielding and grounding. 7) The emission measured from the ISM equipment is a function of the environment surrounding the equipment. In most industrial locations, the environment is likely to change. Therefore, when measuring emission, 1) make sure the environment is typical of its usual operating condition, and, 2) determine, to the extent possible, if probable environment changes will increase emission. If so, the user should be warned. When measuring emission because of suspected electromagnetic interference, the conditions existing at the time of the suspected interference should be duplicated as closely as possible. Abstract: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for the measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT) has been measured. Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may be required if any of the following conditions exist:1) The emission from the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size or special operating conditions, the EUT could not be tested before installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing interference. 4) ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could affect its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question about its continued compliance. Etc. Key Words: EUT, ISM equipment, radio frequency electromagnetic field measurement, rf energy, field-strength measurement Designation: 1390 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The utility telemetry architecture is capable of supporting many different applications. Telemetry calls may be initiated from either the utility/service provider or the telemetry interface unit on the end user's premises. The utility telemetry architecture is supported by multiple access technologies and incorporates off-hook and on-hook data communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a generic architecture under which the telecommunications interfaces and functionality of the Utility Telemetry Service will be defined. This architecture will provide to utilities a facility that is readily available, has short set-up times, and allows for automatic meter reading using the capabilities of the switched telephone network. This architecture can be used for a multitude of different transport applications. Revisions will provide consistency with recent technical developments. Designation: 1390-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The architecture described is a basic transport architecture capable of supporting many different applications. The text is described in terms of a utility meter reading application, but any enhanced service provider (ESP) communication can be transported. Telemetry calls may be initiated by either the utility/service provider (outbound) or the telemetry interface unit (TIU)/CPE (inbound) on the end user's premise. Key Words: automatic meter, meter reading, telemetry, energy management, enhanced service, service provider, meter reading, telephone network, utility communication Designation: 1390.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface Unit. Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard will support this feature. Designation: 1390.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface Unit. Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard will support this feature. Designation: 1390.2-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service - Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) to Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Jul 02, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define a standard for the communications interface between the telephone network and the device at the customer premise. The device at the customer premise is identified as a Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) and may provide an interface between the network and devices at the customer premise such as utility meters, alarm devices, control switches and other devices to be determined. Project Purpose: No standard currently exists which provides a definition of On-and Off-Hook methods of using the telephone network for telemetry services of this nature. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service provider, meter reading, telemetry interface unit, telephone network, utility communication" Designation: 1390.3-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading via Telephone - Network to Utility Controller Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: Produce a standard interface between the utility controller and the switched telephone network. Project Purpose: This document will provide a standardized device interface to promote a multivendor environment. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service provider, meter reading, telemetry, telephone network, utility communication" Designation: 1391 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Interfaces for Knowledge-Based System Interoperability in Sensor-Based Processing Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Glenn Wright, Phone:908-291-7600, Email:glenn@gmal.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1392 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Virtual Reality Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Blade, Phone:719/471-4476, Email:r.blade@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss virtual reality including hardware, software and algorithms related to virtual reality. Project Purpose: The subject of virtual reality is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of terms relating to virtual reality. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications in this field. Designation: 1393-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Spaceborne Fiber Optic Data Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Fred J Orlando, Phone:407/951-3983, Email:f.orlando@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 04, 1999, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999 Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a fibre optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and media. The application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospcae sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources and communications resources onboard aerospace platforms. The standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of a highly reliable and fault tolerant fiber optic network, that is compatible with harsh thermal, mechanical, and radiation environments of aerospace applications requiring small size and low power dissipation. Current standards do not cover data rate needs above 200 Mbps. This standard will specify a node-to-node operating data range of 200 Mbps through 1 Gbps. The standard will define physical and logical protocol, and sub-network management functions which allow mixing high-speed synchronous ans asynchronous distributed access for deterministic communications. Abstract: The design requirements for a fiber-optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and me-dia is established. The application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospace sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources, and communications resourcesonboard aerospace platforms. This standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection. Key Words: "data link layer, fiber optic, fiber-optic bus, fiber-optic network, intranet, management layer, network, physical layer, space, space environment" Designation: 1394-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Serial Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 21, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1394-1995. Technical Contact: Les A Baxter, Phone:732-212-1400, Email:les@baxter-enterprises.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard describes a high-speed, low-cost serial bus suitable for use as a peripheral bus, a backup to parallel backplane buses, or a local area network. Highlights of the serial bus include the following: a)Bus transactions that include both block and single quadlet reads and writes, as well as an “isochronous” mode that provides a low-overhead guaranteed bandwidth service. b)A fair bus access mechanism that guarantees all nodes equal access. The backplane environment adds a priority mechanism, but one that ensures that nodes using the fair protocol are still guaranteed at least partial access. c)Automatic assignment of node addresses—no need for address switches. d)A physical layer (PHY) supporting both long-haul and short-haul cable media and backplane buses. e)Variable speed data transmission based on ISDN-compatible1 bit rates from 24.576 Mbit/s for transistor-transistor logic (TTL) backplanes to 49.152 Mbit/s for backplane transceiver logic (BTL) backplanes. For the cable medium, data transmission rates of 98.304 Mbit/s (known as S100), S200, S400, S800, S1600, and S3200 are supported. f)A short-haul cable medium that allows up to 16 physical connections (cable hops), each up to 4.5 m, giving a total cable distance of 72 m between any two devices. Bus management recognizes smaller configurations to optimize performance. g)A long-haul cable medium that permits connections up to 100 m in length over unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable and glass optical fiber (GOF) and up to 50 m over plastic optical fiber (POF). h)Consistency with ISO/IEC 13213:1994 (IEEE Std 1212™, 1994 Edition). Project Purpose: This standard incorporates the contents of IEEE Std 1394™-1995 as revised by IEEE Std 1394a™-2000, IEEE Std 1394b™-2002, and IEEE Std 1394c™-2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected, and several new features have been added per Q.12. Abstract: This standard provides specifications for a high-speed serial bus that supports both asynchronous and isochronous communication and integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses. It is intended to provide a low-cost interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. Interfaces to longer distance transmission media [such as unshielded twisted pair (UTP), optical fiber, and plastic optical fiber (POF)] allow the interconnection to be extended throughout a local network. This standard follows the command and status register (CSR) architecture of IEEE Std 1212-2001. Key Words: 1394-2008, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, plastic optical fiber, POF, unshielded twisted pair, UTP, firewire (TM) Designation: 1394-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 1394-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 1996 Abstract: A high-speed serial bus that interates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses, as well as such nonbus interconnects as the IEEE Std 1596-1992, Scalable Coherent Interface, is specified. It is intended to provide a low-cost interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-1991 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture. Key Words: firewire, fire wire, computers, high speed, serial bus, interconnect, parallel buses, parallel bus Designation: 1394 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This Revision will Incorporate 1394a-2000 and 1394b-2000 into base standard. The 1394 High Speed Serial bus will be revised to keep with current technology and developments in the High Speed Serial Bus marketplace. Project Purpose: The purpose is to merge the existing extensions to create one comprehensive document includeing potential developments from the large 1394 user community. Designation: 1394.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize the model, definition and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, and is based upon those documents as well as upon IEEE Std 1212-2001, Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE---The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. An implementation may employ any design whose behavior is compliant with the pertinent standards. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products. Abstract: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. Key Words: bridge, bus, computer, high-speed serial bus, interconnect You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Designation: 1394.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize a model for, the definition of and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges which may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000, and is based upon those documents as well as upon draft standard IEEE P1212, Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE-The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. Conforming implementations may employ any design that does not violate interoperability. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products. Designation: 1394.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE Standard Serial Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Renumbered to 2100 Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: 1394.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Peer-to-Peer Data Transport Protocol (PPDT) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2004 Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and play) binding of software device drivers to PPDT devices and service connection management. Project Purpose: This standard creates a layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 suited to a peer-to-peer environment which includes printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some combination of these capabilities) when a computer is present but it is also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with each other in the absence of a host computer. Abstract: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and play) binding, and connection management. Key Words: "computers,CSR architecture,connect,peer-to-peer,SBP-2,transport protocol" Designation: 1394.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Peer to Peer Data Transfer Protocol Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform discovery procedures to locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible to an interconnected net of buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play) binding of device drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to insert and remove devices at will; and (c) Connection management - A PPDT device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni- or bi-directional connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices. The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the original impetus for the development of this standard came from participants knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became relevant to any application that requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport of data between devices. Project Purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its high efficiency for the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices. For historical reasons, SBP-2 is tailored to an environment where one device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is not necessarily the most natural approach when client applications and their associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or both. This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but that provides building blocks more suited to a peer-to-peer environment. Because SBP-2 is already widely implemented in operating systems, this standard leverages that effort in order to enhance the value of Serial Bus to devices in a wider range of operational circumstances. These include printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some combination of these functions) when a computer is present, but, it is also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with each other in the absence of a computer. Abstract: Superseded by AE371 Project scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform discovery procedures to locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible to an interconnected net of buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play) binding of device drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to insert and remove devices at will; and (c) Connection management - A PPDT device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni- or bi-directional connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices. The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the original impetus for the development of this standard came from participants knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became relevant to any application that requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport of data between devices. Project purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its high efficiency for the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices. For historical reasons, SBP-2 is tailored to an environment where one device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is not necessarily the most natural approach when client applications and their associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or both. This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but that provides building bl Key Words: 1394.2 , 1394.3 , Designation: 1394a-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus (Amendment) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1394-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to provide a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 that defines or clarifies features and mechanisms that facilitate management of Serial Bus resources, at reconfiguration or during normal operation, and that defines alternate cables and connectors that may be needed for specialized applications. The following are included in this supplement: a) Cables and connectors for a 4-pin variant (from the 6-pin already standardized); b) Standardization of the PHY/link interface, previously published as informative annex to IEEE Std 1394-1995; c) Performance enhancements to the PHY layer that are interoperable with the existing standard, e.g., a method to shorten the arbitration delay when the last observed Serial Bus activity is an acknowledge packet; d) A redefintion of the isochronous data pakcet, transaction code A16, to permit its use in either the asynchronous or isochronous periods; e) More stringent requirements on the power to be supplied by a cable power source and a clarification of electrical isolation requirements; and f) Significant corrigenda and clarifications to the existing standard that do not clearly fall within any of the topics described above. The preceding are arranged in no particular order. Project Purpose: Experience with Serial Bus has revealed some areas in which additional features or improvements may result in better performance or usability. This supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 reflects their consideration by a variety of users and their refinement into generally useful facilities or features. Abstract: Amended information for a high-speed Serial Bus that integrates well with most IEEE stan-dard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. This amendment is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals, as described in IEEE Std 1394-1995. This amendment to IEEE Std 1394-1995 follows the ISO/IEC 13213:1994 Command and Status Register (CSR) Architecture. Key Words: "bus, computers, high-speed Serial Bus, interconnect" Designation: 1394b-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement)] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1394-2008. Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This project will amend the existing 1394-1995 and 1394a-2000 standards to include: a) cables and connectors for gigabit signaling and long distance (up to 100 meters); b) detection of physical loops in the bus topology and their subsequent resolution by selective disabling of PHY port(s); c) circuit design that permits the transmission either data/strobe encoded signals or 8B10B encoded signals; d) extension of the PHY/link interface for higher data rates over either an 8-bit parallel or bit-serial bus; f) protocols to encode bus arbitration signals as symbols; f) a method to encapsulate lower speed transmissions within packets transmitted at the buses maximum operating speed; g) protocols for signal speed negotiation between peer devices at the time the connection is detected; h) port initialization protocols suitable for use over AC coupled connections; and i) various informative annexes that describe testing and compliance procedures for gigabit connections. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling a feasible and attractive extension to the original Serial Bus standard. In particular, the needs of mass storage and home network backbones require higher speeds and longer distances than are specified by IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000. Abstract: Supplemental information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212 ™-2001 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture. Key Words: "bus, Computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect" Designation: 1394b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The project scope is to write a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 (and the 1394A supplement when that is completed) that defines a new set of higher speed transfers; in particular 8x, 16x and 32x the 1394-1995 base rate of 98.304 Mbit/sec; and allow the distance between nodes to be increased from 4.5 M to 50-100M. These new modes shall be electrically backwards compatible with the 1394-1995 protocols, but may require a new connector to support higher speeds. When operating over longer distances, the new modes may require alternate media (e.g., optical fiber) and the new media may require alternative physical connectors. Project Purpose: The computer industry would like to guarantee a long life for 1394-based products, and there will be requirements for higher speed devices with full backwards compatibility in the near future. Speeds of 800, 1600, ad 3200 Mbit/sec were viewed as adequate for the next ten years. There is also a desire to use 1394 as a home LAN protocol which will necessitate the increase in distance between nodes. Designation: 1394c-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus - Amendment 3 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1394-2008. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the base IEEE 1394 document set (i.e., IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) (PHYs) that provide greater than S100 data rate over Category 5 (CAT-5) or better cable. This PHY is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next higher protocol layer. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE Std 1394. This extension will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to be built with a CAT-5 (or better) UTP cable plant instead of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends. Abstract: Supplemental Information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-2001 command and status register (CSR) architecture. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1394-1995 including IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Key Words: bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect Designation: 1394c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Amendment to enhance the physical layer for higher data rates over CAT5 or better rated UTP cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the IEEE 1394 base standard (IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) that provide greater than S100 data rate over CAT5 or better cable. This physical layer is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next higher protocol layer. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over unshielded twisted-pair cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE 1394. This will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to be built with a CAT5 (or better) unshielded twisted pair cable plant instead of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends. Abstract: Supplemental Information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-2001 command and status register (CSR) architecture. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1394- 1995 including IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Key Words: 1394c-2006, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, POF, UTP Designation: P1394d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Serial Bus - Amendment: IEEE 1394 Single-mode Fiber Fiber Physical Medium (PMD) Specification Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Les A Baxter, Phone:732-212-1400, Email:les@baxter-enterprises.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This document specifies an IEEE 1394 single-mode fiber PMD sublayer that supports baseband operation over single-mode optical fiber. Project Purpose: To allow IEEE 1394 devices to take advantage of the extended distance capabilities of singlemode fiber. Designation: 1395 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: PAR withdrawn - work being incorporated into P1396. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1396 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Communication Bus (TELECOM Bus): Reference Models Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary A Nelson, Phone:708 304 0000, Email:gnelson@zynrgy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: To provide a guide to the configurations and uses targeted for the TELECOM Bus family of standards. Project Purpose: To provide a firm background and overview to the environments for which TELECOM Bus systems are envisioned. Key Words: communication, bus, hybrid, switching, applications Designation: 13961-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 13961:2000 (IEEE Std 1596-1992) Information Technology -- Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1397 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard Reference and Topology Model for Automatic Metering and Related Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Stephens, Phone:803/638-3601 x4241 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994 Designation: 1398 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer End-Device Using a Radio Frequency (RF) Networks Medium Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1399 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer End-Device Using a Power Line Carrier (PL) Nerwork Medium Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 140-1950 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio- Frequency Heating Equipment Status: Superseded Abstract: Superseded. IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-Frequency Heating Equipment, describes procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial and other purposes, excluding applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology. These procedures are intended to reduce the amount of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services; they may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs. Key Words: radio-frequency energy leak, radio-frequency heating equipment Designation: 140-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio- Frequency Heating Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 140-1950. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial settings and for other purposes are described. These procedures are intended to reduce the levels of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services. They may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs. Applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology are excluded. Key Words: electromagnetic, interference, ISM equipment, radio-frequency, heating equipment, energy, minimize, Electromagnetic interference, Electromagnetic heating Designation: 1402-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This Guide identifies and discusses security issues related to human intervention during the construction, operation, (except for natural disasters) and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions. Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These intrusions may result in loss, damage, and mis-operation of equipment and facilities. This Guide will present various methods of and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions as identified in an industry survey. Abstract: Security issues related to human intrusion upon electric power supply substations are identified and discussed. Various methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions are also presented in this guide. Key Words: IEEE Std 1402-2000.pdf Designation: 1402 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roland E Youngberg, Phone:563-333-8139, Email:reyoungberg@midamerican.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This guide identifies and discusses security issues related to human intervention during the construction, operation (except for natural disasters), and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions. Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These intrusions may result in loss, damage, and misoperations of equipment and facilities and may create potential safety and environmental liabilities. This guide presents various methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions, as identified in an industry survey. In 1994, an IEEE Substation Security Guide Survey was sent to utilities internationally: the responses from this survey are presented in Clause 7 of this Guide. Refer to IEEE Std 1264-1993 R2004 for methods being used to counteract nonhuman intrusions. Designation: P1402 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Physical Security of Electric Power Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Hassein Bashirian, Phone:404-608-5641, Email:hbashiri@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum requirements and practices for the physical security of electric power substations. It is designed to address a number of threats, including unauthorized access to substation facilities, theft of material, and vandalism. It describes the requirements for positive access control, monitoring of facilities, and delay/deter features which shall be employed to mitigate these threats. This standard also establishes requirements for different levels of physical security for electric power substations. The standard does not establish requirements based on voltage levels, size or any depiction of criticality of the substation. The user will make these decisions based on threat assessment and criticality assignment by the substation owner. Overt attacks against the substation for the purpose of destroying its capability to operate, such as explosives, projectiles, vehicles, etc. are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to define sound engineering practices for substation physical protection that could be applied to mitigate the risks associated with the fact that substations are typically unmanned, and thus susceptible to unauthorized access, theft and vandalism. Designation: 1403 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations vs. Air Insulated Substations Comparisons Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel Charbonnet, Phone:617-424-3145 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1403 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) 4kV and Higher vs Air Insulated Substations (AIS) Comparisons Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The project deals with the selection of the equipment technology (GIS or AIS) to employ in a substation. This project will develop a checklist of technical and economic factors for considering in decision making on the type of substation to install. Project Purpose: There is presently no independent standard for selection of GIS (or AIS) substation. Frequently, the first cost of major equipment is considered in initial concept design. This guide will provide factors to consider when developing the conceptual design of a substation that could lead to use GIS as a vaiable alternative to AIS. Designation: 1404-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Guide for Microwave Communications System Development: Design, Procurement, Construction, Maintenance and Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Apr 13, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: A guideline which addresses all elements of the requirements for microwave system design, procurement, construction, maintenance and subsequent operations. Project Purpose: To provide prospective users of microwave systems a generic guide that addresses, step by step, the development of and continued operations of any microwave system. Abstract: The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, maintenance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their particular system(s) and their procurement policies. Key Words: "communications infrastructure,digital microwave,loop system,microwave spurs,ring system,star system,teleconferencing,terrestrial microwave system" Designation: 1405 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Faults Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1406-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of Gas-In-Fluid Analysis for Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use. History: BD APP: Apr 30, 1998 Project Scope: Guidelines for gas-in-fluids analysis for diagnostic purposes on cable system condition, and as an operation and maintenance tool to determine when corrective action may be reqyuired. Project Purpose: Cable system operators are finding it increasingly important to determine potential problems that may be due to overstressed, overheated, mechanically-damaged, or improperly operated cables. Directly monitoring the cable itself is not possible without de-energizing the system and removing a sample for laboratory evaluation Periodic gas-in-fluid analysis can allow the utility to reliably determine cable condition and undertake proper corrective action. Abstract: The application of the analysis of gases dissolved in the fluids of fluid-filled cable systems is discussed with respect to the procedures for sampling, obtaining the dissolved gas data, and analyzing the results. Key Words: "aging,cable diagnostics,fluid-filled cable,gas analysis,remaining life,transmission cable" Designation: 1407-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (5 kV-35 kV) Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1407-1998 Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides information on the equipment, cable specimens, test conditions, and measurements to perform accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks, whether the test be a time-to-failure test or a test in which samples are aged for fixed times followed by a diagnostic test such as a step ACBD test. The guide identifies the critical test parameters and describes techniques for their measurement and control. The implementation of the techniques will facilitate a comparison of data obtained by different laboratories. Abstract: This guide provides information on the equipment, cable specimens, test conditions, and measurements to perform accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks, whether the test be a time to failure test or a test in which samples are aged for fixed times followed by a diagnostic test such as a step ac breakdown test. The guide identifies the critical test parameters and describes techniques for their measurement and control. The implementation of the techniques will facilitate a comparison of data obtained by different laboratories. Key Words: 1407-2007, accelerated-aging tests, cable core test, conductor resistance, cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE), ethylene propylene rubber (EPR), total harmonic distortion, tree- retardant XLPE (TRXLPE), water- filled tanks Designation: 1407-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Superseded **21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use. Superseded by 1407-2007. History: BD APP: Oct 14, 1998 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1407-2007. Accelerated aging tests on extruded medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks are addressed. Information on the equipment, cable samples, test conditions, and measurements to perform the aging tests is provided. Techniques on how to analyze the test data are also inlcuded.The implementation of this guide will allow a better description of the test data obtained by different laboratories. Key Words: "accelerated cable life test (ACLT), accelerated aging test,cross- linked polyethylene (XLPE),ethylene propylene rubber (EPR),medium-voltage cable,tank structure,temperature measurement and profile,test conditions,water-filled tanks" Designation: 1407 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (1kV-35 KV) Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the original document included the identification of critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks to facilitate a comparison of data obtained from different labs. Each test parameter is to be revisited with a recommended/commonly used practice provided to narrow the focus of available test parameters. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document was to provide broad background information on the critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks. Revisons are necessary to distinguish between cable materials and cable design testing and to narrow the focus of available options for the critical test parameters. Designation: P1409 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: David Mueller, Phone:865-470-9222, Email:dmueller@electrotek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This guide introduces and defines the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide also includes definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and engineering trade-offs. The document addresses power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-2011, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-2009 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality. Project Purpose: This document provides guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems. It can be a resource to utilities as they enter into the marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems. Designation: 1409 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ambra Sannino, Phone:+46317723832, Email:ambra.sannino@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide which introduces and defines the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide will include definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and engineering tradeoffs. The proposed document will address power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-1005, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-1995 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems. It will be a resource to utilities as they enter into the competitive marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems. Designation: 1409 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William A (Bill) Moncrief, Phone:678-736-9609, Email:bmoncrief@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: This guide introduces and defines the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide also includes definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and engineering trade-offs. The proposed document addresses power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-1005, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-1995 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality. Project Purpose: This document provides guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems. It can be a resource to utilities as they enter into the marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems. Abstract: This guide provides guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on distribution systems of power providers to improve power quality. It is a resource to electric utility providers as they enter into the competitive marketplace. It provides detailed information about custom power devices as options to solve power quality problems. Key Words: backup stored energy system device, custom power, distribution static compensator, distribution series capacitors, distribution static var compensator, dynamic voltage restorer, flicker, harmonics, power conditioning, power quality, static voltage regulator, transfer switch, voltage fluctuations, voltage sags Designation: 141-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 1994 **IEEE Red Book. Revision of IEEE Std 141-1986. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction, and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation; voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance; and flexibility to permit development and expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations; surge voltage protection; system protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor-control apparatus; instruments and meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation. Key Words: red book, electric power, distribution, energy management, grounding, power cables, power transformers, switches, wiring, Switches/switchgear, Power system measurements, Power distribution, Industrial power system protection, Industrial power system planning, Industrial power system economics Designation: 141 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide update of 1993 edition. No new chapters are anticipated. Revise existing material to include latest technologies. Project Purpose: Maintain current status of the Red Book as a publication reflecting current technology. Designation: 141 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This publication provides a recommended practice for the electrical design of industrial facilities; and distribution, control, and monitoring of electrical energy in industrial facilities. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to be the reference source for the current and updated practices for electrical design of industrial facilities and power distribution in plants in order to increase electrical system reliability. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited industrial experience. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of the industrial facilities. Designation: 141-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986 Abstract: A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction, and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation; voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance; and flexibility to permit development and expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations; surge voltage protection; system protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor- control apparatus; instruments and meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation. Designation: 1410-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 21, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1410-2004 History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-2009. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: Factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on the line insulation of overhead distribution lines and suggested improvements to existing and new constructions are identified in this guide. Key Words: direct-stroke protection, distribution, flashover, ground conductivity, IEEE 1410, induced over-voltage, insulation, lightning, overhead line, surge impedance Designation: 1410-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1410-1997. Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1410-2004, IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines" Key Words: "distribution networks, IEEE guide, IEEE standards, lightning protection, overhead power distribution lines, power overhead lines, power system lightning protection, power system protection, protection performance improvement" Designation: 1410-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1410-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Identify factors which contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines. Suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. Project Purpose: Present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 1410-2004 This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991. 1 Key Words: This scope will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system volta Designation: 1410 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1997. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Designation: 14102-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:2008 Information Technology- -Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2010 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: This International Standard gives guidelines for the evaluation and selection of CASE tools, covering a partial or full portion of the software engineering life cycle. It establishes processes and activities to be applied for the evaluation of CASE tools and selecting the most appropriate CASE tools from several candidates. These processes are generic, and organizations must tailor them to meet organizational needs. The CASE tool evaluation and selection processes should be viewed in the larger context of the organization's technology adoption process. This International Standard provides the following: a) guidance on identifying organizational requirements for CASE tools; b) guidance on mapping those requirements to CASE tool characteristics to be evaluated; c) a process for selecting the most appropriate CASE tool from several tools, based on measurements of the defined characteristics. Primary users of this International Standard are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers can also use this International Standard to describe characteristics of their CASE tools. This International Standard is not intended to apply to: a) software engineering frameworks whose purpose is to provide mechanisms for data, control and presentation integration; b) general purpose tools (e.g. word processors, spreadsheets) which can be used in software engineering activities, nor CASE tools of very narrow scope or specific purpose (e.g. a compiler); c) planning for the implementation of CASE tools within an organization (even though it is recognised that this is an important subject). NOTE A user of this International Standard can make the best possible selection of a CASE tool and yet have no guarantee of a successful implementation. ISO/IEC TR 14471 Adoption of CASE Tools addresses this subject. This International Standard contains a set of processes, activities, and tasks designed to be tailored. The tailoring process is the selection of applicable processes, activities and tasks. Compliance with this International Standard is defined as the performance of the processes, activities, and tasks selected from this International Standard for the evaluation and selection project. Any organization imposing this International Standard as a condition of trade is responsible for specifying the minimum set of required processes, activities, and tasks which constitute compliance for a given application of this International Standard. Abstract: This standard adopts ISO/IEC 14102:2008 and defines both a set of processes and a structured set of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tool characteristics for use in the technical evaluation and the ultimate selection of a CASE tool. It follows the software product evaluation model defined in ISO/IEC 14598-5:1998. Key Words: computer-aided software engineering (CASE), CASE tools, information technology, life cycle processes, tool evaluation, tool selection Designation: 14102 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:2008 Information Technology - Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard deals with the evaluation and selection of CASE tools, covering a partial or full portion of the software engineering life cycle. It establishes processes and activities to be applied for the evaluation of CASE tools and selecting the most appropriate CASE tools from several candidates. These processes are generic, and organisations must tailor them to meet organisational needs. The CASE tool evaluation and selection processes should be viewed in the larger context of the organisation’s technology adoption process. This International Standard provides: a) Guidance on identifying organisational requirements for CASE tools. b) Guidance on mapping those requirements to CASE tool characteristics to be evaluated. c) A process for selecting the most appropriate CASE tool from several tools, based on measurements of the defined characteristics. Primary users of this International Standard are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use this International Standard to describe characteristics of their CASE tools. This International Standard is not intended to apply to: d) Software engineering frameworks whose purpose is to provide mechanisms for data, control and presentation integration. e) General purpose tools (e.g., word processors, spreadsheets) which may be used in software engineering activities, nor CASE tools of very narrow scope or specific purpose (e.g., a compiler). f) Planning for the implementation of CASE tools within an organisation (even though it is recognised that this is an important subject). NOTE A user of this International Standard may make the best possible selection of a CASE tool and have no guarantee of a successful implementation. ISO/IEC TR14471 Adoption of CASE Tools addresses this subject. This International Standard contains a set of processes, activities, and tasks designed to be tailored. The tailoring process is the selection of applicable processes, activities and tasks. Compliance with this International Standard is defined as the performance of the processes, activities, and tasks selected from this International Standard for the evaluation and selection project. Any organisation imposing this International Standard as a condition of trade is responsible for specifying the minimum set of required processes, activities, and tasks which constitute compliance for a given application of this International Standard. Project Purpose: None - ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose clause Designation: 1413-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: IEEE Standard Framework for Reliability Prediction of Hardware Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1413-1998 Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides the framework for performing and reporting reliability predictions. It applies to hardware products including electronic, electrical, and mechanical devices and assemblies. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to identify the required elements for an understandable and useful reliability prediction. A reliability prediction made according to this standard shall have sufficient information concerning inputs, assumptions, and uncertainty so the risk associated with using the prediction results can be understood. Abstract: The framework for the reliability prediction for electronic hardware is covered in this standard. This standard identifies required elements for an understandable and credible reliability prediction with information to evaluate the effective use of the prediction results. A reliability prediction generated according to this standard shall have sufficient information concerning inputs, assumptions, data sources, methodology(ies), and uncertainties so that the risk associated with using the prediction results can be considered. This document does not provide instructions for how to perform reliability prediction and does not judge methodologies. Key Words: 1413-2010, assessment of reliability prediction, reliability, reliability prediction Designation: 1413-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: (Superseded) IEEE Standard Methodology for Reliability Predictions and Assessment for Electronic Systems Equipment Status: Superseded **Reference: Mil-HDBK-217. Superseded by 1413-2010. Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999 Project Scope: A standardized medium for developing reliability predictions of electronic systems and equipment. Project Purpose: To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physics-of- failure approach which (1) has models based on science/engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. Abstract: The framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment, including hardware and software predictions at all levels, is covered. Key Words: Mil-HDBK-217 Designation: 1413 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Standard Methodology for Reliability Prediction and Assessment for Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: [original] This standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment, including hardware and software predictions at all levels. [Revised] This standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment at all levels. Project Purpose: [Original] To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physical-of-failure approach which (1) has models based on science / engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. There are underlying assumptions associated with all reliability predictions. These assumptions and level and depth of information used in the prediction process determine the level of risk in using a reliability prediction. This standard identifies required attributes for an understandable, credible reliability prediction. A prediction made according to IEEE Standard 1413 includes sufficient information including inputs, assumptions, uncertainties and outputs, that the risks associated with using the prediction are understood. Designation: 1413.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Using Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE 1413 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: Processes and methodologies for conducting reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment. Project Purpose: To assist in the selection and use of reliability prediction methodologies satisfying IEEE 1413. Abstract: framework for reliability prediction procedures for electronic equipment at all levels is provided in this guide . Key Words: "baseline,classic reliability,constant failure rate,estimation,failure,goal,item,operat-ing environment,reliability prediction,requirement,system life cycle" Designation: P1413.1 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Developing and Assessing Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE Standard 1413 Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide guidance for conducting and assessing reliability predictions (techniques and methods) for electronic products and systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist in the selection, performance, and comparison of reliability prediction processes and methodologies, in accordance with IEEE standard 1413. Designation: 1414 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Common Requirements of IEEE Power Switchgear Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 14143.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 Information Technology - Software Measurement - Functional Size Measurement - Part 1: Definition of Concepts Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 14143 defines the fundamental concepts of Functional Size Measurement (FSM) and describes the general principles for applying an FSM method. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 does not provide detailed rules on how to 1) measure Functional Size of software using a particular method, 2) use the results obtained from a particular method, 3) select a particular method. The definition of FSM in this part of ISO/IEC 14143 is applicable when determining if a method for sizing software is a Functional Size Measurement Method. It does not prevent the development of various methods, but rather provides a basis for assessing whether a particular method conforms to FSM. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 is intended for use by those persons associated with the acquisition, development, use, support, maintenance and audit of software. Project Purpose: The purpose of the adoption is to harmonize IEEE practices for functional size measurement with relevant international standards. The purpose of the standad is to provide criteria for conforming functional measurement methods. Abstract: Implementation notes that relate to the IEEE interpretation of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 are described. Key Words: function point,Functional Size Method,measurement,metrics Designation: 1415-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide provides maintenance testing and failure analysis guidance for form-wound, squirrel cage, induction machinery rated up to 15 kV. The guide addresses the following machine systems: — Stator (winding and wore) — Rotor (winding and core) — Vibration and noise — Bearings and shafts — Structure, frame — Ventilation — Accessories Project Purpose: This document is intended for the following purposes: — To provide guidance concerning the appropriateness of various maintenance tests and interpreting the results of those tests with respect to failure analysis and to routine predictive maintenance activities — To provide a methodology by which the most probable cause of any particular machine failure may be determined — To encourage the establishment of routine and uniform data collection so valuable facts of the failure are not destroyed — To facilitate cooperative efforts by users and manufacturers during failure analysis Abstract: This guide describes field test methods that assure that current transformers are connected properly, are of marked ratio and polarity, and after having been in service for a period of time. Key Words: failure analysis, induction machinery, induction motor, maintenance tests, maintenance testing, root cause analysis Designation: 1415 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Document to provide maintenance testing and failure analysis for formwound, squirrel cage, induction machines rated up to 15 kV. The Guide shall address the following systems: stator (winding and core), rotor (winding and core), vibration and noise, bearings and shaft, structure, ventilation, accessories. Project Purpose: Analysis of induction machine failures are not covered by the available standards. The document will provide guidance into performing failure analysis. As part of the failure analysis, certain maintenance tests are suggested. The working group will provide guidance into the appropriateness of the maintenance tests and into the interpreting of the test results. The guidance concerning maintenance testing will be, in general, appropriate to normal maintenance testing (predictive maintenance testing). Designation: 1416-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Interface of New Gas-Insulated Equipment in Existing Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Jean-Marie Delcoustal, Phone:+33-4-7268-3439, Email:jean-marie.delcoustal@tde.aistom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is the interfaces between existing Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment and gas insulated equipment that is added at a later date, and may be of a different design. The project includes the interfaces at Gas Insulated Transmission Line (GITL) equipment, and Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment. Project Purpose: Interface practice is not currently covered by a consensus document. This document will recommend practices, for both users and suppliers, for identification of, and solution to, interface problems. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 Recommendations for the connection of a gas-insulated substation to another gas-insu- lated substation of a different make are given. Key Words: "gas-insulated substation - GIS -,gas-insulated transmission line - GIL -,interface" Designation: 1417-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI EC13-1992 - Cardiac Monitors, Heart Rate Meters, and Alarms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) heart rate and waveform monitors that are intended for use under the operating conditions specified in this standard. Designation: P1418 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI PAC49-1993 - Pacemaker Emergency Intervention System Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: This standard covers labeling and performance requirements for a pacemaker emergency intervention system (EIS). The EIS is intended for use in hospitals and clinic emergency rooms to permit conversion of conforming implanted bradycardia cardiac pacemakers to a standard high output mode when the pacemaker is perceived by the examiner to be operating in a nonstandard way or in a wy not understood by the examiner. Designation: P1419 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI DF39-1993 - Automatic External Defibrillators and Remote- Control Defibrillators Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: This standard covers minimum labeling, performance, and safety requirements for automatic or semi-automatic (advisory) external defibrillators (AED), remote control defibrillators (RCD), and self-adhesive combination electrodes. Designation: 142-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 04, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide concensus of the expertize on the subject of grounding of industrial and commercial power systems, equipemnt, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer system grounding. Project Purpose: As grounding systems technology advances, this recommended practice must be revised and updated to reflect these changes. Abstract: The scope of this document is to provide consensus of the expertise on the subject of grounding of industrial and commercial power systems, equipment, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer system grounding. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 142-1997 Key Words: connection to earth, electronic equipment grounding, equipmentgrounding, lightning protection, static protection, system grounding, Green Book Designation: 142 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revison project for Green Book. Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 142-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Green Book. Revision of IEEE Std 142-1982. Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 142-2007 (Green Book). This IEEE Standars product is part of the Color Books family. The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are covered. Key Words: system, static, lightning protection, protection grounding, connection to earth, earth, sensitive, electronic equipment, green book, System grounding, Static and lightning protection, Sensitive electronic equipment, Equipment grounding Designation: 142-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Green Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1983 Abstract: The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are covered. The advantages and disadvantages of grounded versus ungrounded systems are discussed. Information is given on how to ground the system, where the system should be grounded, and how to select equipment for the grounding of the neutral circuits. Connecting the frames and enclosures of electric apparatus, such as motors, switchgear, transformers, buses, cables conduits, building frames, and portable equipment, to a ground system is addressed. The fundamentals of making the interconnection or ground-conductor system between electric equipment and the ground rods, water pipes, etc. are outlined. The problems of static electricity—how it is generated, what processes may produce it, how it is measured, and what should be done to prevent its generation or to drain the static charges to earth to prevent sparking—are treated. Methods of protecting structures against the effects of lightning are also covered. Obtaining a low-resistance connection to the earth, use of ground rods, connections to water pipes, etc. is discussed. A separate chapter on sensitive electronic equipment is included. Key Words: grounding, industrial, commercial, power, systems Designation: 1420.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Basic Interoperability Data Model (BIDM) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly known as P1420.2. Dev in coop with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG). Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002 Abstract: The minimal set of information about assets that reuse libraries should be able to exchange to support interoperability is provided. Key Words: reuse library, software, interoperability, BIDM, software reuse Designation: 1420.1a-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Software Reuse- Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Asset Certification Framework [Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly known as 1420.1. Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. Technical Contact: Ed Comer, Phone:407-984-3370, Email:erc@sps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Definition of guidelines for the consistent structure, labeling, and description of asset evaluation and certification techniques for software. Abstract: A consistent structure for describing a reuse library's asset certification policy in terms of an Asset Certification Framework is defined, along with a standard interoperability data model for interchange of asset certification information. Key Words: certification, data model, interoperability, quality factors, reuse libraries, software Designation: 1420.1b-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Intellectual Property Rights Framework Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. Technical Contact: Scott Wells, Phone:423-974-5803 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Draft a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) so that reusable software components may be labeled with information regarding the legal restrictions commonly asserted in the US, such as copyright, patents, licensing and export restrictions. The committee will not deal with international issues, enforcing the legal restrictions, or advocating changes in property rights law. The committee will consider mechanisms for asserting and enforcing legal restrictions for the purpose of describing such mechanisms, but will not develop such mechanisms). Project Purpose: There is a lack of standards for exchanging intellectual property rights information regarding reusable software components. This inhibits interoperability and causes uncertainty about liability risks. This project will provide a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) for labeling intellectual property rights and licensing restrictions that addresses the concerns of academic, commercial and government ruuse libraries. Abstract: This extension to the Basic Interoperability Data Model (IEEE Std 1420.1-1995)incorporates intellectual property rights issues into software asset descriptions for reuse library interoperability. Key Words: "data model,intellectual property rights,interoperability,reuse libraries,rights management,software" Designation: 1420.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Bindings to HTML and SGML Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy Niesen, Phone:508 858 1138, Email:tmn@swl.msd.ray.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: To draft a standard specifying the binding of the BIDM (1420.1) and its supplements, such as the Asset Certification Framework extension (P1420.1a), to the interchange formats associated with the WWW, SGML, and HTML. The committee does not plan to consider bindings to other interchange formats or protocols and does not plan to consider other data models. Project Purpose: The BIDM standard (1420.1) does not currently explain how the BIDM model would be realized in terms of existing interchange protocols. This effort will provide bindings of the BIDM (1420.1) to the HTML and SGML languages that would be utilized by reuse libraries to achieve interoperability using the BIDM. Designation: 1420.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Model Extensions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kay Hohn, Phone:304-284-9006, Email:hohnk@source.asset.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The committee will draft a proposed standard meta-model that would not replace the BIDM (1420.1), but rather explain how the BIDM and its extensions, like ACF (1420.1a) and intellectual property labeling (proposed 1420.1b) can be derived from it. Project Purpose: The existing meta-model does not cover all the modeling features needed for libraries to extend the model for purposes of specific communities. The proposed standard will define explicitly the meta-model implied by the BIDM, provide a style sheet for graphical representations of BIDM, and provide guidance on how compatible extensions to the BIDM can be made. Designation: 1420.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Reuse Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Project renumbered to 1517 - 12/97 Technical Contact: Carma L McClure, Phone:312-337-1147, Email:73733.2037@compuserv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: The project would develop an additional part of IEEE/EIA 12207 to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop an additional part of the IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier, particularly regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. Designation: 1421 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Performance of Implementations of Training-Related Algorithms for Multilayer Perceptron Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert W Green, Phone:(508) 9998260, Email:r.green@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations of training-related algorithms for multilayer perceptron artificial neural networks. Project Purpose: A large number of implementations of training procedures for multilayer perceptrons artificial neural networks have been described with widely varying claims of performance. At present, buyers and users have no common set of guidelines for evaluation of vendor claims. The working group proposes to fulfill this need by assembling a set of such guidelines. Designation: 1422 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Evolutionary Computation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: V. Rao Vemuri, Phone:(510) 424-4051, Email:r.vemuri@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss evolutionary systems including hardware, software, and algorithms related to evolutionary systems: genetic and evolutionary algorithms, artificial life and associated topics. Project Purpose: The subject of evolutionary systems is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to evolutionary systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications i the field. Designation: 1423 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Fuzzy Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss fuzzy systems including hardware, software, and algorithms related to fuzzy systems. Project Purpose: The subject of fuzzy systems is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely or accepted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to fuzzy systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications in this field. Designation: 1424 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition, Specification and Analysis of Systems Using Artificial Networks, Fuzzy Systems, Evolutionary Systems and/or Virtual Reality Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project applies to, and provides the basis for, the definition, specification, performance analysis and application of systems using artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or virtual reality. Systems covered by this standard typically combine a suite of tools to implement an intelligent system. Project Purpose: Many successful applications of intelligent systems combine artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or virtual reality. Guidelines and cautions for the effective combination of these tools into an application are needed to guide the development and evaluation of intelligent systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a broad outline of such guidelines for the definition, specification, performance analysis and application of computationally intelligent systems. It is anticipated that this project will provide the framework for relating a number of specific standards currently under development or planned. Designation: 1425-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Remaining Life of Impregnated Paper-Insulated Transmission Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 2002 Technical Contact: S. Michael Foty, Phone:416-345-6460, Email:michael.medeiros@hydroone.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: To prepare a guide for the evaluation of the remaining life of impregnated paper insulated transmission cable systems. Project Purpose: Many cable ciircuits are now approaching the end of their theoretical life. There are currently no guidelines for evaluating the remaining life of cables. The guide will provide technical background, brief discussions and advice, with frequent reference to the literature, to those needing to evaluate the remaining life of impregnated paper insulateed transmission cables. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This guide provides technical information regarding factors that can affect the life of an impregnated paper-insulated transmission cable system, and it reviews available methods to evaluate the remaining life of such systems and preventive maintenance to extend their service life Key Words: "extra high voltage (EHV) cable, high-pressure fluid-filled (HPFF) cable, hight-pressure gas-filled (HPGF) cable, impregnated paper-insulated transmission cable systems, self-contained liquid-filled (SCLF) cable, thermal-mechanical bending" Designation: 14252-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Title: ISO/IEC 14252: [IEEE Std 1003.0-1995] Guide to the POSIX(R) Open Systems Environment Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **This is an exact duplicate of IEEE Std 1003.0-1995 and the IEEE will not carry this publication. If you need to purchase the ISO/IEC publication, please contact ANSI @ 212.642.4900 or ISO @ 41.22.919.0111 directly. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains. Key Words: application portability, application interoperability, open system environments, profiles, POSIX® Designation: 1426-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI EC11-1991 - Diagnostic Electrocardiographic Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Gideon Kantor, Phone:301 946 1043, Email:g.kantor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) systems with direct working devices which are intended for use, under the operating conditions specified in this standard, in the analysis of rhythm and of detailed morphology of complex cardiac complexes. Designation: 1427-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Recommended Electrical Clearances and Insulation Levels in Air Insulated Electrical Power Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007 Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-619-0427, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007 Project Scope: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications. This guide addresses insulation coordination procedures, including the choice of insulation levels and arrester specification, in limited detail and only as relevant to clearance requirements. Detailed and expanded coverage of insulation coordination procedures is provided in other ANSI and IEEE guides and standards (see Clause 2). This guide focuses on open-air bus assemblies and configurations and excludes apparatus clearances (i.e., bushing clearances for transformers, and breakers). Detailed coverage of apparatus clearances is provided in other applicable guides and standards. Project Purpose: Proper electrical clearances are necessary for the design, construction, and operation of electric supply substations. This document develops guidelines for the application of recommended electrical clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated substations. The recommended clearances incorporate both design/operating clearances and safety clearances. Abstract: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications. Key Words: basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL), basic switching impulse insulation level (BSL), clearances, insulation coordination, insulation levels, substation Designation: 1428-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Fiber Optic Cables in Electric Power Generating Stations and in Industrial Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 18, 2005 Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: Fiber Optic Cable intended to operate in electrical power generating stations and in other industrial facilities. Project Purpose: The selection and installation of fiber optic cable for use in electric power generating stations or other industrial facilities, is not currently addressed wsithin IEEE documents. This guide will provide assistance in these areas by identifying limitations, precautions, cable construction considerations, and installation criteria, unique to or associated with fiber optic cables. Abstract: This guide is intended for cables designed for use in power generating stations and industrial facilities, in both the outside plant environment and indoor applications - the latter with adequate consideration for requirements of the National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R).) Key Words: cable construction, electric power generating stations, fiber-optic cables, index of refraction, local area network connections, multimode fibers, numerical aperture, optical cable designs, optical performance, reflectometer, singlemode fibers, telecommunication Designation: 1429 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Cleanrooms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Brian A Rener, Phone:847-328-3555, Email:rener@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical systems in facilities with Cleanrooms. Project Purpose: Cleanroom electrical systems are not currently covered by standards or recommended practices. This document will provide recommended analysis and design practices for electrical systems in facilities that support Cleanrooms. Designation: 1430-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology Software Reuse-Concept of Operations for Interoperating Reuse Libraries [Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of the guide will be the system-level concepts which form the context for a network of interoperating reuse libraries, including the identification of properties required of standards, policies and technology required for the context. It does not address the structure or organization of governing bodies, and identification of particular standards or detailed policies. Project Purpose: Providing a foundation for identifying the standards, policies, and infrastructure necessary to support large numbers of interoperating reuse libraries. This will provide guidance in the selection or creation of appropriate standards. Abstract: This document describes the concepts necessary and appropriate for Networks of Interoperating Reuse Libraries (NIRLs). The purpose is to provide a context for standardization efforts toward the goal of supporting and enhancing interoperability. Key Words: reuse libraries, software, interoperability, networks Designation: 1431-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004 Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A stadard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A complilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and theoretical principles of operation. Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) specification and test procedures. The CVG is a device which measures inertial angular rate through the Coriolis force produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. This gyro type encompasses low cost Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems (MEMS) devices on silicon or quartz chips and also inertial navigation grade vibrating shell gyros. Abstract: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and theoretical principles of operation. Key Words: Keywords: Coriolis vibratory gyro, force-rebalance mode, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro- electro-mechanical system, open loop mode, ratiometric output, whole angle mode Designation: 1431 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This standard defines the requirements and test procedures for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros (CVG's). The CVG is a device which measures inertial angular rate through the coriolis force produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. A characteristic attribute of all such gyros is the presence of a sustained mechanical oscillation providing the linear momentum required to produce Coriolis force. Each gyro consists of a resonator, a drive mechanism, and a pickoff. the resonator can be a fork, cylinder, plate, beam, string, ring, sphere, etc., any structure which has characteristic eigermodes of vibration. These vibratory modes may be sustained in a solid, liquid or gas. CVG drive and pickoff mechanisms can employ peizoelectric, piezoresistive, capacitive or other means. Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of Coriolis vibratory gyro specifications and test procedures. An IEEE standard covering Coriolis vibratory gyros is not currently available. Such a standard is expected to be important since CVG's will be the smallest, lowest cost, and most widely applied of the commercial gyro technologies. Designation: 1431-2004/Cor 1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2008 Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2009 Project Scope: Correction of labeling errors on several figures. Project Purpose: Establish consistent use of symbols and terminology. Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1672-2006. http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/errata/1431_Cor1-2008.pdf Designation: 1432 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Specification of Motion Tracking Systems Used in Virtual Reality Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herschell Murry, Phone:(802) 655-3159, Email:h_murry@polhemus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will address the definition, specification and documentation of motion tracker systems used in virtual reality systems. Project Purpose: The virtual reality community has requested a set of guidelines to help in the interpretation of system capabilities. Guidelines for the definition, specification and analysis of motion tracking systems will be outlined. Designation: 1433 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: A Standard Glossary of Power Quality Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Philip P Barker, Phone:518-374-4699, Email:pbarker@nycap.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: To develop a common set of definitions describing the various types of power quality disturbances and phenomena which occur. Project Purpose: To develop common definitions to the varied interpretations of power quality phenomena as proposed by several IEEE working groups including: P1159, P1250, P1100, P519A, C62. Designation: 1434-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide to the Measurement of Partial Discharges in Rotating Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2000 Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Apr 26, 2000, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This guide discusses both on-line and off-line partial discharge (PD) measurements on complete windings of any type, as well as measurements on individual form-wound coils and bars. Measurements selected from those that are outlined may be appropriate for application during the manufacture, installation, operation, and maintenance of windings of ac rotating machinery. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify test methods that may be useful in the measurement of PD activity involving the electrical insulation systems of ac rotating machinery for quality control and to detect winding aging. Abstract: " A review of the nature of partial discharge in machine windings, how it can be measuredunder both off-line and on-line conditions, how it can be measured for individual form-wound coilsor bars, and the significance and limitations of the measured values are covered. " Key Words: "electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, partial discharge, rotating machine windings" Designation: P1434 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for the Measurement of Partial Discharges in AC Electric Machinery Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This guide discusses both on-line and off-line partial discharge (PD) measurements on complete windings of any type, as well as measurements on individual form-wound coils and bars. Measurements selected from those that are outlined may be appropriate for application during the manufacture, installation, operation, and maintenance of windings of ac electric machinery. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify test methods that may be useful in the measurement of PD activity involving the electrical insulation systems of ac electric machinery for quality control and to detect winding aging. Designation: 1435 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Technology to Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Communucations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Bruce C Abernethy, Phone:214-373-7873, Email:babernethy@bwrcorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The application of SONET communications standards network architectural options, capabilities, network management and associated equipment features to ITS voice, data and video communications network requirements. Project Purpose: The use of SONET technology in ITS communication networks is not covered by recommended practices. In fulfilling this need, the working group will define the recommended methods and associated, published standards by which SONET technology can be reliably applied to ITS communications requirements and assuring interoperability between network elements. The project will improve and clarify the understanding of this important technology with the objective of eliminating improper network configurations, errors in interface specifications and data load and network sizing errors. Designation: 1436 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Ground Based Transportation Collision Avoidance Radar Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Martin Grace, Phone:408-778-2000, Email:mgrace@anritsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this project is a standard for the transmission, reception, and processing of collision avoidance radar signals. The standard will include conformance and performance requirements; methods for measuring system parameters and performance; and a SAE compatible interface with the vehicular ITS system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a standard that will set forth the performance requirements for collision avoidance radars and promote compatibility among manufacturer's radar systems. The project will also provide specific methods of measuring collision avoidance parameters and performance to increase the comparability among systems and to ensure accurate testing. Designation: 1437 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard For the Integration of Plant Condition Monitoring Elements in Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Roehl, Phone:503-808-4334, Email:alan.k.roehl@usace.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities. The items monitored may include generators, motors, excitation systems, governors, turbines, pumps, water passage, transformers, switchgear, auxiliary equipment and environment. Project Purpose: The standard will define the information organization, hardware, and communications requirements for compatibility of individual monitoring elements. Use of the standard will allow users to connect individual monitoring elements in an integrated condition monitoring system with minimal effort. Designation: 1438 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide For the Application of Plant Condition Monitoring For Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities. The items monitored may include generator/motor, turbine/pump, excitation system, governor, transformers, switchgear, water passage, auxiliary equipment and environment. Project Purpose: Condition monitoring of hydroelectric facilities is not currently covered by standards. The document will guide owners, operators, manufacturers and consultants on the issues involved in justifying, spedifying, installing and using integrated condition monitoring systems for the various components of hydroelectric facilities. Designation: 1439 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide for the Specification of Software Interfaces for Artificial Nueral Networks (ANN) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidelines for specification of software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this proposed project is to develop guidelines for software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. This has been requested by government agendies interested in image compression and restoration of ANN codes images using pulse-coupled neural networks (PCNN), and other ANN. Designation: 1440 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide For Definition and Specification of Fuzzy Systems in Applications and Their Interfaces With Other Elements of Computational Intelligence (CI) of the System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Guidelines for the definition and specification of fuzzy systems for applications will be developed. These will include syggestions for interfacing fuzzy systems with other computational intelligence elements of the system; neural networks, evolutionary systems and virtual reality. Project Purpose: Many new products use fuzzy systems and other types of computational intelligence. Guidelines for the definition and specification of such systems will help in the evaluation of their performance and in accurately marketing products. Such guidelines have been requested by industry and government users and producers, particularly those interested in interfaces with neural networks evolutionary systems and virtual reality. Designation: 1441-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Inspection of Overhead Transmission Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:fferracane@ameren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005 Project Scope: This guide covers the inspection procedures and practices for right-of-way issues, foundations, structures, and wire installation for overhead lines. Project Purpose: The objective of this guide is to provide a convenient tool to facilitate thorough and consistent administrative and quality control techniques for the transmission line owner. The guidelines and procedures presented in this document are intended to not only document the standards expected of the construction inspectors, but also to help ensure that the project is constructed in compliance with the drawings and specifications. The owner's specification is the inspector's primary source of direction when specific guidance is required. In the absence of specific owner's directions, this guide may be used. Abstract: This guide covers various approaches to good inspection practices for the construction of overhead transmission lines. Inspection responsibilities and reporting as well as inspection of various overhead transmission line components are discussed. The guide is intended to be used as a reference for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of overhead transmission lines. Key Words: construction, inspection, transmission lines Designation: 1442 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Field Testing and Monitoring of In-Service Non-Ceramic Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Cartwright, Phone:(561) 845-4857 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Characterization of service environments, data collection, measurements and analysis of in-service non-ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: Provide technical assistance to organizations interested in monitoring and collecting data from in-service non-ceramic insulators. Define aging, factors that influence aging, methods of monitoring, analysis of data, consequences of aging on insulator performance and recommended practices. Promote collection of comparable data from diverse environments. Promote collection of in-service data that can be compared with laboratory collected data. Designation: 1443 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Microwave Network Parameters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: The project will develop definitions of network parameters, including scattering, impedance, and related parameters. The standard will define these parameters, possibly in more than one form to accommodate current usage. It will also compare and contrast the parameters in their various forms, interrelate them, and state conditions of proper use. The project will focus on the parameters of microwave (transmission-line or waveguide based) circuit theory but will harmonize the results with low- frequency circuit theory. Definitions of characteristic impedance will be considered. Project Purpose: Current definitions of network parameters, particularly scattering parameters, vary greatly, especially when the reference impedence is complex. Many computer-aided design tools use a definitio that differs significantly from that used by measurement instruments; the implications can be dramatic. In both cases, the reults may be incompatible with basic mathematical formulas familiar to engineers. The current IEEE definitions (The New IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, Fifth Ed.) are inconsistent with other international standards. Designation: 1445-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will define the test program set data embodied in a number of ASCII files for stimulus, response, and diagnostics of digital systems for use on digital Automatic Test Systems. Project Purpose: This standard will develop a definition of digital test information for digital test systems to cover UUT Model, stimulus/response, fault dictionary, probe data, and other forms of data. Any existing defacto standards will be given precedence. Abstract: The information content and the data formats for the interchange of digital test program data between digital automated test program generators (DATPGs) and automatic test equipment (ATE) for board-level printed circuit assemblies are deÞned. This information can be broadly grouped into data that deÞnes the following: UUT Model, Stimulus and Response, Fault Dictionary, and Probe. Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automated test program generator (DATPG), digital test interchange format (DTIF), Fault Dictionary data" Designation: 1446 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Ada-Based Test Program Development (AdaTPD) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Combine and update IEEE Trial Use Std 1226.1-1993 and 1226.2- 1993 into one new full use standard. This wil incorporate revisions of the reference standards (ANSI/ISO/IEC 8652:1995 for Ada and IEEE Std 716-1995 for C/ATLAS) and feedback from trial use experience. Project Purpose: To support development of Ada-based test programs that are independent of any specific test system. The goal of this standard is to reduce life cycle costs by reducing test program set development and maintenance time, and supporting test program reusability and transportability. Designation: 14471-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007 Information Technology -- Software Engineering -- Guidelines for the Adoption of CASE Tools Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2010 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 2011 Project Scope: Since CASE adoption is a subject of the broader technology transition problem, this Technical Report addresses the adoption practices appropriate for a wide range of computing organisations. This Technical Report neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards, software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming languages, or life-cycle paradigms. This Technical Report will: - identify critical success factors (CSF); - propose a set of adoption processes; - guide successful adoption in consideration of organisational and cultural environment. The following groups are targeted as potential audiences: - CASE users; - information systems managers; - chief information officers (CIO); - CASE suppliers; - software engineering consultants; - those involved in the acquisition of CASE tools and technology. Therefore this Technical Report addresses aspects of CASE tools adoption. It is best used with ISO/IEC 14102 for CASE tool evaluation and selection. It is complementary to related ISO/IEC documents which deal with the general aspects of these topics. Abstract: This guide adopts ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007. Since computer-aided software engineering (CASE) adoption is a subject of the broader technology transition problem, this guide addresses the adoption practices appropriate for a wide range of computing organizations. ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007 neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards, software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming languages, or life-cycle paradigms. Key Words: computer-aided software engineering (CASE), CASE tools, information technology, pilot project processes, process, tool adoption, tool evaluation, tool selection Designation: 14471 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Adoption of Guide ISO/IEC TR14471 Information technology - Software engineering - Guidelines for the adoption of CASE tools Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: Since CASE adoption is a subject of the broader technology transition problem, this Technical Report addresses the adoption practices appropriate for a wide range of computing organisations. This Technical Report neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards, software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming languages, or life-cycle paradigms. This Technical Report will: - identify critical success factors (CSF); - propose a set of adoption processes; - guide successful adoption in consideration of organisational and cultural environment. The following groups are targeted as potential audiences: - CASE users; - information systems managers; - chief information officers (CIO); - CASE suppliers; - software engineering consultants; - those involved in the acquisition of CASE tools and technology. Therefore this Technical Report addresses aspects of CASE tools adoption. It is best used with ISO/IEC 14102 for CASE tool evaluation and selection. It is complementary to related ISO/IEC documents which deal with the general aspects of these topics. Project Purpose: None - ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose clause. Designation: 1448 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Status: Superseded **See 12207.0-1996 Designation: 1448.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.1 Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide an integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life cycle data. Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment; and provide an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes. Designation: 1448.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Implementation Considerations Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.2 Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier interaction. Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by providing more options as to its use; improve the implementation of ISO 12207. Designation: 1448a-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.0 History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The base document (ISO/IEC 12207) establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a standalone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain the in sum country foreword including compliance methodology, software life cycle process objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite of standards consisting of 3 parts: 1) 1448 which will include ISO 12207, Software life processes plus the supplement 1448a, which provides the in sum country foreward which includes the IEEE compliance methodology (supported by software life cycle process objectives and software life cycle data objectives), key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. 2) 1448.1, Life Cycle Data, which will provide an integrated set of data content descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207 along with guidance on which existing IEEE standards which provide additional detail. 3) 1448.2, Implementation Considerations, which provide clarifications to 12207 to allow flexibility with prevalent business practices. It will also provide guidance on development strategies and build planning, software reuse, joint management reviews, management indicators, and system architecture. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will add: 1) Enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. 2) Provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207. 3) Provide additions to meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process standards. Designation: 1449 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Engineering Considerations Related to Lightning Protection: Device Placement, Grounding, Bonding and Physical System Geometry Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Lawrence Danello, Phone:850-224-4451, Email:omnicom@polaris.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will address engineering practices and procedures for the location of protectors, grounding and bonding practices and site geometry considerations. This standard will not include the physics of atmospheric lightning. Project Purpose: This standard shall provide an organized and prioritized set of practices and procedures to assist design engineers, procurement specialists and end users in developing systems, selecting devices and installing lightning protection systems based on a standard reference that has proven research and engineered testing to support each recommendation. The systems designed using this Practice and Procedure can be predictably modeled. Designation: 145-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 145-1983. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Project Scope: It is assumed in this standard that an antenna is a passive linear reciprocal device. Thus, where a definition implies the use of an antenna in a transmitting situation, its use in a receiving situation is also implicit, unless specifically stated otherwise. When an antenna or group of antennas is combined with circuit elements that are active, nonlinear, or nonreciprocal, the combination is regarded as a system that includes an antenna. Examples of such cases are an adaptive antenna system and a signal-processing antenna system; the complete conical-scanning, monopulse, and compound interferometer systems also fall in this category. For terms that are quantitative, it is understood that frequency must be specified. For those in which phase or polarization is a significant part of the definition, a coherent source of power is implied. Whenever a term is commonly used in other fields but has specialized significance in the field of antennas, this is noted in the title. When applying terms pertaining to radiation characteristics, such as gain, polarization, beamwidth, etc., to multiple-beam antennas, each port shall be considered to be that of a separate antenna with a single main beam. For polarization diversity systems that may include active devices, these terms apply to each polarization state for which the antenna is adjusted. Throughout this standard, where phasors are used, or are implied, the time convention shall be taken to be exp(jwt). Abstract: Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided. Key Words: antennas, definitions, propagation, terminology Designation: 145 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used in the current standard. The current standard was originally completed in 1983. Many new terms and concepts for antennas, especially active antennas, are not included. This working group will review the complete entire standard and update existing terms and include new terms that are in use but not in the standard. Project Purpose: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used in the current standard. Designation: P145 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes definitions for antennas and for systems which incorporate an antenna as a component of the system. Project Purpose: Many individuals and organizations are involved in the design, manufacture, measurement and use of antennas for many different applications. This standard is intended to provide a set of standard definitions for the community so that when terminology is used all will understand its meaning. Designation: 145-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1983 Abstract: Superseded by 145-1993. Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided. Key Words: definitions, antennas, terms Designation: 1450-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project is to define a standard language that a) facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from computer Aided-Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c) supports the large bulk test information generated from structured test and integral test techniques for very large scale and ultra large scale integrated circuit designs in a format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; d) supports device testing for integrated circuit, very large scale and ultra large scale integrated circuit test environments, but not restrictged from application to other digital test environments. Project Purpose: This standard will serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test gen-eration tools and test equipment. A test description language is defined that Key Words: "automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST), computer-aided engineering (CAE), cyclize,device under test (DUT), digital test vectors, event, functional vectors, pattern, scan vectors, signal, structural vectors, timed event, wavefor" Designation: 1450 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This is a revision to 1450, to incorporate a series of clarifications that have been developed as questions about the original standard arose. The clarifications to be added are present under http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/1450/dot0/1450_clarifications.pdf. There are no changes to the original scope, which is: This project is to define a standard language that: a) Facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b) Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c) Supports the large volume of test information generated from structured test such as scan/Automatic Test Pattern Generation (ATPG), integral test techniques such as Built-In Self Test (BIST), and functional test specification for Integrated Circuit designs and their Assemblies, in a format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to add clarifications defined during the initial lifecycle of this standard. There are no changes to the original purpose of this project, which is: Existing CAE tools have unique and differing software output interfaces which are not portable into the unique and proprietary IC ATE input interfaces. Third party support environments have not kept pace with the test requirements of VLSIC device and test data generated from structured test (such as ATPG) or integral test techniques such as BIST. Definition of a standard to support representation of this data in an efficient optimal format is beneficial to three parties: the CAE vendors who must create this data, the IC vendors who must support and manipulate this data, and the ATE vendors who must accept this data. With a common standard between CAE and IC ATE environments, the generation, movement, and processing of this test data is greatly facilitated. This standard also allows for immediate access to test equipment supporting this standard, which benefits both ATE vendors and IC vendors reviewing this equipment. This standard will finally serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation. Designation: 1450.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Design Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 2005 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL to support usage as semiconductor simulation stimulus; including: 1) mapping signal names to equivalent design references, 2) interface between Scan and BIST, and the logic simulation, 3) data types to represent unresolved states in a pattern, 4) parallel or asynchronous pattern execution on different design blocks, and 5) expression-based conditional execution of pattern constructs. Define structures in STIL to support the definition of test patterns for sub-blocks of a design (i.e., embedded cores) such that these tests can be incorporated into a complete higher-level device test. Define structures in STIL to relate fail information from device testing environments back to original stimulus and design data elements. Project Purpose: Enhance the STIL language definition to support the usage of STIL in the design environment. This includes extending the execution concept to support STIL as a stimulus language, to allow STIL to be used as an intermediate form of data, and to allow STIL to capture design information needed to port simulation data to device test environments. In addition, define extensions to support the definition of sub element tests, and to define the mechanisms to integrate those tests into a complete device test. This effort is to be done in conjunction with IEEE P1500 which is defining standards for the definition and integration of embedded cores. Finally, define the constructs necessary to correlate test failure information back to the design environment, to allow debug and diagnosis operations to be performed based on failure information in STIL format. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment. Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language in the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable patterns. Key Words: advanced scan architecture, core, environment, fail feedback, lockstep, parallel patterns, parameterized data, pattern tilling, pragma, signal variable, system on chip (SoC), test protocol Designation: 1450.2-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std 1450-1999) for DC Level Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2003 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC conditions for commonly used signal references are: VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL, IOH, VREF, VClampLow, VClampHi. Define structures in STIL such that the DC conditions may be specified either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector. Define structures in STIL to allow specification of alternate DC levels. Examples of commonly used alternate levels are: VIHH, VIPP, VILL. Define structures in STIL such that the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within a period, much the same as timed format events. Project Purpose: This effort will define constructs in STIL to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute the digital vectors on Automated Test Equipment (ATE). This will complement the IEEE Std. 1450-1999 definition which defines structures for specification of timing and format information, but does not define the DC conditions under which this information should be applied. Abstract: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply limit Key Words: "automated test equipment (ATE), comparator, DC levels, device power supply (DPS), device under test (DUT), driver, driver termination, dynamic load, functional test, parametric measurement unit (PMU), power sequence, slew rate, voltage clamp" Designation: P1450.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for DC Level Specification Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines the following: a) Defines structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a DUT. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies are DPS setup, power sequencing to the device, and power supply limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC conditions for commonly used signal references are VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL, IOH, VREF, VClampLow, and VClampHi. b) Defines structures in STIL such that the DC conditions may be specified either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector. c) Defines structures in STIL to allow specification of alternate DC levels. Examples of commonly used alternate levels are VIHH, VIPP, and VILL. d) Defines structures in STIL such that the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within a period, much the same as timed format events. Project Purpose: This standard defines constructs in STIL to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute digital vectors on Automated Test Equipment (ATE). This standard complements the STIL standard, which defines structures for specification of timing and format information, but does not define the DC conditions under which this information should be applied. Designation: 1450.3-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Tester Target Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2007 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Project Scope: — Define structures in STIL for the specification of resource mapping of ATE hardware architectures. An example of resource mapping is the assignment of tester resources to waveform characters that are used in STIL vectors. — Define structures in STIL for including ATE-specific instructions in-line with the STIL data. — Define structures in STIL that allow for “incremental processing” whereby, a set of STIL files may be targeted to multiple ATE systems by allowing separately identified ATE data to coexist. — Define structures in STIL for defining tester rules checks to ensure that the set of generated STIL files conform to the selected resources on one or more ATE systems. — Define structures in STIL for the specification of the resources required for the execution of a set of STIL files on a given ATE system. Project Purpose: Transferring “tester independent” test program/pattern data as represented in STIL to a specific ATE system is a desired capability. It is required to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL program/patterns are mapped onto a specific tester’s resources. Because of the various different use models for the creation and consumption of test data, it is necessary to enable certain operations (such as rules checking) very early in the process. Likewise it is desirable to allow other operations (such as resource allocation) to be done very late in the process. The STIL language extensions enable the user/creator a standard way of specifying and controlling the application of test program/pattern data to specific ATE systems to the extent necessary for each use model scenario. Abstract: The STIL environment supports transferring tester-independent test programs to a specific ATE system. Although native STIL data are tester independent, the actual process of mapping the test program onto tester resources may be critical, and it is necessary to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL programs and patterns are mapped onto the tester resources. TRC (which stands for either tester resource constraints or tester rules checking, depending on the usage) is an extension to the STIL language to facilitate this operation. Key Words: Tester rules checking (TRC), tester resource reporting, tester resource targeting, tester resource loading Designation: 1450.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Stnadard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that test flows are specificed in a structured manner to facilitate automated modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a common interface between the flow environment and test program components. Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow-Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program components is to be developed by a separate workign group (P1450.5). Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub- flows and binning. Project Purpose: Provide additional STIL syntax to describe a test flow in terms sufficient to define a test program flow capable of running on an ATE system. Designation: 1450.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dave Dowding, Phone:970-635-6928, Email:dave_dowding@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that test flows are specified in a structured manner to facilitate automated modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a common interface between the flow environment and test program components. Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow- Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program components is to be developed by a separate working group (P1450.5). Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub-flows and binning. Project Purpose: STIL is the standard for the interchange of digital test data from the test generation environment (where a great deal of design information is used to generate device tests) to the test and manufacturing environment. The STIL standard initially addressed the essential digital test description information (i.e.. signals, timing, vectors and parameter specifications). Other aspects needed for testing devices were to follow in extension activities such as this standard to address test flow extensions to STIL. This extension will provide the constructs to describe the test program flow and sequencing data needed to compose a test program to run on an Automatic Test Equipment platform. Designation: 1450.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Test Method Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define the set of test methods common enough across the semiconductor industry to be standardized and define the parameters for each of the test methods. Define the structures in STIL for specification of the test method and the parameters to the test method. Examples of test method parameters are: debug options, characterization options, test algorithm options, throughput optimizing options, and data logging options. Define in device terms the operation that is to be performed by each test method. Note1 - It may be necessary to describe a sequence of operations that are to be done by the test method and to completely explain the expected algorithm. Note2 - This definiton of test methods is to be part of the STIL documentation. Provide examples of how user defined test methods can be created using the defined STIL structures. Project Purpose: Whereas the test flow extensions to STIL (P1450.4) define the structure for creating the test flow, this standard is to define a set of test methods that are to fit within the STIL framework to address the most commonly needed test functions for digital integrated circuits. Designation: 1450.6-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data---Core Test Language (CTL) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 17, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: Unless the logic inside embedded cores can be merged with the surrounding user-defined logic (UDL), the SoC test requires reuse of test data and test structures specific to individual cores (designs) when integrated into larger systems. This standard defines language constructs sufficient to represent the context of a core and of the integration of that core into a system, to facilitate reuse of test data previously developed for that core. The SoC test also requires that the core be embedded in the SoC to allow for efficient testing of the logic external to the core. To that effect, this standard defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside the core. This provides constructs that will allow for the wrapping operation of an unwrapped core and the necessary wrapper specific information for a wrapped core. In particular, CTL shall support IEEE Std 1500-2005 for the information needs for wrapped and unwrapped cores. Semantic rules will be defined for the language to facilitate interoperability between the different entities (the core provider, the system integrator, and the automation tools) involved in the creation of an SoC. This standard is limited to SoC testing with multiple and/or hierarchical cores through digital interfaces.All constructs defined in the CTL shall be consistent with IEEE Std 1450-1999 and extensions (STIL) to support the complete description of the test for cores integrated into SoC environments. Although the preferred syntax for the bulk of the test data is STIL, this language provides constructs for linking other test data representations to incorporate legacy cores. The constructs in the language shall support a vast variety of cores and different test methodologies with particular support for the IEEE 1500 standard for embedded core testing. These constructs shall facilitate the transportation of test information from the core provider to the system integrator and support test automation by providing a consistent and uniform definition of the constructs such that the information provided by a core provider is understood in the same way by the system integrator and the tools developed by EDA. Project Purpose: To develop a language which will provide a sufficient description of a core to support reuse of test data developed for that core after integration into SoC environments, and to enable the creation of test patterns for the logic in the SoC external to the core. Abstract: The Core Test Language (CTL) is a language created for a System-on-Chip flow (or SoC flow), where a design created by one group is reused as a sub-design of a design created by another group. In an SoC flow, the smaller design embedded in the larger design is commonly called a core and the larger design is commonly called the SoC. The core is a design provided by a core provider, and the task of incorporating the sub-design into the SoC is called Core System Integration. Key Words: Core Test Language (CTL), Standard Test Interface Language (STIL), System-on-Chip (SoC), wrapped core, unwrapped core Designation: 1450.6.1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Describing On-Chip Scan Compression Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Bruce D. Cory, Phone:408-486-2783, Email:bcory@nvidia.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern generation to diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step independent of on-chip scan compression logic used. Abstract: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern generation to diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step independent of on-chip scan compression logic used. Key Words: 1450.6.1-2009, chip design, design automation, on-chip scan compression, pattern generation, scan insertion Designation: P1450.6.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Memory Modeling in Core Test Language (CTL) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007 Project Scope: System on Chip (SoC) test requires reuse of test data and test structures developed for individual cores (designs) when integrated into larger integrated circuits. This activity defines language constructs sufficient to represent the context of a memory-core and of the integration of that memory-core into an SoC, to facilitate development and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for memories. This activity also defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the memory-core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside the memory-core. Semantic rules are defined for the language to facilitate interoperability between different entities (the memory-core provider, the system integrator, and the automation tool developer) involved in the creation of an SoC. The capabilities are an extension of IEEE 1450.6-2005. As a result of this extension, CTL's limitations of handling memories are addressed. Project Purpose: To develop an extension to the CTL language that provides a sufficient description of a memory-core to support the development and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for that memory after integration into SoC environment and enable creation of test patterns for the logic on the SoC external to the memory. Designation: 1451.0-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Common Functions, Communication Protocols, and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2007 Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: This project develops a set of common functionality for the family of IEEE 1451 smart transducer interface standards. This functionality is independent of the physical communications media. It includes the basic functions required to control and manage smart transducers, common communications protocols, and media-independent TEDS formats. It defines a set of implementation-independent APIs. This project does not specify signal conditioning and conversion, physical media, or how the TEDS data are used in applications. Project Purpose: There are currently three approved and three proposed smart transducer interface standards in the IEEE 1451 family of standards. They all share certain characteristics, but no common set of functions, communications protocols, and TEDS formats provides interoperability among these standards. This standard will provide that commonality and will simplify the creation of future standards for different physical layers that are interoperable within the family. Abstract: This standard provides a common basis for members of the IEEE 1451 family of standards to be interoperable. It defines the functions that are to be performed by a transducer interface module (TIM) and the common characteristics for all devices that implement the TIM. It specifies the formats for Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS). It defines a set of commands to facilitate the setup and control of the TIM as well as reading and writing the data used by the system. Application programming interfaces (APIs) are defined to facilitate communications with the TIM and with applications. Key Words: actuator, application programming interface, communication protocol, networkcapable application processor, sensor, smart transducer, transducer electronic data sheet, transducer interface module Designation: 1451.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Network Capable Application Processor Information Model Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2000 Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This project will establish a standard interface for connecting network capable processors to control networks through the development of a common control network information or object model for smart sensors and actuators. The object model includes transducer block, function block, plysical block, and network block and their underlying structures. This project will not define individual device algorithms or specifics of what is implemented using the model. Project Purpose: Many control network implementations are currently available, each with its own strength and weakness for a specific application class. A common network-independent application model mapping to any sinsor/actuator protocol will reduce effort for interfacing smart sensors and actuators to control netowsrks. It will establish interoperability between sensors/actuators and networks, thus enabling plug and play capability. A standard object model will simplify the support of multiple sensor/actuator control network protocols. Abstract: This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connecting processors to communication networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containing blocks, services, and components specifies interactions with sensors and actuators and forms the basis for implementing application code executing in the processor. Key Words: actuators, communication network, object model, sensors Designation: P1451.1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Network Capable Application Processor (NCAP) Information Model Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jay Warrior, Phone:650-485-2086, Email:jay_warrior@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: The project stays within the scope of the original standard, IEEE 1451.1-1999, namely to create a network neutral, common object model for the components of a networked smart transducer together with the interfaces to these components. The project updates the standard, as a consequence of technology and implementation experience, in the following areas: 1) Removes functionality unused in most current implementations. 2) Revises the transducer block abstract class (section 9.5) interface specifications to be compatible with the Application Program Interface(API)s in the IEEE 1451.0 standard. 3) Introduces the concept of interfaces to support multiple inheritances and use the concept to simplify the component, service, and data class hierarchy. 4) Revises the conformance requirements to enable simpler, minimally conformant systems. 5) Provide in an advisory addendum a reference mapping of 1451.1 to java, including an on-the wire protocol specification compatible with internet technologies. Project Purpose: Since its introduction, IEEE 1451.1 has provided a basis for implementations of a light-weight, network neutral application model targeted at reducing the effort in interfacing smart sensors and actuators to a network. The purpose of this project is to reflect changes in underlying networking technologies, focusing on the recognized gap between embedded systems and the enterprise. In addition, the project will seek to simplify the specification by omitting unused functionality as reflected in implementation experience and industry needs; and to interface with the IEEE 1451.0 standard, which was developed subsequent to the original IEEE Std 1451.1-1999. Designation: 1451.2-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 1998 History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard digital interface for connecting transducers (defined here as sensors and actuators) to microprocessors. It will define a transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) and its data formats. It will define an electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and transducers. This interface will be usable by a wide variety of sensors and actuators. This project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data are used in application. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent digital communication interface standard between transducers and microprocessors. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without an independent, openly defined interface, transducer interfacing and integration are time consuming and all vendors' duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. This interface will provide a minimum implementation subset which will allow self-identification and configuration of sensors and actuators and vendor extensibility to provide growth and product differentiation. Abstract: A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is deÞned. A TEDS and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are deÞned. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications. Key Words: "communication protocol,digital interface,microprocessor,NCAP,sensor interface,smart actuator,smart sensor,smart sensor interface,smart transducer,smart transducer interface,STIM,TEDS,1451" Designation: P1451.2 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Darold Wobschall **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines serial interfaces between a transducer interface module (TIM) and a network module called network capable application processor (NCAP). It also defines a physical transducer electronic data sheet (PHY TEDS) which enables this standard to be in compliance with the IEEE 1451.0 standard. This standard does not specify signal conditioning or conversion. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for serial interfaces between the IEEE 1451 TIM and NCAP. This standard provides means for transducer devices and equipment interoperability. Designation: 1451.2 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Draft Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Joseph Wiczer, Phone:847-353-8200, Email:jwiczer@sensorsynergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of the revision is to include alternate physical layers to utilize existing, widely available, low-cost data transfer methods in order to reduce complexity and cost. The TEDS will be assessed for inclusion of new features, including additional control functions to improve communications between STIM (Smart Transducer Interface Module) and NCAP (Network Capable Application Processor) and the creation of a stand-alone mode in which supported NCAP network protocols would be specified. This project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data are used in application. Project Purpose: There is currently a great need for open standards to provide economically viable digital communication interfaces between transducers and microprocessors. The purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997 more widely usable to a larger set of cost sensitive applications. Without a cost effective, easy-to-implement, independent, openly defined transducer interface standard, the development of remote sensing applications for safety, security, industrial automation, and other remote monitoring/ remote control applications will continue to be hindered. Abstract: IEEE P1451.2 defines a wired point-to-point interface standard for sensors, specifically connectors and communication protocols for SPI, I2C, UART and RS-232-C interfaces together with the corresponding TEDS. This specification focuses on the Communication Modules that connect the TIM and NCAP using the IEEE Std 1451.0-2007 basic standard with brevity as a goal. The purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997 more usable to a wider set of applications. Key Words: IEEE-1451, 1451, I236 C, NCAP, PHY, RS-232, Serial, Smart Actuator, Smart Sensor, Smart Transducer, SPI, TEDS, TIM, UART, Designation: 1451.2a Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Connection Schemes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stan P Woods, Phone:650-485-5067, Email:stan_woods@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The project will define connection schemes for use with the existing IEEE 1451.2 standard. The intent is to specify connection schemes between Smart Transducer Interface Modules (STIMs) and Network Capabile Application Processors (NCAPS0. The solutions will be compatible with the current electrical interface specified in IEEE 1451.2. The project will examine use models for the standard, appropriate physical environments, cable lengths and connector types to determine the solution. Project Purpose: This project enhances the existing IEEE 1451.2 specification by adding connection schemes between STIMs and NCAPs. Standardizing the physical connections between STIMs and NCAPs simplifies the connectivity issue and will greatly benefit the adopters of IEEE 1451.2 Designation: 1451.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Digital Communication and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats for Distributed Multidrop Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 02, 2010. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry A Malchodi, Phone:206-655-5695, Email:larry.a.malchodi@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard thqt defines a digital interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers. It will leverage off the IEEE P1451.1 and IEEE P1451.2 standards. The standard will define the TEDS format, the electrical interface, channel identification protocols, hot swap protocols, time synchronization protocols, and the read and write logic functions used to access the TEDS and transducer data. The standard will nto specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an application uses the TEDS data. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent standard for interfacing multiple physically separated transducers that allos time synchronization of data. Without such a standard, custom transducer interface solutions are required which are time-consuming and costly. The standard will provide a minimum implementation that allows multidrop, hot swapping, self-identification and configuration of transducers that may not be located in the same enclosure, but are confined to a relatively small space. Abstract: A digital interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers to a single processor over a single pair of wires. The interface can support both asynchronous and isochronous data transfers. Several Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and their data formats are described. An electrical interface, channel identification protocols, time synchronization protocols, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS, and transducers with a wide variety of attributes are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an application uses the TEDS data. Key Words: "1451, communication protocol, digital interface, event sensor, microprocessor, NCAP, plug and play, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart sensor, smart sensor interface, smart transducer interface, TBIM, TEDS" Designation: 1451.4-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators--Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 06, 2004 Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: May 14, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004 Project Scope: This project will establish a standard that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. The standard will define the protocol and interface. It will also define the format of the transducer TEDS. The transducer TEDS will be based on the IEEE 1451.2 TEDS. The standard will not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Project Purpose: A standard is needed that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information for the purposes of self-identification and configuration. Due to the lack of a standard, some transducer manufacturers have introduced various solutions but have seen limited acceptance. An independent and openly defined standard will reduce risk for potential users, transducer and system manufacturers, and system integrators. This will accelerate the emergence and acceptance of this technology. Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the Transducer TEDS. The Transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2(TM) TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Key Words: Keywords: appended TEDS, basic TEDS, device configuration file, family code, IEEE 1451.4 interface, IEEE 1451.4 transducer, mixed-mode Interface (MMI), mixed-mode transducer (MMXDCR), network capable application processor (NCAP), plug-and-play, smart transducer, TEDS, template, template ID, transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS), template description language, transparent protocol, template description language, tbom schema, transducer block Designation: 1451.4-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators-- Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the transducer TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet). The transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2 ™ TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Project Purpose: An independent and openly defined standard for MMI (mixed-mode interface) and TEDS serves the following purposes: — Provide interoperability, which enables plug-and-play capability — Simplify the implementation of mixed-mode smart transducer systems — Accelerate the emergence and acceptance of the MMI and TEDS. Designation: P1451.4a Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators--Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Amendment Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed changes include: 1) the correction of errors, both editorial and technical of the existing standard, 2) the creation of new parameters in the transducer electronic data sheets (TEDS), TEDS templates, and hooks that can make it easier for other industrial users to apply and use this standard, 3) the provision for interface with the IEEE 1451 standard to enable users to access IEEE 1451.4 transducers via a network, and 4) consideration of provision for global transducer identification. Project Purpose: The amendments reflect the need of industry and correct errors in the existing standard. Designation: 1451.5-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuator -- Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2007 Technical Contact: Steven C Chen, Phone:301-670-6779x509, Email:schens@3eti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007 Project Scope: This project establishes a standard for wireless communication methods and data format for transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard defines a TEDS based on the IEEE 1451 concept and protocols to access TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary wireless interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing wireless technology solutions. It does not specify transducer design, signal conditioning, wireless system physical design or use, or use of TEDS. Project Purpose: Many companies are developing various wireless communication interfaces and protocols for sensors. An openly defined wireless transducer communication standard, which may accommodate various existing wireless technologies, will reduce risk for users, transducer manufacturers, and system integrators. It will enhance the acceptance of the wireless technology for transducers connectivity. Abstract: This standard defines a wireless interface for sensors. It specifies radio-specific protocols for this wireless interface. It defines communication modules that connect the wireless transducer interface module (WTIM) and the network capable applications processor (NCAP) using the radio-specific protocols. It also defines the transducer electronic data sheets (TEDS) for the radio-specific protocols. Key Words: network-capable applications processor, sensor, Transducer Electronic Data Sheet, wireless communication protocol, wireless sensor, wireless transducer interface module Designation: P1451.5-2007/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuator - Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: The corrigendum is changing the normative references and making some minor corrections. Project Purpose: The corrigendum is changing the normative references and making some minor corrections. Designation: 1451.6 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - A High-speed CANopen-based Transducer Network Interface for Intrinsically Safe and Non-intrinsically Safe Applications. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **CANopen permission obtained for use of CiA DS 404 Technical Contact: Cyrilla Jane Menon, Phone:+1 248 676 9291, Email:menon@can-cia.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This project establishes a CANopen-based network for multi- channel transducer modules. The standard defines the mapping of IEEE 1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) to the CANopen dictionary entries as well as communication messages, process data, configuration parameter, and diagnosis information. It adopts the CANopen device profile for measuring devices and closed-loop controllers. This project defines an intrinsically safe (IS) CAN physical layer. Project Purpose: There are many implementations of CANopen network interfaces based on the CiA DS 404 device profile. In order to make use of the IEEE 1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) concept and to achieve data compatibility from a single-sensor to a high-performance closed-loop controller, it is necessary to harmonize the TEDS parameters. The proposed project allows development of lean gateways and cascaded transducer networks based on a combined specification of IEEE 1451 and CANopen. Designation: 1451.7-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators-- Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines data formats to facilitate communications between radio frequency identification (RFID) systems and smart RFID tags with integral transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard defines new transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards. This standard also defines a command structure and specifies the communication methods with which the command structure is designed to be compatible. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for interfacing transducers and RFID tags, and for reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. This standard will reduce the cost and time required to integrate transducer and RFID systems, as well as provide a means for device and equipment interoperability. Abstract: Data formats designed to facilitate communications between radio frequency identification (RFID) systems and smart RFID tags with integral transducers (sensors and actuators) are introduced in this standard. New transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) formats for smart RFID tags, based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards, are defined. Also, a comprehensive command set for smart RFID tags is defined. Key Words: network capable application processor (NCAP), radio frequency identification (RFID) tag, sensor command, sensor integration, sensor interface, sensor standard, smart RFID tags, transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS), transducer interface module (TIM) Designation: 1451.7 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This standard defines communication methods and data formats for transducers (sensors and actuators) communicating with RFID tags that follow the ISO/IEC 24753 standard. The standard also defines Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards and protocols for accessing TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing technology solutions. It doesn’t specify transducer design or signal conditioning. Project Purpose: There is currently no openly defined independent interface standard between transducers and RFID tags. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without such standard, transducer interfacing and integration to RFID tags and systems are time-consuming and all vendors’ duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. The purpose of this standard is to provide interfaces and methods for interfacing transducers to RFID tags and reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. It also provides means for device and equipment interoperability. Designation: 14515-1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000, Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1: 2003, Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces -- Amendment 1: Realtime extension (C Language) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 04, 2003 **This publication is a revision of IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (ISO approved November 2000) Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of a POSIX Conformance Test Suite for the POSIX.2 standard (ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, IEEE/ANSI Std. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list of assertions defining those aspects of POSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is primarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines to POSIX.2 implementors those aspects of the standard that will be verified by a conformance test suite. KEYWORDS: conformance, POSIX, Shell and Utilities, test methods Designation: 14515-2:2003 Title: Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)-- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX--Part 2:Shell and utilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory considerations. Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered. Key Words: 802.3af, Link Section, midspan, MPS, PD, PI, POE, power, Power over Ethernet, PSE Designation: 14519-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 14519:2001, Information Technology -- POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces -- Binding for system application program interface (API) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Adoption of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. Designation: 14519-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Title: ISO/IEC 14519 : 1999 (IEEE Std 1003.5b), Information technology-- POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)--Realtime Extensions Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and userinterfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specificationsand accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). Thisstandard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding be-tween ISO 8652 Designation: P1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice -- Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15:2010, Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)---Testing and measurement techniques--- Flickermeter---Functional and design specifications Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Kenneth Sedziol, Phone:513-287-3275, Email:ksedziol@cinergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This part of IEC 61000 gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The flickermeter specifications in this part of IEC 61000 relate only to measurements of 120 V and 230 V, 50 Hz and 60 Hz inputs. Characteristics of some incandescent lamps for other voltages are sufficiently similar to the values in Table 1 and Table 2, that the use of a correction factor can be applied for those other voltages. Some of these correction factors are provided in the Annex B. Detailed specifications for voltages and frequencies other than those given above, remain under consideration. The object of this part of IEC 61000 is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519. Abstract: This standard adopts IEC 61000-4-15:2010, which gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The object of IEC 61000-4-15:2010 is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Key Words: flicker, voltage fluctuation Designation: 1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Fluctuations and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give rise to noticeable illumination changes from lighting equipment. This phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes voltage flicker. This recommended practice provides specifications for measurement of this phenomena. It does not make any flicker emission specifications for certification of individual products manufactured for use on these systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519. Designation: 1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage flicker on AC power systems including a recommended measurement protocol. Recommend limits for voltage flicker using the measurement protocol. Project Purpose: The IEEE does not have a standard for measuring or limiting voltage flicker on AC power systems. Two recommended practices, IEEE 519- 1992 and IEEE 144-1993 suggest similar limits for flicker. No standard measurement protocol exists within IEEE. Further, the suggested limits and measurements are very subjective. Better methods are needed to measure and specify voltage quality with regard to flicker. Designation: 1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15:2010, Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC--Testing and measurement technique-- Flickermeter—Functional and design specifications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This section of IEC 61000-4 gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. This section is based partly on work by the "Disturbances" Working Group of the International Union for Electroheat (UIE), partly on work of the IEEE, and partly on work within IEC itself. The flickermeter specifications in this section relate only to measurements of 230 V, 50 Hz inputs and 120 V, 60 Hz inputs; specifications for other voltages and other frequencies are under consideration. The object of this section is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519. Abstract: This standard adopts IEC 61000-4-15:2010, which gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The object of IEC 61000-4-15:2010 is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Key Words: flicker, voltage fluctuation Designation: 1453-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Fluctuations and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage fluctuations on AC power systems including a measurement protocol. Recommend limits for the voltage fluctuations using the recommended protocol. Project Purpose: The only requested revision is in the title to change voltage flicker to voltage fluctuations to more accurately reflect and coordinate with other standard definitions of the phenomena. Abstract: Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15 Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give rise to noticeable illumination changes from lighting equipment. This phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes voltage flicker. This recommended practice provides specifications for measurement of this phenomenon and recommends acceptable levels for 120 V, 60 Hz and 230 V, 50 Hz AC electric power systems. It does not make any flicker emission specifications for certification of individual products manufactured for use on these systems. Key Words: flicker, illumination, lamp flicker, voltage flicker, voltage fluctuations Designation: P1453.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Adoption of IEC/TR 61000-3-7:2008, Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)- Limits-Assessment of emission limits for the connection of fluctuating installations to MV, HV and EHV power systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This part of IEC 61000 provides guidance on principles which can be used as the basis for determining the requirements for the connection of fluctuating installations to MV, HV and EHV public power systems (LV installations are covered in other IEC documents). For the purposes of this report, a fluctuating installation means an installation (which may be a load or a generator) that produces voltage flicker and / or rapid voltage changes. The primary objective is to provide guidance to system operators or owners on engineering practices which will facilitate the provision of adequate service quality for all connected customers. In addressing installations, this document is not intended to replace equipment standards for emission limits. This report addresses the allocation of the capacity of the system to absorb disturbances. It does not address how to mitigate disturbances, nor does it address how the capacity of the system can be increased. Since the guidelines outlined in this report are necessarily based on certain simplifying assumptions, there is no guarantee that this approach will always provide the optimum solution for all flicker situations. The recommended approach should be used with flexibility and engineering judgment as far as engineering is concerned, when applying the given assessment procedures in full or in part. The system operator or owner is responsible for specifying requirements for the connection of fluctuating installations to the system. The fluctuating installation is to be understood as the customer's complete installation (i.e. including fluctuating and non fluctuating parts). Problems related to voltage fluctuations fall into two basic categories: * Flicker effect from light sources as a result of voltage fluctuations; * Rapid voltage changes even within the normal operational voltage tolerances are considered as a disturbing phenomenon. The report gives guidance for the coordination of the flicker emissions between different voltage levels in order to meet the compatibility levels at the point of utilisation. This report primarily focuses on controlling or limiting flicker, but a clause is included to address the limitation of rapid voltage changes. NOTE The boundaries between the various voltage levels may be different for different countries (see IEV 601-01-28) [16]. This report uses the following terms for system voltage: − low voltage (LV) refers to Un ≤ 1 kV; − medium voltage (MV) refers to 1 kV < Un ≤ 35 kV; − high voltage (HV) refers to 35 kV < Un ≤ 230 kV; − extra high voltage (EHV) refers to 230 kV < Un. In the context of this report, the function of the system is more important than its nominal voltage. For example, a HV system used for distribution may be given a "planning level" which is situated between those of MV and HV systems. Designation: 14536-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Title: ISO/IEC 14536:1995 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.5-1995] Information technology - Microprocessor systems - Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military) Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.5-1993 and 896.5a-1994. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+® architecture. This high- performance bus-based system architecture provides a wide range of performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and muliple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857:1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Key Words: bus architecture, error logging, fault logging, futurebus+, live insertion, military profiles, multiprocessor , node management, open architecture, serial bus, software debug Designation: 1454 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for the Selection and Installation of Fiber Optic Cable in Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Urban, Suburban, and Rural Environments as Well as Transportation Operations Centers and Associated Campuses Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert Barrett, Phone:818-393-2702, Email:r.barrett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Guidelines for the selection, installation approach, splicing, connectorization of fiber optic cable, and test for urban, suburban, and rural communications requirements as well as operations centers and campuses are to be included. Project Purpose: Fiber optic cable is being deployed on a national basis to meet multimedia communications requirements for Intelligent Transportation systems. There is no known recommended practice that may be utilized to assure that cable is being selected, installed, interconnected and tested to assure performance, communications link reliability and interforce compatibility. Differences in installation requirements for outdoor and indoor are to be included with recommended guidelines. Aerial direct busy and in-conduit installation guidelines will be included. Pre-shipment, pre- installation and post installation test guidelines in conjunction with EIA/TIA 455 test standards options will be included. The Guidelines will provide jurisdictions and agencies which are planning to install fiber as a means for defining requirements. Designation: 1455-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Message Sets for Vehicle/Roadside Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 1999 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for exchanging DSRC information, providing for bi- directional message transmission and device control, in a manner which is compatible with but independent of the ASTM efforts to specify DSRC Layers 1 and 2. This will entail specifying the transponder resources, the transponder resource manager, the application message sets, and the sighals and services such as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Mgmt User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing messaging requirements into a single, open industry standard which supports non-interfereing and interoperable DSRC implementations by the various user agencies. Project Purpose: The ETTM field is rapidly emerging with multiple technologies and incompatible products. In addition, the emergence of the ASTM standard for Layers 1 and 2 has created the potential for significant interference between RF compatible systems. The lack of standard message sets, lower layer protocols, and transponder resource definitions threatens to postpone the deployment of this critical technology to the marketplace. The effort behind this PAR will consolidate and publish a standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. The open nature of the developed interface will ensure that it is extensible to other DSRC areas, e.g. CVO credential information exchange, pre-clearance screening, fleet management and private messaging. Abstract: Reaffirmed June 2006 Those characteristics of a dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) system that are independent of the Physical and Data Link Layers (ISO model Layers 1 and 2) are specified. The required and optional features of the roadside equipment (RSE) and the onboard equipment (OBE) are specified. In addition, the Applications Layer (ISO model Layer 7) services and protocols, the RSE resource manager, the corresponding OBE command interpreter, and the application-spe-cific messages are all specified. Standard supports and guidelines are provided for implementing secure DSRC systems. Key Words: "access control,application layer,automatic vehicle identification,AVI,beacon,Commercial Vehicle Operations,CVO,data authentication,data privacy,data security,dedicated short-range communications,DSRC,electronic toll collection,ETC,Layer 7,Mailbox,reader,r" Designation: P1456 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: IRPA/INIRC 1990 - International Radiation Protection Association, International Non-Ionizing Radiation Committee Interim Guidelines on limits of exposure to 50/60 Hz electric and magnetic fields. Health Physics 58 (1): 113-122 Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: These guidelines present a set of exposure limits for 50/60 Hz in terms of electric or magnetic fields, both for the general public and occupational personnel as a function of exposure time from a few minutes up to 24 hours. In addition, there are recommended protective measures including education, warning signs, compliance programs and special measures against hazardous RFI (e.g. pacemakers). Project Purpose: The document presents recommended exposure limits and other protective measures to prevent potential bodily harm that may result from human exposures to electric or magnetic fields at 50 or 60 Hz. The guidelines do not apply to deliberate exposure or patients undergoing medical kiagnosis or treatment. Designation: 1457 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Glossary of Electric Machinery Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: E.P Smith, Phone:518-393-3132 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: To create a glossary of terms used in electric machinery. The terms defined in this glossary will eventually be included in the IEEE dictionary. Project Purpose: There are many terms used in electric machinery, but they do not exist in the IEEE dictionary. This glossary being prepared under the proposed standard will define these terms so that they may be included in the future edition of the IEEE dictionary. Precise definitions of these terms will benefit all workers in the field of electric machinery. Designation: 14575-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 14575:2000 (IEEE Std 1355-1995) Information Technology -- Microprocessor systems -- Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC) (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The scalable coherent interface (SCI) provides computer-bus-like services but, instead of a bus, uses a collection of fast point-to-point unidirectional links to provide the far higher throughput needed for high-performance multiprocessor systems. SCI supports distributed, shared memory with optional cache coherence for tightly coupled systems, and message-passing for loosely coupled systems. Initial SCI links are defined at 1 Gbyte/s (16-bit parallel) and 1 Gb/s (serial). For applications requiring modular packaging, an interchangeable module is specified along with connector and power. The packets and protocols that implement transactions are defined and their formal specification is provided in the form of computer programs. In addition to the usual read-and-write transactions, SCI supports efficient multiprocessor lock transactions. The distributed cache-coherence protocols are efficient and can recover from an arbitrary number of transmission failures. SCI protocols ensure forward progress despite multiprocessor conflicts (no deadlocks or starvation). Key Words: low control, encoding schemes, OMI/HIC, packet routing, parallelism, point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, protocols, routing fabric, serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip, transaction layer, wormhole routing Designation: 1458-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Selection, Field Testing, and Life Expectancy of Molded Case Circuit Breakers for Industrial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 24, 2005 Technical Contact: Gary Donner, Phone:310-522-6251, Email:gldonner@shellopus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jan 24, 2005 Project Scope: To provide the user with a recommended procedure that is safe and easily understood, for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molded case circuit breakers. Project Purpose: Project is necessary because there is widespread misunderstanding on this subject. Because of these misunderstandings, users are unintentionally installing and applying molded case circuit breakers in situations that are potentially dangerous. The proposed recommended practice will provide suggested recommended practices to safely apply and test molded case circuit breakers. Abstract: A recommended procedure for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molder case circuit breaker is provided. Key Words: available fault values, circuit breaker testing, molded case circuit breakers, molded case circuit breakers basics, molded case circuit breakers life, safety Designation: 1459-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power Quantities Under Sinusoidal, Nonsinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 19, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1459-2000 Technical Contact: Alexander E Emanuel, Phone:508-831-5239, Email:aemanuel@ece.wpi.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify the flow of electrical energy in singlephase and three-phase circuits under sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions. Project Purpose: This document provides organizations with criteria for designing and using metering instrumentation. Abstract: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify the flow of electrical energy in single-phase and three- phase circuits under sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions. Key Words: 1459-2010, active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power factor, reactive power, total harmonic distortion Designation: 1459-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power Quantities under Sinusoidal, Non-Sinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions Status: Superseded **12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use. Superseded by 1459-2010. Technical Contact: Eddy So, Phone:613-990-5806, Email:eddy.so@nrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantities under sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the new definitions. Project Purpose: This standard is meant to provide organizations with criteria for designing and using metering instrumentation. Abstract: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantities under sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal, balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the new definitions. Key Words: "active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power factor, reactive power, total harmonic distortion" Designation: 146-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. NO Abstract Key Words: waveguide, terms, definitions Designation: 1460-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of Quasi-Static Magnetic and Electric Fields Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: This project describes measurement goals associated with characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields, e.g. power frequency and other extremely low frequency fields, and available methods for accomplishing them. The guide should be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1308-1994 (IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for Magnetic Flux Density Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz), which defines terminology and describes instrumentation, calibration methods, and sources of measurement uncertainty. Project Purpose: The guide compliments IEEE Std 1308-1994 which offers no guidance on performing field measurements. It is intended that the guide fill part of the information gap. The intended users are individuals and groups interested in developing protocols for characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields in different measurement environments. Abstract: A listing of possible measurement goals related to characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields and possible methods for their accomplishment is provided. Key Words: measurement protocols, power frequency, power frequency harmonic fields, quasi-static magnetic fields, quasi-static electric fields Designation: 1461 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: Recommended Practice for Power Electronics Module Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dennis M Darcy, Phone:(617) 661-0540, Email:dmdarcy@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop the guidelines for the standardization of the power electronics modules as well as passive support circuitry, so that power modules can be interfaced more readily. The guideline will specify the way of interconnecting circuit components including power modules, busbars, control circuitry, and passive components. The results will enable modular architectures for redundant, scaleable and low-cost systems by using standard building block elements. Project Purpose: Power electronics circuits are being packaged within modules at higher power densities with control electronics integration to a greater degree. Presently, power electronics modules are designed without compatibility between different manufacturers' products. The installation of a power electronics system becomes more and more difficult and costly. This porject is to establish the guidelines for power module manufacturers and the user community so that power module interfaces can be made readily and the unnecessary re-engineering cost can be avoided. Designation: 1462-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: 1462-1998 IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:1995 Information Technology - Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a Computer Aided Software Engineering 9CASE) tool for a software development or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including: project management processes, development processes, and integral processes. Project Purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of their CASE tools. Abstract: Project scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tool for a software development or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including: project management processes, development processes, and integral processes. Project purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of their CASE tools. Key Words: CASE tools,computer-aided software engineering,computer applications,computersoftware,software engineering Designation: 1463 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Title: Standard for Global Positioning System Receiver Test Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stewart P Teasley, Phone:(714) 221-3433, Email:stewart.teasley@nb.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is intended to develop a GPS TEst Standards document containing a group of performance tests applicable to several user classes of commercial GPS receivers. The document is limited to GPS performance tests and is not intended in any way to define the entire requirement set for any user class. Velocity tests as well as environmental and other requirments beyond GPS performance are not included. The user classes selected for inclusion in the standard are marine, land and handheld, while some of the tests appropriate for such applications as aviation, military, and survey are excluded. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce and publish a GPS Test Standards Document jointly with the Institute of Navigation. The standard was originally developed to respond to a stated need for common test procedures and data analysis techniques that could be applied to all GPS receivers. The standard defines the methodology required to test and measure these performance parameters and to present the data in a common format. It is anticipated that the standad will be adopted on a voluntary basis by receiver manufacturers and thus lead to uniform methods of specifying GPS performance. Designation: 1464 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Circuit Simulator Model Validation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen R Hefner, Phone:(301) 975-2071, Email:hefner@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for validation of Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) models that are used in circuit simulators. The models are to be validated as to the IGBT external terminal behavior only. Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the IGBT models that are used in various circuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the performance of circuit simulator models is preventing the effective utilization of circuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating IGBT models. Designation: 1465-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 12119:1994(E) - Information Technology - Software Packages - Quality Requirements and Testing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1465-1998 is an adoption of ISO/IEC 12119: 1994(E). IEEE Std 1465-1998 may be employed to a) Specify quality requirements for software, and provide instructions on how to test against these requirements. b) Manage and improve the organizationOs quality processes and personnel. c) Establish management and engineering environments based on the quality requirements and methods in ISO/IEC 12119: 1994(E). d) Foster improved understanding between customers and vendors, and among other parties involved in the software product life cycle. e) Facilitate world trade in software. Project Purpose: The intended users of ISO/IEC 12119 are Suppliers of software packages; certification bodies which may wish to establish a third-party certification scheme; testing laboratories which will have to follow the instructions for testing when testing for a certificate or mark of conformity; accreditation bodies for accrediting certification bodies and testing laboratories; auditors of testing laboratories; buyers software packages; users who may profit from better products. Abstract: Quality requirements for software packages and instructions on how to test a softwarepackage against these requirements are established. The requirements apply to software packagesas they are offered and delivered, not to the production process (including activities and intermediate products, such as specifications). Key Words: quality requirements,software,software engineering,software package,testing Designation: 1466 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for the Safe Use of Electromagtnetic Energy Sources, Equipment and Systems Operating Between 3 kHz and 300 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Preparation of a guidance document for development of RF safety programs. This standard would provide useful guidance to those implementing ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 (IEEE C95.1-1991). Project Purpose: Presently, there exists no recommended approaches for developing safety programs by organizations wishing to implement the use of ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992. Users would include industrial companies, federal, state and local government agencies. These organizations do not have any documentation of recommended ways for developing and implementing safety programs that are directed to the issue of radio frequency fields. This document would fill this gap in practical guidance. Designation: 1467 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Reliability Growth Management and Assessment of Systems with Nonhomogeneous Poisson Failure and Failure-Mode Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for managing and assessing the reliability of complex systems (i.e. systems which have failure and failure-mode processes that can reasonably be modeled as non-homogeneous Poisson processes). The guidance will address the planning aspects of reliability ghrowth programs and assessment methodology for measuring reliability growth. Project Purpose: To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189 entitled Reliability Growth Management, with a non-government guide. This guide will contain current acquisition philosophy and terminology, as well as updated information and methodologies for planning and assessing reliability growth of complex developmental systems. Designation: 1468 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard for customer-specified reliability testing requirements utilizing performance-based methods. Performance-based reliability requirements to not specify a statistical test design or underlying modeling assumptions which are considered to be "how to" and thus should be developed by the producers. Performance-based reliability test requirements have 4 elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project is limited to providing procedures for a performance-based approach to specifying reliability testing requirements and specifying the information required from the producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate it. This project will not include specifying "how to" methodology. This standard will be supplemented by two concurrently-proposed standards development projects, P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statisical Test Designs for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements, and P1470-Guide for Customer Evaluation of Production-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide performance-based methods which address reliability testing without imposing a statistical test design on the producer, but specify the information required from the producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate the producer's proposal. It would be beneficial to both the commercial and military reliability communities to develop such a standard. Designation: 1469 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer- Specified Reliability Test Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for producers developing statistical test designs for customer-specified performance-based reliability testing requirements. With performance-based reliability test requirements, customers do not specify a statistical test design or underlying modeling assumptions, but instead specify the following 4 elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project will provide the models and associated statistical procedures needed by producers to develop statistical test designs. This guide will complement the standards development projects Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) and Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs. Project Purpose: To provide producers with the models and associated statistical procedures for developing statistical test designs from requirements developed with the Standard for Customer-Specified Performance- Based Reliability Test Requirmeents (Statistical Test Design Not Specified). It would be beneficial to the reliability community to develop such a guide. Designation: 147-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Waveguide Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1981 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. Definitions of components for waveguide use are presented. The components are considered to be linear, passive, and reciprocal unless otherwise specified in the definitions. The definitions included were drawn from Institute of Radio Engineers and International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) documents. Some definitions are included unchanged, some have been modified or deleted, and several new definitions have been added. Not all possible component varieties are included. Designation: 1470 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for customers evaluating a producer's statistical reliability test design. This guide will complement the standard development projects P1468-Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) and P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements. This guide will provide the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to evaluate statistical reliability test designs. Project Purpose: To provide customers with the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to evaluate the producer's statistical reliability test design. Designation: 1471-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Architectural Description for Software- Intensive Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2000 Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate the expression and communication of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for quality and cost gains through standardization of elements and practices for architectural description. Despite significant efforts to improve engineering practices and technologies, software-intensive systems continue to present formidable risks and difficulties in their design, construction, deployment and evolution. Recent attempts to address these difficulties have focused on the earliest period of design decision-making and evaluation, increasingly referred to as the "architectural level" of system development. The phrases "architectural level" and "architecture" are widely, if imprecisely, used. Their use reflects acceptance of an architectural metaphor in the analysis and development of software-intensive systems. A key premise of this metaphor is that important decisions may be made early in system development in a manner similar to the early decision- making found in the civil architecture profession. Many innovations are resulting from this attention to the architectural level, among them architectural description languages and associated tools and environments, architectural frameworks, models and patterns, and techniques for architectural analysis, evaluation and architecture-based reuse. While these efforts differ considerably in important aspects, sufficient commonality exists to warrant the development of a recommended practice to codify their common elements. These innovations are occurring, and maturing, rapidly within many research and application communities, and they reflect differing interests, influences, insights, and intentions. There is a general consensus on the importance of the "architectural level of systems development," and that that level consists of early decision-making about overall design structure, goals, requirements, and development strategies. However, there has not yet emerged any reliable consensus on a precise definition of a system's "architecture," how it should be described, what uses such descriptions may serve, or where and when it should be defined. The boundaries and relationships between architectural trends and practices and other practices, and between architectural technology and other technology, are not yet widely recognized. In such situations, progress often depends on mediating influences. Potential adopters of architectural practices and technology need a frame of reference within which to address implementation and adoption decisions. Technology developers need a frame of reference within which to communicate the motivating concepts of their technology, and to accumulate and appreciate feedback from early adoption. To these ends, this standard is intended to reflect generally accepted trends in practices for architectural description and to provide a technical framework for further evolution in this area. Furthermore, it establishes a conceptual framework of concepts and terms of reference within which future developments in system architectural technology can be deployed. This standard codifies those elements on which there is consensus; specifically the use of multiple views, reusable specifications for models within views, and the relation of architecture to system context. Project Purpose: An architectural description is used to communicate between client and developer to aid clarification of requirements and their impact on system design. The architectural description is developed in an evolutionary process from the expression of a system concept as a high level abstraction to one of a more detailed and tangible expression that is widely accepted as being an expression of design. An architectural description is used capture style and protocol standards that can be used to facilitate certain common attributes that promote system-to-system consistency. Abstract: This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sustainment of architectures of software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures in terms of architectural descriptions. A conceptual framework for architectural description is established. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide the rationale for key concepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage. Key Words: "architectural description,architecture,software-intensive system,stakeholder con-cerns,system stakeholder,view,viewpoint" Designation: 1471.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for application of Architectural Description IEEE 1471 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will provide guidance for the implementation and application of the conventions that will be described in the IEEE Std 1471. Project Purpose: This guide will provide instruction for knowing, when Architecture is complete, find owners (stakeholders) the Architecture, defining who (audiences) are for the Architecture, selecting of an architect including knowledge and skills, and describing the technical and management duties of the individual. Designation: 1472 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances From Radio-frequency Transmitting Antennas When Using Electric Blasting Caps During Explosive Operations Status: Superseded **Changed designation to C95.4 Technical Contact: George A Koban, Phone:540-653-4296, Email:kobanga@nswc.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project provides recommended practices for the prediction and practical determination of safe distances from radio and radar transmitting antennas when using electric initiators to remotely detonate an explosive charge. Specifically, this document includes mathematical formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances from RF transmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 Mhz to 300 GHz, including VHF, UHF television antennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar navigation beacons, and portable communication devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide recommendations for the prevention of the inadvertent detonation of electric initiators by radio-frequency electric and magnetic fields generated from transmitting antennas with spectrum bands from 0.5Mhz to 300 GHz. Designation: 1473-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Passenger Trains Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2011 **Supersedes 1473-1999. Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for intercar and intracar serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems. While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. This standard will be structured with respect to the OSI seven-layer model. Project Purpose: A standard protocol will permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers performing different on-board functions to share a common communications facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration, reliability, and maintainability will be improved. Abstract: Communications protocols to be used for inter-unit and intra-unit serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. Key Words: communications networks, communications protocol, commuter rail transit, IEEE 1473, light-rail transit, rail transit, train bus, vehicle bus Designation: 1473-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Trains Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1473-2010. Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for Inter-car and Intra-car serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and controls traffic from multiple systems. While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. The standard will be structured with respect to the OSI seven layer model. Project Purpose: To permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers performing different onboard functions to share a common communications facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration, reliabiity and maintability will be improved. TCRP project G-4 has estimated an expected value of $56.2 million/year savings. Abstract: Communications protocols to be used for intercar and intracar serial data communica-tions between subsystems aboard passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum accept-able parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. Key Words: communications networks,communications protocol,commuter rail transit,light rail transit,rail transit,train bus,vehicle bus Designation: 1474 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Standard for Communications Based Train Control Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: David B Rutherford, Phone:716/292-1440, Email:daver@rsepc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Standards for communications based train control (CBTC) individual functional requirements and information flow requirements among functions, independent of implementation architecture. Standards for CBTC functional implementation and information data formats to the extent that viable CBTC implementation architectures are not compromised. Project Purpose: Wide cross section of representatives of rail transit operating authorities. Suppliers and consultants have agreed by ballot that significant interest exists in standardizing all aspects of CBTC to extent practicable. Sponsoring committee estimates cost impact of CBTC standardization at $195 mil/yr. Designation: 1474.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Performance and Functional Requirements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: Original Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC System.--- Revision: There is no change to the words of the scope. The revisions allow for driverless train operation, including automatic people movers. Project Purpose: Original Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by CBTC systems. This standard will enhance performance, availability, operations, and train protection, and will facilitate new CBTC applications. ---Revision: There is no change to the purpose. Abstract: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC system. Key Words: automation, communications, signaling, train control Designation: 1474.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Communication Based Train Control Performance Requirements and Functional Requirements Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a communications based train control (CBTC) system. Project Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by communications based train control (CBTC) systems. A standard will enhance performance, availability, operations and t4rain protection as well as facilitate new CBTC applications. Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY 1474.1-2004 Abstract: Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control (CBTC) system are established in this standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic train control system utilizing high- resolution train location determination, independent of track circuits; continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside data communications; and trainborne and wayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as well as optional automatic train operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addition to CBTC functional requirements, this standard also defines headway criteria, system safety criteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC system. Key Words: "communications, signaling, train control" Designation: 1474.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Requirements in Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2003 Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This standard establishes user interface requirements in communications-based train control (CBTC) systems. Project Purpose: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that take advantage of the characteristics of communications-based train control (CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system. Abstract: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that take advantage of the characteristics of communications- based train control (CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system. Key Words: "automatic train control (ATC),automatic train operation (ATO),automatic train protec-tion (ATP),automatic train supervision (ATS),communications-based train control (CBTC),graphi-cal user interface (GUI)" Designation: 1474.3-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) System Design and Functional Allocations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008, ANSI APP: Sep 23, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design and functional allocation for CBTC systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a preferred CBTC system design/system architecture to achieve the CBTC performance and functional requirements of IEEE Std 1474.1TM-2004,1 and to allocate functions to the major CBTC subsystems. Abstract: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design and functional allocation for CBTC systems. Key Words: 1474.3-2008, automation, communication, signaling, train control, function Designation: P1474.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Functional Testing of a Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) System Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred approach for functional testing a CBTC system. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a preferred sequence and extent of off-site and on-site functional testing for CBTC systems with the objective of maximizing test efficiency and effectiveness. Abstract: This recommended practice establishes a preferred approach for functional testing of a communications-based train control (CBTC) system, based on the CBTC system design and functional allocations as defined in IEEE Std 1474.3. Key Words: automation, communication, signaling, train control, testing Designation: 1475-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion, Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1999 History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project will develop standards for the interface functionality among propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master constrol. The standards will encompass performance parameters, communication methods and the means for measurement and verification of performance. Third party systems performing functions traditionally carried out in one of the above systems will also be covered. Project Purpose: There presently are numerous functional protocols for interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion, friction brake, spin-slide control, etc. This has led to a lack of standardization, compatibility and interchangeability with attendant higher first cost and recurrent integration problems. Standards used by car-builders and system suppliers are expected to lower costs, reduce vehicle introduction problems, improve reliability and facilitate upgrades. Standards will ensure prioritization of safety functionality as well. Cost savings/year could approach 15MM when implemented. Abstract: " The interfaces between and among functional systems on rail rapid transit vehicles isprescribed. The systems themselves are treated as ""black boxes;"" requirements for the input sig-nals and the output response are given. For each category of interface, three types are listed in in-creasing technical sophistication. " Key Words: "friction brake,interfacaes,master control, propulson,rail vehicles,rapid transit" Designation: P1475 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion, Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit Vehicles Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David R Phelps, Phone:202-496-4885, Email:drperiepa@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies the interface functionality among propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master control. The standard encompasses performance parameters, communication methods and the means for measurement and verification of performance. Third party systems performing functions traditionally carried out in one of the above systems are also covered. Project Purpose: IEEE Standard 1475 contains specifications leading to standardization, compatibility and interchangeability of functional protocols for interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion, friction brake, spin-slide control, etc., reducing first cost and recurrent integration problems. This standard, in use by car-builders and system suppliers, has lowered costs, reduced vehicle introduction problems, improved reliability and facilitated upgrades. It has further ensured prioritization of safety functionality. Designation: 1476-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Train Auxiliary Power Systems Interfaces Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2000 History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard prescribes the electrical interface between the components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical interface with other train-borne systems. As such this standard treats the auxiliary power system components (static inverters and converters, low voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems and battery chargers) as black boxes and address only their interface requirements. It does not provide standards or recommendations for the following: 1) Rotating machinery, such as motor alternator sets 2) Motive power systems or auxiliary power systems required for locomotives 3) Mechanical mounting or vibration isolation of equipment 4) Car-body wiring, branch circuits, circuit breakers and protection devices to interconnect the auxiliary power components with other car-borne equipment. Project Purpose: Standardize the electrical input and output requirements of the auxiliary power system components. This will be conducive to the development of standardized designs rather than custom designs of car-borne equipment utilizing the suypply voltages of the auxiliary power systems. It will also aid in more clearly defining the electrical interface requirementsd between the major component parts comprising the auxiliary power systems, thus promoting their standardized design. The combined effect should increase the number of potential suppliers and correspondingly result in reduced railcar costs. Abstract: The electrical interfaces among the components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical interface with other train-borne systems are described. As such, this standard treats the auxiliary power system components (e.g., static inverters and converters, low-voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems, and battery chargers) as black boxes and addresses only their interface requirements. Key Words: "auxiliary power systems, battery charger, intermediate-voltage power supply, low-voltage power supply batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries, rail-transit vehicles, static inverters and converters" Designation: 14764-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 14764:2006, Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Maintenance Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006 Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes an iterative process for managing and executing software maintenance activities. Use of this standard is not restricted by size, complexity, criticality, or application of the software product. This standard uses a process model to discuss and depict each phase of software maintenance. The criteria established apply to both the planning of maintenance for software while under development, as well as the planning and execution of software maintenance activities for existing software products. Ideally, maintenance planning should begin during the stage of planning for software development. This International Standard provides the framework within which generic and specific software maintenance plans may be executed, evaluated, and tailored to the maintenance scope and magnitude of given software products. This International Standard provides the framework, precise terminology, and processes to allow the consistent application of technology (tools, techniques, and methods) to software maintenance. This International Standard provides guidance for the maintenance of software. The basis for the Maintenance Process and its activities comes from the definitions of ISO/IEC 12207. It defines the activities and tasks of software maintenance, and provides maintenance planning requirements. It does not address the operation of software and the operational functions, e.g., backup, recovery, system administration, which are normally performed by those who operate the software. This International Standard is written primarily for maintainers of software and additionally for those responsible for development and quality assurance. It may also be used by acquirers and users of systems containing software who may provide inputs to the maintenance plan. Project Purpose: This International Standard provides guidance on the management of (or how to perform) the Maintenance Process. It identifies how the Maintenance Process can be invoked during acquisition and operation. This lnternational Standard also emphasizes the following in the Maintenance Process: the maintainability of software products; the need for maintenance service models; and the need for a maintenance strategy and plan. Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1219-1988 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: life cycle, maintenance, software, software maintenance Designation: 1477-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: This standard applies to external and internal audiovisual communication of passenger information, destination/trip information, and announcements related to safety and emergencies, as well as advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles. It specifies the physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems. This includes the following equipment: passenger information signs,public address system, passenger/crew call intercom system, internal display system, and radio system interface with the public address system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish the minimum interface requirements for passenger information systems in order to enable product interchangeability and component commonality. Abstract: Rail transit vehicle passenger information system interfaces with the vehicle’s carbody, train crew, control system, power system, and passengers are described in this standard. The physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems are specified. Key Words: "passenger information system,rail transit vehicle,trains" Designation: P1477 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This standard applies to external and internal audiovisual communication of passenger information, destination/trip information, and announcements related to safety and emergencies, as well as advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles. It specifies the physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems. This includes the following equipment: passenger information signs,public address system, passenger/crew call intercom system, internal display system, and radio system interface with the public address system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish the minimum interface requirements for passenger information systems in order to enable product interchangeability and component commonality. Designation: 1478-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2001 Technical Contact: Charles P Elms, Phone:703-968-7883, Email:cpelms@leaelliott.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 26, 2001, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2001 Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability. Abstract: Baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shallboth operate and/or survive are specified in this standard. Key Words: atmospheric pressure,authority having jurisdiction,corrosive elements,equipmentunder test,humidity,temperature,water,vibration. Designation: P1478 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lowell Goudge, Email:lowell.goudge@sympatico.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability. Designation: 1479 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of Photovoltaic Module Energy Production Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a method for determining the energy production of terrestrial photovoltaic power generation modules for different operating conditions. The document defines module characterization procedures, reference days, and performance models used to calculate energy production. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a method for evaluating photovoltaic module performance in terms of energy production for different environmental and operating conditions. Designation: 148 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arthur Blaisdell **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987 Designation: 148-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: IEEE Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: waveguide, measurements, component Designation: 1480 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Application Layer (Open System Interchange Layer 7) Language Minimal Services and Parameters for the End-to-End Transport of Table Information in an Automatic Meter Reading Environment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@cntenergy.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define the minimal services and parameters required of any application layer language used for the end-to-end transport of table information in an automatic meter reading environment, if that language is to be compliant with all other relevant standards issued by IEEE SCC31. These communication services and parameters apply only to the application layer and are independent of system topology. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based on vendor proprietary languages and data formats which inhibit the development of an open system and the use of devices which are interchangeable and interoperable. In fulfilling the need of an open system, select services and parameters for application layer languages can be used efficiently by simple as well as complex devices in the transport of standard data formats. Application layer languages which comply with this standard will be capable of evolving new functionality. Designation: 1481-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Open Library Architecture (OLA) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1481-1999 Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard focuses on delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design with support for modeling logical behavior and signal integrity. Project Purpose: To improve the IEEE 1481-1999 standard system for integrated circuit designers to more accurately and more completely analyze semiconductor designs across EDA applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express logical behavior, signal integrity, delay, and power information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. Abstract: Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistently across a broad set of electric design automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard. Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and power information once per given technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendors can meet their application performance and capacity needs. Key Words: 1481-2009, chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA), integrated circuit (IC) design, power calculation Designation: 1481-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Delay and Power Calculation System Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1481-2009. Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000 Project Scope: Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design. Project Purpose: To provide a standard system for integrated circuit designers to consistently calculate chip delay and power across Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express delay and power information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. Abstract: Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistently across a broad set of electric design automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard. Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and power information once per given technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendors can meet their application performance and capacity needs. Key Words: "chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA), integrated circuit design, power calculation" Designation: 14817 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Transport information and control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data dictionaries (ISO14817:2002) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this PAR is to adopt "Transport information and control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data dictionaries, ISO14817:2002" as IEEE/ANSI/ISO Standard 14817- 200x. Project Purpose: The US TAG for ISO TC204 and IEEE WG P1489/P1488 contributed significant effort to evolve the IEEE Standard 1489-1999, "IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems," IEEE Standard 1488-2002, "IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation Systems," and the "IEEE ITS Data Registry Functional Operating Procedures, 2000," into a single international standard, ISO14817:2002. The intent is to adopt the international standard for use in the US ITS community and as a potential replacement for the IEEE standards. The experts in ISO TC204 agreed that a single international standard for an ITS Data Registry would benefit the global ITS community leading to compatible use of data concepts for developing ITS sysrtems and implementing and operating ITS data registries. The existance of a number of different national standards for a sector-specific data registry is not beneficial for developers and users of ITS systems. Designation: 1482 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:lsbtec@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop standards for wsystems which monitor, collect, process and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and consists. This project is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method (s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This standard will identify functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options will be described. The result will be aplicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which information to monitor, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. All users will benefit from a simplified process for integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Designation: 1482 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard is for systems which monitor, collect and process and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and consists. This standard is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method(s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options are described. It is applicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which information to monitor, what to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Designation: 1482.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1999 Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard covers on-board deviceds/systems with crashworthy memory which record data to support accidental incident analysis for rail transit vehciles. this standard is limited to event recorder functions and interrfaces, exclues the data transmission methods and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. this standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which shall be captured. Diagnostic features or self-test options are described Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard defining event recorders for rail transit vehicles. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old rail transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which signals to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail transit vehicles and their subsystems. They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Abstract: " On-board devices/systems, with crashworthy memory, that record data to support acci-dent/incident analysis for rail transit vehicles, are covered. The requirements of this standard arelimited to event recorder functions and interfaces. Data transmission methods are excluded. Theinformation in this standard is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other ve-hicle systems. " Key Words: "crashworthiness,input signal,rail transit vehicle event recorder,rail vehicles,rapid transit,self-test" Designation: P1482.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Gregson, Phone:250-656-6677, Email:dgregson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard covers on-board devices/systems, with crashworthy memory, that record data to support accident/incident analysis for rail transit vehicles. The requirements of this standard are limited to event recorder functions and interrfaces, exclude the data transmission method(s), and are independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. Functions, parameters, signals, systems, and subsystems that shall be captured are identified. Diagnostic features and self-test options are described. Project Purpose: Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of existing rail transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which signals to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information. In addition, there can be varying requirements for crashworthiness. This standard identifies a common set of requirements for event recorders for transit systems, including some correlation to Federal requirements for railroads. Users benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers and from having a common method of crashworthiness certification. Designation: 1483-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Verification of Vital Functions in Processor-Based Systems Used in Rail Transit Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000 History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: This document provides a set of standard verficiation tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety critical applications on rail and transit systems. The scope of the standard shall encompass and be limited to processes which verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation of safety critical functions which are required to be fail-safe. It does not address quality assurance or validation processes which also affect the level of overall system safety achieved. Project Purpose: The purpose of this safety verification process standard is to provide a well-defined and well-structured set of analysis methods and documentation which: fulfills the primary purpose of the verification process, is flexible enough to accomodate all viable design methods, and satisfies the safety requirements of the end user. This standard (1) defines a necessary and sufficient set of analyses at the conceptual, functional, and implementation levels which comprehensively identify and verify all functions required to be implemented as fail-safe (2) defines responsibilities for equipment suppliers and end users. Abstract: A set of standard verification tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety-critical applications on rail and transit systems is covered. This standard also covers processes that verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation of safety-critical functions that are required to be fail-safe. Quality assurance or validation processes that affect the overall level of system safety are not covered. Key Words: "rail, safety, safety critical, software, transit, verification, vital" Designation: 1484 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology for Education - Personal Learning System (PLS) - Learner Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a Learner Model which will characterize a learner (student or knowledge worker) and his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub-element. This standard will allow different views of the Learner Model and will substantially address issues of privacy and security. Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on a national standard, whihc they can utilize throughout their education and work life. Designation: 1484.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Education and Training Systems - Architecture and Reference Model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a Reference Model/Architecture for component-based Computer-Aided Instruction (CAI) systems, specifically including the needs of Intelligent Learning Environment (ILE) and Intelligent Tutoring System software applications. The standard shall (1) define a framework within which to describe CAI system architecture(s), (2) define a vocabulary, including a graphical notation, for describing the architectures of component-based CAI systems, (3) define formats, protocols and methods for information exchange among CAI system components, (4) define required and optional external (programming) interfaces for CAI system components, (5) define requirements, norms and conventions for CAI system component behavior, and (6) specify external services and facilities that CAI system components should use to establish and support information exchange. In addition, this project expects to develop documentation and configuration guidelines for CAI system components. Project Purpose: Initial work on defining standards for Learner Models (P1484) indicates that a common architecture for CAI systems should be developed in parallel. It is clear that Learner Models are expected to function as components of larger CAI systems. A companion architecture specification is required that defines how other CAI system components should interact with a Learner Model. From a broader perspective, standards for CAI system architecture are needed to stimulate industry development of reusable CAI software components. At present, CAI system development is hindered by high production costs that are partly due to a widespread inability to reuse parts of existing systems (including commercial software packages, educational or otherwise). Component software engineering (the technique of building complex software applications from off-the-shelf modules having standard interfaces) promises to significantly reduce CAI system production costs by leveraging the power of component reuse. If this approach is to succeed over the long term, a viable CAI component marketplace must be encouraged. As has been amply demonstrated by the personal computer industry, the existence of architecture standards can provide the cornerstone for such a marketplace. The architecture standards to be developed in this effort should do for the CAI system industry what the Object Management Group's Common Object Request Broker Architecture is doing for the distributed object computing industry. It should establish guidelines (required and recommended) for implementation of CAI system components, and define system services that are to be available to all components. Developers of systems that comply with this architecture can expect to reap several benefits: (1) compliant CAI applications should be easier to maintain and upgrade than today's individually hand-crafted applications; (2) CAI application developers should be able to build new applications reusing parts of their previously-developed compliant applications, thus reducing their development costs; (3) compliant applications should be able to take advantage of distributed object computing; (4) compliant applications should be able to interoperate with commercial software products if those products provide external interfaces; (5) CAI application developers should be able to sell their general-purpose system components in a component marketplace. Abstract: Project scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) promotes interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system interfaces, and (3) incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for general learning technology systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blueprint for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract, high level interoperability interfaces and services are identified. The architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the specific implementation Key Words: 1484.1 , IEEE Std 1484.1 , 1484 Designation: 1484.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, metadata, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) Provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) Promotes interoperability and portability by identifying critical system interfaces, and (3) Incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. The standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines for general learning technology systems and will identify the objectives of human activities and computer processes and their involved categories of knowledge. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blue print for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., critical interoperability interfaces and services are identified. Designation: 1484.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) promotes interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system interfaces, and (3) incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for general learning technology systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blueprint for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract, high level interoperability interfaces and services are identified. The architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the specific implementation details necessary to create learning technology system components. Abstract: High-level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems is speci ed in this standard. Key Words: "encoding,high-level architecture,implementation,interaction,learner,Learning Sys-tems Technology Architecture (LTSA),system component,system notation" Designation: 1484.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Computer Based Training (CBT) - Interchange Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Willaim A McDonald, Phone:206-662-8485, Email:william.a.mcdonald@fsbti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Define the major media data components of CBT courseware (such as audio, video, animations, and graphics) b) Reference existing industry standard data file formats for these components. These data standards would be incorporated by reference (via standards profiles); c) Define or recommend text-based interchange format for conveying logic, flow, and resources, e.g., a programming language; d) Define semantics, range of implementation-defined variations, interchange syntax, and interchange encoding. Project Purpose: Currently, much computer-based training (CBT) courseware produced is not easily portable from one authoring system to anotyher. The primary reason for this is that the content (Audio, Graphics, Video, Composition, and Logic) are often in a format proprietary to the CBT authoring tools used to create the CBT. The purpose of this standard is, a) To enable developers of courseware to assure customers that the content of their courseware is available in a format which can be interchanged with other current and future authoring tools; b) To enable purchasers of custom developed courseware to specify that courseware content shall be interchangeable; c) To enable developers of courseware to acquire authoring tools that will enable courseware content to be interchangeable; d) To enable developers of authoring tools to develop tools that will enable customers to develop courseware that will have content that is interchangeable; e) To enable the creation of courseware delivery systems that are independent of the content. This standard will facilitate the easy interchange and reuse of CBT courseware between CBT authoring tools. Designation: 1484.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jackie Hyde, Phone:206-662-8484, Email:jack.hyde@fsbti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard may cover describing what is in a course; some aspects of organizing and sequencing individual lessons in a single course; launching or starting assignable units with course management software (CMI software); communicating information between software managing a group of lessons and the lessons themselves; some aspects of describing objectives in a course and relating them to lessons and groups of lessons.; reporting student performance information, and relating performance to objectives. The standard will not cover curriculum design, contents of individual lessons, behavior of a lesson or structure of a lesson, analysis of student performance data. Project Purpose: Today Computer Based Training (CBT) is being written by a diverse number of parties using very diverse tools or authoring systems. Many of the CBT lessons being developed can complement and work well with other lessons developed in different locations with different tools by different people. There is a need to allow these c9omplementary lessons to be brought together and used in a single course. However, this cannot be done without defining a standard set of CMI functions and a matching set of CBT functions. Additionally, there are reasons for courses to be moved from one environment to another - need to save money by purchasing a single CMI system instead of one for each course to be administered; low cost of administering a single CMI system instead of many. Finally, there is a need to analyze student performance data accumulated in a lesson. The purpose of this standard is to allow different lessons to wlrk with different CMI systems; allow courses to move from one CMI system to another with minimal effort; allow modification/expansion of a course by any instructor with his preferred DMI tools; enable easier analysis of student data from different lessons. Designation: 1484.11.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology--Data Model for Content Object Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in the "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). To balance the need to support existing implementations with the need to make technical corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard selectively includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are commonly implemented; renames some data elements taken from the CMI specification to clarify their intended meaning; modifies the data types of data elements taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data types and internationalization requirements; removes some organizational structures used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are specific to the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable; and introduces some data elements not present in the CMI specification to correct known technical defects in data elements taken from that specification. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content and a runtime service used to support learning management. Abstract: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of data elements and their values between a content object and a runtime service (RTS). It is based on a current industry practice called "computer managed instruction" (CMI). The work on which this Standard is based was developed to support a client/server environment in which a learning technology system, generically called a learning management system (LMS), delivers digital content, called content objects, to learners. The data model supports learner data and preferences, interactions, objectives, content-object entry, exit, and status information, time parameters, and scores. Key Words: 1484.computer managed instruction (CMI), content object, data model, interoperability, learning content, learning management system (LMS), runtime service (RTS) Designation: P1484.11.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology-Data Model for Content Object Communication Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:760-468-7067, Email:tyderichards@gmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.5 [B1], by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC).1 To balance the need to support existing implementations with the need to make technical corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard selectively includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are commonly implemented, renames some data elements taken from the CMI specification to clarify their intended meaning, modifies the data types of data elements taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data types and internationalization requirements, removes some organizational structures used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are specific to the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable, and introduces some data elements not present in the CMI specification to correct known technical deficiencies in data elements taken from that specification. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability," version 3.5 [B1], has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this Standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities in, and correct defects in the AICC data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content objects and an RTS used to support learning management. Designation: 1484.11.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content to Learning Management System Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part of the standard is Part 1: Data Model for Content to Learning Management System Communication. This Part covers the development of a common data model for content to Learning Management System communication to support multiple communication bindings to the data model. Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of this part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for a common data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content and a learning management system. Designation: 1484.11.1a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content Object Communication - Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This Amendment corrects technical errors identified in the five year reaffirmation ballot of the 1484.11.1-2004 and defines updates for use in a Web service context. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to correct errors identified in the reaffirmation ballot, update the standard for use in a Web service context, and assist those implementing the IEEE 1484.11.1-2004 standard. Designation: 1484.11.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript Application Programming Interface for Content to Runtime Services Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2004 Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This Standard describes an ECMAScript application-programming interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication. This Standard is based on an API defined in the "CMI Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). It defines common API services in the ECMAScript language that enable the communication of information between learning-related content and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not address the data structures that may be transmitted, data security, or communication between an RTS and related management systems. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the ECMAScript API for content-to-runtime-services communication defined in the AICC "CMI Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this Standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and a runtime service used to support learning management. Abstract: An ECMAScript application programming interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication is described in this standard. It is based on a current industry practice called CMI--computer managed instruction. This API enables the communication of information between content and a runtime service (RTS) typically provided by a learning management system (LMS) via common API services using the ECMAScript language. The purpose of this standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and an LMS. Keyword: IEEE Std 1484.11.2-2003 , 1484.11.2 , application programming interface , API , computer managed instruction , content object , ECMAScript , ECMAScript API , learning content , learning management system , LMS , runtime service , RTS Key Words: "application programming interface,API,computer managed instruction,contentobject,ECMAScript,ECMAScript API,learning content,learning management system,LMS,runt-ime service,RTS." Designation: 1484.11.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part of the standard is Part 2: ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part covers the development of the ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part is harmonized with the existing AICC CMI specification and the ADL SCORM (Sharable Content Object Reference Model) specification. This API enables the communication of information between content and Learning Management System (LMS) via common API services using the ECMAScript language. Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of this Part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and a learning management system. Designation: 1484.11.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Binding for Data Model for Content Object Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema binding of the data model defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1TM-2004.1 An implementation that conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to specify the encoding of these datamodel instances (see XML Schema Parts 1 and 2), which allows for interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems. Abstract: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the data model defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. The purpose of this Standard is to allow for the creation of IEEE Standard 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding, which allows for interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems. Key Words: content object, Content Object Communication Data Model, Extensible Markup Language (XML), IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML binding, XML data instance, XML Schema definition Designation: 1484.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Learning Objects Metadata Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of Learning Object Metadata, defined as the attributes required to fully/adequately describe a Learning Object. The Learning Object Metadata standards will focus on the minimal set of attributes needed to allow these Learnign Objects to be managed, located, and evaluated. The standrd will suppport security, privacy, commerce, and evaluation, but only to the extent that metadata fields will be provided for specifying descriptive tokens related to these areas, the standard will not concern itself with how these features are implemented. Project Purpose: To enable learners or instructors to search, evaluate, acquire, and utilize Learning Objects; to enable the sharing and exchange of Learning Objects across any technology supported learning systems; to enable the development of learning objects in units that can be combined and decomposed in meaningful ways; to enable computer agents to automatically and dynamically compose personalized lessons for an individual learner; to compliment the direct work on standards that are focused on enabling multiple Learning Objects to work together within an open distributed learning environment; to enable, where desired, the documentation and recognition of the completion of existing or new learning and performance objectives associated with Learning Objects; to enable a strong and growing economy for Learning Objects that supports and sustains all forms of distribution; non-profit, not-for-profit and for profit; to enable education, training and learning organizations, both government, public and private, to express educational content and performance standards in a standardized format that is independent of the content itself; to provide researchers with standrds that support the collection and sharing of comparable data concerning the applicability and effectiveness of Learning Objects; to define a standard that is simple yet extensible to multiple domains and jurisdictions so as to be most easily and broadly adopted and applied; to support necessary security and authentication for the distribution and use of Learning Objects. Designation: 1484.12.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 06, 2002 Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 2009 Project Scope: This Standard is a multi-part standard that specifies Learning Object Metadata. This Part specifies a conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this Standard, a learning object is defined as any entity--digital or non- digital-- that may be used for learning, education or training. For this Standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such characteristics may be grouped in general, life cycle, meta-metadata, educational, technical, educational, rights, relation, annotation, and classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this part permits linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata instances that describe them. This conceptual data schema specifies the data elements which compose a metadata instance for a learning object. This Part is intended to be referenced by other standards that define the implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This Part of this Standard does not define how a learning technology system represents or uses a metadata instance for a learning object. Project Purpose: The purpose of this multi-part Standard is to facilitate search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by learners or instructors or automated software processes. This multi-part Standard also facilitates the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata are reused. By specifying a common conceptual data schema, this Part of this Standard ensures that bindings of Learning Object Metadata have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. This Part of this Standard specifies a base schema, which may be extended as practice develops. e.g., facilitating automatic, adaptive scheduling of learning objects by software agents. Abstract: A conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object is specified in this standard. Key Words: "category,datatype,extended data element,LangString,learning object,learning objectmetadata (LOM),smallest permitted maximum,value space" Designation: 1484.12.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Object Metadata Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies a conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this standard, a learning object is defined as any entity, digital or non- digital, that may be used for learning, education or training. For this standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such characteristics can be regrouped in general, educational, technical and classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this standard will allow for linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata instances that describe them. The conceptual data schema defined in this standard specifies the data elements of which a metadata instance for a learning object is composed. This standard will be referenced by other standards that will define the implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This standard does not define how a learning technology system will represent or use a metadata instance for a learning object. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by learners or instructors. The purpose is also to facilitate the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata will be exploited. By specifying a common conceptual data schema, bindings of Learning Object Metadata will have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. The intent of this standard is to specify a base schema, which can be used to build on as practice develops, for instance in order to facilitate automatic, adaptive scheduling of learning objects by software agents. Designation: 1484.12.1-2002/Cor 1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata - Corrigendum 1: Corrigenda for 1484.12.1 LOM (Learning Object Metadata) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2011 **Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1484.12.1-2002 Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Abstract: This corrigendum clarifies and corrects technical errors, editorial errors, and omissions in IEEE Std 1484.12.1-2002. Key Words: IEEE 1484.12.1, learning object, learning object metadata (LOM), metadata, reuse Designation: 1484.12.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 11404 binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies an ISO/IEC 11404:1996 (Language Independent Datatypes) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.2 must conform to 1484.12.1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide precise data model semantics, as permitted by the 11404 notation. The 11404 notation may be useful for bindings to programming languages and other systems. Designation: 1484.12.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition Language Binding for Learning Object Metadata Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2005 Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 2005 Project Scope: ORIGINAL Scope: This Standard specifies an eXtensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. An implementation that conforms with this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1-2002. ============================================== REVISED Scope: This Standard defines World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) structure and constraints on the contents of XML 1.1 documents that can be used to represent learning object metadata (LOM) instances as defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002, Standard for Learning Object Metadata. This Standard defines the structure and constraints of the XML 1.1 documents in W3C XML Schema definition language. An implementation that conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1-2002. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of interoperable LOM instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and semantics of the XML encodings. Key Words: 1484.12.1-2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD Designation: 1484.12.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for XML binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies an XML binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.3 must conform to 1484.12.1. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the XML binding to enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that implement the 1484.12.1 data model. Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and semantics of the XML encodings. Key Words: 1484.12.1–2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD Designation: P1484.12.3-2005/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition Language Binding for Learning Object Metadata - Corrigendum 1: Corrigendum to reflect the Learning Object Metadata corrigendum (P1484.12.1-2002-Cor_1) Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This corrigendum reflects the corrigendum made to the Learning Object Metadata standard in P1484.12.1-2002-Cor_1. Project Purpose: The purpose is to make the corresponding corrigendum to 1484.12.3-2005 for the XML schema definition of P1484.12.1-2002. Designation: P1484.12.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Expressing IEEE Learning Object Metadata Instances Using the Dublin Core Abstract Model Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes how to construct IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata (LOM) (IEEE Std 1484-12.1-2002) instances using the Dublin Core Abstract Model (DCAM). It describes how to use the definitions of metadata terms defined by the IEEE Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements (IEEE Std 1484.12.x-200x) together with DCMI metadata terms for expressing IEEE LOM conforming instances as DCAM description sets. This Recommended Practice does not address the issue of expressing DCAM description sets or DCMI metadata terms using LOM data elements. Project Purpose: There is an increasing demand for interoperable definitions of Dublin Core Metadata Initiative (DCMI) metadata terms and IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) data elements which allow these to be used together in metadata instances. This Recommended Practice addresses this requirement by describing how to use the definitions of metadata terms defined by the IEEE Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements (IEEE Std 1484.12.x-200x) and DCMI metadata terms together in Dublin Core metadata instances. This represents a partial and short-term solution to the overall issue of metadata interoperability in learning, education, and training contexts. The Recommended Practice also aims to inform the longer-term process of trying to align the abstract models of IEEE LOM and DCAM, as it will provide an analysis of fundamental incompatibilities between the two models. Designation: 1484.12.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies a W3C RDF (Resource Description Framework) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.4 must conform to 1484.12.1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the RDF binding to enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that implement the 1484.12.1 data model. Designation: P1484.12.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This Standard defines a Resource Description Framework (RDF) vocabulary to express the semantics of data elements of the LOMv1.0 base schema of IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata (LOM) (IEEE Std 1484- 12.1-2002). The Standard makes use of modeling primitives from the RDF Vocabulary Description Language (RDF Schema) and the Dublin Core Abstract Model (DCAM). The Standard includes the specification of RDF terms, including properties, classes, vocabularies, syntax encoding schemes and vocabulary encoding schemes, covering the semantics of data elements defined in IEEE LOM. The Standard includes the specification of URIs to use to identify the terms. The Standard does not define new terms for data elements that can be appropriately expressed using sufficiently stable, existing RDF vocabularies (notably Dublin Core). This Standard does not address the construction of conforming IEEE LOM instances using RDF technology. Project Purpose: There is an increasing demand for definitions of IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) data element semantics which allow the expression of IEEE LOM instances in applications using Semantic Web technologies such as the Resource Description Framework (RDF). For some data elements, this expression can be achieved using existing, stable RDF vocabularies. The purpose of this Standard is to define the semantics of data elements not covered by such vocabularies. This Standard forms an important basis for making IEEE LOM useful in this larger metadata context. Designation: 1484.13 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Student Identifier Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax, semantics, encoding, registration, resolution, and authentication of unique student identifiers. A student identifier is a name, e.g., a login name, that is associated with a student. These identifiers will be simple enough for students (even as young as grade school) to memorize, and for non-technical organizations (such as schools) to issue. No other standard system of unique identifiers meets these requirements. Project Purpose: To enable students to use identifiers for sign-on and record keeping. Many students have special needs. To enab le students to easily obtain and remember their student identifiers. To enable students to maintain appropriate control over records stored in multiple places and under the control of multiple organizations. To enable parents, teachers, schools and other organizations to easily issue unique sudent identifiers to their students or members. To enable students to manage their own records, use a records management service, or allow the multiple sources of those records to manage them. To enable recordkeeping organizations to follow common methods. To enable schools and vendors to offer learning services through distributed managmenet systems and distributed student databases. To enable learning systems to gain quick access to student preferences and profiles, such as learning style, physical capabilities, cognitive capabilities, cultural dependencies. Designation: P1484.13.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation for Learning, Education, and Training Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Standard defines a conceptual model for interpreting externalized representations of digital aggregations of resources for learning, education, and training. The conceptual model defines a set of concepts and the relationships among them and is expressed as a formal ontology. Internal compositions and uses of digital resources are not specified nor are processing methods for resource aggregations. Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregations used in learning, education, and training are defined in a variety of standards and specifications. The conceptual model defined in this Standard facilitates interoperability by providing an ontology that can be used to represent a variety of resource aggregation formats. Interoperability may be achieved by the creation of crosswalks among the various aggregation standards and specifications. In addition, this Standard may serve as a common reference for the development and evolution of standards and specifications for resource aggregations and may assist the development of profiles that maximize interoperability between the various aggregation formats. Designation: 1484.13.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Reference Model for Resource Aggregation for Learning, Education and Training Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard defines a reference model that includes a nomenclature and a conceptual model for digital aggregates of resources for learning, education, and training applications. This Standard facilitates interoperability by enabling the interpretation of externalized representations of resource aggregates and their properties. Particular internal compositions and behaviors of resources are not specified nor are any particular means or methods for processing resource aggregates. Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregates used in learning, education, and training applications are represented in a variety of formats and are defined in a variety of specifications. Examining the commonalities and differences among different representations of resource aggregates reveals that these formats and specifications sometimes lack a documented nomenclature and underlying conceptual model. Without a common nomenclature and conceptual model to inform the interpretation of these formats and specifications, it is difficult to create applications that can interoperate. This Standard facilitates interoperability by providing a nomenclature and conceptual model that can be used to represent a variety of resource aggregation formats and specifications. Interoperability may be achieved by facilitating the creation of crosswalks among the various aggregation formats and specifications and by enabling the development and evolution of standards and specifications. Designation: P1484.13.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - Metadata Encoding and Transmission Standard (METS) Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in the Metadata Encoding and Transmission Standard (METS) relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - ISO 21000-2:2005 Information Technology -- Multimedia Framework (MPEG-21) -- Part 2: Digital Item Declaration Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies the how the elements and attributes defined in ISO 21000-2:2005 Multimedia Framework (MPEG-21) -- Part 2: Digital Item Declaration (MPEG21 DID) relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - IMS Content Packaging Information Model (CP) Version 1.2 - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in the IMS Content Packaging Information Model (CP) Version 1.2 relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - IETF RFC 4287 - Atom Syndication Format - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in Atom Syndication Format (Atom) relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - Open Archives Initiative Object Reuse and Exchange Abstract Model (OAI-ORE) - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: 5.2 Scope of Proposed Standard: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in the Open Archives Initiative Object Reuse and Exchange (OAI-ORE) Abstract Model and expressed in the OAI-ORE Resource Map Implementation in RDF/XML relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: 1484.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Semantics and Exchange Bindings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define a semantic framework so that semantic elements defined in one conforming standard can be directly integrated into another conforming standard. Possible examples of semantic elements are data elements, abstract data types, and organizational categories. Common semantic elements will be determined by referencing the requirements of other LTSC working groups. The standard will also define related, common conventions for syntax and protocol bindings needed for information exchange. Project Purpose: Enable semantic integration across Learnign Technology standards and encouragere-use of common semantic elements. Enable a common approach to syntax and protocol bindings across multiple Learning Technology standards. Enable interoperability between applications by defining common conventions for the syntax and protocol bindings used to exchange information. Enable the practical adoption of XML as a data exchange format by defining common encoding conventions. Enable a migration path between legacy and emerging data exchange formats on the basis of a common semantics. Designation: 1484.14.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Data Extension Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes extension techniques that are commonly used when standardizing data models and their bindings in learning technology and related IT applications. In this context, "extension" refers to capabilities beyond those described in a standard. These techniques are general across many application areas. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide guidance for developers of standards and specifications of data models and their bindings regarding commonly used techniques that support competing technical and business interests among users, vendors, and industry. These techniques include interoperability issues that arise when user, vendor, institution, industry, etc., extensions are incorporated into data models and their bindings. The interoperability issues focus on the successful interaction among two or more implementations of a standard and the automation, to the level desired, of these interactions. Examples include several levels of interoperability: Scenario #1: An implementation interoperates only among strictly conforming implementations. Example: The implementation might only include the features of a standard, but no extensions or proprietary features are used. Scenario #2: An implementation interoperates with other implementations from the same vendor, user, or institution. Scenario #3: An implementation interoperates with a wide variety of user-specific, vendor-specific, institution-specific, and/or industry-specific extensions. It is expected that this Guide will be used in connection with the consensus-building process itself for emerging standards and specifications. The use of extensions and their later standardization is a common migration path for new technologies merging into the mainstream. Designation: 1484.14.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based XML Binding Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for XML coding bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a defined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based XML bindings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for differing types of XML bindings where rule-based XML binding approaches are possible. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by multiple standards and specifications. Designation: 1484.14.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based Dotted Name-Value Pair (DNVP) Binding Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for dotted name-value pair bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a determined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based dotted name-value pair bindings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for commonly used bindings. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by many standards and specifications. [Note: The following summary is provided for the reader who might not be familiar with this kind of notation.] A name-value pair is common information coding technique, for example: [Name] [Value] priority: high. A dotted name may be used to represent more complex naming and information structures, such as: [Name] [Value] preferences.mail.priority: high Designation: 1484.15 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Data Interchange Protocols Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Siegel, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:siegel@farance.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will provide a common lightweight protocol for exchanging data among clients, servers, and peers. The standard addresses data exchange at a finer granularity than HTTP and is intended to perform better in a wide range of network infrastructures, qualities of service, distributed systems, nomadic semantics that can easily be implemented in networking applications and can easily be bound to APIs Project Purpose: A good number of protocols exist for exchanging data, such as FTP, HTTP, CORBA. However, these protocols don't perform well (e.g. HTTP is not good for fine grain data), they don't have enough semantics (e.g. FTP cannot get/put address attributes, properties, or metadata), or they are difficult to interface to (e.g. CORBA cannot be conveniently accessed in Perl or Tcl). A lightweight protocol that was easily implementable and addressed the needs of learning technology would have wide acceptance and integration within many applications because protocols are one of the key elements to portable, interoperable distributed (distance) learning systems. Designation: 1484.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - HTTP Bindings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve Griffin, Phone:919-623-4572, Email:sgriffin@eduprise.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will provide common bindings to http for learning technology services. The standard will specify common URL suffixes (e.g. "cgi-bin" paths), http commands, and/or http Post body contents that will correspond to common learning technology services available through web servers. The standard will include the semantic description, syntax and encodings (in the case of post body contents), and interface definition to these services, and extension mechanisms to support future growth. Project Purpose: Web browsers and servers are commonly available, thus, the desire the leverage existing infrastructure. A common standard would allow the developers of learning content, management systems, learner profile systems, metadata systems, and supporting services to access services via a common web-based interface. Designation: 1484.17 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Content Packaging Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neal Nored, Phone:404-238-5466, Email:nnored@blackboard.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will describe the packaging of learning content. Learning content, typically, is a collection of components that are copied, transmitted, purchased, executed, and used as a single unit. Units may be combined to make larger units. This standard will describe the format, coding, encoding, environment, attributes, and interactions of this content. This standard will not describe protable content, but will describe a portable method for packaging content. Project Purpose: The nature of web-based learning, internet delivery, intellectual proterty rights, and electronic commerce motivate the need for a single unit of transmission for these learning systems. A single unit would allow, for example, a simple click of a URL in a browser to activate learning content. This packaging format would allow the compilation of not only media components (text, graphics, audio, video), but would support the common packaging of metadata, attributes, and supporting materials - all within a single transmission unit. Higher quality would be possible because the user or system is no longer responsible for piecing the components together - the common packaging format would eliminate mistakes and would increase interoperability. Designation: 1484.18 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Platform And Media Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frank Farance, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:frank@farance.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard profile will identify existing standards and specifications of learning technology platforms and their content. Several standards profiles will be developed for several operating scenarios, such as "browser platform", "workstation platform", "web media types". The standard profile will not specify the technical details, but limitations and enhancements to these standards and specifications. It is expected that these profiles will be updated and amended often enough to track current technology. Project Purpose: Many systems require compatibility for common suite of features such as browsers, operating systems, and content. A standard profile would specify functionality (e.g. Java 1.1, JPEF, GIF-89, C95...) rather than implementations (e.g. Netscape 4.0, Windows 95, Adobe PDF plug- in). A specification based on functionality allows consumers and vendors a wider range of implementations that are conforming. Since many standards and specifications may be implied by compatibility, a standard profile would allow consumers and vendors to point to a single document that references the collection of features. Designation: 1484.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Learner Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Learner Model' which will characterize a learner and his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub- element. The standard will allow different views of the Learner Model. Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on a national standard, which they can utilize throughout their education and work life. Designation: 1484.20 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Competency Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard shall specify the mandatory and optional data elements that constitute a Competency Definition as used in a Learning Management System, or referenced in a Competency Profile. The proposed approach is to use a general definition that can be semantically "tightened" or "loosened" in the data itself, while conserving the same data model regardless of how strictly a particular organization or institution requires the data to be formulated.  Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a universally acceptable Competency Definition model to allow the creation, exchange and reuse of Competency Definition in applications such as Learning Management Systems, Competency or Skill Gap Analysis, Learner and other Competency profiles, etc. The standard is needed because there are currently many definitions of the terms "Learning Objective", "Competency" and "Skill", and very little agreement between how those definitions can be used to define reusable data models. This standard also addresses the following needs: a. Enable industry or domain organizations to clearly define and register competencies. b. Allow curriculum developers, trainers and managers to use a common data model to build various competency models, hierarchies and maps c. Enable providers of courses or learning objects to specify prerequisites by referencing existing competency definitions. d. Enable employers to search for and select predefined competencies rather than defining them themselves. e. Enable learners to easily search and find those competencies required by employers, schools, courses, or learning objects. f. Enable developers and managers of training, as well as managers of educational records, to develop databases of persistent, long lived Competency Definitions and certification records that can be created, exchanged among systems, and maintained. g. Enable competency definition users to deal with obsolete or superseded competency definitions in a predictable manner. h. Enable competency record keepers or users to identify the source of the Competency Definition, validation information, and other meta information useful to locate an objective in a repository or collection. i. Enable users of the Learning Objects Metadata Standard developed by a parallel group to integrate competency definition references in Learning Object Metadata. Designation: 1484.20.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology-Data Model for Reusable Competency Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 25, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008 Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and sharing competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independently of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. This Standard enables information about competencies to be encoded and shared. This Standard does not define whether a competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude, or learning outcome, but it can be used to capture information about any of these. Policies regarding reusable competency definitions (RCDs), such as the best practice to look for an existing definition to reuse instead of inventing a new one for the same purpose, are outside of the scope of this Standard. Project Purpose: This Standard is based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium (IMS) specification entitled IMS Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO) [B4].1 Implementations that conform to the IMS specification will conform to this Standard. Abstract: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and sharing competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independently of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. Key Words: 1484.2.1-2007, competency, competency definition, reusable competency definition Designation: 1484.20.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Standard for Reusable Competency Definitions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and exchanging competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independent of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. This standard enables information about competencies to be encoded and exchanged. It does not define whether a competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude or learning outcome but can be used to capture information about any of these. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to publish an IEEE standard based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium specification for Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO). This standard is to be defined in such a way that implementations that conform to the IMS specification will be conformant to this Standard. Designation: 1484.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Glossary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will list and define the terms used in the other standards being developed by the IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology Standards Committee. The first version of this document will not be a comprehensive glossary for the field of Learning Technology, but it is intended that later versions will be. To the extent possible, additional related terms will be included to round out or support the other terms. Project Purpose: To enable the editors of IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology Standards Comm. working groups to use defined and consistent terminology in drafting their standards. To enable users of LTSC standards to understand the meaning of terms used in these documents. To enable others in the field of Learning Technology to understand and use standard terminology. Designation: 1484.4-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Trial Use Recommended Practice for Digital Rights Expression Languages (DRELs) Suitable for eLearning Technologies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2007 Technical Contact: Magda Mourad, Phone:+1-914-433-7240, Email:magdam@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies digital rights (DR) requirements for eLearning technologies. These requirements should be aligned with the most widely known standards-based specifications for Digital Rights Expression Language (DREL) that are being adopted or developed by international, regional, national, and private organizations and consortia. Project Purpose: This recommended practice facilitates the creation, management, and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology that implements DRELs. This recommended practice should determine what, if any, extensions are needed so that these DRELs can meet the identified requirements. Abstract: This recommended practice facilitates the creation, management and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology that implements digital rights expression languages. The recommended practice determines what, if any, extensions are needed so that these DREL can meet the identified requirements Key Words: Digital Rights Expression Language, DREL, MPEG-21, Open Digital Rights Access, Open eBook Forum, ODRL, Rights Expression Language, REL Designation: 1484.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Theis standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Task Model' which will characterize all static aspects of a given project, including task description, member prerequisites, member roles, schedule, resources, learning objectives, deliverables, and assessment. Project Purpose: To enable employers to provide guidance to students regarding requirements for future employment. To enable students to structure their learning based on employer requirements. To enable students/workers to search, evaluate, and apply for desirable projects or jobs. To enable employers to search, evaluate, recruit, select, and orient desirable students/workers. To facilitate and reduce the cost of matching students with intern assignments. To enable teachers to structure tasks in the same format as intern assignments. Designation: 1484.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Session Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a specification language and environment for managing sessions in learning technology systems, e.g., computer-aided instruction, intelligent learning environments, intelligent tutoring systems. The standard will (1) define the specification language, (2) define the control transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (3) define the data transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (4) define an encoding method for storing and transferring session management "programs". Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common mechanism for exchanging and developing information among the users, proctors, and developers of courseware for individualized instruction. Designation: 1484.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Tool/Agent Communication Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Randy Saunders, Phone:4437783861, Email:r.saunders@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to educational systems consisting of one or more user tools and one or more instructional agents. The standard is intended to address ways that currently-existing tools can be made to comply with the standard as well as ways that newly-developed tools can be developed to take advantage of the standard. Project Purpose: To establish a protocol to govern interaction between software tools and instructional agents. Designation: 1484.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Ontology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a task ontology for computer-based intelligent learning support systems such as Intelligent Tutoring Systems (ITS) and Intelligent/Interactive Learning Environment (ILE). Project Purpose: This is a companion standard to the Dictionary project and also gains mutual benefits among other projects such as Reference Model/Architecture, Standard for Communication between tools and instructional agents, session management, and Advanced Technology Learning Systems Authoring Tools projects. Designation: 1484.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Localisation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will deal with localisation issues for learning technologies. This includes facilitating human language translations (for instance of learning documents or learning object metadata vocabularies), as well as more technical issues (for instance character sets and encodings). Explcitly within scope are locale API issues and technical issues that facilitate support for multicultural communities (for instance descriptions of icon representations or user interface metaphorsso that these can be adapted to local needs. Project Purpose: The purpose is to support the global applicability and understanding of learning technology, so that its appropriate uptake is promoted. The final end users, i.e. the learners, will benefit from this work, as they will be confronted with less inappropriately biased materials. This is especially relevant in the culturally extremely sensitive area of education. Designation: 1485 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Micro-Electronic MOSFET Circuit Simulator Model Validation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Britt Brooks, Phone:214-480-3991, Email:brittb@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for validation of micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used for curcuit simulators. The procedures are to validate the models as to their external terminal behavior only. Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used in various curcuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the performance of curcuit simulator models is preventing the effective utilization of curcuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating micro-electronic MOSFET models. Designation: 1486 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard for Measurement of Television Video Signals in the 525 Line Interlaced Format Which Have Been Compressed Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop measuring techniques to quantify the quality of television video images in the 525 line interlaced format when these images have been digitized and compressed and then decompressed. Multiple measurement methods may be required and these may include subjective as well as objective methods. Measurement methods may cover one compression and decompression process, or multiple sequential compression and decompression processes, using the same or different compression algorithms. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a tool for broadcasters and manufacturers of television equipment and related industries to be able to determine the image quality of television video signals which have been digitally compressed. This standard will be used to assist design, selection, maintenance and operation of compression equipment. Designation: 1487 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Engineering of Systems: Concepts and Principles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will define the generally accepted concepts, principles and performance-based requirements common to all application environments. It shall cover the full system life cycle: development, manufacture, verification/test, deployment, distribution, operations, support, training, and disposal. Project Purpose: To provide a common framework for systems engineering across all industry segments, to facilitate establishment of a common systems engineering language, incorporates lessons learned from other industries, common process reduces training requirements and builds expertise, reduced amount of documentation required, access to cutting edge technology in systems engineering products and services, rfocuses systems engineering initiatives along a common guideline, and reduces need for unique program directives for systems engineering. Designation: 1488-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for a template for message sets for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). The template will provide an overall syntax and structure for ITS message sets. Project Purpose: The global interest in interoperability of communication systems in the transportation infrastructure, e.g. vehicles, management centers, and roadside systems has prompted the ITS user community to seek a standard template for message sets. The users of the standard will be the developers of message sets for intelligent transportation systems. The benefit will be the interoperability of systems developed using these message sets. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of message sets for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) message sets, includingcommon terms (e.g., object identifier), as well as attributes necessary to document ITS datamessages, is addressed in this standard. Key Words: "attribute,data concept,data element,<QUOTE>dataelement,<QUOTE> data frames,<QUOTE>dataframe,<QUOTE> intelligent transportation systems,message,message set,meta-attribute,template,transportation" Designation: 1489 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: Adopt ISO 14817 as the revise standard supplemented with message set attributes and data registry functional operating procedures consistent with US practices. Withdraw IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial-Use Standard 1488-2000.] Scope of P1489 PAR Approved 19 September 1996 (IEEE Std 1489-1999). [Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for data dictionaries for intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues relative to the development of ITS data dictionaries will be identified and addressed. These issues may include, but are not limited to, ownership, registration, maintenance, coordination among developers of ITS data dictionaries, resolution of conflicts, and identification of common terms (e.g., time, date, and location). The standard will provide a format for ITS data dictionaries. The format is anticipated to include, but not be limited to, identifying attributes, definitional attributes, relational attributes, and administrative attributes. See Explanation of revision project in Item 16. Project Purpose: Incorporate experience gained from the use of and testing the implementation of ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Adopt ISO TC204 developed standard that includes basic provisions from IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial Use Standard 1488-2000. Develop US specific provisions for supplementing the ISO standard that reflects US usage and requirements. Designation: 1489 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: Revise the requirements for the registration of data concepts, messages, and data frames for use in the ITS domain based on experience gained from practical experience using the ITS Data Registry functional operating procedures. The standard serves as the foundation standard for all ITS functional area data dictionaries. Revise the standard so that it contains the description of data concepts, in formal terms, to promote a high degree of "unambiguous data interchange" among ITS components. Provide for extending the standard for global use through the development of relationships among data concepts used in the ITS domain. Project Purpose: Experience gained while using and testing the implementation of the ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Descriptions of all data concepts will be examined to minimize or eliminate ambiguities and inconsistencies identified during the development and harmonization of data concepts and use during ITS field operational tests. The intended users are system integrators and public agency officials developing ITS applications for information interchange under the Federal Highway Administration Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21). Designation: 1489-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Develop a standard for functional area data dictionaries for intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues will be addressed including documenting and coordinating data elements, ownership and identifying attributes for unambiguous data transfer. Project Purpose: Use of digital communications among intelligent transportation systems, e.g., vehicles, management centers (traffic, transit and emergency) and roadside equipment, has led to development of functional area data dictionaries for communications and unambiguous data reuse between the functional areas. The users of this standard will be the developers of the functional area data dictionaries. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of data dictionaries for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) data dictionaries, includingcommon terms (e.g., time, date, location), as well as meta-attributes necessary to document ITSdata concepts is addressed in this standard. Key Words: "attribute,classificatin scheme,data dictionary,data element,data element concept,functional-area data dictionary,entity,entity type,generic property domain,information interchange,intelligent transportation systems,ISO/IEC 11179,meta-attribute,metadata st" Designation: 149-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 149-1965. History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Oct 09, 2003 Abstract: This standard is used throughout government, industry and academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the procedures currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has passed the standard by in the areas and many areas and equipment are not included. This update will include these. Designation: 149 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 1985 Designation: 149 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A David Olver, Phone:44-171-975-5345, Email:a.d.olver@gmw.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will update the Standard Test Procedure for Antennas. This standard was last updated in 1979. Many changes in antenna testing have occurred since then especially in the area of computer control and automation. Many new methods, test equipment, and test procedures are not included in the existing standard. This update will include all of these. Near field testing will now be included. Project Purpose: This standard is used throughout government, industry and academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the procedures currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has passed the standard by in the areas and many areas and equipment are not included. This update will include these. Designation: P1490 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide: Adoption of the Project Management Institute (PMI) Standard: A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide)-2008 (4th edition) Status: Adoption in Progress History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard documents information needed to initiate, plan, execute, monitor and control, and close a single project, and identifies those project management processes that have been recognized as good practice on most projects most of the time. With the third edition, the PMBOK Guide became an ANSI standard in 2004. It is used internationally for training and certification of project managers. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project Purpose: The increasing acceptance of project management indicates that the application of appropriate knowledge, processes, skills, tools, and techniques can have a significant impact on project success. The PMBOK® Guide identifies that subset of the project management body of knowledge generally recognized as good practice. “Generally recognized” means the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and there is consensus about their value and usefulness. “Good practice” means there is general agreement that the application of these skills, tools, and techniques can enhance the chances of success over a wide range of projects. Good practice does not mean the knowledge described should always be applied uniformly to all projects; the organization and/or project management team is responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. The PMBOK® Guide also provides and promotes a common vocabulary within the project management profession for discussing, writing, and applying project management concepts. Such a standard vocabulary is an essential element of a professional discipline. The Project Management Institute (PMI) views this standard as a foundational project management reference for its professional development programs and certifications. As a foundational reference, this standard is neither complete nor all-inclusive. This standard is a guide rather than a methodology. One can use different methodologies and tools to implement the framework. Designation: 1490-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide - Adoption of PMI Standard, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1490-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This document identifies and describes that subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge which is generally accepted. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. Abstract: The subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge that is generally accepted is identified and described in this guide. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. It does not mean that the knowledge and practices should beapplied uniformly to all projects without considering whether they are appropriate. Key Words: "body of knowledge,project,project management" Designation: 1490-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard - A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1490-1998. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Susan K Land, Phone:256-876-7004, Email:susan.land@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project Purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000 added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools, techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted. Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version. Abstract: Supersedes IEEE Std 1490-1998 SUMMARY: IEEE Std 1490-2003 is an adoption, in its entirety, of A Guide to Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide). Project scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000 added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools, techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted. Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version. Key Words: "body of knowledge, project, project management" Designation: 1491-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005 Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Also discussed are the active supervisory and diagnostic tasks that this equipment may perform. While this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Project Purpose: The recent competitive realignments of Utility and telecommunication companies has created a need for unmanned surveillance of stationary battery systems. This guide will propose levels of battery surveillance and methods for achieving useful information for maintenance and replacement purposes. Since communications will play an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide additional insight. Abstract: : Maintaining a fully operational battery system. This guide presents and discusses measurable parameters of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries as used in stationary battery systems and the utilization of such observations. Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery applications, battery current, battery environment, battery monitoring equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery temperature, battery types, battery voltage, communications interfaces, connection resistance, cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, ripple current, safety, software, specific gravity Designation: P1491 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Project Purpose: Today’s mission-critical environment has created a need for unmanned surveillance systems for stationary batteries. This guide will propose parameters for battery surveillance to achieve useful information for maintenance and replacement purposes. Because communications will play an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide additional insight. Abstract: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery applications, battery applications, battery current, battery environment, battery monitoring equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery temperature, battery types, battery voltage, charge and discharge, communications interfaces, connection resistance, connection, coup de fouet, cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, measurement parameters, operating environment, ohmic value, reports, ripple current, safety, sensors, software, specific gravity, temperature, voltage. Designation: 1492 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Synthetic Capacitive Current Switching Tests of AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Changed Designation **See C37.083 Project Scope: Develop a guide to be used when conducting capacitive current switching. This will cover requirements, test circuits, test parameters, test procedures, etc. when using synthetic circuits. Project Purpose: This is a project that was previously authorized. All records seem to have been lost. This will be an aid to both the user, manufacturer and testing laboratory in conducting capacitive current switching tests. Designation: 1493-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007 Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This guide serves two primary purposes. The first is to outline many of the issues associated with using a solvent as an electric cable cleaner. The second is to provide a variety of tests that can be used for evaluating the performance of solvents intended for cleaning electric cables or cable accessories used by electric utilities. Tests for assessing the compatibility of a cleaning solvent with various cable and cable accessory components and tests for assessing cleaning effectiveness are included within this guide. Although many materials are used in cable systems, this guide covers only the basic cable and cable accessory components with a focus on electric power cables. The guide may be applied to materials outside the scope of this document at the user’s discretion. The compatibility tests include suggested or target acceptance criteria to help assure that the solvent does not harm the component it is intended to clean. As this document is a guide, these values are not requirements. They are only provided as guidelines and are based either on industry standard requirements for materials or on the best judgment and experience of the working group members who prepared the document. They will be modified by the P1493 Working Group as additional data become available. The cleaning effectiveness tests are comparative tests with no specific performance requirements. Throughout this guide, the terms “solvent” and “cleaner” are both used to describe the chemical intended for use as a cable cleaner. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories. Abstract: This guide provides test procedures for evaluating the physical characteristics of cable cleaning solvents and their compatibility with extruded dielectric cable components and cable accessories (joints and terminations). Compatibility is established by placing component samples in contact with the cleaning solvent for a short period and then measuring the physical or electrical properties of the component. The measured values are compared with values for samples that have not been in contact with the cleaner. Suggested performance values are provided. The guide also provides suggested procedures for evaluating the cleaning effectiveness of cable cleaning solvents. These comparative test procedures do not provide absolute performance values. Key Words: cable accessories, cleaning effectiveness, compatibility, extruded dielectric cable Designation: 1493 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables and Accessories Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This projet will develop a protocol for the evaluation of solvents used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will encompass the evaluation categories, test methods and acceptance criteria for evaluation of chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories. Designation: 1494 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide for National Profiles and Locales Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nobuo Saito, Phone:81-466-47-5111, Email:ns@sfc.keio.ac.jp **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define what should be included in National Profiles & Locales and how international users of the 945 series of standards can develop National profiles for application deployment in their location. The guide will include topics on how they are developed, how they interface with ISO 9945-1&2, how they are registered within the international community. This work is based on the initial work in this area as represented by WG15 document number 461. Project Purpose: To produce a guide to developing National Profiles and National Locales within the PASC process for use with IEEE/ISO 9945-1 and 9945-2. This work has been assigned to JTC1 NP 22.14776 at the international level. This guide will assist international users of the standard to develop their National profiles consistent with the style and intentions of the base standard. Designation: 1495 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Harmonic Limits for Single-Phase Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Current Distortion Limits for Single-Phase Utilization Equipment Rated Under 600 V and up to 40 A. Project Purpose: To establish equipment harmonic limits, much like IEC 1000-3- 2, which deals with both three-phase and single-phase limits for devices under 16 A and with 230 V nominal rating. Existing Std 519 contains site limits on harmonics, and is primarily three-phase. Designation: 1496-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32- or 64-bit width is described in this standard. The SBus is designed for systems requiring a small number of expansion ports. SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard. SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard. The dimensions of the Sbus Card are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm, making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits. The SBus cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel. The form factor is useful in Futurebus+, VMEbus, desktop computers, and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data rates up to 168 Mbytes/s, depending on the implementation options selected. Key Words: Standard for Boot Firmware, high, reliability, I/O bus, SBus Card Designation: 1497-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2001 **IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: SDF (Standard Delay Format) is an existing OVI standard for the representation and interpretation of timing data for use at any stage of the electronic design process. The ASCII data in the SDF file is represented in a tool and language independent way and includes path delays, timing constraint values, interconnect delays and high level technology parameters. Project Purpose: SDF has come to be accepted as a standard by many companies both in the EDA industry and among their customers, but minor differences have gradually arisen, primarily due to the rapid adoption and evolution. IEEE standardization brings with it an opportunity to reduce and eventually eliminate non-standard implementations and usages of SDF, enhance and improve it based on new input, and also to broaden usage around the world. Abstract: IEC 61523-3: 2004 Dual-logo document. Replaces IEEE Std 1497-2001. Abstract: The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and timing information of electronic systems. While both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine written and machine read in support of timing analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing information. The primary audience for this standard is the implementors of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to understand the format’s contents will find it useful. Key Words: "computer,computer languages,delay,delay backannotation,digital systems,electron-ic systems,hardware,hardware design,SDF,timing,timing analysis,timing backannotation,timingverification" Designation: 1498-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: EIA/IEEE Interim Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Software Development: Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued for Trial Use) Status: Superseded **Std available as joint EIA/IEEE J-STD-016-1995. Redesignation per MOU dated 11/30/95. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements an acquirer and a supplier are to achieve in the development of a software system where the term "software development" is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, reengineering, and other activities resulting in software products. Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems. To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to have a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. the purpose of this standard is to harmonize commercial and government requirements for software life-cycle processes and IEEE and ISO software life-cycle processes. This is anticipated to be done in several phases. This project is phase 1. The proposed standard will complement IEEE 1074, which defines the architecture of the software life- ccle processes. Abstract: This standard defines a set of software development activities and resulting software products. It provides a framework for software development planning and engineering. It is also intended to merge commercial and Government software development requirements within the framework of the software life cycle process requirements of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The term software development is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, re-engineering, maintenance, and all other processes or activities resulting in software products. Key Words: EIA, acquirer, supplier, life cycle Designation: 1499-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Interface for Hardware Description Models of Electronic Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 16, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999 Project Scope: Development of a standard simulation and related tool interface for component models written in VHDL, Verilog, C and other description languages. Project Purpose: To provide a standard method for interfacing and managing complex electronic models to design automation tools. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent tool interfaces suitable for large designs such as systems on a chip. Abstract: The standard interface for hardware description models of electronic components is de-fined. The primary audiences of this standard are model developers and implementers of software supporting this interface. Key Words: "execution, intellectual property, model integration, model manger, Open Model Interface (OMI), simulator/model interoperability" Designation: 15-1928 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Title: A.I.E.E. Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 150 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1500-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Standard Testability Method for Embedded Core-based Integrated Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Yervant Zorian, Phone:510-360-8035, Email:zorian@viragelogic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard design-for-testability method for Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores, i.e., reusable megacells. This method will be independent of the underlying functionality of the Integrated Circuit or its individual embedded cores. The method will create the necessary testability requirements for detection and diagnosis of such Integrated Circuits, while allowing for ease of interoperability of cores originated from distinct sources. This method will be usable for all classes of digital cores including hierarchial ones. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for testability of Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores from multiple sources. Typically, each core provider builds some testability hooks into the underlying core. Without an independent, openly defined design-for- testability method, core integrators cannot automatically determine the testability features of the individual cores and integrate them with the testability of the next level circuit description. The design-for- testability method will provide a solution that will allow automatic identification and configuration of testability features in Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores. Abstract: This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip (SoC). This mechanism constitutes a hardware architecture and leverages the core test language (CTL) to facilitate communication between core designers and core integrators. Key Words: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse Designation: 1501 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Life Management of Electrical Equipment in Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This application guide will provide recommendations for managing the operating life of electrical equipment used in power generating stations. Programs and activities are identified that may optimize operating life of selected electrical equipment while minimizing the impact on power station availability, and maintaining a reliable and safe generating station. Project Purpose: Life management of electrical equipment and systems is not currently covered in any detail by standards. The working group will particularly emphasize an approach of Condition Based Maintenance which affords the most significant advantages to costs, reliability and availability. Designation: 1502-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radar Cross-Section Test Procedures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2007 **Formerly known as P360 Technical Contact: Eric K Walton, Phone:614-292-5051, Email:walton.1@osu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes processes for the measurement of the electromagnetic scattering from objects. It is written for the personnel responsible for the operation of test ranges, and not for the design of such ranges. It recommends procedures for testing and documenting the quality of the measurement system, for calibrating the measurement system, for carrying out the radar scattering measurements, and for delivering the measurement data in a useful format to the end user. The document defines radar cross section (RCS), describes different types of test ranges, and reviews methods of characterizing and operating radar scattering measurement ranges. Issues related to test object support systems, types of test ranges, instrumentation, signal polarization, calibration, data analysis, and range uncertainty are also discussed. Project Purpose: Most radar scattering measurement ranges are built for a specific localized purpose. Methods of characterizing the ranges and performing the measurements are developed for the specific needs of each particular test range. This recommended practice is intended to establish guidelines so that operators and users of such ranges can provide results that are useful across the larger community of users. Abstract: This recommended practice describes the process of the measurement of the radar cross section of objects using a test range. The term “radar cross section” is defined, and the characteristics of different types of test ranges are given. The responsibilities of the test range operators are shown to involve test and calibration of the measurement range systems as well as accurately carrying out the measurements. Techniques are described for each stage of this process. Key Words: radar cross section (RCS), radar test range Designation: 15026 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Systems and Software Assurance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: This International Standard provides requirements for the life cycle including development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of systems and software products that are critically required to exhibit and be shown to possess properties related to safety, security, dependability, or other characteristics. It defines an assurance case as the central artefact for planning, monitoring, achieving and showing the achievement and sustainment of the properties and for related support of other decision making. The interaction of the requirements for the assurance case with life cycle processes implies a normative interpretation of the processes from ISO/IEC 15288 ISO/IEC 12207. Finally, the standard provides requirements, in addition to those of ISO/IEC 15289, for information artefacts that result from those processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to assist users who wish to apply the provisions of ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207 to systems required to possess critical properties. It is intended to give relevant requirements and guidance in addition to those of the two life cycle standards. Designation: 15026 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Engineering - System and Software Assurance Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard provides life cycle processes expectations and their associated outcomes for systems and software that must satisfy critical requirements. It specifies activities that must be undertaken, to ensure that systems and software are acquired, developed, and maintained in such a way that is likely to satisfy these requirements, and to provide assurance that the implemented system or software does in fact satisfy these requirements throughout its life cycle. The following life cycle processes expectations and their associated outcomes are covered by this Standard: a) Plan assurance activities, b) Establish and maintain the assurance case, and c) Monitor and control assurance activities and products. No assumption is made in this Standard as to the specific nature of the critical requirements. This Standard applies to whatever risk dimensions are relevant to the system or software (e.g. safety, security, prevention of financial loss). This Standard is intended to occupy a position between domain-specific standards, such as IEC 61508 for the safety of programmable electronic systems, and ISO/IEC 15443, Parts 1-3, Famework for IT Security Assurance, and the system and software life cycle framework standards, IEEE Std 15288, System Life Cycle Processes, and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes. Project Purpose: The life cycle process standards for the system and software life cycles do not adequately address specific process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance. This Standard provides a life cycle approach to system and software assurance, consistent with, and amplifying the the requirements of IEEE 15288, System Life Cycle Processes and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes, and providing specific process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance. Designation: 15026-1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard--Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010 Systems and Software Engineering--Systems and Software Assurance--Part 1: Concepts and Vocabulary Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 2011 Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships, thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the subsequent parts of ISO/IEC 15026, including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in ISO/IEC 15026. Abstract: This trial-use standard adopts ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010, which defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships for software and systems assurance, thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the subsequent parts of ISO/IEC 15026, including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in ISO/IEC 15026. Key Words: argument, assurance case, claim, computers, computer software, data processing, data security, definitions, IEEE 15026-1, integrity level, life cycle, process, product design, quality assurance, quality control, reliability, safety, security, software assurance, software engineering, software engineering techniques, system, systems assurance, systems engineering, uncertainty, vocabulary Designation: 15026-1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Trial-Use Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010 -- Systems and Software Engineering -- Systems and Software Assurance -- Part 1: Concepts and Vocabulary Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This Technical Report defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the other parts of this International Standard including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in this International Standard. Project Purpose: ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose statement Abstract: This Technical Report defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the other parts of this International Standard including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in this International Standard. Designation: P15026-2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and software engineering -- Systems and software assurance -- Part 2: Assurance case Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This International Standard specifies the minimal requirements for the structure and contents of an assurance case. An assurance case includes a top-level claim (or set of claims) for a property of a system or product, systematic argumentation regarding this claim, and the evidence and explicit assumptions that underlie this argumentation. Arguing through multiple levels of subordinate claims, this structured argumentation connects the top-level claim to the evidence and assumptions. Stakeholders can evaluate the assurance case to determine the extent of achievement of the top-level claim by the system or product and whether this achievement is shown within the allowable uncertainty or risk and any related consequences. The results regarding the top-level claim and its support along with related uncertainties and consequences constitute a basis for rationally managing risk, achieving grounds for appropriate confidence, and aiding in decision making. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this part of ISO/IEC 15026 is to ensure the existence of minimal types of assurance case content and restrictions on assurance case structure thereby improving consistency and comparability among instances of assurance cases and facilitating engineering decisions and other uses of assurance cases. Abstract: This International Standard specifies the minimal requirements for the structure and contents of an assurance case. An assurance case includes a top-level claim (or set of claims) for a property of a system or product, systematic argumentation regarding this claim, and the evidence and explicit assumptions that underlie this argumentation. Arguing through multiple levels of subordinate claims, this structured argumentation connects the top-level claim to the evidence and assumptions. Stakeholders can evaluate the assurance case to determine the extent of achievement of the top-level claim by the system or product and whether this achievement is shown within the allowable uncertainty or risk and any related consequences. The results regarding the top-level claim and its support along with related uncertainties and consequences constitute a basis for rationally managing risk, achieving grounds for appropriate confidence, and aiding in decision making. Designation: P15026-3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and software engineering -- Systems and software assurance -- Part 3: System integrity levels Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 uses and elaborates on the concept of integrity levels with corresponding integrity level requirements that are required to be met in order to show the achievement of the integrity level. It places requirements and offers recommendations on the methods for defining and using integrity levels and their integrity level requirements. It covers systems, software products, and their elements as well as relevant external dependences. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 is applicable to systems and software and is intended for use by: a) Definers of integrity levels such as industry and professional organizations, standards organizations, and government agencies. b) Users of integrity levels such as developers and maintainers, suppliers and acquirers, users, and assessors of systems or software and for the administrative and technical support of systems and/or software products. The definitions of integrity levels are specified by the first and used by the second. One important use is their use by suppliers and acquirers as part of their agreements, for example to aid in assuring safety characteristics of a delivered system or product. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 does not prescribe a specific set of integrity levels or their integrity level requirements. In addition, it does not prescribe the way in which integrity level use is integrated with the overall system (or software) engineering life cycle processes. Project Purpose: [ISO/IEC standards generally do not include a purpose clause. This one is no exception.] Abstract: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 uses and elaborates on the concept of integrity levels with corresponding integrity level requirements that are required to be met in order to show the achievement of the integrity level. It places requirements and offers recommendations on the methods for defining and using integrity levels and their integrity level requirements. It covers systems, software products, and their elements as well as relevant external dependences. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 is applicable to systems and software and is intended for use by: a) Definers of integrity levels such as industry and professional organizations, standards organizations, and government agencies. b) Users of integrity levels such as developers and maintainers, suppliers and acquirers, users, and assessors of systems or software and for the administrative and technical support of systems and/or software products. The definitions of integrity levels are specified by the first and used by the second. One important use is their use by suppliers and acquirers as part of their agreements, for example to aid in assuring safety characteristics of a delivered system or product. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 does not prescribe a specific set of integrity levels or their integrity level requirements. In addition, it does not prescribe the way in which integrity level use is integrated with the overall system (or software) engineering life cycle processes. Designation: 1503 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifiers Greater Than 100 kw Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anthony Siebert, Phone:414 785 3540, Email:tsiebert@amsuper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project covers all AC to DC converters with ratings greater than 100 kw unless the converter is part of another equipment (such as a drive) for which another IEEE standard exists. APplications for such converters exist in the following industries: electrochemical, marine, electric furnace, battery charging. Project Purpose: Incorporate new device and systems technology along with the material from the standards listed. Start harmonizing with IEC standards. Designation: 1504 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: Guide for the Specification and Application of Active Harmonic Filters Greater Than 10 kw Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project covers all active filters with ratings greater than 10 kw regardless of the application. Project Purpose: To facilitate communication between developers, manufacturers and users. To enable consultants to write clear specifications. To help engineers to a better understanding of the theory and application of Active Filters. Designation: 1505-2010 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1505-2006 Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the development of a common receiver fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common open architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture. The standard shall also define, within this framework, a set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that support available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle availability. Technical requirements incorporated shall be those identified by government and industry, including maximum flexibility, scalability, and range of application. Abstract: A mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical quick-disconnect interconnect system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog, RF, power, etc.) is provided. These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between stimulus/measurement assets and a related unit-under-test (UUT), although any application involving high-density contacts requiring a quick disconnect interface could benefit. The receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with multiple fixtures, which serve as the buffer between the UUT and automatic test equipment (ATE). Fixtures translate standard input/output (I/O) signal routing offered at the receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: (a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture; and (b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle availability. Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass- interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification Designation: 1505 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: Standard for Receiver/Fixture Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Development of a common Receiver/Fixture Interface Specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common open architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interests for applications serving test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements, that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A technical forum has been established from the govt. sponsored CIWG effort under the auspices of the RFI Alliance to promote an open Receiver/Fixture Interface (RFI) Standard. Designation: 1505-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:ddroste@drs-tem.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Aug 07, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 19, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this document is the development of a common receiver/fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common “open” architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A joint technical forum has been operational since 1997 under the auspices of the IEEE Std 1505 RFI Working Group and a recently formed industry/government Common Test Interface (CTI) Working Group. Readers of this document are encouraged to comment on details unclear, contradictory, or undefined to the IEEE 1505 RFI Working Group or the IEEE Standards Association for review and change. These organizations can be contacted at the locations described in the preface of this document. As IEEE Std 1505 evolves, additional revisions may be required and reballoted by the IEEE Standards Association. The RFI Working Group serves to encourage vendors to produce same product class types that are intermatable and interchangeable by adhering to performance specifications of this standard. The document has been developed in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Standards Assocation Policies and Procedures per the IEEE-SA Standards Board Bylaws [B23],1 the IEEE-SA Standards Board Operations Manual [B24], the IEEE-SA Standards Companion [B25], and the IEEE Standards Style Manual [B26]. Additional guidance and reference was utilized from The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standard Terms [B15] and SI 10™ American National Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System [B35]. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an “open architecture.” To develop within this framework, a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extends life- cycle availability. Technical requirements identified by government and industry include maximum flexibility, scalability, and range of application. Abstract: A mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical quick-disconnect interconnect system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog, RF, power, etc.) is provided. These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between stimulus/measurement assets and a related unit-under-test (UUT), although any application involving high-density contacts requiring a quick disconnect interface could benefit. The receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with multiple fixtures, which serve as the buffer between the UUT and automatic test equipment (ATE). Fixtures translate standard input/output (I/O) signal routing offered at the receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: (a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture; and (b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle availability. Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass- interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification Designation: 1505.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map Configuration for High-Density, Single-Tier Electronics Test Requirements Utilizing IEEE Std 1505 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 21, 2008 **New Trial-Use Standard Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:ddroste@drs-tem.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of a pin map utilizing the IEEE 1505™ 1 receiver fixture interface (RFI). The pin map defined within this trial-use standard shall apply to military and aerospace automatic test equipment (ATE) testing applications. Project Purpose: Standardization of a common input/output (I/O) will enable the interoperability of IEEE 1505 compliant interface fixtures [also known as interface test adapters (ITA), interface devices (IDs), or interconnecting devices (ICDs)] on multiple ATE systems utilizing the IEEE 1505 RFI. Abstract: This trial-use standard represents an extension to the IEEE 1505 receiver fixture interface (RFI) standard specification. Particular emphasis is placed on defining within the IEEE 1505 RFI standard a more specific set of performance requirements that employ a common scalable: (a) pin map configuration; (b) specific connector modules; (c) respective contacts; (d) recommended switching implementation; and (e) legacy automatic test equipment (ATE) transitional devices. This is intentionally done to standardize the footprint and assure mechanical and electrical interoperability between past and future automatic test systems (ATS). Key Words: 1505.1-2008, ATE, ATS, fixture, ICD, interface, ITA, mass termination, receiver, scalable, TPS, UUT Designation: P1505.1.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map (IEEE Std 1505.1) Using the IEEE Std 1671.6 Exchange Format Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard expresses the IEEE 1505.1 Common Test Interface (CTI) Pin Map Description related to the static description of a test station receiver interface using the IEEE Std. 1671.6 ATML Test Station format. Project Purpose: This standard supports sharing information between applications associated with Automatic Test Systems (ATS) and test environments across test stations. The IEEE 1505.1 CTI Pin Map information contains the definition of test station capabilities and structure including the Connectors Pin outs and logical resources. Designation: 1505.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map Configuration for Double- Tier Test Requirements Utilizing IEEE Std 1505 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of a two-tier pin map utilizing IEEE 1505 Receiver-Fixture Interface (RFI). This addresses only the second tier that will supplement single (1st tier) of 1505.1 for systems that require assets not included in the 1st tier. The pin map defined within this standard shall apply to mid-size to large military and Aerospace Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) testing applications. Project Purpose: To provide a standardized common I/O Pin Map for the second tier of a two-tier IEEE-1505 Receiver-Fixture Interface to enable the interoperability of compliant interface fixtures (also known as interface test adapters, interface devices, or interconnection devices) on multiple ATE systems. Designation: 1506 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Test Coverage Metric - Condition Independence for Control and Logic Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John J Chilenski **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: A coverage metric, with a linear degree of effort, to be used during the definition, design, and execution of test cases, and analysis of test results. It is applicable to all types of software. It will apply to both the flow of control in the software and the evaluation of computing results which contribute the software decision making. Project Purpose: It provides an objective measurement criteria for evaluating the completeness of a software test set by users, developers, regulators, and testers. it provides a consistent definition for this class of test metric. It provides insight for organizational software process improvement. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Designation: 1508 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Solder-Sweated Split Tinned Copper Connectors 5kV-35kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Philip Cox, Phone:901-528-4094, Email:pcox@mlgw.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This standard specifies the requirements for solder-sweated split-tinned copper connectors commonly used for splicing the conductor portion of paper insulated lead covered medium voltage (5-35 kV) cables, although these connectors may be suitable for splicing other types of electrical conductors. The conductor configuration may be solid, round compact stranded,  and compact sector stranded. This standard includes the requirements for conductor sizes from #8 American Wire Gauge (AWG) to 3000 circular mils (kcmil). Project Purpose: After the Edison Electrical Institute no longer published standard specifications, the responsibilities of the EEI standards were transferred to the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. The NEMA Chairman believed that the specification for this type of connector would be better handled in the Accessories (SC10) Subcommittee of the ICC. He then contacted Robert Gear, the Chairman of ICC-SC10. Mr. Gear accepted the EEI TD160 and TD161 for revision and publication by the IEEE. This Standard is intended for use by manufacturers, sellers, buyers, and users of solder sweated split tinned connectors. It will provide standardized sizing, quality assurance, manufacturing processes, and shipping requirements. Designation: 1509 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide to the Use of Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: The project will develop a TEDL Users Guide to complement the recently approved IEEE Std 993 TEDL. The guide will concentrate on implementation issues and provide step-by-step instructions for creating test equipment descriptions. Project Purpose: To assist potential users of TEDL to create test equipment descriptions and to explain the benefits of TEDL using examples of current test equipment systems. Designation: 151-1965 Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Audio and Electroacoustics Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1510 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd) Design Automation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve Grout, Phone:919-481-6844, Email:sgrout@cadence.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd) standard is an EDA representation of an EE product or portion of an EE product implemented as an integrated circuit (IC) chip, including the hierarchical information for logical and physical design. CHDStd will include the interface to cell, macro, and chip-core library information; physical chip internal design, manufacturing properties and design aids; and interface to packaging (physical chip and higher level chip integration packaging such as MCM and PCA/PCB. CHDStd will be interoperable with current EDA chip design and implementation standards. Project Purpose: Provide an interoperable comprehensive electronic design automation (EDA) stanbdard for information supporting design, synthesis, verification, and integration with manufacturing for integrated-circuit based electrical and electronic (EE) products. Complex ICs require greater design productivity and a more reliable, integrated, and interoperable EDA standard than provided by today's EDA standards. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent IC product information suitable for large complex chip designs such as structured custom microprocessors. Designation: 1511-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Power Cable, Joint, and Termination Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV. Users shoudl review the definitions, and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part of understanding trends and planning for improvements in system reliability. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide an umbrella document for a series of guides that will cover specific methods that may be used in the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. A separate guide will be proposed to cover the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. The additional guides would have the same document number with a decimal extension similar to the C37 and C57 series of standards. Abstract: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints, and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV. Users should review the definitions and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part of understanding trands and planning for improvements in system reliability. Key Words: documentation, examination, failures, failure analysis, flow charts, flow charting Designation: 1511.1-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2011 History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure mode classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an introduction to the concepts of failure analysis, how it can be used, and the value that can be obtained. The guide covers some of the commonly used methods employed in failure analysis and how these methods can be applied in determining the cause of failure for the components used in the construction of an underground power cable system. Ultimately, the guide will serve as a source for documenting known failure mechanisms and will provide a format for the documentation of new failure mechanism once they have been identified. Abstract: This guide covers specific methods of failure mode classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. Key Words: cable failure, chemical failure mode, distribution material failure report, electrical failure mode, general aging failure mode, IEEE 1511.1, thermal failure mode Designation: 1511.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. This guide discusses the importance of failure analysis on cables and reviews the different types of failures historically found in cables over the years. With the aging workforce in the utility industry, it is important to pass along the collective knowledge to the next generation regarding cable failure mechanism as it is imperative to improving system reliability. Project Purpose: 1.2 This guide deals with failure analysis of shielded power cable failures. Together with IEEE 1511-2004, the guide provides an introduction to the concepts of failure analysis, discusses use and potential value of failure analysis. The guide covers commonly used methods employed in failure analysis and their application to shielded cables in underground power cable systems. The guide is based on the application of flow charting methods to the analysis of a failure. The guide documents known failure mechanisms and provides a format for the documentation of new failure mechanisms. This guide is the second in a series of guides for analysis of cable system failures. IEEE 1511- 2004 addressed the generic aspects, while each subsequent document addresses failure analysis of a specific component of the underground cable system. The following guides are planned for the series: * IEEE 1511-2004: Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power cable, joint, and termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV * P1511.1 (This document) Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power cable failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.2 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing joint failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.3 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.4 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing separable insulated connector failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. Designation: 1512-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is the Base Standard for a family of related standards that address the intercommunication needs of emergency management centers and other types of centers engaged in transportation incident management. Incident in this standard includes information concerning any transportation-related event that is received by the emergency management system, including planned roadway closures and special events, whether or not the incident actually affects traffic flow and whether or not a response is required. This standard specifies common incident management message sets to allow vital data exchange for information and coordination. It provides a common mechanism for this data exchange within the defined National ITS Architecture, with latitude for local agencies to determine what level of cooperation, and hence message exchanges, best meets their requirements. This standard is independent of communication protocols used in any local implementation. It also assumes that the mechanics of communication, such as addressing, are handled by communication management, which is not addressed in this standard. Other companion standards, herein referred to as companion volumes, will provide specific content and usage guidance for other types of centers that could participate in a local incident management system. Companion volumes dealing with the unique needs of transportation management, public safety, and hazardous materials centers have been developed as well. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements (DEs) for the basic underlying communication involved in real- time interagency transportation-related incident management. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 6 and Clause 7 present the specified messages, data frames and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats. A complete set of listing in ASN.1 and an XML schema are presented in the annexes. Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of messages used in incident management between emergency management centers and other types of centers, e.g., transportation management centers (TMCs). A minimum set of messages to be accommodated by compliant systems is dictated. Within the framework, there is ample flexibility, in that many messages are in fact composed of lists of optional DEs, so those lists have the function of “vocabularies” of DEs. That is, the actual DEs specified in a local implementation can be selected from those lists. In addition, within some DEs, where there is a list of possible data values (e.g., possible center types and possible causes for evacuation), there are provisions for local implementers to add their own values. This provision provides for both a standardized lexicon for describing events as well as a local derivative list to be used. Because the dispatching systems of each resources that it wishes to exchange data about, this standard provides a flexible set of descriptive elements that can be implemented to provide differing levels of local, regional, and national interoperation. It remains the responsibility of participating local agencies to determine what level of interoperation is suitable for their own needs. In a local implementation, conformance with this standard may require extant interagency agreements to exchange particular messages using particular DEs selected from this standard. Those messages have been structured so that centers using different legacy systems, and centers with different data needs, can still use a set of common messages to exchange information with other centers. Furthermore, this standard shall be implemented in conjunction with related ITS standards that provide other required portions of the entire architecture. The related ITS standards include detailed message formatting with specific center and domain field of use, center-to-center exchange protocols, and messaging processes, including message delivery, security, and gateway functions. This standard acts as a “wrapper,” incorporating such domain-specific knowledge in its own messages to allow exchange of information in each companion volume for each type of center. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512-2000 Includes CD-ROM with ASN and XML files This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management- related data exchange and hazardous-material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response, emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management, incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic management center (TMC), transportation system management Designation: 1512-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management message sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident management message sets for use by emergency management centers. This project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and the consolidation of the results into message sets for Incident Management communications. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets required for Incident Management generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the various subsystems and increase effective response time. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1512-2000 This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management message sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident management message sets for use by emergency management centers. This project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and the consolidation of the results into message sets for Incident Management communications. Key Words: "Abstract Syntax Notation One, emergency management centers, HAZMAT, incidents. message sets, National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture, public safety, traffic" Designation: 1512 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will be the base standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message sets for use by emergency management centers. Project will incorporate changes to message sets referred to yet defined in other standards. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic Incident Management generated and transmitted between emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and Traffic Incident Management providers. The result will be consistant standardized communications among Traffic Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, planning subsystem, etc. Designation: 1512.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Oct 31, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006, referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating information about traffic and infrastructure management in support of real-time interagency transportation-related incident management. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements to describe an incident and form the message infrastructure for communication involved in real-time interagency transportationrelated incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Project Purpose: This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated here. The purpose of this standard is to take the real-world, available-information situation confronting the incident commander and the several involved agencies, and then support the exchange of that information among agencies, to make further information available to the incident commander and involved agencies, to best support them in managing the event. That calls for messages to communicate whatever information is available, often quite partial, among the several involved agencies, to accomplish four decision-support functions, corresponding to the five kinds of information exchange listed earlier in this clause: ⎯ Function 1: To disseminate information about current and future traffic flows in the transportation grid, including in particular impacts of an incident and particular route information, to assist in the real- time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 2: To support the management of traffic to assist in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event, including establishing reverse links and the use of priority/preemption technologies. ⎯ Function 3: To support the management of TMC assets and other assets, as necessary to manage traffic, to assist in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 4: To support the cleanup, repair, and replacement of damaged infrastructure, treating that operation as part of another incident, or as a separate incident. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512.1-2003 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management-related data exchange and hazardous- material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportationrelated events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response, emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management, incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic management center (TMC), transportation system management Designation: 1512.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will be limited to the development of a comprehensive set of messsages specific to Traffic Management. This work will be a functional partition of the Incident Management Base Standard (P1512) and will be developed as a separate project with a separate time schedule. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a standard set of all the message sets required for Incident Management that is unique to Traffic Management communications. These message sets will be generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the various subsystems and increase effective response times. Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 1512.1-2006 The exchange of vital traffic management data and data to support traffic management decisions, between the Traffic Management Center and other agencies involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets, is addressed in this standard. Key Words: "911,ASN.1,ATMS,CAD,center-to-center,commercial vehicles,data exchange,EMC,emergency services,emergency response,EMS,Hazmat,incidents,incident response,incidentmanagement,incident management system," Designation: 1512.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Public Safety Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use By Emergency Management Centers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management specifically covering information transfer concerning Public Safety, comprised of Law Enforcement, Fire and Rescue, Emergency Medical Services, and other related functions and services. Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. Message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises one companion standard of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard, IEEE Std 1512®- 2000. Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services, EMS, fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incident command, incident management, incident management system, incident response, incidents, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, TMC, traffic incident management, traffic incidents, traffic management, transportation management system Designation: 1512.3-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006, referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating general and cargo information to other responders in support of real-time interagency transportation-related incident management. It addresses the unique disciplines associated with communications dealing with the control and confinement of hazardous materials during and after an incident. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for the basic underlying communication involved in real-time interagency transportation- related incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 5 and Clause 6 of this standard present the specified messages, data frames, and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats. Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of messages concerning cargo and content of vehicles and content of buildings involved in transportation-related events, to support the management of those events. The clearest examples of the need for these messages are in cases where the cargo and/or content include hazardous material or hazardous waste. However, these messages are also often needed where the cargo and/or content is nonhazardous, as described in 1.1. This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated here.In more detail, the purpose of this standard is to support the communication necessary to take the realworld, available-information situation confronting the incident manager, and use off-site databases to make further information available to that manager, to best support this individual in managing the event. That calls for messages that support communications of whatever information is available, often quite partial, to off-site databases and resources, and (often) then among off-site databases and resources, to accomplish the following two decision-support functions: a) To retrieve further information about what the cargo and/or contents are, based on what are often quite partial cues available on site. That information is available in off-site databases managed by shippers, carriers, and fleet and freight management centers. b) To retrieve information about the characteristics of the cargo and/or contents that is important for incident management, such as toxicity, flammability, danger of explosion, size of a potential toxic plume, environmental damage, recommended set-back distances, and evacuation areas. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512.3-2002 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises one companion volume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard: IEEE Std 1512-2006. Other members of that family include other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation management-related data exchange and hazardous-material and public safety data exchange. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether the event actually affects a transportation system and whether a response is required. Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, Center-to-Center, Commerical Vehicles, Dangerous Goods, Data Exchange, EMC, Emergency Response, Emergency Services, EMS, Fire, Hazardous Materials, Hazmat, Incidents, Incident Response, Incident Management, Incident Command, Incident Management System, Intelligent Transportation Systems, Law Enforcement, Message Sets, Police, Public Safety, Traffic Incidents, Traffic Incident Management, Traffic Management, TMC, Transportation System Management Designation: 1512.3-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management specifically covering information transfer concerning Hazardous Materials. Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1512.3-2006 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about hazardous material and othercargo and contents of vehicles and buildings involved in transportation-related events, throughcommon incident management message sets. That data exchange is specifically to supportreal-time interagency transportation-related incident management. Message sets specified areconsistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are describedusing Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) syntax. This standard comprises one companionvolume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard:IEEE Std 1512-2000, IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Useby Emergency Management Centers. Other members of that family that are forthcoming includetwo other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportationmanagement and public safety. Collectively, this family of standards shall be referred to as theIEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of these standards is to support efficient communicationfor the real- time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events includeincidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasterscaused by humans or natural events. These events include any such event that impactstransportation systems, or that causes a report to be received by an emergency managementsystem, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system, and whether or not aresponse is required. Key Words: "911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, cargo, center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services, EMS, hazardous materials, hazardous waste, hazmat, HM, IM, incident management, incident response, incidents" Designation: P1512.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use in Entities External to Centers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will address Traffic Incident Management Message Sets which will be exchanged by and between mobile data terminals in response vehicles including mobile command posts and to their respective response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message sets for use by emergency management including transportation, fire/rescue, enforcement, HazMat, etc. Project Purpose: Produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic Incident Management exchanged between traffic incident responders. This standard will also address Traffic Incident Management Message sets that are exchanged between responders and other field assets in response vehicles, to centers, such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). Designation: 1512a Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Emergency Management Data Dictionary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze, and consolidate data elements used in the 1512 family of documents, which cover message sets for highway incident management. This project will consolidate all such data elements into a format that is compliant with IEEE Standard 1489, and that is suitable for submission to the ITS Data Registry. Project Purpose: Emergency Management, alone among the subsystems in the National Architectures, lacks a data dictionary. In order to maintain consistency with the other ITS data dictionaires, IEEE Standard 1489, and the IEEE-Managed Data Registry process, a data dictionary is required. The Incidernt Management Working Group will prepare the data dictionary as a normal associated activity with preparing the rest of teh 1512 family of standards. Designation: 1512b Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Amendment for Data Elements Found In Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those in the original 1512 Standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language syntax; and published in another ITS Standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has occurred. In addition to the scope of work identified above, additional revisions and additions to IEEE 1512-2000 will be made to harmonize data concepts throughout the 1512 Family of Standards due to completion the companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a). Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1 definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by 1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current practices of ITS. This amendment also provides commentary and/or new ASN.1 definitions to implement data elements used in common by the companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3 and P1512a). Guidance relative to the manner in which each volume within the Family of Standards (1512-2000, P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a) will also be included as necessary to facilitate future implementation. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange of information about incidents between different centers responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Designation: 1512b Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Amendment for Implementing Foreign Data Elements Found In Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those in the original IEEE 1512 standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language syntax; and published in another ITS standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has occurred. Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1 definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by 1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current practices of ITS. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange of information about incidents between different centers responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Designation: 1513-2001 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Concentrator Photovoltaic (PV) Receiver Sections and Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules intended for power generation applications. Project Purpose: The qualification tests provided in this document should assist in evaluating concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules design performance, reliability, safety, and susceptability to known failure mechanisms. Emphasis is placed on testing for potential degradation of receiver section and module performance resulting from environmental weathering, mechanical loading, or corrosion. The procedures given in this rec. practice provide a common approach for conducting module qualification tests. While acceptable results from these tests should provide reasonable assurance that the modules produced by the same processes as those that pass these tests will perform reliably in field after installation, this recommended practice does not address design, safety, or performance of PV systems. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The minimum tests and inspections required to evaluate photovoltaic concentrating mod-ules, and a common approach (e.g., between producer and purchaser) in conducting qualificationtests are provided. Key Words: "concentrators, modules, photovoltaic (PV), qualification tests, receivers, recommended practices" Designation: 1515-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameter Definitions, Test Conditions, and Test Methods Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2000 History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: Electronic power subsystems is an integral part of any electronic system. They perform the task of power processing, management, and distribution. To develop an IEEE Rec. Practice for electronic power subsystems. It includes parameter definitions, parameter test conditions, and parameter test methods. It is intended for dc, single-phase, or three- phase ac electronic subsystems with power level up to 20 KW, voltage level up to 600 V, and frequency tupto 400 Hz. Project Purpose: Lack of any standards in electronic subsystems engineering often leads to confusion. Different manufacturers and subsystem developers use similar terms to indicate different things. A standard in this regard will allow manufacturers as well as users to use the same set of terminology. This will in turn allow industry as well as Department of Defense system developers to acquire cost and time effective electronic power subsystems and products with great interchangeability. Abstract: This recommended practice defines many common parameters for ac-dc and dc-dc electronic power distribution components and subsystems. This enables electronic system engineers, manufacturers, and researchers to speak with a common language and hence facilitates effective and efficient communications. Furthermore, implementation of a common specification language will allow the power electronics industry as well as the user communities, including government system developers, to acquire cost and time- effective electronic power subsystems with significantly enhanced interchangeability. Key Words: "electronic power distribution, power supply, specification, specification language" Designation: 1516-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)-- Framework and Rules Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1516-2000 Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and federations (sets of federates working together) must uphold. Project Purpose: This document describes the general principles defining the HLA and delineates the set of rules that apply to HLA federations and federates. Each rule is then described, and the rationale for its inclusion is provided. Many different classes of simulations exist. Each class has changing application characteristics and needs to be flexibly supported to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The HLA is a common integrated architecture, which has been developed to provide a flexible approach for addressing these interoperability and reuse needs. The related standards need to be considered as a set of products because changes in one are likely to have an impact on the others. Abstract: This standard, describing the framework and rules of the High Level Architecture (HLA), is the capstone document for a family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, High Level Architecture, instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model Designation: 1516-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level ARchitecture (HLA) - Framework and Rules Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1516-2010. Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2001 Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and federations (sets of federates working together must uphold. Project Purpose: There are many different classes of simulations. Each class has changing application characteristics and each needs to be flexibly supported in order to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and in order to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The High Level Architecture (HLA) is an integrated architecture which has been developed to provide that common architecture. The related standards need to be considered as a set of products - since changes in one is very likely to have impact on the others. Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA)Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline theresponsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation.Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the frameworkof the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA isan integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules runtime infrastructure Designation: 1516.1-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)-- Federate Interface Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1516.1-2000 Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the underlying software services that support interfederate communication in a distributed simulation domain. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and simulation (M&S). To facilitate interfederate communications, HLA federates interact with an underlying software infrastructure. This specification defines the standard services and interfaces to be used by the federates to support efficient information exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. (A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to support an objective.) Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides a common framework for the interconnection of interacting simulations. This document, the second in a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and interfaces to the HLA runtime infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achieve a coordinated exchange of information when they participate in a distributed federation. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, when changes are made. They each have value independently. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, HLA, instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, object class, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model, time-constrained, time-regulating Designation: 1516.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA) Federate Interface Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1516.1-2010. Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the underlying software services that support inter-federate communication in a distributed simulation domain. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed, computer-based modeling and simulation. To facilitate inter-federate communications, HLA federates interact with a runtime infrastructure (analogous to a special-purpose distributed operating system) using a standard application program interface. This specification dedfines the standard services and interfaces to be used by the federates in order to support efficient information exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to support an objective. Abstract: The high level architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecturefor distributed modeling and simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides acommon framework for the interconnection of interacting simulations. This document, the second in a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and interfaces to theHLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achievea coordinated exchange of information when they participate in a distributed federation. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, when changes are made. They each have value independently. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, high level architecture (HLA), instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, object class Designation: 1516.2-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)-- Object Model Template (OMT) Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1516.2-2000 Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 2010 Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording information in High Level Architecture (HLA)object models, to include objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g., vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models. Project Purpose: The HLA has been developed to provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model that identifies the data exchanged at runtime to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines the documentation of the object model. Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA)—Object Model Template (OMT) specification defines the format and syntax (but not content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, High Level Architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model, time- constrained, time-regulating Designation: 1516.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA) - HLA Object Model Template (OMT) Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1516.2-2010. Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording the information in HLA object models, to include objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g. vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architec ture for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model which identifies the data exchanged at runtime in order to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines that information. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1516 family on Computer Simulation/Modeling & Simulation High Level Architecture. Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA) Object Model Template (OMT) specification defines the format and syntax (but not content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, joined federate" Designation: 1516.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This document defines the processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Architecture (HLA) to develop and execute federations. It is not intended to replace low-level management and systems engineering practices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. An HLA federation is a named set of software applications (federates) that interact via the services of the HLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI) in accordance with a common object model in order to achieve some objective (or set of objectives). The purpose of this document is to provide the HLA user community with a recommended practice for how HLA federations are developed and executed. Abstract: The processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Archi-tecture (HLA) to develop and execute federations are defined in this recommended practice. Thisrecommended practice is not intended to replace low-level management and systems engineeringpractices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework intowhich such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. Key Words: federate,federation,Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP),HighLevel Architecture (HLA),Object Model (OM),runtime infrastructure (RTI), 1730 Designation: 1516.4-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Verification, Validation, and Accreditation of a Federation - an Overlay to the High Level Architecture Federation Development and Execution Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2007 Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures that should be followed to implement Verification, Validation, and Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP). This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies, procedures, and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique aspects of the VV&A of federations. It provides a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. The VV&A overlay provides implementation-level guidance to VV&A practitioners; however, it does not describe the individual techniques that might be employed to execute the VV&A processes for federations. This VV&A overlay focuses upon the VV&A processes that apply to federations and not the VV&A processes associated with individual simulations (federates), but does consider using the information produced by those processes. Users, developers, and VV&A personnel working with simulations and simulation compositions not based upon the HLA and the FEDEP can also benefit from the guidance in this document since the activities that this overlay describes can be tailored to support any type of distributed simulation application. Project Purpose: The VV&A overlay has been designed to apply across a wide range of functional applications. The purpose of this overlay is to provide a more detailed view of the VV&A processes implied by the FEDEP. Currently, these processes represent the best practices available to the VV&A community. The VV&A overlay is a tailorable process and is offered as guidance to all participants in FEDEP activities. This overlay identifies and describes the recommended VV&A processes that should be followed to assure the acceptability and utility of federations for particular intended uses. The overlay also identifies and describes the information feeding and resulting from those processes as well as the relationships between the FEDEP and the VV&A processes and their respective information products. In addition, this overlay defines those terms uniquely needed to characterize the FEDEP VV&A overlay. This overlay takes special care to use and build upon existing standards, standard terms and their definitions whenever possible. Abstract: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures that should be followed to implement Verification, Validation, and Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP). This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies, procedures and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique aspects of VV&A of federations. It is a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. The VV&A overlay provides implementation-level guidance to VV&A practitioners Key Words: federate, federation, Federation Development and Execution Process, FEDEP, High Level Architecture, HLA, Verification, Validation, and Accreditation, VV&A Designation: 1517-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--System and Software Life Cycle Processes--Reuse Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1517-1999 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2011 Project Scope: This standard draws on IEEE Std 12207(TM)-2008 to describe system and software reuse processes.1 It describes the relationship of reuse processes to system life cycle processes described in Clause 6 (System Life Cycle Processes) of IEEE Std 12207-2008 and software life cycle processes described in Clause 7 (Software Specific Processes) of IEEE Std 12207-2008. The standard defines processes and specifies requirements for the processes but does not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified processes is broader than that of IEEE Std 12207-2008 because reuse activities transcend the life cycle of any particular system. The specified processes are suitable on an organization-wide basis. Project Purpose: Most reuse processes are not distinct from the normal life cycle but instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes. Some acquirers require reuse because it has the potential to achieve faster time- to-market, improved quality, and cost avoidance. These considerations compel a process standard that explains how reuse processes may be incorporated into the life cycle. Abstract: A common framework for extending the system and software life cycle processes of IEEE Std 12207(TM)-2008 to include the systematic practice of reuse is provided. The processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each life cycle process to enable a system and/or product to be constructed from reusable assets are specified. The processes, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and management of assets supplied are also specified. Key Words: asset, domain engineering, process, reuse, software life cycle, system life cycle Designation: 1517-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Reuse Processes Status: Superseded **Formerly known as 1420.4. Superseded by 1517-2010. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000 Project Scope: The project would develop material referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. The document will define processes and specify requirements for the processes, but will not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified processes will be broader than that of 12207.0 because reuse activities transcend the life cycle of any particular system. The specified processes would be suitable on an organization wide basis. Project Purpose: Most software reuse processes are not distinct from the normal life cycle byt instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes. Some acquirers are requiring software reuse because it has the potential to achieve faster time to market, improved quality and cost avoidance. These considerations argue for a process standard that explains how software reuse processes may be incorporated into the life cycle. The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose of the document would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier (who may be either internal or external to the organization), oparticularly regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. The document would be useful within organizations to describe how reuse processes related to traditional life cycle processes, activities, and tasks. Abstract: A common framework for extending the software life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA Std12207.0-1996 to include the systematic practice of software reuse is provided. This standard specifies the processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each phase of the software life cycle to enable a software product to be constructed from reusable assets. It also specifies the processes, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and management of assets supplied. Key Words: asset,domain engineering,process,software life cycle,software reuse Designation: 152-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: Recommended Practice for Volume Measurements of Electric Speech and Program Waves Status: Superseded Designation: 152-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: IEEE Standard for Audio Program Level Measurement Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 152-1953. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, mainte-nance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their par-ticular system(s) and their procurement policies. Key Words: peak, meter, indicator, audio program, program level, Standard volume indicator, Peak-program meter Designation: 1520 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard Programming Interfaces for Networks: Service/signalling control and switch control and programming interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This project is part of an effort aiming to establish an open architecture in network control and the interface between network control and management functions. In this approach, a three-tiered model is adopted, with a separation of control intelligence, the upper tier, from the control mechanism which is the middle tier. The middle tier resides on top of the hardware and/or the low level software support. This project shall establish a "programming interface" between the upper tier and the middle tier, and a "supporting interface" between the middle tier and the lower tier. The programming interface specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted to signalling services entities. The supporting interface specifies, in the form of a set of messages, the interfaces that a swtiching unit must implement, in order to provide minimal standard services supporting the higher level software. The types of switching units to be considered in this standard shall include ATM switches, IP routers [27] and circuit switches currently running the SS7 signalling systems. The standard lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23] functionality through apropriate interfaces. Project Purpose: With the rapid advance in the technological frontiers of computing and communications, there is an opportunity to reconcile the perspectives of these communities in new, more open network architectures based on distributed systems principles. These architectures can support alternative signalling protocols, rapid creation of programmed communications services, enhanced QoS control, and the joint allocation of computing and communications resources. E,powered with modern distributed programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high quality audio/video and multi-point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service creation. By using the object linking and binding mechanisms provided by distributed object programming environment 1) we can encapsulate different types of signalling protocols, so that they may be accessed from the same generic interface. This will benefit network service developers and application vendors who can realize communication services not specified in standard signalling protocols, and conduct service quality negotiations with network elements. The exposed interfaces will also benefit switch vendors through enhanced external control and management of switching hardware with minimum software development effort. Designation: 1520.2 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for ATM Networks: Serivce/Signaling Control and Switch Control and Programming Interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This project shall establish a programming interface that specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted to signalling services entities. This standard is targeted towards ATM switches and lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23] functionality through appropriate interfaces. Project Purpose: Empowered with modern distributed programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high-quality audio/video and multi- point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service creation. The interfaces will permit enhanced external control and management of switching hardware. Designation: 1520.3 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for Internet Protocol Network Elements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This project will define programming interfaces for Internet Protocol (IP) routers, switches and other network elements (NEs). These NEs perform various IP processing functions such as forwarding, routing, switching, address translation and filtering. The programming interfaces will be defined at virtual network device level and network generic services level. The programming interface specifies in Interface Definition Language [1-9], a set of interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities. Project Purpose: This standard will permit views of network and routing/switching hardware states to be exposed, enabling independent and flexible services creation by many providers writing to this standard Application Programming Interface. Providing standard interfaces permits generic views of network states that can be exposed for independent and flexible service creation. Designation: 15205-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 15205:2000 (IEEE Std 1496-1993) SBus -- Chip and Module Interconnect Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 30, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32-or 64-bit width is described in this standard.The SBus is designed for systems requiring a small number of expansion ports.SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard.SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard.The dimensions of the SBus Card are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm,making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits.The SBus Cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel.The form factor is useful in Futurebus+,VMEbus,desktop computers,and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data at rates up to 168 Mbytes/s,depending on the implementation options selected. SBus Cards may either serve as Masters on the bus,providing all virtual address information as well as the data to be transferred,or they may serve as Slaves on the bus,providing data transfer according to the require- ments of some other SBus Master.The SBus Master for a data transfer is selected by an arbitration process managed by the single SBus Controller on the SBus.The SBus Controller provides a virtual to physical ad- dress translation service. Designation: 1521-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Measurement of Video Jitter and Wander Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2004 Technical Contact: Aidan P Moore, Phone:416-490-7779x277, Email:aidan.moore@siliconoptix.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 2010 Project Scope: This standard allows the creation of instrumentation technology for consistent measurements of video-related time-interval errors (TIEs). Project Purpose: This standard defines a set of measurements to provide metrics to quantify the timing perturbations of a video signal’s synchronization information. The goal of this measurement standard is to provide consistent and meaningful timing measurements of both digital (discrete-time) and analog (continuous-time) video that can be correlated to video system performance. To achieve this goal, this standard makes use of the traditional engineering concept of analyzing the timing perturbations in terms of a sinusoidal frequency spectrum, rather than applying statistical metrics to time-domain measurements. A partitioning (filtering) of that spectrum is introduced and metrics are assigned for quantifying the timing perturbations so that performance limits, which are directly related to limitations of video timing recovery, buffering and synchronization, can be set and verified. Abstract: SUMMARY: A set of metrics and methods to enable consistent measurement of the components of timing interval error in video synchronization signals is provided. By partitioning the spectra into regions of jitter and lower frequency wander (characterized as frequency offset and drift rate), timing performance can be better quantified for consistent control over nontraditional networks. Key Words: 1521-2003, drift rate, frequency offset, jitter, timing interval error (TIE), wander Designation: 1522-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Testability and Diagnosability Characteristics and Metrics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines technology independent testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics, particularly those based on relevant standard information models including standard AI-ESTATE (IEEE 1232.1 and P1232.3) information models. Project Purpose: This standard will provide consistent, unambiguous definitions of testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics. This will provide a common basis for system testability and diagnosability assessment. Abstract: This standard was developed to provide standard, unambiguous definitions of testability diagnosability metrics and characteristics. It builds on fundamental definitions derived from elements in formal information models related to test and diagnosis defined in IEEE Std 1232-2002. Key Words: aggregation fundamentals, cost-related fundamentals, diagnosability, diagnos Designation: 1523-2002 Sponsor: Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Maintenance, and Evaluation of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Silicone Rubber Coatings for Outdoor Ceramic Insulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2003 Technical Contact: Ravi S Gorur, Phone:480-965-4894, Email:ravi.gorur@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: Guide to help utilities in application of RTV silicone rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Guide covers details of these aspects. Guide to help testing personnel inevaluation of RTV silicone rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: Lack of knowledge and information on the benefits and limitations of RTV coatings in the industry was responsible for undertaking this project. This project will help address many utility concerns about RTV silicone rubber coatings. Abstract: Various important aspects that are needed for satisfactory long-term performance of High-Voltage Insulator Coatings (HVIC) are presented in this guide. Various possible application scenarios, maintenance issues on coated insulators, factors affecting long-term performance, the question of aging, laboratory accelerated tests, and functional outdoor evaluation are described. Key Words: "aging, evaluation, hydrophobicity, HVIC" Designation: 1524 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the definition of Thermal Duplicate Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded **This project has been superceded by PC57.145. Technical Contact: Barry L Beaster, Phone:314-679-4838, Email:blbeaster@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a guide that sets the boundaries for a thermal duplicate, as specified in Table 17 of C57.12.00, and provides a set of calculations to permit the thermal performance to be determined. Project Purpose: C57.12.00-1993 does not clearly define when a temperature test is required. A temperature rise test may be omitted whenever a test on a "Thermally duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" is available. The requirements for meeting the thermally duplicate provisions are not specified. Designation: 1525 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Substation Integrated Protection, Control, and Data Acquisition Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:holsteindk@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Define standard communication requirements, specify message delivery time between intelligent electronic devices, and specify Abstract Syntax Notation (ASN) .1 data structures of information to be exchanged for substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition. Project Purpose: Utilities will use this standard as part of a specification to develop new substation automation capability, or to modify existing substation automation capability. Vendors will use this standard to build open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation automation. Designation: 1526-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2004 Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: The test methods and procedures included in this document cover stand-alone photovoltaic systems. Procedures provided are for conducting performance testing of individual components and complete systems. The methodology includes testing the system outdoors in prevailing conditions and indoors under simulated conditions. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides test methods and procedures for determining stand-alone photovoltaic system performance and conducting design verification. Test procedures provided in this document are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and laboratories in conducting these performance tests. Abstract: This recommended practice presents tests to determine the performance of stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems and for verifying PV system design. These tests apply only to complete systems with a defined load. Performance testing is conducted outdoors under prevailing conditions over a period of about one month. These tests are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, system users, and laboratories that will conduct the tests. System safety and component reliability issues are not addressed in this recommended practice. Key Words: "design verification, performance testing, stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems" Designation: 1527-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Flexible Buswork Located in Seismically Active Areas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006 Technical Contact: Jean-Bernard Dastous, Phone:450-652-8341, Email:dastous.jean-bernard@ireq.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is the engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to give guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high voltage connections and conductors. Abstract: The engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations is described. This recommended practice gives guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and provides engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high- voltage connections and conductors. Key Words: bus, conductor, conductor slack, connections, earthquakes, electrical equipment, flexible bus, flexible buswork, interconnected equipment, interconnection, seismic, substations Designation: P1527 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Recommended Practice for the Design of Buswork Located in Seismically Active Areas Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides recommended practices for the engineering and design of flexible and rigid bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations located in seismically active areas. Project Purpose: This document provides recommended practices to give guidance to the substation engineer regarding seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers and equipment manufacturers with the knowledge of the dynamic effects of connections on interconnected equipment during seismic events. Designation: 1528-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Abstract: IEEE Std 1528-2003 specifies protocols and test procedures for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR induced inside a simplified model of the head of users of certain handheld radio transceivers. These transceivers are intended to be used for personal wireless communications services, operate in the 300 MHz–3 GHz frequency range, and are intended to be operated while held against the ear. The results obtained by following the protocols specified in this recommended practice represent a conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR induced in the head of a significant majority of persons, subject to measurement and other uncertainties that are defined in this standard. The results are representative of those expected during conditions of normal use of a handheld wireless device. It is not the intent of this recommended practice to provide a result representative of the absolute maximum SAR value possible under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. The measurement of SAR induced in the external tissues of the head, e.g., the external ear (pinna), is not addressed in this standard. The following items are described in detail: measurement concepts, measurement techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, simulated-tissue (phantom) models, including homogeneous anatomical models of the human head and simple phantoms for validation of the SAR measurement system, and the limitations of these systems when used for measuring the spatial-peak mass-averaged SAR. Procedures for calibrating electric field (E-field) probes used for SAR measurements and assessing the SAR measurement and system uncertainties are provided in the annexes. This recommended practice is intended primarily for use by engineers and other specialists who are familiar with electromagnetic (EM) theory and measurement techniques. This standard does not recommend specific SAR limit values since these are found i Key Words: cellular and mobile telephones, dosimetry, handheld wireless transceivers, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field E-field probes, nonionizing radiation, RFmicrowave exposure assessment, RFmicrowave hazard assessment, SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems Designation: P1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95.1 and the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines. Abstract: Project scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Key Words: IEEE std 1528 , 1528 Designation: 1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a uniform test method that will satisfy the needs of wireless handset manufacturers that are required to certify that their products meet specific SAR limits. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Designation: 1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts and specify techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, models for validation, uncertainities and limitations of systems used for measuring the electric field strength for purposes of determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in simulated tissue models, including anatomical models of the human body. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1- 1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify experimental protocols for the measurement of spatial-peak absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers including cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. The SARs will be determined from electric-field strength measurements made insimulated anatomical tissue models. Designation: 1528.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: General Requirements for using the Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Method for SAR Calculations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, anatomical models for compliance assessments, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to wireless communication devices. Recommendations for standardized anatomical models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify numerical techniques and standardized anatomical models used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users for wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication device manufacturers and wireless service providers that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits, and government agencies. Designation: 1528.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Vehicle Mounted Antenna Configurations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, techniques, vehicle models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to vehicle mounted antennas. Recommended vehicle models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Antenna locations, operating configurations, exposure conditions and positions of persons exposed to the vehicle mounted antennas are defined. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication devices manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits and government agencies. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify numerical techniques, anatomical models, and vehicle models used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body when exposed to vehicle-mounted antennas used by wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: 1528.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Mobile Phones/Personal Wireless Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts, techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models. These models are exposed to personal wireless devices, e.g. mobile phones. It recommends and provides guidance on modeling of personal wireless devices and provides benchmark data for simulation of such models. It defines model contents and provides guidance on meshing and test positions at the anatomical models. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-1999. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques, and anatomical models to determine spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to personal wireless devices. SAR will be determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices. It will use standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: P1528.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Requirements for Using the Finite-Element Method for SAR Calculations, specifically involving Vehicle Mounted Antennas and Personal Wireless Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is to describe the concepts, techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the Finite-Element Method when used for determining the peak spatial average specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized models of the human anatomy exposed to wireless communication devices, in particular vehicle-mounted antennas and personal wireless devices such as hand-held mobile phones. Guidance on modeling such devices and benchmark data for simulation are provided. It defines model contents, guidance on meshing and test positions at the anatomical models. This document does not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-2005. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques, anatomical models, and other models of the human anatomy and vehicles to determine the peak spatial average specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to wireless communication devices, in particular vehicle-mounted antennas and personal wireless devices, such as hand-held mobile phones. SAR is determined using a Finite- Element simulation of the electromagnetic field conditions produced by wireless devices in standardized models of the human anatomy. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication devices manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits, and government agencies. Designation: 15287-2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 15287-2:2000 (IEEE Std 1003.13, 1998 Edition) Information technology--Standardized Application Environment Profile--Part 2: Posix(R) Realtime Application Support (AEP) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 15288-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering System life cycle processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 15288-2004 Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Jan 31, 2008, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This International Standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties, with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction. This International Standard also provides processes that support the definition, control and improvement of the life cycle processes used within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle processes when acquiring and supplying systems. This International Standard concerns those systems that are man-made and may be configured with one or more of the following: hardware, software, data, humans, processes (e.g., processes for providing service to users), procedures (e.g., operator instructions), facilities, materials and naturally occurring entities. When a system element is software, the software life cycle processes documented in ISO/IEC 12207:2008 may be used to implement that system element. The two standards are harmonized for concurrent use on a single project or in a single organization. When the system element is hardware, refer to other International Standards outside the scope of SC7. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to provide a defined set of processes to facilitate communication among acquirers, suppliers and other stakeholders in the life cycle of a system. This International Standard applies to organizations in their roles as both acquirers and suppliers. It can be used by a single organization in a self-imposed mode or in a multi-party situation. Parties can be from the same organization or from different organizations and the situation can range from an informal agreement to a formal contract. The processes in this International Standard can be used as a basis for establishing business environments, e.g., methods, procedures, techniques, tools and trained personnel. Annex A provides normative direction regarding the tailoring of these system life cycle processes. Abstract: Revision of ISO/IEC 15288-2004. This International Standard was jointly developed by ISO/IEC and IEEE. This International Standard establishes a common process framework for describing the life cycle of man-made systems. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology for the full life cycle, including conception, development, production, utilization, support and retirement. This standard also supports the definition, control, assessment, and improvement of these processes. These processes can be applied concurrently, iteratively, and recursively to a system and its elements throughout the life cycle of a system. Key Words: 15288-2008, acquisition, agreement, architectural design, assessment, audit, configuration management, decision management, development, disposal, enabling system, implementation, information management, infrastructure, integration, life cycle, life cycle model, life cycle stages, maintenance, measurement, operation, planning, process, process improvement, process reference model, process tailoring, process view, product, project portfolio, quality management, requirements, retirement, risk management, service, stages, stakeholder requirements, supply, system, system structure, system-of-interest, tailoring, transition, validation, verification Designation: 15288-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems engineering -- System life cycle processes Status: Superseded **Superseded by 15288-2008. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005 Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. Its scope is: This ... Standard provides a common process framework covering the life cycle of man- made systems. This life cycle spans the conception of ideas through to the retirement of a system. It provides the processes for acquiring and supplying systems. In addition, this framework provides for the assessment and improvement of the life cycle processes. Project Purpose: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. The IEEE Software Engineering Standards Committee has a set of reference processes for software engineering that is shared with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. Sharing this material permits both organizations to write compatible standards. Adoption of 15288 is the first step to expanding the set of reference processes to encompass systems engineering. Abstract: Superseded by ISO/IEC/15288:2008(E) (IEEE Std 15288-2008). IEEE adoption of ISO/IEC Std 15288-2002 This standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction. This standard is identical with ISO/IEC 15288: 2002 but contains an additional informative annex, Annex E, explaining the relationship of this standard to other IEEE standards. Key Words: adoption, ISO/IEC, life cycle processes, systems engineering Designation: 15288 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The scope of the document is unchanged from the previous version: "This International Standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction." Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. Designation: 15288-2007-2007 Title: Systems and Software Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: P15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Content of Life Cycle Information Products (Documentation) Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard specifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288:2008 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; the ISO/IEC 12207:2008, primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes, or the ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005 Service Management processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207:2008, ISO/IEC 15288:2008, and ISO/IEC 20000-1 and -1:2005 in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Abstract: This International Standard was developed to assist users of systems and software life cycle processes to manage information items (documents). It is based on the life cycle processes specified in ISO/IEC 12207:2008, Systems and software engineering — Software life cycle processes; ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Systems and software engineering — System life cycle processes; and the service management processes specified in ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005, Information technology -- Service management -- Part 1: Specification; and ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005, Information technology -- Service management -- Part 2: Code of practice. The IEEE Computer Society and ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC7 participated in the joint development of this International Standard. IEEE contributed IEEE 12207.1-1997 Industry Implementation of International Standard ISO/IEC 12207: 1995 (ISO/IEC 12207) Standard for Information Technology—Software life cycle processes— Life cycle data as a source for this standard. Information items are essential to preserving what transpired when using system life cycle processes, and may be identified as deliverable documents. The information items identified in ISO/IEC 15289 aid in planning, producing, and evaluating the results of the life-cycle processes. This International Standard identifies the purpose and content of systems and software life cycle information items (documentation) as required for the various life cycle processes. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types and the specific purpose of the document. This International Standard may be applied to any of the activities and tasks of a project, system or software product, or service life cycle. It is not limited by the size, complexity or criticality of the project. It may be applied to all forms of information items, information item content, and document delivery media. Information items may be combined or subdivided as needed for project or organizational purposes. Key Words: software documentation, information items, data management, information management, document management, description, plan, procedure, records, report, request, specification Designation: 15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007 Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 1528a-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques - Amendment 1: CAD File for Human Head Model (SAM Phantom) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006 **4 CAD Files are provided with this Amendment. Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of IEEE Std 1528 is to specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. This amendment addresses ambiguity in the language of certain sections and provides a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original project's human head model, which was not included with the original standard. There are no amendments or corrigenda to the original standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to remove editorial and typographical errors, make minor clarifications to the formatting of equations and text, and provide a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original project's human head model. A CAD file was not provided with IEEE Std 1528 but could be downloaded from several specified Internet sites. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 1528-2003. This amendment to IEEE Std 1528 addresses certain text ambiguities in IEEE Std 1528-2003 and provides a CAD data file for the human head model from the original project but which was not included with the original standard. Key Words: dosimetry, handheld cellular and mobile telephones, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field (E-field) probes, specific absorption rate (SAR), specific anthropomorphic mannequin (SAM), SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems Designation: 1528b Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques. Amendment 2: Additional Procedures for SAR Measurement at 3 - 6 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mark Douglas, Phone:919-472-6334, Email:mark.douglas@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the peak spatial average SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the frequency range of IEEE 1528 to include the frequency range 3 – 6 GHz. This extension would bring the total applicable frequency range of IEEE 1528 to be 300 MHz – 6 GHz. Recommendations are needed for the measurement resolution, the probe geometry, the phantom specifications, the dielectric parameters of tissue equivalent liquids, and other measurement parameters. Designation: 1529 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Computational Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kwok Chan, Phone:301-725-1585, Email:kchan@fcc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific sbsorption rate (SAR) in numerical models, including human anatomical models exposed to hand-held wireless terminals. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1-1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques to determine spatial-peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers, including cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. SAR will be determined by applying FDTD techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by hand-held terminals in anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: 1530 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Construction of Calibration Artifacts for Cable and Connector Shielding Test Fixtures for Frequencies from 1Hz to 10 Ghz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide recommendations for constructing cable and connector samples with transfer impedance characteristics which are readily calculable with this document. The recommended practice will also facilitate the experimental verification of these samples using round robin measurements among interested parties. These calibration samples (shielding artifacts) should then be used to establish/develop test fixtures and procedures for measuring surface transfer impedance and other electromagnetic shielding characteristics of cables and connectors. Project Purpose: Currently, the measurement of the electromagnetic shielding properties of cables and connectors may be performed using a variety of test fixtures and techniques. A shield with known electromagnetic characteristics is needed to establish the credibility of the test fixture and/or technique. The purpose of this project is to recommend how to construct such a sample or shielding artifact. The project will include a set of standard samples and procedures for designing calibration standards/artifacts for special situations. Designation: 1531-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: Guide for Application and Specification of Harmonic Filters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 24, 2003 Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application and specification of passive shunt harmonic fileters for use on 50 and 60 Hz power systems at 216 volts and above. Project Purpose: No specific standard exists for harmonic filters, although standards do exist for virtually all of the components that are used in a filter. The objective of this document is to define the application and specification criteria which should be considered in designing, controlling and protecting a harmonic filter. Existing standards will be referenced, and additional considerations will be presented as is appropriate. This document would not address harmonic simulations and modeling. It will focus on the equipment. Abstract: Guidelines for specification of components, protection, and control of harmonic filters are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz passive shunt power harmonic filters on low- and medium-voltage electric power systems. This document is the first guide specifically created for harmonic filters, although standards do presently exist for most of the components that are used in a filter. Applications including industrial low-voltage facilities, utility medium-voltage systems, and arc furnace installations are covered. Key Words: "capacitors, harmonic filters, inductors, notch filters, passive filters, power filters, power system harmonics, reactors, switched capacitor filters" Designation: 1532-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1532-2000. Superseded by 1532-2002. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: The project will augment the efforts of 1532 by describing a Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extension appropriate for describing the configuration algorithm for 1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary. Project Purpose: This completes the work of 1532 by providing an software automatable mechanism (BSDL) for accessing the configurable properties of 1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary. Abstract: The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices. Devices that implement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1 used for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices implementing this standard may be programmed (written), read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized set of resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are included for illustrative purposes. Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable read-onlymemory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),flash ram,in- system (or in-situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device" Designation: 1532-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1532-2001. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The proposed porject will describe a series of mandatory and optional boundary-scan instructions and associated data registers that will define a standard methodology for accessing and configuring programmable devices that already support IEEE Std 1149.1. Project Purpose: The objective of the ISC standardization effort is to enhance user access to 1149.1-based programmable devices. Devices that adhere to the proposed 1149.1-based ISC standard would form the foundation for the realization of tremendous savings in software product development and manufacturing costs related to ISC. These parts would be immediately integratible into existing systems and tools. In addition, these new tools could leverage easily on the existing 1149.1-based tool sets and knowledge base rapidly incorporating the features of ISC parts. Abstract: The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices.Devices that implement this standard will first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, which isused for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard can be pro-grammed (written), read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized setof resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard)are included for illustrative purposes. Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), field programmable gate array (FPGA), flash ram, in-system (or In-Situ) configuration (ISC), in-system programming (ISP), programmable device" Designation: 1532-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1532-2001. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a revision to IEEE Std 1532 to incorporate adaptive in system configuration algorithms. These algorithms allow for optimized access to technologies in which the associated configuration access times can vary greatly from device to device. In addition, general corrections to errata within the body of the document will be applied if any are identified by the end-user community during the lifetime of this PAR. Project Purpose: In order to increase the general applicability of the standard to a broader array of implementation technologies (specifically flash memory technology), the working group has decided to specify and standardize the description of adaptive configuration algorithms within the context of 1532. These changes will allow flash programmable devices that are 1532 compliant to be more easily developed. Abstract: Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture)has been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices. Devices that implement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 , which is used for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard may be programmed (written) , read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized set of resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are included for illustrative purposes. Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable read-only mem-ory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),Flash RAM,in- system (or in situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device" Designation: 1532-2002/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices - Corrigendum 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: Correction of minor technical and editorial errors. Project Purpose: Clarify issues that have been brought forward by end-user submitted questions. Designation: 1534-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 2009 **Revision of 1534-2002. Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice specifies thyristor-controlled series capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with transmission lines. The document addresses issues that consider ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, operation, and maintenance. Project Purpose: This document provides assistance and guidance to planning, substation, commissioning, and operation engineers in the course of specifying TCSC installations. Users of this document should tailor these recommendations to their specific project requirements. Abstract: Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and maintenance are addressed in this standard. Key Words: 1534-2009, power oscillation damping, series capacitors, subsynchronous resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves Designation: 1534-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommendation for specifying Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations used in series with a transmission line. The document will address issues that consider ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, operation, and maintenance. Excluded from this document are detailed TCSC modeling considerations. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for specifying Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations. This document will provide assistance and guidance to planning, substation, commissioning, and operation engineers in the course of specifying TCSC stations. Users of this document will find that they should tailor the recommendations provided when addressing specific project requirements. Abstract: Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and maintenance are addressed. Key Words: "power oscillation damping, series capacitors, subsynchronous resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves" Designation: 1535 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial & Commercial Power Systems Title: Guide for Commissioning Electrical Systems in Commercial, Institutional, and Industrial Buildings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: C.A Shrive, Phone:513-241-5640, Email:c.shrive@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for use in commissioning the electrical power systems in buildings. This guide will provide a basis for ensuring that building electrical systems are designed, installed, tested, and made operable in conformance with the design intent. Project Purpose: The National Institute of building Sciences (NIBS) is undertaking an effort to develop a set of commissioning standards to address the total building commissioning process. They are doing this in conjunction with professional and technical organizations such as IEEE, who will each develop a standard for a specific system. this project will develop the standard for electrical power systems. Its intended users are owners of buildings, architects, and engineers. No such guide presently exists. NIBS will be developing guides for other than electrical commissioning processes. Designation: 1536-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Battery Physical Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2003 Technical Contact: Stanley Kwa, Phone:646-252-3189, Email:stkwa@nyct.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number of cells and battery capacity rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also prescribed. Project Purpose: The purpose is to standardize the physical dimensional requirement of a battery tray. Currently, there are no overall dimensional standards for a battery tray. The same rating batteries are being produced in different cell sizes by different manufacturers to suit customer battery compartment requirements. This standard will provide an optimal battery compartment allowing interchangeability of batteries supplied by various manufacturers. Thus, it will facilitate joint multi-agency purchasing. Abstract: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number of cells and battery capacity rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also prescribed. Key Words: "battery tray,high discharge rate,low discharge rate,medium discharge rate,multi-cellunit" Designation: 1538-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Determination of Maximum Winding Temperature Rise in Liquid-Filled Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000 Technical Contact: Donald W Platts, Phone:610-774-4686, Email:donplatts@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Produce a guide for developing mathematical models and test procedures to determine the steady state maximum (hottest spot) and average winding temperature rise over ambient for liquid immersed distribution, power, network, and regulating transformers manufactured in accordance with IEEE C57.12.00. Project Purpose: This guide will provide a basis for the transformer manufacturer and user to concur that a transformer meets the temperature requirements in C57.12.00. Those requirements state that the maximum winding temperature rise shall be determined by either direct measurement or calculations. This guide will describe the requirements for a manufacturer's test program or mathematical model to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. Abstract: " Provides guidance for determining the hottest-spot temperature in distribution and powertransformers built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.12.00-2000. Describes the important criteriato be evaluated by any thermal model that can accurately predict the hottest-spot temperature in atransformer. Provides guidance for performing temperature-rise tests with direct measurement ofthe hottest-spot temperatures, and explains the importance of developing an accurate thermal mod-el to properly locate the temperature sensors. " Key Words: "distribution transformer, hottest-spot temperature, power transformers, temperaturerise test, thermal model" Designation: 1539 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Testing Transmission Cable Systems with Extruded Insulation, Part 1, 69 kV through 161 kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Torben Aabo, Phone:518-384-1613, Email:t.aabo@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The guide is intended to help the users of transmission cable systems assure that the components to be specified for the system are of the highest standard and that the cable and accessories are compatible. The guide will address routine testing of cables, sample tests on cables, type tests on cables, type tests on systems, and electrical tests after installation.The proposed guide will incorporate applicable information from AEIC, IEEE and IEC specifications and guides, to make the document applicable to users of transmission cable in the US and abroad. Project Purpose: The use of transmission cables with extruded insulation has been increasing and it appears that the trend will continue up through 500 kV. In order to construct a reliable cable system, the components incorporated must be compatible and of high quality. Therefore, a guide is proposed in order to be able to specify a cable systgem with compatible and quality components. Designation: 154 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1540-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk during software development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. Abstract: Replaced by 16085: 2004 (SH/SS95262) This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series of standards, or it can be used independently. Key Words: "acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management, risk treatment" Designation: 1541-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Prefixes for Binary Multiples Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003 Technical Contact: James R Frysinger, Phone:931-657-3107, Email:j.frysinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The prefixes are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate. Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc., are sometimes used to denote powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently adopted IEC standard on the subject. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Names and letter symbols for prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2 10 n ,where n =1,2,3,4,5,or 6 are defined. Although the prefixes may be used with all units in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate, their primary use is in the field of information technology. Key Words: "binary,binary multiple,computer,exbi,gibi,kibi,mebi,pebi,prefix,tebi" Designation: 1541 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard for Binary Prefixes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: We shall clarify the use of unit symbol prefixes to distinguish between powers of 10 and powers of 2. Project Purpose: Usage of kilobyte and megabyte varies; in different cases 1 megabyte means 10 to the 6th power bytes and 2 to the 20th power bytes. This standard will stipulate meaning, reserving k, M, G, etc., as powers to 10 prefixes. This standard will be consistent with, and will support, the work underway in the International Electrotechnical Commission. Designation: 1541 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard for Multiples for Binary Prefixes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes and letter symbols that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The prefixes and symbols are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate. Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc. are sometimes used to denote powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently adopted IEC standard on the subject. Designation: 1542-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Irrigation Equipment Located Near or Under Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines for installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks. The guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found.The guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines for installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks. The guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Project Purpose: The guide is intended for designers, installers, and operators of the irrigation equipment, as well as electric power utilities whose lines are located near or above the irrigation systems. General information is provided on installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric power lines. The following parameters are considered: a) Distance to energized conductors during installation b) Proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks c) Distance between irrigation nozzle and power line conductors during operation of the irrigation system The recommended minimum conductor-to-nozzle distance is based on the maximum allowable body leakage current of 5 mA rms and field tests conducted by the Nebraska Public Power District and the USDA Agricultural Research Service, University of Nebraska. Because of the great variety of conditions, practices, electrical system designs, types of irrigation systems, water conductivity, and ground resistance values, this guide covers these variables only in general terms. However, specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation system and power line parameters that are most representative in the industry. The IEEE makes no representation or warranty as to the adequacy or accuracy of the information in this guide or as to economy, or safety issues associated with the use of this guide. When determining whether or not, and/or how, to use the information in this guide, all factors shall be considered with regard to the specific situation(s). This material is intended to provide a helpful reference for those seeking information on common industry practices so they may consider the experience of others in developing or modifying their own practices. Abstract: The guide is based on industry practices, and guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks are presented. A variety of conditions in general terms is covered in this guide. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Key Words: 1542-2008, farm irrigation systems, irrigation, irrigation systems, sprinklers Designation: 1542 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Installation, Maintenance and Operation of Irrigation Equipment Located Near or Under Power Line Status: Superseded **New Standard Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: The proposed Guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation and of irrigation equipment near or under overhead power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to avoid nuisance shocks. The Guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Project Purpose: The Guide is intended for installers and operators of the irrigation equipment as well as electric power utilities. General and specific information is given for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation equipment as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric power lines. Abstract: The guide is based on industry practices, and guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks are presented. A variety of conditions in general terms is covered in this guide. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Key Words: 1542-2007, ground resistance, irrigation equipment, irrigation systems, leakage current, nuisance shocks, power line, sprinklers, water conductivity Designation: 1543 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Message Sets Sets for Back Office Applications/Roadside (Resource Manager) Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Irwin H Morse, Phone:619 679 6165, Email:imorse@sps.globalus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for exchanging information, providing for bi- directional message transmission and device control between Back Office Applications and a vehicle to roadside communication (VRC) controller on the roadside. This will entail specifying the application message sets, application registration, and application level acknowledgement for the interface. Work with information sources sucn as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Management (ETTM) User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing requirements into a single, open industry standard that supports interoperable implementations. Project Purpose: This standard will provide an interface between the VRC controller and the back office equipment. The PAR will consolidate and publish a Standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements, content and structure of messages, and interoperability requirements for data communications within rail vehicles and between basic operating units within a train for applications other than Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC). Project Purpose: This standard provides clearly defined message structures and content for intra-train communications, providing for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment. Through consistent use of this standard, functional entities on rail vehicles will be able to communicate seamlessly with each other. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles (TCIP) for Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability - Data Element Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements for communications within and between Basic Operating Units, for applications other than Communications Based Train Control (CBTC). Project Purpose: This standard provides protocol-independent data elements for intra-train communications, allowing development of protocol-specific standards for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Rail Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will address the concepts of data dictionaries as applied to rail transit. It will provide the interface profiles required to allow data to be shared and information to be transferred among functional on-board systems, rail transit departments and other operating entities. IEEE Standard 1489 for Data Dictionaries and IEEE Standard 1488 for Message Set Templates will provide guidelines for the data dictionary structures used in this standard. The basic concepts related to ISO/IEC 8824, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) data definition language and enhanced encoding ethods are used for describing the layout of messages exchanged between application programs running in typically dissimilar hardware and software environments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide seamless, platform and protocol independent communication of data and information between and among applications within a rail transit environment. Through consistent use (in conformance with this standard) of these common structures and associated conventions and schemes, data and information can be unambiguously interchanged among the various rail transit subsystems. Designation: 1545-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Parametric Data Log Format Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of analysis and historical trend reporting. Abstract: Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. A language and file format for describing parametric test data is defined. Data types, dataformats, and file formats are included. Key Words: "data type, file structure, parametric data log, parametric test data" Designation: 1546-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001 Technical Contact: Mukund U Modi, Phone:732-323-7002, Email:mukund.modi@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop an aid in the understanding and use of DTIF files. Project Purpose: The application guide will provide information that will be an aid to users in developing tools such as pre-processors and post-processors of DTIF data, and other utilities. Abstract: An aid in the understanding and use of digital test interchange format (DTIF) les is provided in this guide.This information will be an aid to users in developing tools such as preprocessors and postprocessors of DTIF data and other utilities. Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automatic test program generator, digital test interchange format (DTIF), unit under test (UUT)" Designation: 1547-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2003 Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria and requirements for interconnection of distributed resources (DR) with electric power systems. Project Purpose: This document provides a uniform standard for interconnection of distributed resources with electric power systems. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. Abstract: This standard is the first in the 1547 series of interconnection standards and is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards development. Traditionally, utility electric power systems (EPS--grid or utility grid) were not designed to accommodate active generation and storage at the distribution level. As a result, there are major issues and obstacles to an orderly transition to using and integrating distributed power resources with the grid. The lack of uniform national interconnection standards and tests for interconnection operation and certification, as well as the lack of uniform national building, electrical, and safety codes, are understood. IEEE Std 1547 and its development demonstrate a model for ongoing success in establishing additional interconnection agreements, rules, and standards, on a national, regional, and state level. IEEE Std 1547 has the potential to be used in federal legislation and rule making and state public utilities commission (PUC) deliberations, and by over 3000 utilities in formulating technical requirements for interconnection agreements for distributed generators powering the electric grid. This standard focuses on the technical specifications for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR), including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The criteria and requirements are applicable to all DR technologies, with aggregate capacity of 10 MVA or less at the point of common cou Key Words: certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation, storage energy storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid harmonics IEEE induction machines inverters interconnection requirements and specifications islanding microturbines monitoring and control paralleling power converters, networks, quality photovoltaic power systems point of common coupling public utility commissions reclosing coordination regulations rule making, federal, national, regional, state standards synchronous machines testing utilities wind energy systems Designation: 1547.1-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005 Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE Standard P1547. Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources (DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies. Abstract: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE Std 1547(TM) Key Words: distributed resources, interconnection, test procedures Designation: 1547.2-2008 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Application Guide for IEEE Std 1547(TM), IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Thomas S Basso, Phone:303-275-3753, Email:thomas_basso@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides technical background and application details to support understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. Project Purpose: This document facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing the various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and the associated interconnection issues. Additionally, the background and rationale of the technical requirements are discussed in terms of the operation of the DR interconnection with the electric power system (EPS). Presented in the document are technical descriptions and schematics,applications guidance, and interconnection examples to enhance the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003. Abstract: Technical background and application details to support understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003 are provided. The guide facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and their associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547-2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. This guide is intended for use by engineers, engineering consultants, and knowledgeable individuals in the field of DR. The IEEE 1547 series of standards is cited in the Federal Energy Policy Act of 2005, and this guide is one document in the IEEE 1547 series. Key Words: 1547.2-2008,diesel generators, dispersed generation, distributed energy, distributed energy resources, distributed generation, distributed power, distributed resources, electric distribution systems, electric power systems, energy storage, Federal, fuel cells, grid, interconnection, inverter, islanding, microturbines, national, networks, paralleling, photovoltaic power systems, rulemaking, regional, state, utility, wind energy systems Designation: 1547.3-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Monitoring, Information Exchange, and Control of Distributed Resources Interconnected with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 16, 2007 Technical Contact: Frank Goodman, Phone:650-855-2872, Email:fgoodman@epri.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2007 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for monitoring, information exchange, and control for distributed resources (DR) interconnected with electric power systems (EPS). Project Purpose: This document facilitates the interoperability of a one or more distributed resources interconnected with electric power systems. It describes functionality, parameters and methodologies for monitoring, information exchange and control for the interconnected distributed resources with or associated with electric power systems. Distributed resources include systems in the areas of fuel cells, photovoltaics, wind turbines, microturbines, other distributed generators, and, distributed energy storage systems. Abstract: This guide is intended to facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and transactions Key Words: communications; control; data acquisition; diesel generators; dispersed generation; distributed energy resources; distributed generation; distributed power; distributed resources; distribution system; electric power system; electrical network; energy management; energy storage; fuel cells; grid; IED; information exchange; intelligent electronic devices; interconnection requirements and specifications; meter; microturbines; monitoring; photovoltaic power systems; public utility commission regulations; rulemaking, federal, national, regional, SCADA; standards; state; substations; supervisory; telemetry; utility grid Designation: P1547.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed Resource Island Systems with Electric Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices for the design, operation, and integration of distributed resource (DR) island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability to separate from and reconnect to part of the area EPS while providing power to the islanded local EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources, interconnection systems, and participating electric power systems. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to be used by EPS designers, operators, system integrators, and equipment manufacturers. The document is intended to provide an introduction, overview and address engineering concerns of DR island systems. It is relevant to the design, operation, and integration of DR island systems. Implementation of this guide will expand the benefits of using DR by targeting improved electric power system reliability and build upon the interconnection requirements of IEEE 1547. Abstract: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices for the design, operation, and integration of distributed resource (DR) island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability to separate from and reconnect to part of the area EPS while providing power to the islanded EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources, interconnection systems, and participating electric power systems. Key Words: circuit island, distributed resources, DR island systems, electric power systems, intentional island, interconnection, lateral island, microgrid, secondary island, substation bus island Designation: P1547.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Technical Guidelines for Interconnection of Electric Power Sources Greater than 10MVA to the Power Transmission Grid Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mallur N Satyanarayan, Phone:612-630-4415, Email:mallur.n.satyanarayan@xcelenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines regarding the technical requirements, including design, construction, commissioning acceptance testing and maintenance /performance requirements, for interconnecting dispatchable electric power sources with a capacity of more than 10 MVA to a bulk power transmission grid. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide technical information and guidance to all parties involved in the interconnection of dispatchable electric power sources to a transmission grid about the various considerations needed to be evaluated for establishing acceptable parameters such that the interconnection is technically correct. Designation: P1547.6 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Distribution Secondary Networks Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Joseph L Koepfinger, Phone:412-264-6148, Email:joseph_l_koepfinger@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard builds upon IEEE Standard 1547 for the interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria, requirements and tests, and provides guidance for interconnection of distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems (Area EPS) with distributed resources (DR) providing electric power generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS). Project Purpose: This standard focuses on the technical issues associated with the interconnection of Area EPS distribution secondary networks with a Local EPS having DR generation. The standard provides recommendations relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. In this standard consideration is given to the needs of the Local EPS to be able to provide enhanced service to the DR owner loads as well as to other loads served by the network. Equally, the standard addresses the technical concerns and issues of the Area EPS. Further, this standard identifies communication and control recommendations and provides guidance on considerations that will have to be addressed for such DR interconnections. Abstract: This standard builds upon IEEE Std 1547 for the interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria, requirements and tests, and provides guidance for interconnection of distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems (area EPS) with distributed resources (DR) providing electric power generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS). Key Words: 1547 Designation: P1547.7 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide to Conducting Distribution Impact Studies for Distributed Resource Interconnection Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert D Saint, Phone:703-907-5863, Email:robert.saint@nreca.coop **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide describes criteria, scope, and extent for engineering studies of the impact on area electric power systems of a distributed resource or aggregate distributed resource interconnected to an area electric power distribution system. Project Purpose: The creation of IEEE Std 1547 “Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems” has led to the increased adoption of distributed resources (DR) throughout distribution systems. This document describes a methodology for performing engineering studies of the potential impact of a distributed resource interconnected to an area electric power distribution system. Study scope and extent are described as functions of identifiable characteristics of the distributed resource, the area electric power system, and the interconnection. Criteria are described for determining the necessity of impact mitigation. Establishment of this guide allows distributed resource owners, interconnection contractors, area electric distribution power system owners and operators, and regulatory bodies to have a described methodology for when distribution system impact studies are appropriate, what data is required, how they are performed, and how the study results are evaluated. In the absence of such guidelines, the necessity and extent of DR interconnection impact studies has been widely and inconsistently defined and applied. Designation: P1547.8 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing Methods and Procedures that Provide Supplemental Support for Implementation Strategies for Expanded Use of IEEE Standard 1547 Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice applies to the requirements set forth in IEEE Std 1547 and provides recommended methods that may expand the usefulness and utilization of IEEE Std 1547 through the identification of innovative designs, processes, and operational procedures. Project Purpose: The purpose of the methods and procedures provided in this recommended practice is to provide more flexibility in determining the design and processes used in expanding the implementation strategies used for interconnecting distributed resources with electric power systems. Further, based on IEEE Std 1547 requirements, the purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the knowledge base, experience, and opportunities for greater utilization of the interconnection and its applications. Designation: 1549-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Microwave Filter Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 2011 Technical Contact: Michael D Janezic, Phone:303-497-3656, Email:janezic@boulder.nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide the standard definitions for microwave filter terms. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to standardize the definitions of microwave filter terms. Abstract: Standardized definition of terms commonly in the field of electrical networks and filters. Key Words: definitions, filters, IEEE 1549, multiplexers, networks, resonators, terms Designation: 1549 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Microwave Filters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Snyder, Phone:(201) 492-1207, Email:r.snyder@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Terms and definitions regarding microwave filters, including types of filters and filter responses. Project Purpose: This standard will remedy the confusion in definitions regarding microwave filters. Currently, users generally follow a different set of definitions than do designers. The harmonized definitions should alleviate this problem. Designation: 155-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Key Words: "IEEE Std 155-1960 IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960" Designation: 1551 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VHDL Electronic Digital System and Interface Design Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim Heaton, Phone:+44-161-427-1975, Email:jim.heaton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This project will develop standard extensions for the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard to cover the levels of abstraction and facilities needed for system specification and interface design. The standard will rely on the underlying IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard. The standard will be usable by all classes of the electronics industry. The scope of the standard is limited to digital design. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for system and interface design in the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard design environment. Each user design team builds some additions to their design environment to raise the level of abstraction to improve the productivity and accuracy of designers. Without an independent, openly defined standard, user design groups cannot fully realise the benefits of these individual efforts through reuse in subsequent projects, across project groups and across division/company boundaries. Designation: 1552 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Structured Architecture for Test Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Provide a standard specifying the application of automatic test equipment subsystems and interfaces. The standard will facilitate the use of VME Extension for Instrumentation (VXI), Versatile Modular European (VME), PCI Extensions for Instrumentation (PXI), Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI), Expansion Module Interface (EXI), Power Module for Instrumentation (PMI), M-Module subsystems and other power level test system related standards within a test system environment. Project Purpose: Support the integration and reconfiguarion of test systems by providing a standard reference for integration of existing standards for test system subsystems. The standard will support system control, instrumentation, power, switching, signal conditioning, modularity, chassis multi-frame design and receiver interface subsystems. Designation: 1553-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Voltage Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Coils and Bars for Hydrogenerators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2003 Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This standard applies to voltage-endurance testing of form-wound stator winding bars and coils having a mica-based insulation system with thermo-setting polyester and/or epoxy resins used in hydrogenerators and pumped storage generators operating in air with a rated line-to-line voltage between 4 000 to 22 000 V, and a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the test parameters for the voltage-endurance test and the number of specimens to be used for each test. It also defines the acceptance criteria and the procedures for retesting in the event of a premature failure during the voltage-endurance test. The details of the test procedure are described in IEEE Std 1043TM- 1996. Abstract: The test parameters and acceptance criteria for voltage-endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large hydrogenerators are covered in this standard. Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, hydrogenerators, voltage-endurance testing Designation: 1554-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inertial Sensor Test Equipment, Instrumentation, Data Acquisition, and Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005 Project Scope: Recommended practices for gyroscope and accelerometer testing are discussed, ranging from the equipment and instrumentation employed to the way that tests are carried out and data are acquired and analyzed. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended for people who test inertial sensors and analyze the results from such testing. The general and specialized test equipment employed in such testing is described, and recommendations are made on techniques for acquisition, filtering, storage, and analysis of the test data in keeping with modern practice. Abstract: Test equipment, data acquisition equipment, instrumentation, test facilities, and data analysis techniques used in inertial sensor testing are described in this recommended practice. Key Words: data acquisition, data analysis techniques, gyro and accelerometer testing, inertial sensor testing, instrumentation, test equipment Designation: 1555 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Standard for Maximum Levels of Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields, 0 to 3 kHz Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to PC95.6. Technical Contact: Kent Jaffa, Phone:801-220-4272, Email:kent.jaffa@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Develop levels for human exposure to electromagnetic fields from 0 to 3 kHz. This standard will be based on the results of an evaluation of the relevant scientific literature and proven effects which are well established and for which thresholds of reaction are understood. Field limits will be derived from threshold current densities or internal electric fields. Project Purpose: To recommend electric and magnetic field exposure levels to prevent established harmful effects in humans exposed to such fields at frequencies between 0 and 3 kHz. Currently there is no voluntary consensus standard over this frequency range. Guidelines have been published by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection and the American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists. This project compliments the standard developed by SCC28/SC-4 (IEEE C95.1/1999) that covers the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz. Designation: 1556 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for 5.9 GHz Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Radio Service Security and Privacy Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: Develop a draft standard for security and privacy for use in Intelligent Transportation Systems applications using DSRC technology based on the requirements defined by the ASTM 2213-02 (Rev), IEEE 1556 WG, IEEE Draft P1609.1, .2, .3, and the MXME and MAC Extension being planned for the revised IEEE P1609.4 standards for the upper layer DSRC applications as well as the IEEE 802.11a, and IEEE 802 security activities. These applications for DSRC technology are specific to the 5.9 GHz frequency band allocated for ITS use by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and are principally focused on vehicle (mobile)-to-roadside (fixed), roadside (fixed)-to-vehicle (mobile) and vehicle-to-vehicle uses related to public safety, public transit, commercial vehicle and cargo safety. These applications may directly use or build upon security services defined in this standard which will provide for a secure communications link and enable secure applications. Project Purpose: The purpose is to define the essential protective mechanisms for DSRC applications and communications technology. The main benefit is to offer confidentiality, integrity, and availability protection for the DSRC communications link and offer security services which may enable DSRC applications to offer reliable financial transactions, traveler information, incident notification, and emergency notification and response. The provisions of this standard may be applicable to security and privacy of financial transactions (e.g., toll and fare collection), personal privacy, public safety, and collision avoidance. Designation: 1556 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Security & Privacy of Vehicle/Roadside Communication including Smart Card Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard specifying security and privacy requirements for DSRC messaging. Uni- and bi-directional message transmission and device control will be specified, including smart card interfaces re: layers 3 through 7. The WG will obtain information and seek participation of representatives from relevant agencies and industries, including electronic toll/traffic authorities and related industries, the smart card and CVO industries, ITS companies, security standards groups, and trade bodies. Project Purpose: To promote ITS DSRC communication based on good standard which will further national ITS interoperability under TEA-21. To achieve this prupose, it is necessary that a WG A) settle security/privacy issues raised by IEEE P1455 and ASTM Layers 1 and 2 standards, and B) identify all acceptable security methods to be used in any uni- and/or bi-directional DSRC message transmission at specific frequencies. Designation: 1557 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard Test Procedures for Cadmium-Zinc-Telluride (CZT) and Other Wide Bandgap Semiconductor Radiation Detectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Test procedures and terminology for cadmium-zinc-telluride and othe r wide bandgap semiconductor radiation detectors for detection and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma-rays, x-rays, and charged particles that produce electron-hole pairs in the crystal lattice. Project Purpose: To establish standard test procedures and terminology so that they have the same meaning to manufacturers and users. Designation: 1558-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Paul E Jamieson, Phone:864-433-6451, Email:pjamieson@wabtec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for application software documentation throughout the software development life cycle for rail equipment and systems including assoicated test and maintenance equipment. Project Purpose: Many different requirements for application software documentation are presently being specified for software used in rail equipment and systems and for related applications. This has led to a lack of standardization in the information provided on equipment and systems incorporating software. This standard, when used by the authority having jurisdiction, carbuilders and system/subsystem suppliers is intended to specify documents which improve the understanding of software functionality, facilitate software corrections and upgrades, improve on-time delivery, assist the development of quality software, and lower software acquisition and maintenance costs. Abstract: This standard provides an outline for the software documentation that shall be developed and delivered for rail equipment and systems. Key Words: deliverables, outlines, rail equipment, rail systems, software documentation Designation: P1558-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems - Corrigendum 1: Coordination between IEEE Std 1558TM and recent changes to other software standards Status: Revision of Corrigenda Technical Contact: John Corvin, Phone:864-433-6552, Email:jcorvin@wabtec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: The existing text refers to standards that have subsequently been revised. The corrigendum will correct the references. There may be other items of a similar nature. Project Purpose: The purpose is to clarify obsolete references. Designation: 1558-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems - Corrigendum 1 Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: The existing text refers to a standard that has subsequently been revised. The corrigendum will correct the references. There may be other items of a similar nature. Project Purpose: The purpose is to clarify obsolete references. Designation: 1559-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Systems Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides a source of definitions of terminology used in the development, manufacture, and test of aided and unaided inertial systems used for navigation, guidance, orientation, stabilization, and related applications. This is a companion document to IEEE Std 528™. Project Purpose: There is no consistent definition of terms that have arisen in the evolution of aided and unaided inertial navigation and related systems. This standard is intended to serve as a basic reference for producers and users of such systems, for preparing industry standards, and for the interpretation of published technical reports. Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to aided and unaided inertial systems for navigation, guidance, orientation, stabilization, and related applications are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial systems community is given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this document is usefulness as related to inertial systems technology. Key Words: 1559-2009, inertial systems technology, inertial systems terminology Designation: 156-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Passive Reciprocal Time Invariant Networks, 1960 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: Terms that apply to linear, passive, reciprocal, time-invariant networks are defined. The terms apply to mathematical concepts that represent idealizations of physical phenomena. Thus, the definitions apply to idealized models that are useful in describing properties of physical networks. The question of whether or not a certain term is applicable to a particular physical situation is left to the user. Key Words: linear, reciprocal, time, invariant, Terminology, Passive circuits Designation: 1560-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Power Line Interference Filter in the Range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006 Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:kphipps@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop a standard method of measurement for evaluating the electromagnetic and radio frequency supression capability of filters in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz. This will apply to EMI/RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase or poly phase systems rated for 600 Volts and below 1000 Amps. The method of measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attentuation measurement, components, and or derating requirements when supplying non-sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance enviroments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide measurements that evaluate the performance in pratical installation, involve varying load and source impedance. These factors are not usually considered in design and performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and enviroment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes. Abstract: Uniform methods of measurements of radio-frequency power-line interference filter attenuation performance in the range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz are set forth. Nonloaded and loaded attenuation measurements are presented with varying source impedance, including radiofrequency current injection with linear and nonlinear load impedances. H- and S-parameter measurements are introduced for modeling results. New methods for placing filter performance criteria on a filter label are also included. Key Words: attenuation measurements, crest factor, dB, electromagnetic interference power-line filters, EMI/RFI filters, insertion loss, LISN, no- load insertion loss, nonlinear load, radio-frequency current injection, S- parameters Designation: 1560 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Interference Filter Suppression Capability in the Range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:kphipps@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Develop a standard method of measurement for establishing Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) filter suppresion capability in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz. Will apply to EMI/ RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase and or 3 phase systems rated for 600 volts and below 1000 amps. Method of measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attenuation measurement techniques, components, and/or derating requirements when supplying non- sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance environments. Project Purpose: Practical installations involve varying load and source impedance, not usually considered in design and performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and environment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes. Designation: 1561-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Optimizing the Performance and Life of Lead-Acid Batteries in Remote Hybrid Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2008 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides rationale and guidance for operating lead- acid batteries in remote hybrid power systems, taking into consideration system loads and the capacities of the system’s renewable-energy generator(s), dispatchable generator(s), and battery(s). It also provides guidance for selecting an appropriate lead-acid battery technology for various system operating strategies. Project Purpose: Using the information provided in this guide, the performance and life of the lead-acid battery can be optimized for the particular operational strategy selected for the remote hybrid power system. The information provided is intended for use by remote hybrid system designers, system evaluators, owners and operators. Abstract: This guide is applicable to lead-acid batteries that are used as the energy storage component in remote hybrid power supplies. The remote hybrid application, with its dual generator option, i.e., both renewable and dispatchable generation, is advantageous in that the battery can usually be charged at will and under circumstances that may also be advantageous for the dispatchable generator. The normative references provide guidance to battery safety, installation, and maintenance considerations. This guide discusses battery selection, sizing, and management issues, e.g., cycling, charging, and the effect of temperature and charge-discharge rates on performances such as life and capacity. An informative annex discusses the several lead-acid technologies. Key Words: 1561-2007, charge control, deficit-charge cycling, oxygen recombination cycle, remote hybrid power systems, valve-regulated lead- acid (VRLA) batteries, vented lead-acid batteries Designation: 1561 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Sizing Hybrid Stand-Alone Energy Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This guide provides methods and procedures for sizing the major components of hybrid stand-alone energy systems. Such systems generally consist of one or more renewable power-generation sources, a fossill-fueled power generator, an energy storage subsystem and a power-conversion subsystem. The methods include sizing each components in an integrated system according to design criteria including low cost, maximum performance and expected operating environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the major components according to accepted methods to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users and laboratories with sizing information necessary for well-integrated systems. Designation: 1562-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 12, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: May 12, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic system. Systems considered in this guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for energy storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the battery from being over- or undercharged, and may employ a power conversion subsystem (inverter or converter). This guide is applicable to all stand- alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems nor grid-connected systems. This guide covers lead-acid batteries only; nickel-cadmium and other battery types are not included. This guide does not include the sizing of the system controller, inverter, wiring, or other system components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the PV array and battery according to accepted methods, to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness, and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. The issues of array utilization, battery-charge efficiency, and system losses are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and laboratories with information necessary for sizing, modeling, and evaluating the performance of stand-alone PV systems. Abstract: A method for properly sizing the PV array and battery for stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source is recommended (in conjunction with IEEE Std 1013(TM)). Load calculations and determination of solar radiation in the sizing of the system need special attention. Additionally, the critical nature of the load in deciding an acceptable annual availability needs to be considered. Key Words: 1562-2007, battery sizing, photovoltaic systems, PV array sizing Designation: P1562 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic system. Systems considered in this guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for energy storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the battery from being over- or undercharged, and may employ a power conversion subsystem (inverter or converter). This guide is applicable to all stand- alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems nor grid-connected systems. This guide covers lead-acid batteries only; nickel-cadmium and other battery types are not included. This guide does not include the sizing of the system controller, inverter, wiring, or other system components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the PV array and battery according to accepted methods, to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness, and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. The issues of array utilization, battery-charge efficiency, and system losses are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and laboratories with information necessary for sizing, modeling, and evaluating the performance of stand-alone PV systems. Designation: 1563.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Portable Tape Driver Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To provide a reference model for tape driver architectures that is portable across multiple operating system environments, fully featured, and high performance. Project Purpose: To provide a fully realized architecture that industry can base their implementations on that will reduce the effort required to support a new tape device on a given platform and thereby increase the available choice of drives on any given platform. This will benefit the application vendor and the end customer. Designation: 1563.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Common Tape Driver Semantics Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a common set of operations and semantics for access to tape drives across multiple operating system platforms. Project Purpose: To ease the task of porting and supporting applications that use tape storage across multiple operating system environments. This will enable application vendors to port to more platforms and thereby increase the end customer's available choices. Designation: 1563.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Common Format for Data on Tape Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a self-identifying format and record structure for the storage of data and meta-data on tapes, a structure that contains the key to understanding the format of the data stream as well the data itself. An analogue from the networking world would be the Document Type Definition (DTD) structure used to describe documents in XML (eXtended Markup Language). Project Purpose: To enable data written by one application to be accessible by other applications without those applications having to know how each other encodes data written to tape. Designation: P1564 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Voltage Sag Indices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This guide identifies appropriate voltage sag indices and characteristics as well as the methods for calculating them. Methods are provided for quantifying the severity of individual events (single-event characteristics), for quantifying the performance at a specific location (single-site indices), and for quantifying the performance of the whole system (system indices). Multiple methods are presented for each. The methods are appropriate for use in transmission, distribution, and utilization electric power systems. Project Purpose: This document identifies and defines different characteristics and indices. It does not recommend the use of a specific set of indices, but instead recommends the method for calculating specific indices when such an index is used. The large variation in customers sensitive to voltage sags and power providers supplying them makes it impossible to prescribe a specific set of indices. Instead this document aims at assisting in the choice of index and ensuring reproducibility of the results after a certain index has been chosen. The user of this document may decide to calculate the value for just one index or for a number of different indices, depending on the application. Designation: 1564 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for the Establishment of Voltage Sag Indices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Sheehan, Phone:206 224-2231, Email:msheeh@puget.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies useful voltage sag indices for customers, vendors and the electric utilities. The document will identify the method of calculating such indices. The indices are intended to be applied to distribution substations, circuits and defined regions. Project Purpose: Sag indices are needed to indicate the different performance levels experienced at the transmission, subtransmission, substation and distribution circuit levels. In addition, the characteristic exposure that a typical distribution system encounter needs to be quantified in order to guide manufacturers in the appropriate design of ride-through alternatives for user load equipment. The proposed standard should help utilities and manufactures to compute the advantages/disadvantages of various connections to the electrical system. Sag indices will be determined using the work of IEEE 1250-1995, Std 1159-1995, Std 1346-1998, Chapter 9 of IEEE Std 493, and recent surveys of power quality users and utility systems. Designation: 1566-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW and Larger Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2006 Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: May 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B. Abstract: : This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if so specified in the data sheets; however the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the equipment thus excluded. Key Words: adjustable speed, large drives Designation: P1566 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW and Larger Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B. Designation: 1566 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Performance Standard for Adjustable Frequency Drives Rated 500 HP and Larger Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Write a performance standard for adjustable frequency drives and their auxiliaries from 500 HP to the largest ratings. These drives are normally medium voltage systems. The standard will concentrate on performance requirements and not specify particular technologies that may become outdated during the currency of the standard. The project will have input from both users and vendors of drives. Project Purpose: Adjustable frequency drives of all ratings are being used in increasing proportions in various industries. At present there are no good industry standards for higher power adjustable frequency drives. This means that much work is repeated by purchasers generating the specifications, and much work is spent by vendors interpreting requirements. A standardized document would reduce overall engineering time for both users and vendors and reduce the level of possible confusion in interpreting requirements. Designation: 1567 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Applying Safer Electrical Systems Design Options Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H Landis Floyd, Phone:302-999-6390, Email:h.l.floyd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project includes electric power and control systems applied in industrial facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to identify and document design options that exceed generally recognized and accepted design practices, and offer users options to enhance safety of electrical systems. Designation: 1568-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Sizing of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Rail Passenger Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Alexander Sinyak